Converse College

Undergraduate Catalog
2016-2017
Revised on December 20, 2016

I certify that this catalog is true and correct in content and policy
and states progress requirements for graduation.

Signature of Authorized Official

Name: Krista Newkirk J.D.
Title: President

Converse College does not discriminate in admissions or employment on the basis of race, color, sex, national
or ethnic origin, age, sexual orientation, religion or disability. Converse admits only women to undergraduate
programs and services in accordance with its historical mission.

VISITORS
Converse College welcomes visitors. Administrative offices in Wilson Hall, Carmichael Hall,
Blackman Music Hall, and the Carnegie Building are open from 8:30 am to 5:00 pm Monday through
Friday. (Summer hours: 8:00 am 5:00 pm; College closes at 1:00 pm on Fridays.) Those who wish
an interview with members of the staff are urged to make appointments in advance of their visit.
Telephone 864.596.9000.

Revised on
July 2016
 Table of Contents
Converse College Calendar...................................................................... 1-2
The Founders Ideal..................................................................................... 3
The College.............................................................................................. 4-7
Admissions............................................................................................. 8-10
Fees and Financial Assistance.............................................................. 11-23
Academic Life....................................................................................... 24-29
Academic Regulations.......................................................................... 30-41
Policies and Procedures on Disabilities................................................ 42-43
General Education Program................................................................. 44-45
School of Humanities, Sciences and Education.................................. 46-130
Department of Biology, Chemistry & Physics.....................................46-55
Department of Economics, Accounting & Business 56-69
Department of Education..................................................................70-85
Department of English.......................................................................86-92
Department of History & Politics....................................................93-100
Department of Languages, Cultures & Literatures.........................101-108
Department of Mathematics & Computer Science 109-116
Department of Psychology.............................................................117-122
Department of Religion & Philosophy...........................................123-130
The School of the Arts...................................................................... 131-181
Department of Art & Design..........................................................131-148
Department of Theatre & Dance....................................................149-155
Petrie School of Music...................................................................156-181
Nisbet Honors Program.................................................................... 182-183
Non-Departmental Courses.............................................................. 184-186
Interdisciplinary Minors.................................................................. 187-188
Career and Pre-Professional Programs ............................................ 188-194
The Register..................................................................................... 195-201
The Board of Trustees........................................................................... 195
Presidents Cabinet................................................................................ 196
General Administration.................................................................197-201
The Faculty...................................................................................201-206
The Alumnae Association........................................................................ 207
Campus Map.................................................................................... 208-209
Index................................................................................................ 210-213
4
 CONVERSE COLLEGE CALENDAR
2016-2017
FALL TERM, 2016
All classes begin Mon., August 29
Day classes begin at 9:00 am Mon., August 29
Evening classes begin at 5:45 pm Mon., August 29
Registration for students who did not register early Mon., August 29
Late registration - $50 will be charged Tues., August 30
Drop/Add, no fee Tues. Thurs.,
August 30-September 1
Drop/Add fee begins-$20 per change Fri., September 2
Last day to add a course Fri., September 2
Last day to receive 100% refund Fri., September 2
Last day to receive 80% refund Fri., September 9
Last day to receive 30% refund Fri., September 16
Formal Opening Convocation Fri., September 23
Mid-term grading ends Fri., October 14
Fall Break holidays begin at the end of classes on Friday Mon. Tues., October 17-18
Fall Break holidays end at first class period, 9:00 am Wed., October 19
Advisement for Jan and Spring 17 Terms October 24 November 18
Last day to withdraw from a class Fri., November 18
Thanksgiving Holidays begin at end of classes on Tuesday Wed. Sun., November 23-27
Thanksgiving Holidays end at first period class, 9:00 am Mon., November 28
Last day for seniors to apply for May 17 graduation Thurs., December 8
Fall Term classes end Thurs., December 8
Reading Days Fri. Sun., December 9-11
Fall Term examinations Mon. Thurs., December 12-15
Christmas Holidays begin at end of examinations Thurs., December 15

JAN TERM, 2017

All classes begin Wed., January 4
Day classes begin at 9:00 am Wed., January 4
Evening classes begin at 5:45 pm Wed., January 4
Registration for students who did not register early Wed., January 4
Last day to receive 100% refund Wed., January 4
Drop/Add, no fee Thurs., January 5
Late registration - $50 will be charged Thurs., January 5
Last day to receive 80% refund Fri., January 6
Drop/Add, fee, $20 per change begins Fri., January 6
Last day to add classes Mon., January 9
Last day to receive 30% refund Mon., January 9
Last day to withdraw from a class Tues., January 24
Jan Term classes end Tues., January 31
Academic Break February 1 - 3

1
 CONVERSE COLLEGE CALENDAR
2016-2017
SPRING TERM, 2017
All classes begin Mon., February 6
Day classes begin at 9:00 am Mon., February 6
Evening classes begin at 5:45 pm Mon., February 6
Registration for students who did not register early Mon., February 6
Late registration - $50 will be charged Tues., February 7
Drop/Add, no fee Tues-Thurs.,
February 7-9
Drop/Add fee, $20 per change begins Fri., February 10
Last day to add classes Fri., February 10
Last day to receive 100% refund Fri., February 10
Last Day to receive 80% refund Fri., February 17
Last day to receive 30% refund Fri., February 24
Mid-term grading period ends Mon., March 20
Spring Break Holidays begin at end of classes Fri., March 31
Spring Break Mon. Fri., April 3-7
Spring Break Holidays end at first period class, 9:00 am Mon., April 10
Advisement for Summer and Fall Terms 17 April 17- May 5
Last day to withdraw from a class with a W grade Thurs., April 27
Founders Day Fri., April 21
May Day/Awards & Scholarship Day Sat., May 6
Spring Term classes end Thurs., May 11
Reading Days Fri. Sun., May 12-14
Spring Term examinations Mon. Thurs., May 15-18
Final Grades for graduating Seniors Thurs., May 18
Commencement Weekend
Baccalaureate 5:00 pm, Twichell Auditorium Fri., May 19
Hats Off Party, 6:00 pm Fri., May 19
Commencement Exercises, 9:30 am, Twichell Auditorium Sat., May 20

2
 THE FOUNDERS IDEAL
It is my conviction that the well-being of any country depends much
upon the culture of her women, and I have done what I could to
found a college that would provide for women thorough and liberal
education, so that for them the highest motives may become clear
purposes and fixed habits of life; and I desire that the instruction and
influence of Converse College be always such that the students may
be enabled to see clearly, decide wisely, and to act justly; and that
they may learn to love God and humanity, and be faithful to truth
and duty, so that their influence may be characterized by purity and
power.

It is also my desire and hope that Converse College be always

truly religious, but never denominational. I believe that religion is
essential to all that is purest and best in life, here and hereafter. I
wish the College to be really, but liberally and tolerantly, Christian;
for I believe that the revelation of God in Christ is for salvation; and
I commend and commit the College to the love and guidance of God,
and to the care, sympathy, and fidelity of my fellowmen.

Dexter Edgar Converse

3
 THE COLLEGE
MISSION These citizens agreed to form a stock company and
The primary mission of Converse College, founded raise enough money through private subscription
in 1889, is the liberal education of undergraduate to buy the site and main building of old St. Johns
women in a residential setting. Converse reaffirms College. Within 18 months these goals were
the founders original conviction that a small achieved, and on October 1, 1890, the College,
undergraduate residential college of the liberal arts named for Mr. Converse, began its first academic
is a uniquely powerful environment for developing session.
the talents of women. As a community of scholars,
From its opening, Converse was operated as a
where students and faculty pursue excellence
private stock company supported mainly by Mr.
and collaborate in the search for truth, Converse
Converse. On February 25, 1896, however, the
develops in students scholarly excellence, personal
stockholders voluntarily relinquished their stock
honor, confidence, and skills to be life-long
and claims upon the property and the College,
learners. The college draws much of its character
by special act of the South Carolina legislature,
from its Christian heritage and welcomes students
was incorporated as a non- profit institution
of all faiths. Converse expands its mission by
with a self-perpetuating board of trustees. Thus,
offering graduate degrees and other programs for
Converse College was established as an absolute
women and men. Ultimately, graduates embody the
and permanent gift to the cause of higher education
qualities of a Converse education as they assume
for women.
roles of leadership, service, and citizenship.
LOCATION
THE EDUCATION OF WOMEN Located in the Upstate region of South Carolina,
Converse College believes that one of the best ways
Spartanburg is a city full of exciting attractions,
to help women realize their potential for constructive
beautiful scenery, historically significant sites, and
and creative living is to bring them together in
friendly people. As the sixth largest city in the
small groups in which their special educational
state (population: 45,000), Spartanburg is South
needs and expectations can receive the attention of
Carolinas melting pot, mixing Southern culture
the entire College. By emphasizing the intellectual
and hospitality with traditions and cultures of other
and personal growth of each individual student,
countries.
Converse seeks to prepare women for informed and
responsible decision-making, reasoned and humane Spartanburgs ideal proximity to the North Carolina
action, and significant and influential achievement. mountains, the South Carolina coast, and major cities
This goal for Converse women was first expressed such as Atlanta and Charlotte make Spartanburg a
by Dexter Edgar Converse, one of the founders of very attractive place to live. Greenville-Spartanburg
the College. He asked that the instruction and International Airport, located twenty minutes west
influence of Converse College enable the students of the city, is served by a number of major airlines.
to see clearly, decide wisely, and to act justly and
that their education help them to learn to love God The Converse campus is located in downtown
and humanity, and be faithful to truth and duty, so Spartanburg on seventy landscaped acres.
that their influence may be characterized by purity
and power. ACCREDITATIONS
AND AFFILIATIONS
THE FOUNDING OF THE COLLEGE Since its founding, Converse has become one of the
Converse College had its beginning on March leading colleges for women in the South. At the time
22, 1889, when thirteen of Spartanburgs leading of its admission in 1912, Converse was the only
citizens met to explore a proposal to establish college in South Carolina that held membership in
a college for women. Among the men present the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools.
was Dexter Edgar Converse, a pioneer in South Converse College is accredited by the Southern
Carolinas cotton textile industry. A native of Association of Colleges and Schools Commission
Vermont, with a daughter of college age, he was on Colleges to award degrees at Level IV (Bachelor
keenly aware of the need in the South for a college of Arts, Bachelor of Fine Arts, Bachelor of Science,
for women which would provide a thorough and Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Musical Arts, Master
liberal education. of Music, Master of Liberal Arts, Master of Arts in
Teaching, Master of Education, Master in Marriage

4
and Family Therapy, Master of Fine Arts, and to determine, by measure of preponderance of
Educational Specialist). Contact the Commission on evidence, whether a student is or is not responsible
Colleges at 1866 Southern Lane, Decatur, Georgia for the charges presented. The Honor Board is
30033-4097 or call 404.679.4500 for questions advised by a member of the Student Development
about the accreditation of Converse College. staff who is charged with providing guidance and
support to the Chair to ensure that the process is
Converse was also the first South Carolina college fair and follows the due process as outlined below.
with graduates admitted to membership in the Ultimate authority of the Honor System and its
American Association of University Women, as well outcomes resides with the President of the College.
as the first to have a chapter of Mortar Board, the
national honor society for seniors. It is a member Student Government
of the Southern University Conference and the Elected by the student body, the Student Government
Womens College Coalition. The Converse College Association ensures student self- governance. The
Petrie School of Music is a charter member of association represents the diverse interests of the
the National Association of Schools of Music. Converse community and provides a link between
The Music Therapy Program is accredited by the student body and the College administration.
the American Music Therapy Association. The The Student Senate is an instrumental part of
College has attained CAEP accreditation for all SGA and serves as a deliberating team to evaluate,
professional education programs. In addition, the inform, discuss, research, and establish solutions to
Converse program for teachers of the deaf and student and campus concerns. There are over 30
hard of hearing is accredited by the Council for SGA-funded organizations that exist to involve and
Exceptional Children. The Marriage and Family to serve the student body.
Therapy program is accredited by the Commission
on Accreditation for Marriage and Family Therapy A yearly student activities fee includes, but is not
Education. The Art and Design programs are restricted to, class dues, school calendar, yearbook,
accredited by the National Association of Schools and admission to select programs and events
of Art and Design while the interior design program presented by the Student Government Association
is accredited by the Council for Interior Design and the Converse Activities Board.
Accreditation. The documents relating to Converse
College accreditation are on permanent reserve in
Residential Life
Converse College is a residential college and
the Mickel Library. Anyone desiring to review these
views on-campus living as an integral part of
documents may do so during the Colleges normal
the educational experience. All undergraduate
operating hours.
students, under the age of 24, must reside in college
STUDENT DEVELOPMENT residence halls unless they make their home with
AND SUCCESS their parents/legal guardian in their permanent
Time outside the classroom is as essential to residence within a 35 mile radius of the college.
Converse student life as the hours spent in study. Also, students with custodial children residing
Students participate in organizations that provide with them and/or students who are married may
a unique support structure within the Colleges reside off-campus, and must submit in writing to
environment. The offices which comprise the the Dean of Community Life a request for a waiver
Division of Student Development and Success from this policy. No married students may live
include Counseling Services, Health Services, in the residence halls without permission from
Student Activities, Residential Life, Judicial the Dean of Community Life. Students living in
Programs, Community and Inclusion, Leadership college residence halls must be full-time students.
Programs, Community Service, Disability Services, Infractions of the residency requirement policy
the Center for Professional Development, and the will be handled by the Dean of Community Life.
Chaplains Office. Students found in violation of this policy may be
charged College room and board fees.
The Honor Tradition Students living in college residence halls must be
Each student of Converse, by virtue of enrolling, is full-time students (registered for not less than 12
bound by, commits to abide by and strives to actively course credits in Fall and Spring Terms and not less
support the Honor Tradition. At the beginning than 3 course credits in Jan Term). Infractions of
of each year, during Opening Convocation, the the residency requirement policy will be handled
student body affirms their commitment to the by the Dean of Community Life.
Honor Tradition. The Honor Board is comprised
of faculty and students whose responsibility is

5
 Each residence hall has a staff that is responsible integration of personal reflection and social action
for working with residents to ensure a healthy, leads to the fulfillment of the Converse College
safe living and learning environment. Full time Founders Ideal to see clearly, to act justly, and be
professional Director of Residential Life and Student faithful to God and humanity.
Conduct, Assistant Directors of Residential Life or
graduate Resident Directors staff each residence Learning about different Christian denominations
hall. Each floor is staffed with a Community and other religious traditions helps students to
Advisor who is an undergraduate student. The staff affirm what they already believe and enables them
facilitates the development of a community through to relate to people from diverse backgrounds with
programming, community builders and student respect. The College is committed to assisting
interactions. A member of the Residential Life Staff students in developing these interpersonal
is on-call when the residence halls are open. skills which are essential for living and working
productively in our global society. This commitment
Each year, upperclassmen select rooms through stems from the Founders Ideal, which states that
a lottery within each class. Assignments for new Dexter Edgar Converse wished for the college to be
students are based on a Roommate Preference liberally and tolerantly Christian.
Card. The Director of Residential Life and Student
Conduct pairs each student and places the pairs For specific information or questions about services,
in designated first year buildings. All policies and programs and local places of worship, students are
procedures governing the residence halls are in the asked to contact the Chaplain at 864.596.9078 or
Student Handbook. to visit the Chaplains Office in the Montgomery
Student Center.
Judicial Programs
Judicial Programs include the Honor Board, Student Groups
Civitas Council and the Appeals Board. These The Interfaith Council of Converse College fosters a
student judicial boards are comprised of students welcoming environment at Converse by supporting
elected from each class. The Honor Board also and promoting opportunities for the Converse
includes Converse II representatives elected by the College community to learn about and participate
student body. Honor Board has jurisdiction over in a variety of religious opportunities on campus
Honor Code violations, and Civitas Council has and in the surrounding community. The Interfaith
jurisdiction over Community Values violations. The Council is led by the College Chaplain, the Student
Appeals Board is convened in the case of an appeal Chaplain and the Associate Student Chaplain and
of a judicial decision or sanction. For a detailed the membership is composed of representatives
description of case procedures and jurisdiction, see from a diversity of religious perspectives both
the Student Handbook. within and beyond the Christian faith.
Baptist Collegiate Ministries and UKirch provide
Religious Life campus ministers whose outreach includes
Converse College recognizes the fact that religious Converse, Wofford, University of South Carolina
and spiritual development is an important part of Upstate and Spartanburg Methodist College.
the educational process for many students. The The Newman Club (Catholic) is led by Converse
college employs a full-time chaplain and charters students and supported by a local parish priest.
several religious groups, led by students and local Jewish students can find fellowship and support
ministers from Spartanburg, to foster the spiritual at the BNai Israel Temple close to the campus.
growth of students. For those interested in starting your own student
The Chaplains Office religious organization or Bible study, please contact
The Office of the Chaplain provides programs the Chaplain directly.
and support to nurture the spiritual growth of Student Activities
Converse students, faculty and staff within their The Office of Student Activities, located within the
own faith traditions, and to promote awareness SGA Suites of the Montgomery Student Center, serves
of various religious expressions. The Chaplain as a resource for all students, clubs, organizations,
is available to students whether they come from and advisors planning events on campus. Students
a churched background, a religion other than plan events and campus traditions, such as dances,
Christianity or no faith tradition at all. Through Big Sis/Little Sis Weekend, and 1889 Week, with
fellowship, prayer, outreach, study and worship, assistance from this office. Student Activities works
members of the Converse community can deepen closely with the Student Government Association
their understanding of spirituality and service. This (SGA), and directly oversees the Converse Activities

6
Board (CAB), Traditions Council, Valkyries Club, students. The nurse practitioner is able to provide a
Class Officers, and Social Media and Elections. wide variety of services, including:
Additionally, this office supervises the Montgomery Providing wellness services such as yearly
Events and Information Desk. physicals
Prescribing medications
THE WELLNESS CENTER Treating acute conditions such as bronchitis,
The staff at the Wellness Center believes staying sinus infections, flu, injuries, and abdominal
healthy is critical to achieving academic success. pain
Students can find help for good nutrition, Ordering and interpreting diagnostic tests such
exercise, self-awareness, relaxation, medical issues, as x-rays, blood work, and EKGs
stress management, sexual responsibility, and
interpersonal relationships. The Center is located at Health services are provided through a partnership
the rear of Andrews Hall and offers regular office program with Mary Black Hospital. It is staffed
hours Monday through Friday. Inquiries can be by a licensed nurse practitioner with medical
made by calling the Wellness Center at 864.596- oversight provided by a Mary Black Hospital
9258. physician. Appointments are strongly suggested
andmay be made by calling the Wellness Center at
Counseling Services 864.591.9258.
Counseling Services supports the emotional,
mental, and spiritual health of students by The cost of the basic medical visit is covered
providing individual and group counseling, through the student health fee. If the nurse
consultation, and crisis intervention by licensed practitioner orders labwork or other diagnostic
therapists and supervised interns. The counselors tests, the student will be responsible for the cost
also provide a variety of educational programs of these tests, and will be notified of the costs prior
designed to meet the emotional wellness needs to performing the tests. Students may pay for these
of the campus. Counseling sessions at the costs at the time of their visit, or may have them
Wellness Center are available at no extra charge billed to their student account. Students are also
to traditional undergraduate boarding and day responsible for the cost of any medication that are
students. Appointments are strongly suggested and prescribed and for any off-campus providers who
may be scheduled by calling the Wellness Center at they may be referred.
864.596.9258.
In addition, the Wellness Center has a library and
relaxation room that students can visit any time
during regular office hours. It is a quiet, comfortable
space where students can relax, de-stress, and
unwind. It is full of educational materials on mental
health topics, books, relaxation CDs, yoga DVDs,
art materials, and chair massagers.
The Wellness Center does not offer alcohol and
drug treatment, evaluations for ADHD or learning
disabilities, treatment for active eating disorders, or
long-term intensive therapy. In the event that these
services are required, the staff will assist a student
in finding an off-campus provider. If a referral is
made off campus to a local psychiatrist or mental
healthcare provider, the cost is the responsibility of
the student and/or her family. Counseling services
for Converse II students are available through the
Westgate Marriage and Family Therapy and other
local providers.

Health Services
The Health Services of Converse College is
committed to providing quality health care for
our students. Medical services are available to
all traditional undergraduate boarding and day

7
 ADMISSIONS
Converse College seeks to enroll, in its Additional units should be elected from the above
undergraduate programs, academically well- areas of study.
prepared students who have demonstrated potential
to complete the requirements for graduation with Home-schooled applicants should provide proof of
success. Admission to Converse is based on a broad enrollment in a certified program of study.
range of the applicants academic and personal CREDENTIALS REQUIRED
qualifications including high school or college
GPA, class ranking, curriculum rigor, SAT or ACT
FOR FRESHMAN APPLICANTS
1. A completed application.
scores, and qualitative information gleaned from
2. An official secondary school transcript at the
extracurricular records, personal statement, teacher
time of application or a copy of the General
and guidance counselor recommendations.
Education Development (GED) transcript
Detailed information including timelines, showing satisfactory completion.
requirements, and application forms are available 3. An official record of scores on either the SAT
from the Office of Admissions either online or on- or ACT test (does not need to include a writing
campus. The early action deadline for submitting score). Students whose first language is one
an application for admission for fall term is other than English should submit scores from
November 15, and candidates should complete the Test of English as a Foreign Language
their application and submit materials by this (TOEFL). A minimum score of 550 (paper), 213
date for the fullest scholarship consideration. All (computer), or 79-80 (Internet) is required.
admissions decisions are made on a rolling basis 4. Before registering for classes, an official
with candidates typically informed of a decision secondary school transcript showing all
within two weeks of completing their application coursework and that the student has graduated
and submitting required materials. from high school.
5. International students must also submit the
Students are encouraged to visit the campus to Declaration and Certification of Finances form.
meet with an admission counselor as well as Please see below for more detailed instructions
Converse faculty and students. Contact the Office for International applicants.
of Admissions to make arrangements for campus
visits. Appointments are available Monday-Friday at
9:30 am and Saturday at 11:00 am by appointment,
CREDENTIALS REQUIRED
except during holiday weekends and the summer FOR TRANSFER APPLICANTS
months. 1. A completed application.
2. Applicants who have not completed 30 hours
SECONDARY SCHOOL PREPARATION of college work must submit official transcripts
Applicants for admission from a secondary school from all colleges/universities attended and
should complete an academic program that prepares official transcripts of their high school record
them to be successful at Converse. While course including SAT or ACT scores.
offerings vary among schools, students should 3. Applicants who have completed 30 or more
complete at least 20 academic units including 13 of hours of college work must submit official
the following at a college preparatory level: transcripts from all colleges/universities
attended.
English 4 4. The transcript of courses taken at another
Foreign language 2 college should reflect a high quality of work. No
credit is transferable for work below C grade.
Algebra 2 A 2.75 cumulative grade- point average is
Geometry 1 required for admission to a teacher education
program.
History 1 5. Transfer music credits for those pursuing
majors in music will remain tentative until
Social Science 1
students have taken examinations in
LaboratoryScience 2 theoretical and historical studies to determine
whether equivalent standards have been met.

8
CREDIT BY EXAMINATION ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS
Converse gives credit for the nationally standardized AND REGULATIONS
Advanced Placement Tests of the College Entrance FOR INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS
Examination Board. Credit will usually be given for Converse College encourages the enrollment
a score of 3 or better on these tests. For specific of students from other countries. Application
information about the relationship of these tests processes, timeline, requirements, and materials,
to required courses, contact the Associate Vice including the Declaration and Certification of
President for Academic Affairs. Finances, are available on the College website.
In addition, Converse recognizes the International Admission of international students is based on
Baccalaureate program and awards credit to academic credentials and English proficiency of
students who score a 4 or above on any General the candidate as well as completion of any US
Level Examination. College-Level Examination Federal or State requirements. Students must
Program (CLEP) credit will usually be awarded with submit proof of financial means to study in the
a score of 50 or better on these tests. For specific United States by completing the Declaration
information about the relationship of these tests to and Certification of Finances Form. Financial
required courses you should consult the Associate verification for international students is required to
Vice President for Academic Affairs. issue the immigration document (I-20). The I-20
is an immigration document used for the purpose
HEALTH FORMS of visa issuance outside the United States or for
Entering students are required by state law to the immigration process notification transfer for
submit a completed health form prior to enrollment students already in the United States.
in the College and may be required to show proof
of certain vaccinations. These forms must be Eligibility for admission is based on the applicants
completed prior to a student attending classes. total academic record, including grades, test
Specific information regarding these forms and results, academic courses, and overall academic
requirements is available through the Office of performance. Converse College admission
Admissions and will be provided to students after standards require the equivalent of graduation from
their admission to Converse. a U.S. secondary college preparatory program and
an average grade of B on all academic courses.
NON-DEGREE SEEKING ADMISSION Applicants who have completed university-level
The Office of Admissions will consider for work overseas must have earned satisfactory grades
admission students interested in taking one or more on all such university-level work attempted and be
courses at the undergraduate level who are not in good standing.
intending to complete a degree program of study. Converse College requires that all international
This includes students wishing to take courses academic documents (secondary or post-
only during summer terms, high school students secondary transcripts, mark sheets, certificates,
who would like to concurrently enroll in college leaving examination results, etc.) be formally
courses, or other students interested in completing evaluated by the World Education Service (WES)
specific coursework. Admission for non-degree or Educational Credential Evaluators (ECE). WES
seeking students is on a term and course basis and can be contacted at www.wes.org and ECE at www.
does not guarantee admission to a degree program. ece.org. Secondary/ High school students must
Specific application requirements, timelines, and request a Document-by- document report and
processes can be found by contacting the Office of college students must request a Course-by-course
Admissions. report. Students are required to pay a fee to either
WES or ECE for such services. More information
READMISSION OF on evaluation services can be found on the college
FORMER STUDENTS website and by contacting the Office of Admissions.
Students whose enrollment in a program of study International applicants whose first language is not
at Converse is interrupted will need to apply for English are required to take the TOEFL (Test of
readmission. Students desiring to be considered for English as a Foreign Language). Converse College
readmission should complete the application for requires a minimum score of 550 (paper), 213
readmission available from the Office of Admissions (computer), or 79-80 (Internet). SAT I and ACT
or on the College website. results must also be submitted for admission and
scholarship consideration. The TOEFL requirement
may be waived under certain circumstances.
Contact the Office of Admissions for details.
9
 In addition to meeting the regular admission
requirements, international applicants needing
a student visa (F-1) must show ability to meet
financial obligations of tuition, fees, and living
expenses before an I-20 can be issued. Current (less
than one year old) letters of financial support must
accompany the Declaration and Certification of
Finances Form. Having sufficient funds for the cost
of living and educational expenses is required by
US Immigration regulations. The Declaration and
Certification of Finances form is required before
an I-20 can be issued. Undergraduate international
students with (F-1) visas are required to carry a full
course load (minimum of twelve semester hours
in the Fall and Spring Term three hours in the Jan
Term).
International students on nonimmigrant visas
are not eligible for state or federally-funded loans
or scholarships in the United States. Limited
scholarships may be available from the college
based on athletic ability, talent, and academic
qualifications.
Health and accident insurance is mandatory for
all international students on nonimmigrant visas
enrolled at Converse College. Proof of insurance
is required before the student can be admitted.
Converse College provides the following services
for international students:
International Student Orientation Program
Confidential counseling services
Academic advising

10
TUITION AND FEES
The Undergraduate Catalog statement is considered Systems Payment Plan accounts must be up-to-date
sufficient notice of the time and terms of payment. to avoid this fee. Interest will accrue at a rate of one
Statements, however, are sent monthly via the and one-half percent per month on any past due
my.converse.edu portal, as reminders and for the balance.
convenience of parents and guardians. All traditional
undergraduate students should set their parents up Any questions, please call Student Billing at
for use on the parent portal. This will be the only 864.596.9032 or 864.596.9592.
means of seeing your billing statement. Fees must A student may matriculate for the Fall and Jan
be paid promptly at the times specified. Terms or the Jan and Spring Terms only. No refund
will be granted to a student who matriculates for
RESIDENTIAL STUDENTS: the Fall and Jan Terms and does not register for the
Comprehensive Fees $ 27,650 Jan Term.
Includes tuition of $17,000 and room and
board of $10,300 Please note: A student who is only enrolled in Jan
Room and board fee includes local telephone Term, will owe tuition for the term at the part time
service, high speed internet access, cable TV, rate. Also, a student who is only living on campus
laundry machines and micro-fridge. for Jan Term will owe a prorated amount for room
Student Government Association Fee (SGA) $350 and board based on the number of days on campus.

Schedule of Payments: The non-refundable reservation fee is applicable

Non-refundable reservation fee to tuition for the upcoming year only. If a student
(will be applied toward tuition) $300 elects not to return to Converse College, the fee will
For new students, due on or before May 1 be forfeited and will not apply toward tuition for
For returning students, due on or before April 1 the previous year.

Tuition and Fees Due Dates: The College accepts VISA, MasterCard, Discover
Fall Term due August 15 $13,825 Card and American Express for payments of
Spring Term due Jan 15 $13,825 tuition and fees. For more information, contact
For Students entering at Jan Term Student Billing at 864.596.9032 or 864.596.9592.
due December 15.......................................$13,825 Payments may also be made thru the student or
parent portal online at my.converse.edu.
COMMUTING STUDENTS:
Comprehensive Fees $17,350 SPECIAL FEES
Includes tuition of $17,000 Student Government Fee $350
Student Government Fee (SGA) $350 Converse II tuition (per hour) $380
Part-time undergraduate tuition (per hour) $875
Schedule of Payments: Converse II registration fees $20
Non-refundable reservation fee Converse II Parking Fee (semester)$25
(will be applied toward tuition) $200 Converse II Technology Fee $35
For new students, due on or before May 1 Late registration fee $50
For returning students, due on or before April 1 Graduation fee.................................................$150
Converse II Application fee $40
Tuition and Fees Due Dates: Drop/Add fee, per course $20
Fall Term due August 15 $8,675 Directed Independent Study (per hour) $450
Spring Term due January 15 $8,675 Transcript fee.....................................................$10
For students entering at Jan Term Audit fee (per class)$75
due December 15 $8,675 Super Single Room Fee (annual)...................$1,000
NOTE: Tuition and fees must be paid in full by the Online Class (per hour, for Converse II) $410
due date for a student to be eligible to enroll for Course Overload (per hour over 19 hours) $500
the term. A $100 late fee per term will be added to SOAR..............................................................$125
any student account, not paid in full by August 15 Converse alumnae who are below the age of 24,
and January 15. All financial aid must be completed have graduated from Converse College, and wish
and approved, including approval of outside loans, to pursue either a second degree, a second major,
with any remaining balance paid by the due date, in or take specific classes, such as student teaching,
order to avoid this late fee. All Tuition Management

11
 may do so at prevailing tuition costs for Converse SPECIAL PROVISIONS
II students. A student has graduated from Converse Refund of Fees
when she has a diploma. These fees are not available 1. Only tuition and board (meal) fees are eligible
for students who have not completed their early for refund.
commencement requirements or who are returning 2. If a student, after registration, is dismissed from
to Converse to take hours required for receiving a the College, she is not entitled to any refund of
diploma. fees, or cancellation of any sum due and payable
to the College.
All boarding students will maintain a damage
deposit of $100 with the Student Billing. This fee All students withdrawing through the first Friday
will be refunded upon the students separation from following the first day of classes for Fall or Spring
the College after the room has been inspected and will be refunded 100% of tuition and board fees,
no damage noted. less meals and undergraduate students withdrawing
through the second Friday following the first day
Additional Course Fees of class will be refunded 80% of tuition and board
Special fees for laboratory, studio, computer fees, less meals, Students withdrawing through the
programming and other courses involving third Friday following the first day of class will be
additional expenditures will be charged. refunded 30% of tuition and board, less meals.
Music Lesson Fees All students withdrawing must file the appropriate
Fee for students taking one hour lesson per week paperwork with the appropriate officials prior to a
Fall Term.........................................................$530 refund being granted. Please contact the Office of
Jan Term..........................................................$175 the Registrar for details.
Spring Term....................................................$530
No refund will be granted to an undergraduate
Fee for students taking one half-hour lesson student who matriculates for the Fall and Jan Terms
per week and elects not to register for the Jan Term.
Fall Term.........................................................$265
Jan Term.......................................................$87.50 Students withdrawing in Jan and Summer terms
Spring Term....................................................$265 should refer to the current year academic calendar
(available at www.my.converse.edu) for refund
Teacher Education Fee dates.
Fee is applied to student teaching
for degree completion........................................$45 Students withdrawing during or after Jan term will
be charged for the meals for the Jan term.
Equitation Fees
Individual Lessons (per lesson).........................$35 Delinquent Accounts
Until all tuition, fees, and other charges of
Off-Campus Study-Travel Fees the student are paid in full, Converse College:
Students participating in study-travel programs 1. will not provide a diploma or transcript.
conducted by another institution will pay Converse 2. reserves the right not to allow a student to enroll
the actual cost of the program plus an administrative in a new term, participate in graduation
fee (currently $500 for Spring and Fall Terms and exercises, or register the students course grade
$250 for Summer and Jan Terms). When Converse on the transcript.
receives a bill from the other institution, Converse 3. After all reasonable attempts at collecting a past
will bill the student the cost of the other institutions due balance have failed, accounts will be referred
program as well as the administrative fee. Converse to a collection agency Students will be
will remit payment to the other institution only responsible for reasonable collection costs
after payment in full has been received from the associated with such referral, including
student. but not limited to attorney fees and court
Students participating in a study-travel program costs. Students should understand and that
with a Converse College professor must pay the their financial obligation to Converse College
costs of the program, in addition to normal tuition constitutes an educational loan to assist in
and fees. Deadlines for payment of the appropriate financing their education and, is not
fees will be announced by the professor. dischargeable under the United States
Bankruptcy Court.
4. It is the students responsibility to drop a course
from your schedule and if you fail to do so you
will be responsible for all tuition and fees related
12
 to the course. Please refer to the academic How Does the Process Work
calendar for drop dates. Complete and file your IRS tax return. Next,
approximately two weeks after filing the IRS tax
Miscellaneous return, complete the FAFSA and include Converses
Students desiring to register for less than a full Title IV school code, 003431. For S.C. Tuition Grant
course of study should consult Student Billing for purposes, it is best if you put Converses school code
rates and terms. as your first choice. Simplify the process by using
Students may use their Financial Aid credit to the IRS Data Retrieval option when tax return data
purchase textbooks in the campus bookstore. is requested. This saves you time and expedites the
Students with a credit will be notified by email application process. After submitting the FAFSA,
when your book voucher is ready to use. Students the student will receive a Student Aid Report (SAR),
may not purchase apparel, and personal toiletries and Converse will receive the application data
using your financial aid book voucher. The electronically.
bookstore is located in the Montgomery Building. If additional information is needed to complete a
A service fee of $20.00 is assessed each time a check students file, she will receive a letter. Items needed
is presented to the College which is subsequently may also be viewed through my.converse.edu
returned for insufficient funds. under Financial Aid and Financial Aid Document
Tracking. Submit the requested information as soon
The College does not carry insurance on the as possible and make sure all documents are signed.
personal belongings of students and therefore Forms are available at my.converse.edu or on our
cannot be responsible to students for losses website at www.converse.edu/FinancialPlanning.
incurred by theft, fire, water, or other damage.
Once the students file is complete, she will receive
FINANCIAL PLANNING an award notice. The student may also view all
financial aid awards through my.converse.edu
AND SCHOLARSHIPS under Financial Aid and Financial Aid Awards.
Converse has been committed to helping qualified
students finance a Converse education through
a combination of aid based on financial need and Communication with Students
academic merit or talent. Alumnae, trustees, and The majority of communications from the Financial
friends of the College have been generous in their Planning Office will be sent to the email address
support of the excellent scholarship programs that listed on the FAFSA and/or the Converse email
Converse provides. We encourage prospective account. To ensure you receive all communication
students and their parents to visit our website at from the Financial Planning Office, please
www.converse.edu/FinancialPlanning to explore remember to let us know of any mailing address
any type of aid that might be available. or email address change. The Financial Planning
Office staff is here to assist you with any questions
To participate in federal financial aid programs, you may have. You may call us at 864.596.9019
Converse is required by federal regulations to or email Financial.Planning@converse.edu. Please
coordinate the delivery of all funds from all sources allow one business day for a response.
to students. Students who receive aid in addition
to federal or state financial aid should report the Determination of Financial Need
amount and source to the Financial Planning Office. Converses financial aid programs assist students
who have financial need as determined by the
When and How to Apply federal processor. One of the principles behind
To determine whether a student is eligible for a need-based aid is that students and their families
federal financial aid program or S.C. Tuition Grant, should pay for educational expenses to the extent
the student and her family must complete the they are able. A financial need exists if the resources
Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). of the family (expected family contribution or EFC)
The address for FAFSA on the Web is www.fafsa. do not meet the total cost of attending the College.
gov. The student and parent (if dependent) should The total cost of attendance (student budget) is an
apply for a FSA ID (previously referred to as a estimate of the total cost a student incurs as a full-
PIN) prior to starting FAFSA on the Web so that time student for the nine-month academic period
the application can be signed electronically and (fall, Jan and spring semesters). The indirect costs
tax information can be transferred from the IRS. (the costs not paid to Converse College) may vary
Converses Title IV school code is 003431. depending on your living arrangements, priorities
and other personal obligations. Samples of student

13
 Traditional On-Campus With Parent Off Campus
Tuition $17,350* $17,350* $17,350*
Room & Board $10,300 $ 2,576 $10,300
Books & Supplies $ 1,350 $ 1,350 $ 1,350
Personal $ 3,000 $ 3,000 $ 3,000
Transportation $ 1,550 $ 3,100 $ 3,100
Total $33,550 $27,376 $35,100

Converse II On-Campus With Parent Off Campus

Tuition $ 9,120 $ 9,120 $ 9,120
Fees $ 120 $ 120 $ 120
Room & Board $10,300 $ 2,576 $10,300
Books & Supplies $ 1,350 $ 1,350 $ 1,350
Personal $ 3,000 $ 3,000 $ 3,000
Transportation $ 1,550 $ 3,100 $ 3,100
Total $25,440 $19,266 $26,990
*Figure includes standard tuition and fees of $17,000 and an annual SGA fee of $350.

budgets for 2016-2017 follow: The amount in the original award notification is
based on full-time enrollment. A student who is
Student Eligibility Requirements not full-time will have her award reduced based
A student must meet the following eligibility on the actual number of credit hours enrolled.
requirements to receive federal assistance: Students who are not full-time do not pay as
Be enrolled or accepted for enrollment in an much for tuition and fees. A students enrollment
eligible program, and status is determined through the census date of
Be a regular student, and each semester. Adjustments, including complete
Have a high school diploma or GED, and withdrawal of aid, are made based on the enrollment
Be a U.S. citizen or an eligible non-citizen, status through the census date.
and
Not be a member of a religious community For Converse II students: If you enroll during the Jan
that directs the program of student or term, the credit hours you take will be added to any
provides maintenance (except for unsubsidized spring credit hours to determine your enrollment
Direct Loans), and status for the spring semester. Any anticipated aid
Be registered with the Selective Service you have for spring can be used to cover your costs
(males only), and for the Jan term, and any resulting credit balance
Not be in default on a federal student loan will be disbursed for the spring semester.
borrowed for attendance at any institution, All the terms in a summer semester are combined
and to determine the enrollment status for the summer
Not have borrowed in excess of federal loan semester. Full-time status consists of enrollment
limits, and in a minimum of 12 credit hours. Three-quarter
Not owe a repayment on a federal grant or time status consists of enrollment in 9 to 11 credit
scholarship received for attendance at any hours. Half-time status consists of enrollment in
institution, and 6 to 8 credit hours. Less than half-time status is
Maintain satisfactory academic progress, and enrollment in 1 to 5 credit hours.
Not be enrolled concurrently in an elementary
or secondary school, and How a Student Receives Assistance
Provide a valid social security number. A student who applies in time and is eligible can
use financial aid award(s) (excluding Federal Work-
Eligible Courses, Enrollment Study, FWS) to pay tuition and fees and to make
Status and Repeated Courses book purchases. A student may request to opt
Enrollment status can only consist of those courses out of purchasing books with a book voucher at
required for graduation or as a prerequisite for Converse and may request an allowance to purchase
courses required in the program. Audited classes books and supplies elsewhere by submitting to
will not be considered in determining a students Student Billing a Request to Opt Out form by the
enrollment status. For federal aid programs only, first day of class for each semester the student
once a student has completed a course two times, wishes to use an allowance. Funds available after
that course cannot count in the enrollment status. direct costs have been paid will be disbursed by
14
the Student Billing Office. All financial aid awards eligibility. A students SAP status will be evaluated
are considered estimated or anticipated until aid each year when the initial Free Application for
disburses to student accounts in the Converse Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) is received and then at
Student Billing Office. the end of an academic year (after spring semester
grades are posted) in which the student attended.
Students who receive a Federal Work-Study
(FWS) award and obtain employment through this Qualitative Standard (Completion Rate
program are paid once a month. and Grade Point Average)
Transferring For undergraduate students, the minimum
Financial aid awards cannot be transferred from completion rate requires a student to earn at
one college to another. Students must have the least 67% of the cumulative credit hours
results of the FAFSA released to the new college. attempted.
Students transferring to Converse College must Courses with grades of F, W and I are not
request a duplicate Student Aid Report (SAR) if considered completed courses.
the results of the FAFSA have not been released Undergraduate students are required to
to Converse. Converses Title IV school code is maintain a minimum cumulative grade point
003431. It is the students responsibility to notify average as defined below:
the Financial Planning Office of prior attendance at 1-24 hours attempted 1.50 GPA
another post-secondary school. 25-56 hours attempted 1.75 GPA
> 57 hours attempted 2.00 GPA
Summer Aid Students are placed on financial aid suspension
Financial aid for summer is available to those if the completion rate and/or the cumulative
students who qualify and will be awarded separately GPA fall below the minimum requirements.
from the fall and spring semesters. Students do not To re-establish eligibility, a student must have
have to complete another FAFSA just for summer an approved appeal and be placed on financial
if they have already applied for the previous award aid probation. (See Appeals below.)
year. If a student begins classes during a summer
semester, she must complete the FAFSA for the Quantitative Standard
current award year and complete the FAFSA for the (Length of Eligibility)
next award year which begins with the fall semester. Students may receive financial aid for 150%
To be considered for aid during a summer semester, of the published length of the program of
the student must complete a Summer Application study.
for Financial Aid. Undergraduate students who have attempted
180 hours or more will be placed on financial
Summer funding is limited and not all funds are aid suspension.
available during the summer. Federal Pell Grant Transfer hours are added to the total hours
is only available if a student has not been enrolled attempted at Converse to assess the length of
full time during the previous fall and spring eligibility.
semesters. S.C. Tuition Grant cannot be awarded A student may repeat a course, but repetitions
for the summer semester. If during the previous will count toward the length of eligibility.
fall and spring semesters the student borrowed the A student who completes the academic
annual loan limit, she will not have any Direct Loan requirements for a program but does not
eligibility. yet have the degree is not eligible for
additional financial aid funds for that
Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) program.
Students receiving financial assistance through Once the maximum number of hours is
a federal program or S.C. Tuition Grant must be attempted, a student is placed on financial aid
making satisfactory academic progress toward suspension.
a degree. The Financial Planning Office must To re-establish eligibility, a student must have
monitor the progress of all students to ensure an approved appeal and be placed on financial
that they are making satisfactory progress toward aid probation. (See Appeals below.)
completion of their program in a reasonable period
of time. This policy is in addition to the academic
standards required by the College. The cumulative Appeals
review determines the students eligibility for Appeals for suspension of financial aid are
financial assistance based on her academic reviewed by the Financial Aid Appeals
history. Whether the student has received financial Committee.
assistance previously is not a factor in determining The number of appeals will be limited to two
15
 (2) per student and forms may be obtained a semester at Converse College without
from the Financial Planning Office. financial assistance. During the semester
Appeals must include an academic plan attended without financial assistance, a
signed by the Director of Student Development student must take at least 6 credit hours,
and Success detailing the requirements the complete 100% of the attempted hours and
student must meet to ensure SAP standards have at least a 2.0 term GPA.
are met by a specific time or to ensure the Exceptions to this policy will only be allowed
student graduates. Appeals for length of if the student encountered some type of
eligibility should include the remaining classes extenuating circumstance during the
needed to graduate and an anticipated probationary period that hindered her from
graduation date. meeting the stipulations.
Appeals also must include an explanation Examples of acceptable extenuating
from the student of why satisfactory progress circumstances include: prolonged
was not made and what has changed that hospitalization during the probationary
will make it possible to meet standards. period, death in the family during the
Examples of acceptable extenuating probationary period, change in work hours
circumstances include prolonged that conflicted with the class schedule during
hospitalization during the academic year, the probationary period or other extenuating
death in the family during the academic circumstances directly affecting academic
year, change in work hours that conflicted performance. Because a student is aware
with the class schedule during the academic prior to the probationary period that she must
year or other extenuating circumstances meet the stipulations, extenuating
directly affecting academic performance. circumstances do not include being a single
If the Committee determines that justifiable parent or working full-time while attending
evidence of extenuating circumstances exists, school.
a student may receive an extension of Students are advised to solve difficulties prior
financial aid eligibility and be placed on to registering for a probationary period.
financial aid probation.
Federal Sources of Financial Aid
Financial Aid Probation Funding for programs is contingent on federal
During the probationary period, a student approval. These guidelines may not be inclusive of
must take at least 6 credit hours, complete all eligibility criteria and are subject to change. To
100% of the attempted hours, have at least a apply you must complete the Free Application for
2.0 term GPA and follow the academic plan. Federal Student Aid.
If a student does not meet these stipulations,
she will be placed on financial aid suspension. Federal Pell Grant (PELL)
(See Suspension for Failing to Meet The Federal Pell Grant does not have to be repaid
Probationary Stipulations below.) and is a program for students who have not
If a student meets the probationary previously earned a baccalaureate degree. Pell Grant
stipulations but has a minimum cumulative is considered the foundation of federal financial aid
GPA or a completion rate that does not to which aid from other federal and non-federal
meet minimum requirements, she will remain sources might be added.
on financial aid probation and must continue A student can only receive the Pell Grant for up
to meet probationary stipulations and follow to 12 full-time semesters. Students can track their
the academic plan. remaining Pell Grant eligibility on NSLDS at www.
If a student meets the probationary nslds.ed.gov or on the Student Aid Report.
stipulations, has a minimum cumulative
GPA and a completion rate that meets Federal Supplemental Educational
minimum requirements and has not Opportunity Grant (FSEOG)
attempted 150% of the hours required to The Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity
graduate, she will be removed from financial Grant is a program from which students may obtain
aid probation and must continue to meet the up to $500 each year depending on their financial
SAP policy. need, the availability of FSEOG funds at Converse
and the amount of other aid received. In order
Suspension for Failing to to be eligible for consideration for the FSEOG a
student must be eligible for a Federal Pell Grant.
Meet Probationary Stipulations
To re-establish eligibility a student must submit Federal Work Study Program (FWS)
16 and have an approved appeal after completing The Federal Work Study Program is a federal student
aid program that provides part-time jobs for eligible Higher Education Grant Program (TEACH)
students. Interested students must complete the The TEACH Grant Program provides grants to
Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) students who intend to teach full-time in high-need
and a Student Employment Application. subject areas at a public elementary or secondary
school that serves students from low-income
Federal Direct Loans
families. In exchange for receiving a TEACH Grant,
The Federal Direct Loan is a low interest loan made
the student must agree to serve as a full-time
by the U.S. Department of Education. To determine
teacher in a high-need field in a public or private
eligibility, a student must complete a FAFSA and
elementary or secondary school that serves low-
the Colleges financial aid process.
income students. The student must also teach at
A Subsidized Direct Loan is awarded on the basis of least four academic years within eight calendar
financial need. No interest payments are required years of completing the program of study for which
before repayment begins or during an authorized you received a TEACH Grant. If the student fails
period of deferment. The federal government to fulfill this obligation, all amounts of the TEACH
subsidizes the loan during these periods by Grant received will be converted to a Federal Direct
paying the interest for the student. Unsubsidized Loan. Interest will be charged from
the date the original grant was disbursed, and the
An Unsubsidized Direct Loan is not awarded on the student must repay this loan to the U.S. Department
basis of financial need. The student will be charged of Education.
interest from the time the loan is disbursed until it
is paid in full. If interest is allowed to accumulate, Sources of Financial Aid from
it will be capitalized which means the interest will the State of South Carolina
be added to the principal amount. Then interest Funding for programs is contingent on state
will be charged based on this higher amount. approval. These guidelines may not be inclusive of
Capitalization will increase the amount that must all eligibility criteria and are subject to change.
be repaid. If the student chooses to pay the interest
as it accumulates, loan payments will cost less. S.C. Tuition Grant Program (SCTG)
This program is a need-based grant program for S.C.
A student must be enrolled in at least 6 credit residents who attend one of the 21 in-state private
hours each semester. Repayment begins six months colleges or universities on a full-time basis. To
after graduating or dropping below half-time qualify, the student must meet the academic criteria
enrollment. This six month period is referred to as of the program: rank in the upper 75% of the high
a grace period. school class, score 900 on the SAT (19 on the ACT)
The Financial Planning Office will counsel students or graduate from a S.C. high school with a minimum
as to the types of loans for which they are eligible 2.0 GPA on the S.C. Uniform Grading Scale. The
and as to the amount they may borrow. Before a loan student must also show need as determined by
is available, the student must complete an online filing the Free Application for Federal Student Aid
entrance loan counseling session and sign a Master (FAFSA). For continued eligibility, a student must
Promissory Note (MPN). These requirements are meet the federal satisfactory academic progress
completed online at https://www.studentloans.gov policy and earn at least 24 credit hours during the
using the students FSA User ID. previous academic year. The deadline for applying
is June 30th for the following academic year.
Federal Direct Parent Loan for
Undergraduate Students (PLUS) S.C. Palmetto Fellows Scholarship
The PLUS loan is available to parents of dependent (Palmetto Fellow)
students, and eligibility is determined by a credit This scholarship is awarded by the South Carolina
check. The parent must be the students biological Commission on Higher Education to academically
or adoptive parent or the students stepparent if the outstanding South Carolina students who attend
biological or adoptive parent has remarried at the an in-state college or university full-time. Need is
time of application. Payments vary based upon the not a factor; however, the student must meet the
amount borrowed and the interest rate in effect. academic criteria of the program and apply by the
The amount you can borrow cannot exceed the cost deadline dates (usually December 15th and June
of attendance less other aid awarded. Parents must 15th) of her senior year. Additional information
apply online at https://www.studentloans.gov using and applications are available through the high
the parents FSA USER ID. school guidance office or at www.che.sc.gov.

Teacher Education Assistance for College and S.C. LIFE Scholarship (LIFE)
This scholarship is available to South Carolina
17
 students who attend an in-state college or university
full-time. Students must meet two of three criteria: Chapter 1606 Montgomery G.I. Bill-Selected
(1) score a minimum of 1100 on the SAT (24 Reserve. This program is available to members
ACT), (2) have a minimum 3.0 GPA on the S.C. of the Selected Reserve, including the National
Uniform Grading Scale or (3) rank in the top 30% Guard. A form DD 2384 (NOBE) is required.
of their high school graduating class. The students Chapter 1607 Reserve Educational Assistance
final, official high school transcript must reflect a Program. This program is available to members
calculation date that falls between graduation and of a reserve component who serve on active duty
June 15th. For additional information visit www. on or after September 11, 2001, for a contingency
che.sc.gov. operation. A form DD 214 or a copy of the orders
is required.
S.C. HOPE Scholarship (HOPE)
This scholarship is available to South Carolina Chapter 33 Post 9/11 Veterans Education
students who do not meet the criteria for the LIFE Assistance Act of 2008. To be eligible, the service
Scholarship but who graduate from high school member or veteran must have served at least 90
with a minimum 3.0 GPA on the S.C. Uniform aggregate days on active duty after September
Grading Scale. The HOPE Scholarship is awarded 10, 2001. A form DD 214 or a copy of orders is
for the freshman year only, and the student must required.
attend full-time. For additional information visit
www.che.sc.gov. Academic Requirements
A student receiving VA benefits is required to
S.C. Teachers Loan Program (SCTL) maintain the same academic progress standards to
This loan is available to South Carolina students be considered in good standing by the College.
who plan to teach in the public sector in South See Academic Progress Standards in this Catalog. A
Carolina upon graduation from college. Students student receiving VA benefits who is academically
must meet the academic criteria of the program, disqualified and subsequently relieved by the
and financial need is not a factor. For additional Vice President of Academic Affairs and allowed to
information visit www.scstudentloan.org. register for classes must have documentation that
Veterans Educational Benefits the student has a reasonable likelihood to maintain
Eligible veterans can receive assistance by applying satisfactory attendance, progress and conduct in
for education benefits through Converses VA the future. This documentation is used to support
Certifying Official in the Financial Planning Office. a statement required to be submitted with the re-
The U.S. Department of Veteran Affairs is the only certification of enrollment to VA.
agency that can determine eligibility for and award Address Changes
this benefit. To determine eligibility, call the VA VA students must notify the Certifying Official
Regional Office at (888.442.4551), then contact the of any address change by completing the address
Financial Planning Office to obtain the appropriate change form.
forms for certification.
Advanced Payment Request
The following is a synopsis of Veterans VA students should be prepared to pay tuition, fee,
Assistance (VA) Program Chapters. book and supply expenses when due; however,
Chapter 30 The Montgomery G.I. Bill. This you may request advanced payment of the first VA
program provides educational benefits to benefit check. To qualify for advanced payment,
individuals entering military service after June 30, the VA student must have been out of school
1985. A form DD 214 Member 4 is required. for at least a full calendar month, completed the
admissions process at Converse and completed a
Chapter 31 Vocational Rehabilitation for Service- VA advanced payment application at least 45 days
Disabled Veterans. This program is for individuals prior to the first day of class. The Department of
who have a compensable service connected Veterans Affairs mails the check to the College
disability and the U.S. Department of Veteran for disbursement. VA students must complete the
Affairs determines that training and rehabilitation registration process, including fee payment, before
services are needed to overcome an employment receiving the advanced payment check.
handicap.
Chapter 35 Dependents Educational Assistance Class Attendance
Program. This program is for dependents VA students must adhere to the attendance policy
(spouse or children) of individuals who die or established by the College. VA students who accrue
are permanently disabled from service connected more than the allowable number of absences will
causes. have VA benefits terminated.
18
 VA students who have attended another college
Drops and Withdrawals must submit all collegiate transcripts to the
VA students must report course drops or a term Converse Admissions Office for evaluation even if
withdrawal to the Certifying Official. To ensure transfer credit is not requested.
timely notification to VA, reports will be run
monthly to identify VA students who have dropped Program Changes
courses or withdrawn from the term. At the end of VA students who change programs must complete
each semester, VA students who earn a grade of F a change of program form in the Financial Planning
are reported to VA with the last date of attendance. Office. Credit hours earned that fulfill requirements
in the new program must be transferred as required
Eligible Courses by regulations.
VA students may receive benefits only for those
courses that are required for graduation or are a Repeated Courses
prerequisite for courses required in the program of There is no limit on the number of times a course
study. When additional courses beyond the courses may be repeated for which a failing grade (or a grade
required for graduation are needed to overcome a which does not meet the minimum requirements
grade point deficiency, the additional courses may for graduation) was received as long as the grade
be approved with required documentation outlined assigned to the repeated course at the end of the
in VA regulations. term is punitive.

Internet/Online, Hybrid Tutorial Assistance for Veterans

and Video Courses VA students may receive monetary assistance from
Converse offers a variety of course delivery the VA to pay for a tutor if one is required.
methods. Non-traditional course delivery methods South Carolina National Guard College Assistance
are listed in the course schedule and on the Program (NGCAP)
Colleges web site. Converse expects students to
participate in all instructional activities since these This program was established to provide financial
courses are comparable to resident (traditional assistance to members of the South Carolina Army
classroom) courses. Converse requires that each and Air National Guard. NGCAP covers the cost
course offered in one of these non-traditional of attendance as defined by federal regulations
formats meets prescribed academic standards. up to a maximum amount each award year. The
maximum amount will be determined annually by
Each course delivery method must include: the S.C. Commission on Higher Education (CHE).
a provision for an assigned instructor; Students who have earned a bachelors or graduate
a provision for instructor-student interaction degree are not eligible. To qualify, the student
on at least a weekly basis and a stipulation must be in good standing with the active National
that this interaction is a regular part of the Guard at the beginning of each academic year and
course program; remain a member in good standing throughout
a statement that appropriate assignments are the entire academic year, maintain satisfactory
required for completion of the course; academic progress, be a U.S. citizen or a legal
a grading system similar to the system used permanent resident and satisfy additional eligibility
for resident (traditional classroom) courses; requirements as may be promulgated by CHE. The
a schedule of time required for the course S.C. National Guard is responsible for providing a
that demonstrates that the student will spend list of all eligible Guard members to CHE which
at least as much time in preparation and will in turn notify the College. To be awarded, the
training as is normally required for resident student must be on the list from CHE.
(traditional classroom) courses.
Non-punitive Grades/Mitigating Circumstances
ENDOWED ACADEMIC
Regulations prohibit payment of VA benefits for a SCHOLARSHIPS
course from which the student withdraws. Unless Converse College awards merit based scholarships
the student submits to VA documentation of to well qualified candidates both at the time of
mitigating circumstances, the student must repay to admission and at various points throughout the
VA all the money paid to him or her for the pursuit admissions process. Scholarships may be offered
of that course from the start of the term - not just based solely on a candidates individual academic
from the date she dropped the course. accomplishments or through a competitive
process. All academic scholarships are made
Prior Credit possible by the generous gifts of supporters of the

19
 college to endowed and annual funds. Students 333 Anon Fund
who receive endowed academic scholarships will Ada Smith Lancaster Endowed Scholarship
be notified prior to classes which donor(s) made Aeolian Music Club Scholarship
their funding possible. Agnes Callison Page Carstarphen 62
Endowed Scholarship
ENDOWED TALENT-BASED Agnes Petty Pringle Scholarship
SCHOLARSHIPS Algernon Sydney Sullivan Foundation
Converse appreciates the diverse set of talents Scholarship
students bring along with their academic Alice A. Suiter Endowed Scholarship
achievements. Endowed talent based scholarships Alice Fitzgerald Lockhart Bates Scholarship
may be available to those students who qualify Alice Freeze Poole Scholarship
through their involvement in particular programs Amy Stroup Scholarship
and through auditions, portfolio reviews, or Anna Black Habisreutinger Converse
performance evaluations. Scholarship
Annabel Hamilton Cribb Scholarship
Petrie School of Music Scholarships
Anne Ebersbach Endowed Scholarship
Awards are given to incoming students who show
Anne Lathan Allen Endowed Fund
exceptional promise as musicians. Students must
Antoinette Walker Denny Scholarship
be planning to major in music or double major in
Atlanta Alumnae Chapter Scholarship
music and another field. An audition is required in
Beatrice S. and Thomas H. Maybank Endowed
order to be considered for scholarship aid.
Scholarship
Visual Arts Scholarships Belk General Scholarship
Awarded to qualified students majoring in studio Bettie Broyhill Gortner and Allene Broyhill
art, interior design, art history, art education, or Stevens Music Scholarship
art therapy. Students must complete a portfolio Betty Heath Johnson Scholarship
review. Interested students should contact the Betty James Montgomery Scholarship
Art Department at 864.596.9181 to request an Betty Oare Endowed Scholarship
application form and portfolio requirements. Bill and Valerie Barnet Endowed Scholarship
Billy Webster Endowed Scholarship
Theatre and Musical Theatre Scholarships Bradley-Turner Foundation Endowed
Awarded to qualified students majoring in theatre Scholarship
or musical theatre. Students must complete an Callie Rainey Music Scholarship
audition portfolio review. An audition is required in Camille Chappell Sample Memorial
order to be considered for scholarship aid. Scholarship
Athletic Scholarships Carolen Belcher Hansard Scholarship
These scholarships are offered by the Converse Caroline M. and Robert O. Pickens, Jr.
Athletic Department to qualified students eligible Scholarship
for participation in an NCAA sport or IHSA Carolyn Worth Music Scholarship
equestrian riding. Interested students should Carroll McDaniel Petrie Endowment
contact the coach of their individual sport or the Scholarship
Athletic Department at 864.577.2050. Charlotte Smoak Verreault Endowed
Scholarship
Charner William Bramlett Memorial
Fellowship Fund
Class of 1938 Scholarship
Class of 1973 Scholarship
Class of 1981 Spirit of Converse Scholarship
Claudia Howell Bissell Music Scholarship
Clifton-Converse Foundation Scholarship
Close Scholarship in Deaf Education
Columbia Alumnae Scholarship
Converse II Scholarship
ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIPS
Cornelia Maslin Grier Endowed Scholarship
The following is a list of funds made possible
Crescent Scholarship
through the generous giving of supporters of
Dorothy Law Scholarship Fund
Converse College. Students are notified of which
Dorothy Ormand Grier 50 and J. Thomas
donor(s) support their endowed awards each fall.

20
Grier Endowment Fund H. McLeod and Mildred Kimberly Riggins
Dr. Henry J. Janiec Scholarship Merit Scholarship
Duke Energy STEM Scholars Program Hamilton-Jones-Powers Memorial Scholarship
E. Craig Sr. and Mazie H. Wall 31 Hazel B. Abbott Memorial Scholarship
Scholarship Hazel Salley Arthur Scholarship
Edward S. and Irene W. Croft Scholarship Helen W. & Collins P. Sink Endowed
Elaine Finklea Folline 58 Endowed Scholarship
Scholarship Henry Edmund Ravenel Scholarship
Elizabeth and Joseph Conklin Scholarship Honorable S. J. Simpson Scholarship
Elizabeth Hamner Endowed Scholarship Irene Walker Conner Scholarship
Elizabeth Lyles Blackwell Endowed James Lee Turner Scholarship
Scholarship Jane Dalton Scholarship
Elizabeth Patterson Perrin Scholarship Jane Love Bratton Endowed Scholarship
Ellen Glenn Lightsey Scholarship Janie Lee OFarrell Moore Scholarship
Elsa Ezell Holman Scholarship Janis Dengler Endowed Scholarship
Emily Jones Rushing Scholarship Jasmine E. Kennedy 11 Endowment
Eugenia Tinsley Webb Scholarship Scholarship
Evan Gentry and Mack Hall Griffin Jean 66 and Mike Russ Scholarship
Scholarship Jean Harris Knight Scholarship
Evelyn H. and Broadus R. Littlejohn Sr. Jean Stafford Camp 43 Scholarship
Scholarship Jeanne Smith Harley Endowment for
Evelyn Johnston Mims Scholarship Mickel Library
Faculty Memorial Scholarship Jeffrey Willis Endowed Scholarship
Faith Courtney Burwell Music Scholarship Joe R. and Joella F. Utley Foundation
Faith Courtney Burwell Voice Endowed Endowed Scholarship
Scholarship John Edward Johnston Scholarship
Fannie Louise Vermont Holcombe Endowed John Wiley and Rowena Eaddy Williams
Scholarship Scholarship
Felder Frederick Forbes Scholarship Johnson Academic Endowed Scholarship
Florence Andrews Helmus Music Scholarship Judy Voss Jones Endowed Scholarship
Florence Andrews Helmus Scholarship Julia B. Klumpke Scholarship
Floride Smith Dean Scholarship Justine V.R. Milliken Endowed Scholarship
Frances and Ralph Powell Memorial Karen White Holding Fund
Scholarship Kathleen Elura Jones Copeland Scholarship
Frances Council Yeager Scholarship Kathryn Lemmon Dibble Endowed
Frank Platt Scholarship Fund Scholarship
Fred and Sarah Miree Tollison 71 Endowment Kinney Family Scholarship Endowment
Scholarship KPB Anonymous Scholarship
Fullerton Foundation Scholarship Kurt and Nelly Zimmerli Endowed
G. W. Saunders Scholarship Scholarship
Garrett-Dunn-Joyce Endowed Scholarship Ladson H. Beach Endowed Scholarship
Gavel Mortar Board Scholarship Lalla Nimocks Overby 45 Endowed
Gayle G. & Nathaniel F. Magruder Scholarship Scholarship
Genelle H. Brown Endowed Scholarship Leigh Anne Ward 97 Endowed Scholarship
Fund in Music Fund
General Music Scholarship Lillian Caldwell Cecil Endowed Scholarship
General Scholarships Liz White Calvert 84 Spirit of Converse
Genevieve Parkhill Lykes Memorial Scholarship
Scholarship Lola Rosborough Johnston Scholarship
George & Carol Mahon Tate Education Louise B. Carlisle Gavel Scholarship
Endowed Scholarship Louise Salley Hartwell Scholarship
George & Carol Mahon Tate Music Endowed Louise Williamson Winslow Lewis
Scholarship Scholarship
George Dean Johnson Scholarship Lucie Lorenz Watkins Scholarship
Georgia B. Dickert Endowed Scholarship Fund Lucille Hawkins Seixas Scholarship
Glenn C. Stables Scholarship Lynn Stephens Scholarship

21
 Malloy Family Scholarship Endowed Fund Scholarship Fund
Margaret Andrews Helmus Eagan Scholarship R. J. Little Family Scholarship
Margaret F. Porter Scholarship Rachel Minshall Waters Endowed Scholarship
Margaret Goette Brooks 66 Endowment Rachelle Ellison Mickel Endowed Scholarship
Scholarship Radiana Pazmor Scholarship from
Marian Ritchie Johnson 48 Endowed Pi Kappa Lambda
Scholarship Rebecca Gilbert Chancellor Scholarship
Marion and Wayland Cato Scholarship Renea Parker 99 Endowed Scholarship
Marion Rivers Cato Endowed Scholarship Retired Faculty Scholarship
Fund Robert L. Maclellan Music Scholarship
Marjorie R. Polchow 2011 Endowment Robert L. Maclellan Undergraduate
Scholarship in Vocal Performance Merit Scholarship
Marsha H. Gibbs Endowed Scholars Fund Robert T. Coleman, Jr. Scholarship
Martha Jane McWhite Heath Scholarship Rochelle Grubb Memorial Scholarship
Martha Moore Scholarship Rose Cornelson Montgomery Scholarship
Martha Phifer Memorial Scholarship Rose Montgomery Johnston Scholarship
Martha Robinson Rivers Scholarship Ruby and Albert Flaccoe Endowed Fund
Mary Adair Edwards Phifer Scholarship Ruth Paddison Music Scholarship
Mary Anderson Craig Harris Scholarship Fund Ruth Paddison Scholarship in
Mary Andrews Stables Scholarship Arts and Sciences
Mary Chambless Dryer Cloud Scholarship S. Clay Williams Music Scholarship
Mary Elizabeth Dowling Able Scholarship Salley Hite Anderson Endowed Scholarship
Mary Emily Platt Jackson Music Scholarship Sandra Sherard Bethea Scholarship
Mary F. Smith Memorial Scholarship Sara Gossett Crigler Scholarship
Mary Gammon Dickson 1912 Memorial Sara Routh Plyer Scholarship
Scholarship Sarah E. Lobban 58 Endowed Scholarship
Mary Helen Dalton Scholarship Sarah Sitton Gambrell Scholarship
Mary Jane Edwards Young 47 Endowment Endowment
Scholarship for Petrie School of Music Sarah Stacy Butler Endowed Scholarship
Mary Kennedy Berry 41 Memorial Endowed Serena Lee Scholarship
Scholarship Simpson Scholarship
Mary Lowndes Barron Smith Endowed Smith Foundation Endowed Scholarship
Scholarship South Carolina State Fair Endowed
Mary Nicholson Endowed Fund Scholarship
Mary Wilson Gee Scholarship Spartan Mills Scholarship
Mary Z. Ward Music Scholarship Steve Hunt Theatre Scholarship Endowment
Mayes Family Scholarship Strom Thurmond & Holly Richardson
Mildred Johnston Hay Scholarship Public Service Scholarship
Mildred R. Orr Endowed Scholarship Susie Mathews Abney Scholarship
Milliken Fund Tara LeWynn Sturdivant 85 Endowment
Min Murray Haselden Cheves Scholarship Scholarship
Mindy Traphagan Scholarship Tom and Mary Slaughter Endowed
Mr. and Mrs. Thomas Howard Suitt Sr. Scholarship
Scholarship Tom and Tracy Hannah Endowed Scholarship
Mrs. Ben W. Montgomery Scholarship Vernon B. & Everiell Ivey Hallman 38
Mrs. Robert I. Woodside Award Fund Scholarship Fund
Nancy McCall Poynor Scholarship Fund Virginia Kiser Beach Endowed Scholarship
Nancy Reep Tait Voice Scholarship Virginia Mae McCall Gore Scholarship
Neville Holcombe Americanism Scholarship Virginia Tompkins McLaughlin Scholarship
Norfolk Southern Endowed Scholarship W. Hayward Ellis Memorial Theatre
Pacolet Manufactoring Company Scholarship Scholarship
Paul C. and Josephine A. Thomas Music Wallace Duncan Dupre Sr. Scholarship
Scholarship Wallace W. and Nelia W. Littlejohn
Peggy Bradford Long 49 Endowed Scholarship
Scholarship Walter S. Montgomery Sr. Scholarship
Priscila Mullen Gowen Memorial Endowment Warren E. Barker Music Scholarship Fund

22
Weisiger Outstanding Scholar-Athlete
Scholarship
William Randolph Hearst Endowed
Scholarship Fund
Winged Victory Scholarship

ANNUAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Converse College awards scholarships that are
funded annually by individuals, foundations
and corporations to provide merit or need-based
support to qualified students.
Annual Scholarships
Advance America Scholarship
Charner William Bramlett Memorial
Fellowship Fund
Floride Smith Dean 25 Music Scholarship
Peggy Thomson Gignilliat Music Scholarship
Grace Heck Adopt-A-Scholar Scholarship
Dean Joseph H. Hopkins Annual Scholarship
Mary Hart Law Annual Music Scholarship
Charles and Mary New Scholarshp
H. Morgan Rogers and Anne W. Rogers
Scholarship Fund
Rotary Club Scholarship
SCICU Scholars Program
D. L. Scurry Foundation Scholarship
Virginia Turner Self Scholarship
Walter Spry Memorial Scholarship
Algernon Sydney and Mary Mildred Sullivan
Scholarship
TG Scholarship
Emily Leigh Tunno Scholarship
Elizabeth Hubbard Wakefield Scholarship
Lettie Pate Whitehead Foundation
Scholarship

23
 ACADEMIC LIFE
THE CURRICULUM Word and Excel. Notable sections within the
To prepare students for full participation in library include a separate music library and a
their society, Converse College offers a coherent curriculum resources center.
academic program that encompasses a variety of
educational experiences. All students complete THE ACADEMIC CALENDAR
a sequence of general education courses, which The academic year is divided into three terms:
provide instruction in language and writing, Fall, Jan, and Spring Terms. The Fall and Spring
analysis and problem solving, and physical Terms are approximately 13.5 weeks in length and
coordination. Furthermore, they develop the Jan Term is twenty instructional days. Students
knowledge, understanding, and appreciation of normally enroll in 12 to 16 hours in the Fall and
the various disciplines of the liberal arts to which Spring Terms and 3 to 5 hours in the Jan Term.
they are introduced. All students also complete Students must enroll in an adequate number of
either a double major, a major and a minor, or a hours to make satisfactory progress toward a degree
single major. Students concentrate on these areas and for financial aid purposes.
of study in the last two years of their college
work. Students may choose majors from the The Jan Term enables students to engage in
disciplines within the liberal arts or from career- internships, participate in a study/travel program,
related areas that have their foundations in one devote the term to an intensive study of a single
or more of these disciplines. subject, or, if they prefer, enroll in the regular
courses of the curriculum, which are provided in
An outstanding feature of the Converse curriculum adequate number and variety.
is the double major, which most students have the
opportunity to complete in the regular four-year THE CONVERSE II EXPERIENCE
academic program. In a double major, students may Through Converse II, women ages 24 and
choose two subjects within the liberal arts or may older may enter or return to college to complete
choose a traditional discipline and a career-related undergraduate degrees, earn second undergraduate
program. Thus, students interested in an area degrees, or enrich themselves personally or
directly related to career preparation also have the professionally. Converse II students are fully
opportunity to study one of the liberal arts subjects integrated and receive the same high-quality
in depth, and students interested in more than education as our traditional undergraduate
one of these liberal arts subjects have a structure students. Outstanding features of the program
whereby they may pursue sophisticated and are a reduced tuition rate, simplified application
specialized work within two of these disciplines. procedure, no SAT or entrance test scores required,
career counseling, and individualized academic
THE MICKEL LIBRARY advisement. The Converse II experience is an
The Mickel Library holds more than 200,000 integral part of Converse Collegethe teaching
books, scores, music CDs, DVDs, microforms, faculty and academic requirements for the degree
and archival materials. It currently provides access are the same for both traditional-aged and Converse
to a variety of online databases, including 39,500 II students.
journals in full text, reference works, and 230,000
Any woman who is a high school graduate or has
ebooks. These resources are available to students
obtained a GED and who is at least 24 years old, or
and faculty 24 hours a day.
has her 24th birthday within the semester for which
Seating more than 200 users and generally open admission is requested, is eligible to apply. Steps
85 hours a week, the library provides reference in the application process include submitting an
service to help students with research assignments, application and fee, submitting official high school
an interlibrary loan department to obtain materials and all official college transcripts, and having a
from other libraries, and direct borrowing privileges personal interview with the Director of Converse II.
at the libraries of other colleges and universities in
Each admitted applicant is assigned one of three
South Carolina.
classifications:
Computers and Wi-Fi access within the library 1. Degree Seeking candidate
enable students not only to search the catalog, (including Second degree seeking candidate)
other online resources, and the open Internet, 2. Non-degree Seeking candidate
but to use software applications such as Microsoft 3. Provisional candidate
(degree candidate)
24
Degree candidates may be full-time or part-time These programs are offered in the conviction
and may enroll in any major course of study, subject that the liberal arts provide the most practical
to departmental criteria. There are no time limits preparation for all of life. The programs, therefore,
on graduation, but the student must maintain the consist of a set of liberal arts courses, which are
academic standards set forth in the Academic organized in a sequence or pattern having relevance
Regulations section of the Student Handbook and to a recognized occupation or vocation.
in this catalog. Non-degree seeking candidates may
To enrich these programs, as well as the career-
take courses for credit without completing the full
related majors, most departments offer internships
admission process. Provisional students are those
in which students earn academic credit for study
applicants whose high school record is below that of
and work at a business, a government office, a
students who are usually accepted, and those who service agency, or another organization within the
have college work with a GPA below 2.5. Women profession. Many of the internships are offered
being considered for provisional status must show in locations other than Spartanburg. Since the
maturity and motivation that would indicate studies in the classroom are primarily theoretical,
potential for success at Converse. Once accepted the internship brings theory and practice together,
into Converse II, women may, with departmental thereby enriching the educational process.
approval, enroll in any of the courses and degree
programs available at the College. When Converse These programs are described in the Career and
II students complete at least 60 semester hours of Pre-Professional section of this Catalog.
work at Converse, they may graduate with honors
when grade point ratios are 3.5 or above. Academic THE CENTER FOR
regulations are the same for Converse II students PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT
as for other students, and it is the students The Center for Professional Development is located
responsibility to know and fulfil curriculum in the Montgomery Student Center and can be
requirements. reached at 596.9614. The Center serves to advance
Converse students toward success in academic,
Converse II students are eligible to apply for personal and professional areas.
federal and state grants as well as a variety of loan
programs. Certain restrictions apply to students The staff strives to offer services, programs and
receiving financial assistance such as a minimum opportunities for students to create networks for
number of credit hours enrolled per semester and professional learning and growth. The staff of the
classification as a full degree candidate. For fees Center works to meet the needs of all Converse
and financial assistance see Fees and Financial students wherever they are in their academic and
Assistance section in the Undergraduate Catalog. personal development journey. See the Student
Handbook for the support services that are offered.
Readmission of Former Converse II Students
A student whose enrollment at the College has been Internships
interrupted for two or more consecutive sessions is Internships, work experiences which earn
not automatically readmitted. Students desiring to academic credit under the direction of a faculty
be considered for readmission should complete member, are extremely valuable for career decision-
the application for readmission (available from the making and in providing career related experience.
Office of Converse II or on the College website). Internships must be arranged with the students
The Office of Converse II will notify the student faculty advisor and the personnel in the Center. In
regarding eligibility for readmission or registration. order to arrange for an internship, a student must
make an appointment with the appropriate Center
CAREER AND personnel.
PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS
The faculty of Converse College believes that studies Prior to being placed in an internship, a student must
in the liberal arts provide the best preparation for meet departmental requirements and be approved
career and pre-professional training. In addition, by the appropriate departmental faculty advisor.
the College offers majors in selected career-related The faculty advisor assumes the responsibility of
areas and a number of programs that provide the determining the students eligibility and awarding
foundations for particular occupations. These academic credit.
programs are not intended to be substitutes for Although every attempt will be made to locate
technical education or for graduate professional
an internship for each eligible student, Converse
training. Rather, they provide introduction to the
College does not guarantee placement. A listing
essential knowledge and basic skills of the vocation.
of agencies providing internships is maintained in
Center.
25
 Students typically earn one credit hour for every 40 Scotland
hours worked at the internship site. At the end of Through an invitation to participate in the selective
the internship, each student will be evaluated by Principia Consortium, students in the Converse
the site supervisor. In turn, the student will evaluate Nisbet Honors Program are eligible for consideration
the placement in terms of its educational value. for a special honors study abroad experience at
the University of Glasgow, Scotland. The Scotland
Most internships are not paid. Transportation costs
program is offered in the fall semester only.
and expenses of a personal nature are borne by the
student. Other Opportunities
Arrangements can be made for students to study
Academic Regulations for Internships
abroad for a semester, an academic year, or during
Internships are limited to sophomores, juniors and
the summers in other countries throughout the
seniors who have a 2.0 cumulative GPA at the time
world. Recently Converse students have spent
of application and who have completed at least 12
semesters in Spain, Italy, Ireland, and on the Semester
credit hours at Converse College prior to approval.
at Sea program. Students interested in studying
Individual departments may require additional
abroad for a semester or an entire academic year are
requirements and prerequisites.
encouraged to start planning for this opportunity as
All internships are graded on a pass/fail basis. A early as possible in consultation with their academic
student may apply a maximum of 12 credit hours advisor(s) and the Director of International Studies.
of internship credit toward graduation. The Director of International Studies will work with
students to select an appropriate program based on
PROGRAMS FOR STUDY ABROAD academics, time frame, and other considerations
Jan Term Travel such as cost and housing arrangements. In many
Converse offers a number of unique opportunities instances, it is possible to establish consortium
during the Jan Term for off-campus study. These agreements with other institutions so that grades and
programs, which are designed and led by Converse credits are recorded as if the courses had been taken
faculty, are often interdisciplinary and provide at Converse. In other cases, grades will be recorded
students with the opportunity to earn general as transfer credits.
education, major, minor, or elective credit. Course
offerings vary from year to year and have included Study Abroad Scholarships
travel to various destinations in Europe as well as Converse provides scholarship opportunities to
South and Central America. Recent examples include support study abroad. All students may apply for
a trip to Argentina for Spanish or music credit, a trip a Chapman scholarship, which honors alumna
to England for theatre or English credit, Spain for Anne Morrison Chapman. Chapman awards can be
interior design or Spanish credit, and Germany/ applied to either a Jan Term course or a semester/
Amsterdam to study German or philosophy. January year abroad. Online applications open in March and
2017 destinations include Cuba (Interior Design, are due before Spring Break. Scholarship amounts
Economics, or English), England (Theatre), and vary depending on the number of applicants and the
Greece and Italy (Art or Art History). In addition to cost of the trip.
international study during the Jan Term, Converse
also will occasionally offer students the opportunity Students majoring in interior design are eligible to
to travel domestically for academic credit. These apply for the Caughman scholarship, which honors
courses are also designed and led by Converse faculty alumna Pamela Caughman. Preference may be given
and have included travel to Florida, New York City, to students with financial need. Online applications
and the Southwest. open in March and are due before Spring Break.

Iceland Students majoring in English are eligible to apply

Converse has an exchange agreement with the for the Morgan scholarship, which honors Professor
University of Iceland, a European university with an Charles Morgan. Preference is given to students
extensive selection of courses taught in English. The participating in Converse travel experiences,
agreement allows a Converse student with a strong particularly those for English credit, and for those
academic record to study at the university and pay students demonstrating financial need. Online
no additional tuition beyond the students regular applications open in March and are due before
tuition and fees paid to Converse. Participants Spring Break.
pay only living expenses while abroad. A special Students are encouraged to contact the Director
Converse scholarship pays for the round-trip airfare of International Studies to learn more about study
between the United States and Iceland. For further opportunities abroad or visit the Study Travel section
information see the Director of International Studies. of the Converse website.
26
ACADEMIC ADVISING service or a guarantee of better grades, it will serve
The Converse College advising program provides as a caring and concerned trial audience for what
academic guidance to students from their entrance students have written.
until their graduation. Freshman Mentors, who
serve as the faculty for Converses required First THE NISBET HONORS PROGRAM
Year Seminars, help students adjust to college life, Although Converse has offered some honors
guide their choice of academic programs, and assist courses in the past, the Nisbet Honors Program
in the development of their talents and goals during began in 2000 when Converse alumna Marian
their first semester, and throughout a students McGowan Nisbet 62 and her husband Olin
career at Converse. Besides seeing their students in established an endowment to support a full
class on a weekly basis, Freshman Mentors schedule Honors Program. The Nisbet Honors program
conferences with students at regular intervals, and seeks to offer the academically gifted student the
are available for consultation at any time during the challenge and community in which she may grow
fall and beyond. to her full potential. The Honors Program includes
opportunities to do independent research with
A student may declare her major upon entering faculty mentors, to take honors courses with other
Converse. In that case she will be assigned a major academically gifted students, to meet nationally
advisor, but will also continue with a designated known visiting scholars, to receive funding for
Freshman Mentor. If the student does declare a major study-travel, and to meet socially to discuss
upon entering she may work with her major advisor intellectually challenging topics. For further
during the advising period for January and Spring information concerning the requirements of the
terms. If the student does not declare a major upon Nisbet Honors Program, refer to the academic
entering she may do so at any time, switching during department section of the Undergraduate Catalog.
January and Spring terms advising period or after.
ACADEMIC HONORS
By declaring a major, the student transfers to a Honors at Entrance
major advisor in a particular academic department Students who because of their academic record in
for advice in a specific program of study. Students high school and their test scores receive named
choosing double majors are assigned advisors in scholarships are awarded honors at entrance.
both academic areas, and should regularly consult
BOTH advisors. Students should complete plans for Class Honors
the major(s) and/or a minor no later than the spring The three students with the highest average in each
of the sophomore year, but preferably sooner. of the returning classes are designated annually as
Class Honor Students based on the previous years
WRITING CENTER GPA.
Located on the second floor of the Mickel Library
in Suite 204, the Writing Center provides assistance Deans List
to all students seeking to build their writing skills. Eligibility for the Deans List, prepared at the end of each
The Writing Center is dedicated to providing Fall and Spring Term, is based on the following criteria:
academic support to the needs of student writers 1. The student must be full-time.
across the curriculum. In addition, any student 2. The student must have no incomplete grades
who wishes to enhance her skills, independent of in that term.
specific coursework, or have a friendly reader for 3. First year freshman must have a 3.4 GPA in
her newest poem, essay or story, can find assistance that term.
in the center. 4. All other full-time students must have a 3.6
GPA in that term.
The Writing Center offers assistance with learning Students graduate with academic distinction from
pre-writing strategies, understanding the writing Converse according to the following criteria:
process, developing a thesis, strengthening the 1. cum laude, GPA of 3.5 but less than 3.75.
focus of a paper, including supporting details, 2. magna cum laude, GPA of 3.75 but less than 3.90.
creating effective introductions, recognizing 3. summa cum laude, GPA of 3.90 and above.
strengths and needs, and increasing understanding
of proper grammar. These standards refer to the Converse grade point
average. To qualify, a student must have a minimum
The Writing Center provides students with one-on- of 60 hours of work at Converse or in Converse
one tutoring, small group workshops focusing on programs.
specific writing topics, reference books, handbooks,
and English as a second language assistance. While Other honors accorded graduating seniors include
the Center cannot provide a proofreading/editing the Elford C. Morgan and the Pi Kappa Lambda
27
 Awards for the highest cumulative average earned, Mortar Board Gavel Chapter
respectively, by a student in the disciplines of arts Mortar Board is a national honor society of college
and sciences and a student in The Petrie School seniors whose purpose, in part, is to support
of Music. the ideals of the university, to advance a spirit of
scholarship, to recognize and encourage leadership,
HONORARY ORGANIZATIONS and to provide the opportunity for a meaningful
Alpha Lambda Delta exchange of ideas as individuals and as a group.
Alpha Lambda Delta is a national honor society for Qualifications for membership in Mortar Board
the recognition of high academic achievements in include outstanding leadership, scholarship,
the freshman year. To be eligible for Alpha Lambda and service. All juniors with a cumulative
Delta, the student must have a cumulative average scholastic average of 3.0 or above are considered
of not less than 3.5 and carry a full class load for membership. Selection and tapping of new
through the Jan Term of the freshman year. members occurs in the spring of their junior year.
Alpha Psi Omega Phi Sigma Iota
Alpha Psi Omega is a national honorary fraternity Phi Sigma Iota is a national foreign language honor
in Theatre Art. Candidates for admission must society. Its primary objectives are the recognition of
be active members of the Palmetto Players above average ability and attainments in languages
and demonstrate outstanding and continual and literature, the stimulation of advanced work and
contributions to the Theatre Program at Converse. individual research in this field, and the promotion
Alpha Sigma Lambda of a friendship and understanding between our
The Alpha Sigma Lambda National Honor Society nation and the nations using these languages.
was established in 1946 to recognize the special Students eligible for membership must meet the
achievements of nontraditional adult students who following requirements: Junior or Senior standing
accomplish academic excellence while managing (Sophomore in exceptional circumstances); a
the demands of family, work, and community. curriculum with an emphasis in foreign language;
Membership in the Chi Delta Chapter of Converse at least a B average in their entire college work as
College is by invitation to first-degree seeking well in all courses in language; and completion of
Converse II students with a minimum of 24 graded at least one course in foreign language at the third-
semester hours earned at Converse College and a year level of beyond. Membership is by faculty
3.2 GPA or above. recommendation and invitation.
Delta Omicron Pi Gamma Mu
Delta Omicron is a professional music fraternity The purpose of Pi Gamma Mu is to improve
whose purpose is to encourage the highest possible scholarship in the social sciences and to provide
scholastic attainment, excellence of individual an equal opportunity for an exchange of ideas
performance, and appreciation of good music, between individuals involved in the various fields
to create and foster fellowship through music, of social science. Only students with at least twenty
to develop character and leadership, and to give semester hours of social sciences with an average
material aid to worthy music students. Membership grade therein of not less than B are considered for
is open to freshmen, sophomores, juniors, seniors, membership.
and graduate students of outstanding scholarship
and musicianship. Pi Kappa Lambda
Strive always for the beautiful is the motto of
The Gamma Sigma Society Pi Kappa Lambda National Music Honor Society.
The Gamma Sigma Society is the honorary Membership is by invitation to those faculty
scholarship society of Converse College. The members, graduate students, seniors, and juniors in
purpose of the Society is to encourage scholarship the field of music who show outstanding leadership
among the students of Converse College and to and scholarship. Graduating seniors in The Petrie
honor by election to membership in the Society School of Music whose averages in all subjects rank
those seniors, not to exceed ten percent of the among the upper one-fifth of the class and juniors
graduating class, who have demonstrated superior whose averages in all subjects rank among the
scholastic attainment throughout their entire upper one-tenth of the class are eligible for election.
college course. To be eligible for election, students
must be candidates for a bachelors degree in the Pi Lambda Theta
liberal arts and sciences. Criteria for selection to Pi Lambda Theta is a national honorary organization
Gamma Sigma are based on the Phi Beta Kappa in education. Its purpose is to recognize persons
standards. of superior scholastic achievement and high
28
potential for professional leadership. Additionally,
Pi Lambda Theta stimulates independent thinking
educators who can ask critical questions to improve
educational decision making. The organization
does this by fostering: 1) a spirit of fellowship; 2)
high standards of scholastic attainment; and 3)
professional ideals among members.Membership in
the Converse College chapter of Pi Lambda Theta
is by invitation to undergraduate applicants who
plan to major or Minor in education; have attained
a minimum of 30 semester hours ; and have a GPA
of 3.5 or better.
Student Marshals
Student Marshals are chosen from the rising
junior class each year on the basis of academic
excellence. They are among the most honored
students on campus. They officially represent the
college in the formal ceremonies of the academic
year, including Formal Opening Convocation,
Founders Day, Awards Day, Baccalaureate and
Commencement, where they add order and dignity
to the proceedings. In addition, marshals serve at
other functions such as the Festival of Lessons and
Carols, Senior Assembly, certain required assemblies
and Honor Emphasis Assembly.
Theta Alpha Kappa
Theta Alpha Kappa is the national honor society
for Religious Studies and Theology. It promotes
excellence in the study and teaching of these fields
and seeks to bring students, teachers, and writers
of Religious Studies and Theology together both
intellectually and socially. Membership is open to
students who have completed 12 hours in religion
or related courses, who have a cumulative grade
point average of at least 3.0, who have a grade point
average of at least 3.5 in religion courses, and who
are in the upper 35 percent of their class.

29
 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
Converse College offers the degrees of Bachelor devoted to the departments for specific information
of Arts, Bachelor of Fine Arts, Bachelor of Music, about the minor programs offered. The College
Bachelor of Musical Arts and Bachelor of Science. permits interdisciplinary minors, which require a
Students may complete two degrees; however, this minimum of 21 credit hours in planned programs
is usually a complicated and demanding process. between two (or more) departments.
Students planning to earn two degrees should talk
with their advisers as soon as they have decided Students may select a major, major and minor, or
that they want to do this. It is the responsibility double major as early as the fall the term of the
of each student to know the requirements for the freshman year or during the sophomore year. The
completion of her degree. student completes the Declaration of Major form
that is available from the Office of the Registrar
REQUIREMENTS FOR or the Office of the Associate Vice President for
THE BACHELORS DEGREE Academic Affairs to declare or to change a major,
The requirements for the bachelors degree include minor or degree.
the completion of a minimum of 120 credit hours Students are assigned an advisor in the academic
and a cumulative grade point ratio of at least 2.0 discipline that is declared as a major and in the case
on the cumulative hours attempted. Also, in all of double major the student must also consult an
majors or majors and minors a minimum GPA of advisor in the second major. The department chair
2.0 is required. Included in the minimum number of of the minor usually directs the course work in the
credit hours to graduate are the General Education minor.
Program (GEP) requirements, and the requirements
for a single major, major and minor, or double major. Elective courses are those that are taken not to
satisfy the requirements of the GEP, the major, or
The general education requirements for students the minor, but to complete the minimum 120 hours
seeking a BA, BS or BFA are detailed in the section of necessary for the bachelors degree. Students choose
the Catalog Requirements for the General Education these courses according to their own preferences
Program. For students majoring in music the GEP from the general curriculum. Students who seek
requirements are listed in each program of study in admission to graduate professional schools, such as
the section of the Catalog Carroll McDaniel Petrie law or medicine, should consult the section titled
School of Music. Career and Pre-Professional Programs .
Most majors consist of a minimum of 30 credit To be eligible for the bachelors degree, the student
hours of coursework in one academic discipline and must complete no fewer than the last 42 credit
a double major consists of the course requirements hours of coursework at Converse. Exception:
for the major in two academic disciplines. No more Upon approval of the Associate Vice Presidentfor
than four courses that are cross-listed or that are Academic Affairs a student may be permitted to
required for both majors may count toward the complete up to six of the last 42 hours at another
satisfaction of the major requirements in the two accredited institution. Ordinarily this exception
majors. For cross-listed courses, the student will does not apply to students who have earned a total
receive credit in the subject area for which she of only 42 hours of coursework at Converse.
has chosen to register. She may not change her
choice of course designation at a later date without To be eligible for graduation with honors, students
the approval of the Associate Vice President for must have completed a minimum of 60 hours of
Academic Affairs. credit at Converse College.

If a student takes more than 42 hours in one In addition to the academic and residency
academic discipline, the hours over 42 will not requirements, the College requires as a condition
count toward hours for graduation. Exception: for the awarding of any diploma, the payment of all
This limitation will not apply to a unified program fees and fines owed to the College; the performance
offered with the approval of the General Faculty. of any obligation, such as an exit interview,
connected with a student loan; the completion of
A minor consists of a minimum of 18 credit hours any sanction resulting from the student judicial
in a planned program of study within a given system; and completion of assessment instruments
department. Refer to the portion of the Catalog during their freshman and junior years. Students
30
must also apply through the Office of the Registrar or completed.
for graduation no later than the last week of the Fall 4. In case of illness or emergency, students may
Term prior to the regular commencement exercises. appeal the requirements stated above to a
committee comprised of the appropriate dean,
SECOND BACCALAUREATE DEGREE the students academic adviser and the
1. Converse does not grant to an individual two Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs
baccalaureate degrees of the same kind, e.g., 5. In the official commencement program, the
two BA, two BFA, two BS or two BMus degrees. early commencement candidates are identified
2. Students who wish to add another major with an asterisk. The following statement
program to a degree already completed may appears at the end of the roster of graduates:
do so, but this accomplishment is recognized Early commencement participants who will
only by notation on the permanent complete their requirements within the
transcript record, not by issuance of a second following academic year.
diploma. 6. The early commencement participants receive
3. A person who wishes to take at Converse blank diplomas at the May exercises. They
a baccalaureate degree of the same kind as receive their official diplomas at the end of the
one previously completed at another college summer or the following May, contingent
is eligible under the same conditions as upon the completion of all requirements,
those that apply to students working for a with the date of the appropriate
second Converse baccalaureate degree. commencement appearing on the diploma.
4. A student can earn a second baccalaureate 7. An early commencement student who fails to
degree by satisfying the following requirements achieve the required grade-point ratio,
a. the major requirements for the second or fails to meet the required number of
degree; hours for graduation by the end of the summer,
b. the residence requirement of a minimum is automatically disqualified from receiving the
of 42 hours at Converse; and official diploma until the academic deficiencies
c. the grade average required for are removed. Ordinarily this means that such
graduation. students are not eligible to receive their official
5. Any issue concerning the acceptability diplomas until the following May or the next
of previously earned credits, such as their official date of graduation.
appropriateness to the second degree or the 8. Participation in the graduation exercises
length of time since their completion, should is regarded by the College as ceremonial and
be referred to the Registrar. symbolic. Students may not consider
themselves graduates of the college in any
EARLY COMMENCEMENT legal or official sense until the Registrar of the
REQUIREMENTS College has certified that the students have
Under certain conditions, students who have not met all the requirements for graduation.
completed the degree requirements are allowed to 9. Students who participate in early
participate in graduation exercises. The following commencement cannot be recognized as
regulations govern this privilege: qualifying for honors at graduation.
1. A student must be present and participate in
the graduation ceremony. GRADES AND QUALITY POINTS
2. Only students who lack no more than four Grades for undergraduates are recorded in the
hours to meet the minimum hour requirement following terms:
for the degree are eligible. Students must
complete the remaining hours by the end of Grade Quality points earned
the spring term of the following academic year. A Excellent 4.00
The residency requirement that a student A- 3.75
may take no more than 6 of the last 42 B+ 3.25
hours of coursework at another institution B Good 3.00
applies to all students who are participating as B- 2.75
early commencement candidates. C+ 2.25
3. To qualify for early commencement, a student C Satisfactory 2.00
must have achieved a cumulative grade point C- 1.75
ratio of 2.00 by the end of the Spring Term D+ 1.25
in which she has applied to early commence, D 1.00
must have a 2.00 GPA in her major and no D- .75
incomplete grades that have not been made up F Failure 0
31
 Other Symbols b. A GPA of 2.5 of higher.
I Incomplete c. Permission of her advisor. Students not
W Withdrawn meeting these minimum criteria may be
P or F Pass/Fail allowed to receive Pass/Fail credit with
(used only in specified courses) permission of their advisor.
Au Successful audit 5. A student must tell the Registrar that she plans
to take a course for Pass/Fail by the end of the
A grade of I automatically becomes an F unless drop/add period at the beginning of the
the student completes the course requirements semester. The student must have the advisors
by the end of the next long term. To receive an signatureindicating permission to take the
incomplete, the student must have the permission course on a Pass/Fail basis.
of the instructor who is teaching the course. The 6. Grades of P do not count toward the students
instructor, in consultation with the student, GPA, but the credits are awarded towards the
determines the requirements that the student must degree. Grades of F are recorded as such on
complete to receive a grade. These requirements are the students transcript, and are calculated as
listed on an Incomplete Contract form that may part of the students GPA.
be obtained from the Office of the Registrar. The 7. Repeated courses must be taken for letter
grade of I will continue to show on the students grades, regardless ofhow they were originally
record with the grade the student receives after the taken.
course requirements are met.
A student may receive a grade of W in the regular
Final Exams
At the discretion of the instructor, the Registrar may
terms (Fall and Spring) until two weeks before the
schedule final exams or they may be self- scheduled.
end of any course during the regular term and four
The professor shall indicate on each course syllabus
days prior to the last day of Jan Term. No one may
whether or not the final examination in the course
withdraw from a course after this final date.
is scheduled. Faculty who choose to give self-
In courses designed to be graded Pass/Fail, no scheduled exams must use the published dates
quality points are granted for a grade of Pass, while and times for scheduled exams. Thus, students in
a grade of Fail will be regarded as hours attempted courses with self- scheduled exams must schedule
and failed. them during the times listed by the Registrar.
Students who have three or more scheduled
Pass/Fail exams in one day may petition the Associate Vice
The Pass/Fail regulation allows students to take President for Academic Affairs or the Head of the
courses of interest without affecting the students Petrie School of Music to reschedule the last of the
GPA, unless a grade of F is received in the course. three exams for another day.
Students are allowed to enroll in courses that
are normally graded courses for pass/fail credit Retaking a Course
providing they adhere to the following guidelines. A student will be allowed to retake any course
1. Courses that are required Pass/Fail, such as in which she has earned a deficient grade
Computer Literacy, internship or practicum are of D or F at Converse, subject to the following
not part of this policy. conditions:
2. Each student may take up to eight (8) credits 1. The student may retake a course no more than
of her 120 required credits for graduations on one time.
a Pass/Fail basis at her discretion. The student 2. The student must take the course at Converse
and her advisor are responsible for keeping to receive any benefits provided by these
track of these hours. regulations in the grade average.
3. A student may not take the following for Pass/ 3. The course must be retaken before the student
Fail: has successfully completed more than two
a. Courses that will be a part of the students courses for which it is a prerequisite.
major, minor, or general education 4. The student will not be permitted to take an
program. overload during any term in which she retakes
b. Honors courses. a course.
c. Directed Independent Studies. 5. The grade and quality points earned in the
4. To be eligible for a Pass/Fail course, a student retaken course will be entered upon the
must have: students record; however, no grade will be
a. Completed 30 credit hours of college removed from the students academic record.
courses. 6. Quality points and credit hours earned in the

32
 course retaken will be substituted for the Grade Reports and Transcripts
quality points and credit hours in the course Final grades are reported at the end of every term,
with the deficient grade. while midterm grades are reported for Fall and
7. A course retaken will count once in the GPA Spring Terms only. Midterm grades are reported
calculation. for all undergraduate students. A student may view
her midterm and final grades at my.converse.edu by
Academic Standards entering her username and password. Advisers also
The academic standards for continued good can view their advisees grades via the faculty portal.
standing are determined in accordance with the
following criteria: The Office of the Registrar issues a transcript of a
students academic record only upon receiving a
Semester Hours Probation if cum.
written, signed request from the student. Students
Attempted GPA is less than
may order transcripts via the student portal-my.
0-24 1.75
converse.edu. The charge is $10 per copy and a
25-56 1.90
transcript will not be issued until all fees and fines
Students placed on academic probation must attain are paid to the College.
a probationary period GPA of at least 2.0.
REGISTRATION AND ENROLLMENT
Semester Hours End of Year Students must properly register through the Office
Attempted Disqualification of the Registrar to assure they receive credit for the
1-24 if cum GPA less than courses they attend. Registration for the Jan and
25-56 1.50 Spring Terms generally occurs in October and for
57 and up 1.75 Summer School and Fall Term in April. A student
2.00 must schedule an advisement conference with her
Students placed on academic probation must attain adviser prior to registration each term.
a probationary period GPA of at least 2.0. The full-time enrollment for a student is 12-16
Students are placed on academic probation at the hours for Fall and Spring Terms and three to five
end of the Fall and Spring Terms. Any student hours for the Jan Term. Students will be required
whose cumulative GPA falls below 1.00 at the end to enroll in no fewer than twelve semester hours in
of fall term will be disqualified. Students placed the Fall and Spring Terms and no fewer than three
on academic probation must attain a probationary semester hours in the Jan Term, unless specifically
period GPA of at least 2.0. This is not the cumulative exempted from this requirement by the appropriate
GPA but the GPA attained during the probationary dean. Any student who seeks such an exemption
period. must submit a petition to this effect no later than
three weeks prior to the beginning of the term.
Students cannot be removed from probation by
credits earned in any summer school other than Cross Listed Courses
the Converse summer session. They may, however, For cross-listed courses, the student will receive
earn credits at any approved summer school for the credit in the subject area for which she has chosen
purpose of advancement to the next classification. to register. She may not change her choice of course
designation at a later date except by special approval
Students placed on academic disqualification are of the Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs
ineligible to continue their studies at Converse
during the summer or the regular terms. Students Overloads
are academically disqualified for failure to meet Students may take more than the maximum normal
the academic standards as outlined in the Catalog. number of hours (16) in the Fall and Spring Terms
When there is evident cause for mitigation of this and Jan Term (5) in accordance with the following
penalty, the Provost may relieve students from regulations.
academic disqualification. 1. Students must have their advisors and the
Registrars approval for overloads in all terms.
Students receiving federal financial aid and/or S.C. 2. With the approval of the advisor and a
Tuition Grant are required to also meet the Colleges cumulative grade point ratio of at least 2.25, a
federal Satisfactory Academic Progress policy to junior or senior may add no more than three
remain eligible. See Satisfactory Academic Progress hours in Fall and Spring (total 19 hours), and
(SAP) under Financial Planning and Scholarships. no more than two hours in Jan Term
(total 7 hours) as an overload.

33
 3. With the approval of the advisor and a Auditing students must also pay all fees for
cumulative grade point ratio of 2.5, a freshman laboratory classes or classes with additional
or a sophomore may add no more than three materials. Students taking courses for credit will
hours in Fall and Spring (total 19 hours), and have priority over auditors when space is limited.
no more than two hours in Jan Term (total
7 hours) as an overload. A student who wishes to change from credit to audit
4. First semester freshmen and first semester or audit to credit in a course may do so only during
transfer students may not take an overload. the drop/add period at the beginning of the term.
5. Any exceptions to the foregoing regulations Auditing students are required to fulfill the same
must be sought by petition, endorsed by the attendance requirements in the course as enrolled
academic advisor, to the Associate Vice students. Beyond attendance, instructors may
President for Academic Affairs. In addition, an require an auditor to participate in whatever
overload fee of $500 per credit hour will be requirements of a course that they determine
charged for more than 19 hours in the Fall and constitute adequate participation. Instructors and
Spring Terms and more than 7 hours in auditors will stipulate by contract at the beginning
Jan Term. of the term the amount of work that will be
required.
Directed Independent Study
While the college cannot guarantee that students Students who successfully complete the
can be offered a DIS in an existing course, under instructors requirements will receive an AU on
unusually compelling circumstances a student can their transcripts. Audits that are not successfully
request such a course. Typically, the request should completed will not appear on a students transcript.
be made only:
1. If a course is required for a graduating student Changing Courses
but is not scheduled. Students may add courses only during the first
2. If a student has an unalterable schedule week of the term. Dates for adding courses are in
conflict in the major or minor sequence. the academic calendar. A student may drop a course
3. If a student needs a course to correct an out- in accordance with the following conditions:
of- sequence program. 1. Without a grade through the published date
4. If a student has compelling personal for 100% refund of the term
circumstances, such as a health problem. 2. W - a student may receive a grade of W in
the regular terms (Fall and Spring) until two
The student meets with the instructor who has weeks before the last day of any course in the
agreed to direct the course to develop a plan. The regular term and four days prior to the last day
student and instructor complete the Directed of Jan Term. No one may withdraw from a
Independent Study Course form that is available course after this final date.
from the Office of the Registrar. A student is not 3. Students who drop below the minimum
enrolled in the DIS until the completed form is number of hours (12 hours in Fall and Spring
filed with the Office of the Registrar. Students may Terms; 3 hours in Jan Term) to be
generally count no more than two DIS courses considered full- time should be aware of
toward hours for graduation. Students who cannot potential problems with both financial aid and
secure the support of a faculty member may first on-campus housing. Therefore, part-time
discuss individual problems with the academic status for undergraduate students is strongly
adviser and second with the appropriate dean. discouraged.
Audit After the first three days of a term, students who
The purpose of auditing a class is to allow a student withdraw from courses with special fees, e.g.
to study in a class without the pressure of grades, applied art, applied math, etc. may apply to the
while indicating on her transcript that she has Vice President for Finance and Administration for
attended and participated in the class. a partial refund of such fees if any refund is due.
Full-time students may audit one course per term Warning: Anyone adding or dropping a course
by obtaining permission from the instructor and without following the proper procedure will: 1) not
their academic adviser. Non-enrolled women may receive credit for the course added; and 2) receive
register to audit up to two classes per term by an F for any course not officially dropped.
obtaining the permission of the instructors and
the Registrar no later than the last day of the add NOTE: Choosing to drop one or more courses
period. Audited classes do not count toward a should not be confused with SEPARATION
students academic class load. FROM THE COLLEGE.
34
Classification Requirements one- half or even three years by taking additional
Class Standing Min./Hrs./Quality Pts. courses beyond the normal load and during summer
For Sophomore Class 24/48 school. A student who wishes to accelerate should
For Junior Class 56/112 consult her academic adviser and the Registrar.
For Senior Class 87/174
& 2.0 avg. The Three-Year Degree
Students may complete the requirements for the
BA degree in three years. The three-year degree
Undergraduate Students is not a scaled-down education. It has the same
Enrolling in Graduate Courses components as the traditional four-year program. It
Undergraduate students desiring to enroll in differs only in the pace of the students work.
a graduate course prior to completion of the
undergraduate degree must meet the following Any student who is able to maintain a satisfactory
criteria: academic average is eligible, but obviously the more
1. The student must have senior class standing. capable and highly motivated student will adjust
2. The student must have a cumulative GPA of more easily to the accelerated pace of study.
3.0 or better.
The Plan:
3. Space must be available in the course.
Year Fall Term Jan Term
4. Permission of the instructor must be obtained.
First 5 courses 1 course
5. An undergraduate student is limited to a total
Physical Ed.
of no more than three graduate courses.
Second 5 courses 1 course
The student may obtain the appropriate form Third 5 courses 1 course
from the Office of the Registrar. The form must be
completed and approved before the student can be Year Spring Term Summer
registered in the course. First 5 courses 4 courses*
Physical Ed.
Advanced Placement Second 5 courses 3 courses
Converse awards credit for the nationally Third 4 courses
standardized Advance Placement test of the College
Entrance Examination Board. Credit will usually *May be taken at any institution
be given for a score of 3 or better on these tests. This plan involves a maximum normal load of
For specific information about the relationship of coursework during most of the college experience.
these tests to required courses, you should consult In addition, it requires one full schedule and one
the respective department or the Associate Vice part schedule of summer courses, at least some
President for Academic Affairs. of which may be taken at another college, if the
student prefers. As outlined, the plan is only
CLEP
a guide. It may be altered to suit the purpose of
Converse awards credit for the nationally
the individual student. Students who complete
standardized College-Level Examination Program
college courses in the summer before entry into the
(CLEP). Credit will usually be awarded with a
freshman class, or who receive credit by Advanced
score of 50 or better on these tests. For specific
Placement or International Baccalaureate, will
information about the relationship of these tests to
proceed through the three-year program with
required courses you should consult the Associate
greater ease and convenience. Summer work before
Vice President for Academic Affairs
the freshman year should be undertaken upon the
International Baccalaureate advice of the Registrar.
Converse College recognizes the IB Diploma
Program and awards credit to Diploma holders.
Transfer of Credits
Credit is awarded in subject areas in which the from Other Institutions
individual scores 4 or higher. You may consult the During the academic year, students in residence at
Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs for Converse will be allowed to take courses at other
particular questions.. institutions with the approval of their advisor,
the Registrar, and the Associate Vice President
Acceleration for Academic Affairs. Grades earned in these
Although the Converse Baccalaureate degree courses will not affect the grade-point ratio earned
normally requires four academic years of study, a at Converse. Students taking courses at other
student may complete the program in three and institutions while in residence at Converse are

35
 governed by the overload regulations that are listed higher must have been achieved. Syllabi, course
in this section. These students must also meet the catalogs, or other documentation may be necessary
requirements for the bachelors degree as stated in and must be supplied by the student on request
the section Requirements for a Bachelors Degree. to make the appropriate determination of credit
articulation.
Courses taken in summer school at another
institution will be credited toward the degree Summer School at Converse
provided: Converse College operates four summer sessions,
1. The courses to be taken are approved in two five-week terms, one ten-week term to
advance by the students adviser and the accommodate online courses, and one three-week
Registrar of Converse College. It is the term. Courses offered are chosen largely on the
responsibility of the student to provide basis of student demand. Special fees are in effect
the adviser with a course description from the for the summer session.
institution and, to guarantee approval in Courses taken in the Converse summer school are
advance, to submit the request before the last in all respects credited as if taken during the regular
day of classes in the spring term. After that academic year. Converse students will be placed on,
date students who enroll at other institutions or removed from academic probation in accordance
do so at their own risk. with the standards of the Fall Term of the academic
2. The summer school is regionally accredited. year, provided that they attend Converse summer
No credit will be given for any course in which session for both terms, taking the regular course
a student makes below a C-, nor will work load of two courses per term. The summer session
be acceptable toward satisfaction of degree bulletin is published in late March and is available
requirements. Grades transferred from the summer at www. converse.edu.
school of another institution will not affect the Alternate Year Courses
grade-point ratio earned at Converse College and Some courses are offered only in alternate years.
will not be used to remove a student from probation. As they plan ahead to take any particular course,
Converse will accept a Directed Independent students should confer with the department to
Study (DIS) for transfer credit only if the course is confirm the date when these courses will next be
approved by the appropriate academic department. offered.
To achieve approval a course description and
a course syllabus must be submitted to the
Individualized Major (IM)
Students with interdisciplinary academic interests
Registrar who will in turn submit the documents
linking at least three disciplines may design degree
to the appropriate department chair for review.
programs that reflect those interests. Individualized
If the department chair deems it necessary other
Majors must be designed in conjunction with the
documents may be requested for review. If the
students academic adviser in each of the chosen
syllabus is judged sufficient for the student to
disciplines (the IM committee) with the approval of
receive credit the department will notify the
the chair of the department in which each discipline
Registrar of the number of credit hours approved
falls. After departmental approval, students
and if the DIS has a Converse course equivalent,
must submit their proposal to the Associate Vice
The approved course and hours will then be added
President for Academic Affairs for review/approval.
to the students academic record.
The Associate Vice President will submit the
Converse participates in a number of cooperative proposal for approval to the Curricular Programs
programs with other institutions. Therefore, Committee. Students must complete the design and
the College will accept by transfer from these approval process prior to the end of the sophomore
institutions at full quality point value and in other year. NOTE: The student should contact the
respects as if taken at Converse, any course for Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs to
which Converse has charged tuition or which has discuss logistics, expectations, and requirements
been integrated into a Converse degree program. before proceeding further.
Converse will review course work for transfer This program is designed for highly motivated
from institutions which are actively accredited students. Each IM proposal must show a clear
by agencies recognized by the Department of theme that justifies granting an exception to
Education. Coursework must be of at least equal single or dual major programs and must provide
academic rigor and cover sufficiently similar topics a list of proposed courses linked by that theme.
to be considered for transfer, and a grade of a C- or The Curriculum Committee must approve any

36
subsequent changes in the approved list of courses. undergraduate and graduate credit.
All students choosing the IM option must complete: 101, 102 Indicates a course that may be entered
1. All GEP requirements; in any term.
2. At least sixteen major courses (minimum of *The asterisk indicates a course that is offered for
five courses in each of three disciplines), credit toward satisfaction of General Education
including a seminar-level course in at least two Program requirements.
different disciplines;
3. A capstone project linking all disciplinary A student may enter a course at a level higher
areas of the IM, designed by the student with than that normally permitted her class with the
the approval of the faculty adviser in each area. permission of her major professor or academic
The capstone project is a separate requirement, adviser and the instructor of the course.
and not related to the requirements within the The College reserves the right not to offer a course
two seminar- level courses the student must for which the enrollment is fewer than five.
complete. A written proposal for the capstone
project must be submitted to the students Wofford College Cooperation Program
IM committee by April 15th of her junior In some cases Converse students may take courses
year to receive formal approval of the project. at Wofford College, a neighboring institution in
She should also register for a special 3-credit Spartanburg, as part of their undergraduate degree
course related to the IM capstone project. A programs. The cooperative arrangement allows both
presentation of the project will be scheduled colleges to enrich the educational opportunities of
during the Spring Term of the senior year, their students. The cooperation is limited, however,
with all members of the college community and no student at one institution may complete a
invited to attend. Four weeks before the formal major program offered only at the other institution.
public presentation the student must provide The Registrars at the students home institution will
appropriate documentation to her IM handle registration for courses at the cooperating
committee for comment and feedback. The institution. Exceptions to the Guidelines of this
students IM committee will evaluate the public Agreement shall be made with the consent of both
presentation and award a grade of high pass, Provosts or of both Registrars.
pass, or fail, with pass or better required for Guidelines:
graduation. 1. Enrollment in any class depends upon space
being available. The Registrars of the two
IM students will be encouraged to incorporate colleges, not the instructors, determine space
collaborative undergraduate research and Honors availability.
work in their course of study. The two colleges agree that every effort will be
Due to the number of requirements involved, made to accommodate requests for enrollment
students completing degrees in professional for the other colleges students.
programs (BM, BFA) will not be able to complete an 2. In general students must take courses required
IM. However, students may combine areas of music to complete their institutions majors, minors,
or art in IM programs aiming at completion of a BA or other programs at their home institution.
degree, with the approval of the Head of the Carroll Exceptions include:
McDaniel Petrie School of Music (for Music) or the a. Courses in Art History and German,
Chairperson of the Department of Art and Design majors offered jointly between the
(for Art). two institutions;
b. Courses in Philosophy, where the
Courses of Instruction Key to departments of the two colleges have
the Numbering System a history of collaboration;
100-199 Introductory courses c. Courses in languages and cultures,
200-299 Intermediate courses especially in Chinese, Japanese, and
300-499 Advanced courses Modern Standard Arabic, and in other
500-699 Graduate Courses languages as developed by the two
101:102 Indicates a course for which credit is college;
not given unless the work of two terms d. With the approval of their academic
has been completed. advisors, students may take courses at
101-102 Indicates a course for which credit either institution to use as electives in
for one term may be given but which completing majors, minors, or other
may not be entered after the first term. programs;
300/500 Indicates a course offered for both
37
 e. With the approval of their academic requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in
advisors and as limited exceptions, an engineering curriculum from Clemson and the
students my take courses specifically Bachelor of Arts (or Science) degree from Converse
required by their home institution to College. The College of Engineering and Science at
complete majors, minors, or other official Clemson University recommends a program of pre-
programs at the other institution, engineering study to include the general education
especially where the courses(s) in courses required by an engineering curriculum.
question are not available in a timely The details of the program and the understanding
manner at the students home institution. are as follows:
3. The privileges of the agreement are available 1. During the first three terms at Converse
only to students in good standing, College, the student participating in the pre
academically and socially. engineering program must complete and
4. Directed Independent Study, summer session send to the Associate Dean of the College of
courses, supervised practical applications, Engineering and Science at Clemson University
private lessons, and internships are not the form Intention to Pursue the Dual Degree
included in this Agreement. Program at Clemson University. The Associate
5. When the colleges have academic terms with Dean at Clemson will appoint an academic
different beginning and ending dates, advisor for the student and will forward
students must adjust their the name and address of the appointed advisor
schedules accordingly. Dates for final to the student and to the Converse College
examinations and for reporting grades pre-engineering program director.
will be those set by the institution in which a 2. A three-year pre-engineering program of study
course is taken. will be developed by the Converse College
6. Students participating in the program will not faculty in consultation with the Clemson
be charged additional fees except for those Associate Dean of Engineering and Science
courses for which students at the host from courses offered at Converse College. This
institution must pay extra. Students are program of study shall include the general
responsible for fines or fees normally assessed education courses required by Converse
for traffic or parking violations or for misuse College and by the engineering curricula
or loss of supplies. at Clemson University. A list of basic course
7. Students participating in the cooperative requirements recommended by Clemson may
program must abide by the rules and be obtained from the pre-engineering program
regulations of the host institution. They are director. However, the specific course
subject to the honor code of their home requirements to best prepare and facilitate
institutions. progress toward graduation varies with
8. Grades earned by students at the cooperating engineering major. Specific pre-engineering
institution will be treated as if they were programs recommended for various Clemson
received at the home institution and are engineering majors are available at www.ces.
included in the calculation of the grade-point clemson/dual-degree.
averages. 3. The total study program at Converse College
9. With the approval of their academic advisors shall include a minimum of 90 semester
and within the other limits of this Agreement, hours. Dual-degree candidates shall complete
students may take courses used to fulfil their all basic requirements at Converse College
institutions general education requirements at for the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of
either institution. Science degree before transfer to Clemson.
10.Courses offered simultaneously at both 4. The student will apply to the Clemson
colleges will be taken at the home institution if University Office of Admissions after
space is available. completion of the second academic year at
Converse College. A student with grades no
Converse Clemson lower than C in all courses in the pre
Dual-Degree Program engineering program, and a grade point
Students enrolled in a liberal arts or science program average of at least 2.5/4.0, is assured of
at Converse College who wish to prepare for a career admission into the Clemson engineering
in engineering may, upon successful completion of program of her choice. Students not
an approved three-year pre-engineering curriculum, meeting these requirements will be considered
transfer to Clemson University to complete for admission under Clemsons general transfer

38
 student admissions standards. Prior to Biosystems Engineering, Computer
enrollment at Clemson, the student must be Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Electrical
certified by the Converse College academic Engineering, Ceramic and Materials
official as having satisfactorily completed the Engineering, Industrial Engineering,Civil
academic requirements of Converse College as Engineering and Mechanical Engineering.
stated above.
5. Credit for courses in the approved pre- Transportation
engineering program at Converse College Converse College does not provide transportation
and passed with a grade of C or higher will to off-campus classes and events.
be transferred to Clemson University. It
shall be the joint responsibility of the Clemson
SEPARATION FROM THE COLLEGE
There are four categories of separation from the
University and Converse College academic
College:
advisors to coordinate the transfer equivalency
1. Leave of Absence
of the Clemson and Converse College courses
A student in good standing may take a
in the pre-engineering program.
leave of absence from her studies at Converse
6. Upon completion of an engineering curriculum
for one academic term and a maximum of
at Clemson University, the student will
one year. The leave may be approved for
be awarded a Bachelor of Science degree in
various reasons, including but not limited
an engineering discipline from Clemson.
to financial considerations, travel plans,
Converse students enrolled in this program
medical needs, personal reasons, or alternate
will receive their Converse Bachelor of Arts
schooling. If, after a leave of absence of one
or Bachelor of Science degree after completing
calendar year a student does not subsequently
a minimum of 90 hours of study at Converse,
enroll, the student will automatically be
a total of 120 hours of study combined at
withdrawn from the College.
Converse and Clemson, and the General
Education and major program requirements To be granted a leave of absence during a term, the
of Converse as specified by Converse. The procedures listed below must be followed:
student must apply to the Converse College a. Upon request, the student will be
Registrar for her diploma. provided the Leave of Absence signature
7. Converse College will provide academic form from one of the following offices:
advising to assist students in the pre- Associate Vice President
engineering program with all matters related for Academic Affairs
to their transfer to Clemson University. The Dean of Community Life
Associate Dean of Engineering and Science, Dean of Professional Development
or duly appointed representative, at Clemson Registrar
University will cooperate in the advising of Wellness Center
these students. While advice and counsel will b. The student will obtain the following
be offered, the final responsibility with regard signatures:
to transfer remains with the student. Dean of Community Life OR
8. Pre-engineering students at Converse College Dean of Professional Development
will be encouraged to attend summer school Associate Vice President for
at Clemson (or another engineering college) Academic Affairs
and take certain basic engineering courses Counselor
in order to ease the transition into engineering Financial Planning
coursework and facilitate timely completion Student Accounts
of the engineering program. A list of Registrar
recommended courses for each Clemson c. The student will return the completed
University engineering program is maintained signature page to the Office of the Registrar.
at www. ces.clemson/ dual-degree.
9. Conferences between the Clemson University Students who are granted a leave of absence
engineering and Converse College pre during the term will receive grades of W for
engineering advisors will be held regularly to courses that term. Students who do not complete
review the curricula and all matters related to documentation will receive a grade of F unless, for
the dual-degree agreement. reasons of health or family emergency, she provides
10. Dual-degree candidates from Converse College appropriate evidence of treatment and receives the
are eligible to seek Bachelor of Science degree approval of the appropriate dean in consultation
in the following majors at Clemson University: with the representative of the Wellness Center.
A leave of absence from the College may negatively
39
 impact a students financial aid eligibility if the violate College regulations, or whose
student has not completed a sufficient number of influence, by word or deed, is determined to
hours. For further information concerning financial be injurious to the best interest of the student
aid, contact the Financial Planning Office. body or the institution.
2. Withdrawal The College, upon the advice of its professional
A student may choose to withdraw from the staff, may require a student to withdraw temporarily
College at any time. To be granted a from the College for medical or psychological
withdrawal the following procedure must be reasons. In these cases, the student will be
followed: encouraged to seek professional care. Such action
a. Upon request the student will be emailed is not taken for punitive reasons, but because the
the link to the Separation from the welfare of the individual and community mandates
College Google form by one of the this procedure.
following offices:
Associate Vice President for Academic 4. Involuntary Withdrawal Policy
Affairs The College is committed to providing
Dean of Community Life student health and counseling services which
Dean of Professional Development promote optimal educational opportunities
Registrar for all its students. However, there are
Wellness Center occasions when a students physical or
b. The student will complete the form; the emotional health places unmanageable risks
completed form will be sent to the on the individual or the College. To ensure that
Wellness Center. the institution and its members may carry
c. Within 1-2 business days of completing out their proper activities, the College has
the form, a counselor from the Wellness adopted policies and procedures for the
Center staff will email the student with involuntary withdrawal of students.
the Separation from the College signature These policies and procedures apply to
form. students:
d. The student will obtain the following who pose a threat of danger and /or
signatures: injury to herself or others, and /or who pose
Dean of Community Life OR Dean a threat of disruption of the lawful
of Professional Development activities or educational processes of
Associate VP for Academic Affairs other members of the campus
Financial Planning community , and/ or who pose a threat
Student Accounts of destruction of the property of the
Registrar College or others, and/or who are severely
e. The student will return the completed disruptive to others, including behavior
signature page to the Office of the Registrar. which causes emotional, psychological
or physical distress to fellow students
Students who complete a withdrawal during the or staff substantially above that normally
term will receive grades of W for courses that term. experienced in daily life (Disruption
Students who do not complete documentation will may be in the form of a single incident
receive a grade of F unless, for reasons of health or somewhat less severe but persistent
or family emergency, she provides appropriate disruption over a more extended period.),
evidence of treatment and receives the approval and/or who create
of the appropriate dean in consultation with the an unusual responsibility
representative of the Wellness Center. to monitor, supervise, treat, protect, or
restrain the student to ensure
A withdrawal from the College may negatively her safety and the safety of those
impact a students financial aid eligibility. For around her, and/or whose physical or
further information contact the Financial Planning psychological disorder is such as to require
Office. highly specialized services beyond those
3. Administrative Withdrawal available locally, and whose condition will
The College reserves the right to suspend, deteriorate withou additional resources,
expel or enforce the withdrawal of any student as deemed by the Director of Counseling
whose academic standing is unsatisfactory, or counseling staff, and/or who refuse or
who violates the Honor Code, who persistently are unable to cooperate

40
 with a recommended evaluation
or treatment procedure that the
Dean or other College staff considers
necessary to provide reasonable assurance
of the safety of the student or others in the
community.
For further information see the Student Handbook.

OTHER REGULATIONS
Converse College reserves the right to add or drop
programs and courses, change fees, change the
calendar, and institute new requirements when
such changes are necessary. Every effort will be
made to minimize any inconveniences for students
caused by such changes. Suitable substitutions will
be allowed for required courses that have been
withdrawn. Any difficulties arising from changes in
published dates, requirements, or courses should
be brought to the attention of the appropriate Dean.

POLICY ON STUDENTS RECORDS

In the handling of student records, Converse
College complies with the provisions of the Family
Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974.
Information about this policy can be found in the
Student Handbook.

CAMPUS SAFETY AND SECURITY

In accordance with Title II of Public Law 101-
542, known as the Crime Awareness and Campus
Security Act of 1990, Converse College provides
information relating to crime statistics and security
measures to prospective students, matriculated
students, and employees. This information is
published annually and can be obtained from
the Department of Campus Safety, or viewed on
Converse College Website.
Further information about campus safety and
security can be obtainedfrom the Director of
Campus Safety,864.596.9061.

GRADUATION RATE
In 2014-15 the graduation rate for students who
entered Converse College in 2011 on a full-time
basis was 56%.

41
 POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
ACADEMIC POLICIES ON DISABILITIES issues can be obtained from the Director of Human
Converse College complies with Section 504 of the Resources at 864.596.9029.
Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (as amended through
ADMISSION
1998), the Americans with Disabilities Act of
Students are admitted to Converse on the basis of
1990, Title IX of the Education Amendments of
academic credentials and additional information
1972, and the non- discrimination requirements
submitted to the Admissions Office. A student who
of Section 35.107 of the Department of Justice
feels a disability makes achieving representative
regulations. Converse does not discriminate with
scores on the SAT or ACT Tests unlikely may
regard to race, color, sex, national or ethnic origin,
apply through a high school guidance counselor
age, sexual orientation, religion or disability in
for accommodations on these tests. Students that
admission or access to, or treatment or employment
receive accommodations either in high school or
in, its programs and activities. However, admission
on standardized tests are not necessarily eligible
to undergraduate programs and courses is limited
for accommodations in higher education under the
to women. As a recipient of federal funds such
ADA or Section 504.
as Work/Study, Pell and SEOG Grants, and
Perkins and Stafford Loans, Converse recognizes Applicants are not required to disclose any
its responsibility to provide equivalent access to disability on their applications for admission to
academically qualified students with documented Converse. Once admitted, however, a student
disabilities while maintaining standards that are seeking reasonable academic accommodations for a
essential to the academic program. A student with disability should immediately contact the Assistant
a disability is someone with either a physical or Dean of Academic Support at 864.577.2028
mental impairment that substantially limits one or to obtain an accommodation form. Residential
more major life activities. Temporary impairments students seeking physical accommodations for a
of short duration without permanent impact disability should contact the Dean of Community
usually do not qualify as disabilities under the ADA. Life at 864.596.9614 upon notification of
acceptance, so reasonable provisions can be made
Students are responsible for notifying the College
before their arrival on campus.
of their need for accommodations, obtaining
and submitting a Request for Accommodations ACCOMMODATIONS FOR
Form to the Assistant Dean of Academic Support, STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES
providing supporting documentation in a timely Converse will make reasonable accommodations
manner, and actively participating in developing within its academic programs for otherwise
and implementing an accommodation plan for each qualified students with documented disabilities.
term. As legal adults, students must self-advocate, However, students and parents should understand
and parents can be included in the process that accommodations provided in elementary and
only with the students permission. Reasonable secondary schools under P.L. 94.142 (IDEA) are
accommodations will be provided both to students not necessarily required by law under the ADA
and employees with disabilities upon written or Section 504 or provided by Converse. Many of
request. No otherwise qualified individual will be the practices and procedures of special education
denied accommodations for a disability unless the (goal setting, progress reports, team meetings,
accommodation would cause an undue hardship program and exam modifications, related services,
on the College. and annual reviews) have no parallels in higher
Any faculty member who receives a request education. Behavior standards are the same for all
for academic accommodations on the basis of students. Converse does not provide transportation
disability must refer the request to the Assistant for students. Personal care attendants, orientation/
Dean of Academic Support. No modification of mobility training and tutors are considered personal
the present program or promises of modification services in higher education and are the students
should be made until the Director has made a responsibility.
recommendation. Although Converse offers no specialized services
Questions or concerns regarding ADA compliance for students with disabilities, we will provide them
should be addressed to the Vice President for equal access to services offered to all students. All
Finance and Administration at 864.596.9028. students are eligible to use group tutoring sessions
Information on EEOC or Section 504 compliance in selected disciplines, offered several hours per

42
week during the academic year by peer tutors, Dean of Academic Support so accommodations
as well as services through Division of Student may be appropriately adjusted. A student who is
Development and Success. Requests for course not satisfied with accommodations may contact
substitutions are evaluated individually, on the either the ADA or Section 504 Compliance Officer
basis of documentation provided, but the college indicated above and initiate the student grievance
is not required to fundamentally alter essential procedure as outlined in the Student Handbook.
course/program requirements.
RESOLUTION PROCEDURES
Testing to determine the need for accommodations FOR STUDENT COMPLAINTS
is the students responsibility and is not provided by Converse provides all members of its academic
Converse. IEPs or 504 plans do not automatically community the opportunity to present grievances for
meet the documentation requirements for resolution. The college has established procedures for
receiving accommodations in higher education. students, as well as faculty and staff, to register and
Documentation from an appropriate, licensed resolve complaints. The Student Handbook outlines
professional or agency is required in order to for students the procedures for filing grievances
determine reasonable accommodations necessary against faculty and staff; for reporting sexual
to serve a student with a disability. Diagnostic harassment and sexual misconduct; and for pursuing
evaluations or reports should be current, in most Honor Board, Civitas Council, and alcohol and drug
cases within three years, and should be sent directly abuse cases. The Campus Life Office, located in the
from the qualified professional to the Assistant Dean Montgomery Student Activities Center, can provide
of Academic Support. The documentation should students copies of the Student Handbook and
indicate diagnosis, describe the manifestations additional information about procedures.
of and the extent of the disability, and make
recommendations for reasonable accommodations
the professional deems necessary to assist the
student with a disability in the college setting.
A current comprehensive psycho-educational
evaluation is required for learning disabilities
and is strongly recommended for attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder (ADHD).
Students should complete a Request for
Accommodations Form on my.converse and submit
supporting documentation to the Assistant Dean
of Academic Support at least thirty working days
prior to the first day of class in order to allow
time for review and consultation, as needed, with
the student, professors, counselors, psychological
consultants, and Director of Health Services, to
prepare an appropriate accommodation plan,
and to secure available support services and/or
equipment. This deadline is for administrative
purposes only and does not preclude admission to
programs or services. All information and records
regarding students with disabilities, including
accommodations for them, are strictly confidential,
and the Division of Student Development and
Success complies with the Health Insurance
Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) and
the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
(FERPA). Records are stored in a secure location
and reviewed only by authorized personnel.
It is the students responsibility to discuss
accommodations with each professor at the beginning
of each term. If a student has concerns about or
encounters problems with accommodations during
the term, the student should contact the Assistant
43
 GENERAL EDUCATION PROGRAM
The General Education Program, which is required German, Italian, or Spanish. Students must
for the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Fine Arts, and have upon entrance, or achieve at Converse, a
Bachelor of Science degrees, is a carefully designed competence equal to that achieved by
plan of study which provides the Converse graduate completing three semesters of language at the
with a broad foundation in the liberal arts. Students college level.
who complete this program should be able to Exemption is possible via:
demonstrate: a. a score of 4 or higher on the AP exam in a
foreign language AND passing required
1. Effective oral and written communication; written and oral placement tests (credit
2. Effective critical thinking skills; awarded); or a score of 4 or higher in
3. Effective quantitative reasoning skills; a course completed within the
4. An appreciation of creativity/creative International Baccalaureate Program AND
expression; passing required written and oral
5. An understanding of international/global placement tests (credit awarded); or
perspectives; and 3 or 4 years of language in high school
6. An awareness of wellness and healthy AND passing required written and oral
lifestyles. placement tests administered by Converse
Internships and courses designed primarily to (no credit awarded);
prepare students for certification or professional b. placement at the intermediate (3rd
examination are not included in the GEP. semester) level is determined by: a
score of 3 on the AP exam in a
Courses that are available for general education foreign language AND a written placement
credit and which may also be taken for credit in test administered by Converse (credit
the major, minor, or a career preparation area may awarded); or by the number of years
be used to satisfy both requirements. Courses that completed in high school and the written
satisfy a GEP requirement are indicated by an placement test (no credit awarded);
asterisk (*) in this catalog. c. students are strongly advised against
GEP requirements in place at the time a student is registering for the next level in a foreign
admitted will be valid for a period of eight years language without having earned a grade of
from the date of the last enrollment. C- or higher in the prerequisite course(s).

Each student must meet the requirements below C. QUANTITATIVE REASONING

by completing specific courses or by exemption as 1. Mathematics 108 or higher, or exempt.
described Exemption is possible via:
a. a score of 3 or higher on one of the AP
CATEGORY I: SKILLS math exams (credit awarded);
b. a score of 4 or higher in a course completed
A. WRITTEN COMMUNICATION within the International Baccalaureate
ENG 101 or 290 or exempt. ENG 290: Advanced Program (credit awarded);
Composition, does not satisfy the GEP except c. an exemption exam administered by
for those placed there via an AP score three (3). Converse (no credit awarded).
Exemption is possible via: 2. One course making substantial use of
1. a score of 4 or higher on either AP English mathematical, logical, or computational
exam (credit awarded); reasoning. Designations for such courses are
2. a score of 4 or higher in a course completed indicated in the Undergraduate Catalog.
within the International Baccalaureate
Program (credit awarded); D. HEALTH AND WELL-BEING
3. an SAT verbal score of 700 or above (no credit 1. One 2-hour or 3-hour wellness course.
awarded); Designations for such courses are indicated in
4. an ACT verbal score of 31 or above (no credit the Undergraduate Catalog.
awarded). 2. One 1-hour or 2-hour activity course from
among PE or dance.
B. LANGUAGE AND CULTURE Exemption Policy: Students 24 years of age
1. Proficiency at the third semester level in one or older at the time of admission to Converse
of the following languages: ASL, French,
44
 are excused from the health and well-being A course that is designated as writing intensive,
requirement. non-European/non-Anglophone and Capstone.
Students may also exempt one physical Designations for such courses are indicated in the
education activity class based upon fulfilling course descriptions in the Undergraduate Catalog
one of the conditions listed below:
a. verification of participation in a school-
sponsored competitive sport for four years
with a letter from the coach of the team.
Evidence for exemption must be presented
no later than the end of the freshman year.
b. verification of participation in an
intercollegiate sport, Dance Ensemble, or
Tarpon Sharks for one year with a letter
from the coach/director in the area.
c.
verification of participation and
completion with a passing grade of the Army
ROTC Physical Training Program conducted
at Wofford College.

CATEGORY II: PERSPECTIVES

Students are required to take the specified number
of 3- or 4-hour courses from each of the five
academic areas listed below. Within each academic
area, each course must be in a different discipline.
At least two courses from different academic areas
must be at the 200 level or above. All courses that
count for GEP credit are indicated by an asterisk*
in the Undergraduate Catalog. Some courses may
have prerequisites; also indicated in the Catalog.
A. Humanities
Two courses from history, philosophy, religion,
womens studies or humanities.
B. Literature
One course selected from English or foreign
language (in translation or upper- level
literature courses in the language).
C. Fine Arts
Two history or appreciation courses from art,
design, dance, film, music or theatre. (No
studio or applied courses)
D. Natural Sciences
Two courses from astronomy, biology,
chemistry, geology, or physics. At least one of
these courses must include a laboratory.
E. Social Science
Two courses from economics, politics,
psychology, or sociology, anthropology or
geography.

CATEGORY III:
OTHER REQUIREMENTS
First year seminar: Required for all first year
students entering directly from high school in the
fall semester. Transfer students and those entering
in the spring are exempt.

45
 THE SCHOOL OF HUMANITIES, SCIENCES AND EDUCATION
ANN M. PLETCHER, Dean
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY, CHEMISTRY, AND PHYSICS
H. NEVAL ERTURK, chair, WILLIAM CASE, JENNIFER HAWK, DOUGLAS P. JENSEN,
ELENA MENDEZ, EDNA STEELE, SHARON STRICKLAND

MISSION Non-European/non-Anglophone course

The Department of Biology, Chemistry, and Capstone experience.
Physics strives to provide a rich and rigorous
For more information see the GEP requirements in
course of studying the natural sciences and an
this catalog.
environment in which students explore scientific
principles. The curriculum is designed to enable BACHELOR OF ARTS AND
majors to achieve employment in laboratories and BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH
secondary education; to pursue graduate degrees in
biology, biochemistry, and chemistry; and to enter A BIOLOGY MAJOR
professional programs in medical fields. Students majoring in biology may receive either a
Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of Science degree.
DEGREES AND PROGRAMS OFFERED Both degrees require students to take 38 credit
The Department of Biology, Chemistry, and Physics hours in biology, to complete cognate coursework
offers majors in biology and chemistry with either in mathematics and science outside biology, to
a Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of Science degree. complete a research requirement, and to take an
The department also offers majors in biochemistry assessment exam. The requirements are identical for
and medical technology with a Bachelor of Science the BA and BS except for the cognate coursework.
degree. Students earning biology or chemistry
majors may earn secondary teaching certification. A student interested in biology should inform
her adviser as early as possible. It is highly
The department also offers minors in biology, recommended, although not necessary, that she
chemistry, physics, and environmental studies. begins the general chemistry sequence (CHM 201-
The Environmental Studies minor is described in 202) during her freshman year and that she begins
the Interdisciplinary minors section of this catalog. biology coursework within her freshman year. She
Many students participate in pre-health professions should work closely with her adviser to plan her
programs, described elsewhere in this catalog. course of study.
These are not part of the major, and the major is
not required for them. STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES:
Through completion of the Bachelors Degree in
The General Education Program is a requirement Biology, our graduates will;
for all degrees. The requirements listed below are 1. acquire an intermediate understanding of the
approved for the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of fundamental biological principles and
Science and Bachelor of Fine Arts. integrate these principles from the major areas
ENG 101.....................................................3 hours of biology (cellular biology, organismal
Language and Culture 9 hours biology, field biology, genetics, and evolution).
MTH 108 or higher.....................................3 hours 2. acquire laboratory and field skills in biology.
One course designated as 3. develop communication skills in written and
Quantitative reasoning......................... 3-4 hours oral forms that are appropriate for biologists.
Health and Well-being Wellness..................2 hours 4. engage in the scientific process demonstrating
Activity course......................................... 1-2 hours an advanced understanding of research,
Humanities..................................................6 hours methods, and analysis.
Literature.....................................................3 hours REQUIRED COURSES:
Fine Arts.....................................................6 hours The biology major requires 38 credit hours of
Natural Science....................................... 7-8 hours biology coursework. At least 20 of these 38 credit
Social Science..............................................6 hours hours must be at the 300-level or higher. The 38
Total..............................................49-52 hours hours must include coursework as listed below. The
Graduation requirements but not a separate course: remainder of the 38 hours is elective coursework.
First Year Seminar Concepts in Biology (BIO 100)....................4 hours
Writing Intensive course Cellular Biology (choose one)......................4 hours

46
 BIO 210: Cell Biology level must pass MTH 110 (3 credit hours) to fulfill
BIO 312: Microbiology this requirement.
Animal Diversity (choose one)................. 4-5 hours
BIO 202: General Zoology RESEARCH REQUIREMENT
BIO 305: Human and Comparative Anatomy All biology majors are required to gain research
BIO 308: Invertebrate Zoology experience. Students may fulfill this requirement by
BIO 309: Parasitology performing a research project under the direction of
Plant Biology (choose one)..........................4 hours biology faculty at Converse College, by performing
BIO 203: General Botany a research project under another person, or as part
BIO 303: Systematic Botany of a summer program. All research performed away
Genetics (choose one)................................4 hours from Converse must be approved by the biology
BIO 301: Genetics faculty at Converse College. Students who prefer
BIO 408: Molecular Biology of the Cell not to perform a research project may fulfill this
Evolution...............................................3 hours requirement by successful completion of BIO 480.
BIO 302: Evolutionary Biology ASSESSMENT EXAM
Field Biology (choose one)..........................4 hours In addition to the academic and research
BIO 303: Systematic Botany requirements, all biology majors must complete an
BIO 411: Ecology assessment exam during the last semester of their
Seminar (both BIO 391 and 491) 3 hours senior year.
The following courses do not apply to the biology SECONDARY TEACHING CERTIFICATION
major: BIO 105, 110, 112, 120, 199H and 481. A Majors who plan to complete secondary certification
maximum of 4 credit hours each of BIO 317 and to teach high school must declare an Education
490 may apply to the biology major. minor, and meet with an advisor in the Education
Department to discuss specific requirements. They
Cognate Coursework for Bachelor of Arts: are encouraged to do this as early as possible. These
CHM 201: General College Chemistry 4 hours students must complete all of the following Biology
CHM 202: General College Chemistry 4 hours courses: BIO 100, 202, 203, 312 and 411. They
Choose one of the following*.................. 3-4 hours must complete one of PHY 242 and 252, and they
MTH 113: Introduction to Statistics must complete one of BAD 300, ECN 300, PSY311
MTH 120: Calculus and Analytical Geometry or POL 303.
BAD 300: Descriptive and Inferential Statistics
ECN 300: Descriptive and Inferential Statistics THE BIOLOGY MINOR
PSY311: Statistics and Experimental Design II Students who minor in biology must complete
POL303: Social Statistics 24 credit hours of biology, including BIO 100.
Total Cognate Hours......................11-12 hours The following courses may not count towards the
minor: BIO 105, 120, 199H, 391, 481, 491 and
Cognate Coursework for Bachelor of Science: 497.
CHM 201: General College Chemistry 4 hours
CHM 202: General College Chemistry 4 hours MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
CHM 303: Organic Chemistry.....................4 hours Converse offers a major in medical technology
PHY 251: Essentials of Physics I..................4 hours with a Bachelor of Science degree for students
MTH 120: Calculus and who are ASCP-certified Medical Laboratory
Analytical Geometry I...............................3 hours Technicians. Students completing this major must
Choose one of the following:............... 3 or 4 hours make their own arrangements for their certification
MTH 113: Introduction to Statistics examinations (check www.ascp.org for eligibility)
MTH 210: Calculus and Analytical Geometry II and must complete all requirements for a Converse
BAD 300: Descriptive and Inferential Statistics degree.
ECN 300: Descriptive and Inferential Statistics
STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES FOR
PSY311: Statistics and Experimental Design II
THE MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM:
POL 303: Social Statistics
Through completion of the Bachelor of Science
Total Cognate Hours......................22-23 hours
Degree in Medical Technology, our graduates will;
*BA students must be mathematically prepared 1. acquire an intermediate understanding of the
for the first calculus course (MTH120). Students fundamental biomedical principles.
who enter the college placed at that level or higher 2. acquire additional laboratory skills in
have fulfilled the requirement with 0 credit hours. biomedical sciences.
Students who enter the college placed at a lower 3. develop communication skills in written and
47
 oral forms that are appropriate for medical *112. HUMAN BODY ANDFUNCTIONS/FOUR
technology professionals CREDITS.
GEP. This course is designed to provide students
REQUIRED COURSES: with a general understanding of how the human
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES body functions. Topics include its levels of
BIO 100: General Biology or BIO 202: organization and the structure and function of the
General Zoology.......................................4 hours major organ systems. This course is not acceptable
BIO 312: Microbiology................................4 hours in programs requiring two semesters of Anatomy
BIO 330: Introduction to Immunology........3 hours and Physiology (e.g., Pre-Nursing, Pre-Med, and
Additional Biology Electives........................8 hours most Allied-Health Professions programs) and does
(choose courses from the topics listed) not satisfy the Biology major or minor requirements.
Genetics
Comparative Anatomy *120. SPRING FLORA/FOUR CREDITS
Embryology GEP, Elective credit. Not accepted for major or minor
Cell Biology credit. This course introduces students to the
Physiology variety of plants that live locally and form much
of the spring bloom. Lectures will cover a broad
CHEMISTRY range of general botany and ecology topics. Weekly
CHM 201202: General College laboratories will be held outdoors at a variety of
Chemistry................................................8 hours plant habitats. Students will learn many of the local
CHM 303304: Organic Chemistry.............8 hours plants during laboratory, and they will perform field
Biochemistry...............................................4 hours experiments and collect ecological data. Lecture
MATHEMATICS AND PHYSICS and laboratory. Lab fee.
MTH Elective above MTH 110 ....................3 hours *125. FIRST- YEAR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS
PHY 241: Elements of Physics.....................4 hours GEP. First-Year Seminars constitute a common and
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE academically significant experience in a students
IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY.........46 HOURS first year at Converse College. All incoming first-
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION IN BIOLOGY year students are required to take a 3-credit hour
*100. CONCEPTS IN BIOLOGY/FOUR CREDITS FYS in the fall semester, choosing from a variety
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. An introduction of discipline specific topics. Each FYS carries the
to the fundamental principles of biological activity corresponding departmental prefix, but with the
and scientific methodology. Lecture and laboratory. common course number (except for designated
Lab fee. Offered Fall and Spring Terms. honors sections). Each FYS course is designed to
have no more than 18 students, and counts in
*105. HUMAN BIOLOGY/FOUR CREDITS some designated category of the General Education
GEP, Elective credit. Not accepted for major or Program. Strong writing and speaking components
minor credit. A study of the principles of biology are required elements of the course.
focusing on human issues, including diseases,
impact of human population on ecosystems, *150. SPECIAL TOPICS/ THREE OR FOUR
physiological functions of the human body, and CREDITS
role of biotechnology in our society. The ethical GEP, Elective credit. Four hour course will have
aspects of various issues will be discussed. Lecture a laboratory component. Some offerings may be
and laboratory. Lab fee. eligible for major or minor credit. Selected topics
in introductory level biology. Special topic: Human
110. MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY/THREE CREDITS Nutrition will meet the GEP requirement for
Elective credit. Not accepted for Biology major wellness.
or minor credit. An introduction to medical
terminology through the study of the human body *199H. FRESHMAN HONORS
systems. The course begins with building medical SEMINAR/THREE OR FOUR CREDITS
terms from roots, prefixes, suffixes and combining GEP, Elective credit. Not accepted for major or
forms and then progresses into relating these terms minor credit. A study of a selected subject within
to the human body system. Each body system lesson the discipline, which will vary from term to term.
includes terms for anatomy, physiology, pathology, The course is designed to encourage student
diagnosis, medical procedures, pharmacology and participation in the intellectual processes through
abbreviations. class discussion, research and writing, special
projects, problem solving and evaluation and
defense of positions. When the subject matter

48
duplicates that of another course, credit toward viruses will be included. Lecture and laboratory.
graduation will be granted for only one of the Lab fee. Offered Fall Term.
courses. Offered periodically in rotation with
seminars in other disciplines. Lab fee. 302. EVOLUTIONARY BIOLOGY/THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: BIO
*202. GENERAL ZOOLOGY/FOUR CREDITS 100 or its equivalent and BIO 301 or permission
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: BIO of the instructor. Junior or senior class standing is
100 or adviser placement. A study of the morphology, recommended. A survey of the theory, history, and
taxonomy, and physiology of representative types principles of evolutionary biology. Both macro-
from the Animal Kingdom. Lecture and laboratory. evolutionary and micro-evolutionary topics are
Lab fee. Offered Fall Term. covered and primary literature is discussed. Offered
Spring Term.
*203. GENERAL BOTANY/FOUR CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: BIO 303. SYSTEMATIC BOTANY/FOUR CREDITS
100 or adviser placement. An introduction to plants, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: BIO 100
their activities, and their relationship to humans. or its equivalent. A study of the taxonomy of the
Lecture, laboratory, and field trips. Lab fee. Offered vascular plants with emphasis on the angiosperms.
alternate Spring Terms. Laboratory will include work in the field. Lecture
and laboratory. Lab fee. Offered alternate Spring
210. CELL BIOLOGY/FOUR CREDITS Terms.
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: BIO 100 or
its equivalent. Pre- or co-requisite: CHM 202. A study 304. COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE
of cell structure, function, and reproduction. The EMBRYOLOGY/ FOUR CREDITS
course covers both prokaryotic and eukaryotic Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: BIO 100 or
cells. Laboratories are designed to offer students its equivalent and either BIO 202 or 203 or permission
a wide variety of both traditional and modern of the instructor. A comparative study of the
techniques. Lab fee. Offered Spring Term. development of selected vertebrates. Lecture and
laboratory. Lab fee. Offered alternate Fall Terms.
211. HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY/FOUR CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: CHM 305. HUMAN AND COMPARATIVE
202 and either BIO 100 or 202. A study of the ANATOMY/FIVE CREDITS
functions of the basic human organ systems. Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: BIO 100 or
Physiological processes will be related to organ its equivalent. A comparative study of the origin,
structures and integrated with the functioning of structure, and function of organ systems of humans
the whole organism. Lecture and laboratory. Lab and other selected vertebrates. The gross anatomy
fee. Offered alternate Spring Terms. of organ systems in relation to their functions are
studied. Laboratory includes a hands-on approach
270. HUMAN SEXUALITY/THREE CREDITS to the identification of anatomical structures.
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: one of BIO Lecture and laboratory. Lab fee. Offered Spring Term.
100, 202 or 203. A study of the human reproductive
system with primary emphasis on anatomy and 308. INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY/FOUR CREDITS
physiology. Consideration also will be given the Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: BIO 100
psychological, religious, and ethical aspects of or its equivalent. A study of the morphology and
human sexuality. Lecture. biology of invertebrates. Lecture, laboratory, and
field trips. Lab fee.
*299H. INTERDISCIPLINARY HONORS COURSE
GEP, Major, Elective credit. This course is team taught 309. PARASITOLOGY/FOUR CREDITS
by members in two departments and is open to Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: BIO 100
Nisbet Honors Program participants and to others or its equivalent. A taxonomic approach to the
who meet Honors Program guidelines. All students ecology, physiology, and pathology of parasites,
registering for these courses must register not only with emphasis on those of medical and veterinary
through the Honors Program but also with their importance. Lecture and laboratory. Lab fee. Offered
adviser and the Registrars Office. alternate Fall Terms.
301. GENETICS/FOUR CREDITS 312. MICROBIOLOGY/FOUR CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: BIO 100 Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: BIO 100 or
or its equivalent and either BIO 210 or 312. A study its equivalent; one of BIO 202, 203, and 210; and CHM
of the fundamental principles of heredity with 202. A study of the physiology and morphology
emphasis on its molecular basis. Experimental of bacteria, algae, and fungi, and their roles in
work with Drosophila melanogaster, bacteria, and sanitation, agriculture, and medicine. Lecture and
laboratory. Lab fee. Offered alternate Fall Terms. 49
 *317. STUDY/TRAVEL PROGRAM/ organisms and their environment. Laboratory
THREE OR FOUR CREDITS will include extensive field work. Lecture and
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Maximum of 4 credit laboratory. Lab fee. Offered alternate Fall Terms.
hours allowed for major credit. Prerequisites: BIO 100
or its equivalent and consent of instructor. A special 420. HISTOLOGY/FOUR CREDITS
program offering the student the opportunity to Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: one of BIO
learn about ecosystems in the United States and in 100 or its equivalent and either BIO 202 or 203 or
foreign countries. The student will incur additional consent of the instructor. The study of animal tissues
costs. with emphasis on how structure and function
interrelate. The laboratory emphasizes tissue
330. INTRODUCTION TO IMMUNOLOGY/ recognition at the microscopic level. Lecture and
THREE CREDITS laboratory. Lab fee.
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: BIO 100
or its equivalent and one of BIO 301, 310, or 312. A 480. RESEARCH METHODS IN BIOLOGY/
study of the mechanisms of the immune defense THREE CREDITS
of the human body. Vaccination, grafting, tumor Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: BIO 100
immunology, and autoimmune diseases are also or its equivalent, junior or senior class standing, and
discussed. Lecture. completion of one biology course at the 300 or 400 level.
This course fulfills the research requirement for the
350. SPECIAL TOPICS IN BIOLOGY/ biology major. This course introduces students to
THREE OR FOUR CREDITS. scientific research from both philosophical and
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: BIO 100 or practical perspectives. Activities include reading
its equivalent and consent of the instructor. Selected and discussions of philosophical approaches to
topics in advanced biological study. science and biology and research project design
and criticism.
391. JUNIOR SEMINAR/ONE CREDIT
Major credit. Required of all junior majors. 481. INTERNSHIP IN BIOLOGY/
Prerequisites: BIO 100 or its equivalent and either BIO THREE OR FOUR CREDITS
202, 203 or consent of the instructor. Directed reading, Elective credit. Not accepted for major or minor credit.
study, and discussion designed to reemphasize the Prerequisites: BIO 100 or its equivalent and consent of
fundamental principles of biology, to correlate and instructor. A special course to afford the student
summarize the coursework of the major program practical work experience for academic credit.
and related fields, to introduce new areas and ideas, Open to juniors and seniors with an adequate
and to provide experience in literature review and background in biology. A journal and oral report of
oral presentation. Conferences as needed. Offered the internship are required. Credit and work to be
Fall Term. arranged according to the experience desired. Pass/
fail grading.
401. BIOLOGY FOR TEACHERS/THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: BIO 100 485. RESEARCH/ONE TO FOUR CREDITS
or its equivalent and either BIO 202 or 203. A special Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: BIO 100 or
course covering the modern techniques for the its equivalent and consent of the instructor. A special
teaching of biology on the secondary level. Lecture, course to allow the student to pursue a research
laboratory, and field trips. Offered Summer Session I. project. May be repeated for a maximum of six
credit hours. Lab fee.
408. MOLECULAR BIOLOGY OF THE CELL/
FOUR CREDITS 490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY IN
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: BIO 100 or SPECIAL TOPICS/ONE TO FOUR CREDITS
its equivalent and one of BIO 301, 310 and 312, pre- Major, Minor, Elective credit. Maximum of 4 credit
or corequisite: CHM 303. The study of molecular hours allowed for major credit. Prerequisites: BIO 100
mechanisms lying behind the workings of the cell, or its equivalent and consent of the instructor. A special
with emphasis on DNA, RNA and proteins. Both course to allow the student to pursue independent
lecture and laboratory will involve the study and study or research. Credit and work to be arranged
use of modern biotechnological protocols and according to the problem, and topic must be
procedures. Lecture and laboratory. Lab fee. Offered approved by the instructor. May be repeated for
alternate Spring Terms. credit.
411. ECOLOGY/FOUR CREDITS 491. SENIOR SEMINAR/TWO CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: BIO 100 or Major credit. Required of all senior majors..
its equivalent and one of BIO 202 or 203. A study of Prerequisite: BIO 391 or consent of the instructor.
the principles governing the relationships between In addition to the requirements as listed under
50
BIO 391, the senior biology major will conduct TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR
independent research on an assigned topic and OF SCIENCE WITH A CHEMISTRY
submit a written report. Conferences as needed. MAJOR...........................................58-60 hours
Offered Fall Term. Writing intensive and capstone.
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH
497. HONORS/THREE CREDITS A CHEMISTRY MAJOR
Major credit. Prerequisite: BIO 100 or its equivalent, The Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in
senior class standing, approval by the department, chemistry consists of a minimum of 33 hours of
and consent of the instructor. This course is for coursework in chemistry, as well as some additional
qualified students pursuing honors in biology. requirements.
Students perform independent research and write
a thesis under the direction of a biology faculty REQUIRED COURSES:
member. CHM 201: General College Chemistry 4 hours
CHM 202: General College Chemistry 4 hours
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A CHM 251: Quantitative Analysis.................4 hours
CHEMISTRY MAJOR PROGRAM CHM 303: Organic Chemistry.....................4 hours
CHM 304: Organic Chemistry.....................4 hours
STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES: CHM 315 or 320: Physical Chemistry 4 hours
Through completion of the Bachelors Degree in CHM 405: Junior Seminar............................ 1 hour
Chemistry, our graduates will; CHM 407: Senior Seminar...........................2 hours
1. acquire an intermediate understanding of the Chemistry Electives.....................................6 hours
fundamental chemical principles and integrate
these principles from the major areas of ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS:
chemistry (analytical chemistry, inorganic PHY 241: Elements of Physics I...................4 hours
chemistry, organic chemistry, and physical PHY 242: Elements of Physics II..................4 hours
chemistry). Choose one from the following:...................3 hours
2. acquire laboratory skills in chemistry. MTH 115: Survey of Calculus
3. develop communication skills in written and MTH 120: Calculus and Analytical Geometry
oral forms that are appropriate for chemists. TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR
4. engage in the scientific process, demonstrating OF ARTS WITH A CHEMISTRY
an advanced understanding of research, MAJOR................................................ 44 hours
methods, and analysis.
THE CHEMISTRY MINOR
The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in A chemistry minor requires 23-24 credit hours of
chemistry requires a minimum of 41 credit hours coursework in chemistry (6 courses). The program
of coursework in chemistry. of study is as follows:
All chemistry majors are required to participate in CHM 201: General College Chemistry 4 hours
a research project as evidence that they understand CHM 202: General College Chemistry 4 hours
the scientific method. CHM 251: Quantitative Analysis.................4 hours
CHM 303: Organic Chemistry.....................4 hours
REQUIRED COURSES: Chemistry Electives................................. 7-8 hours
CHM 201: General College Chemistry 4 hours CHM 304: Organic Chemistry
CHM 202: General College Chemisty 4 hours CHM 311: Environmental Chemistry
CHM 251: Quantitative Analysis.................4 hours CHM 315: Physical Chemistry or
CHM 303: Organic Chemistry.....................4 hours CHM 320: Short course in Physical Chemistry
CHM 304: Organic Chemistry.....................4 hours CHM 316: Physical Chemistry II
CHM 315: Physical Chemistry....................4 hours CHM 402: Advanced Organic Chemistry
CHM 316: Physical Chemistry....................4 hours CHM 403: Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
CHM 410: Instrumental Analysis 4 hours CHM 410: Instrumental Analysis
CHM 405: Junior Seminar............................ 1 hour CHM 415: Biochemistry
CHM 407: Senior Seminar...........................2 hours CHM 416: Biochemistry
Chemistry Electives................................. 6-8 hours
TOTAL HOURS FOR A
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS:
CHEMISTRY MINOR..................23-24 HOURS
PHY 251: Essentials of Physics I..................4 hours
PHY 252: Essentials of Physics II. 4 hours Internship and research courses may not be
MTH 120: Calculus I...................................3 hours included in the total hours for the minor.
MTH 210: Calculus II 3 hours
MTH 220: Calculus III................................3 hours
51
 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE TOTAL HOURS FOR THE BACHELOR
WITH A BIOCHEMISTRY MAJOR OF SCIENCE WITH A BIOCHEMISTRY
The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in MAJOR................................................ 65 hours
biochemistry is based upon the recommendations
of the American Society for Biochemistry and Statistics, computer science, and additional math
Molecular Biology and requires 35 credit hours of courses are recommended for majors in chemistry
chemistry, 16 credit hours of biology, 8 credit hours and biochemistry, but are not required.
of physics, and 6 credit hours of mathematics. All Majors desiring certification to teach must include
biochemistry majors are required to participate in CHM 311, CHM 403, CHM 415, BIO 202 or
a research project as evidence that they understand 203 plus four more hours in biology, and specific
the scientific method. courses in education in their program.
STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES FOR THE Students may also double major in Biology and
BIOCHEMISTRY PROGRAM: Biochemistry.
Through completion of the Bachelors Degree in *105. SPECIAL TOPICS IN CHEMISTRY/ THREE
Biochemistry, our graduates will; OR FOUR CREDITS
1. acquire an intermediate understanding of GEP, Elective credit, with some offerings eligible for
fundamental biochemical principles and major or minor credit. Lecture- only courses will be
integrate these with principles from major offered for three credit hours. Four hour course will
areas of chemistry (analytical chemistry, have a laboratory. Selected topics in introductory
inorganic chemistry, organic chemistry, and level chemistry.
physical chemistry) and biology (cellular
biology, organismal biology, genetics and *140 FRANKENFOOD AND YOU/
molecular biology. THREE CREDITS
2. acquire laboratory skills in biochemistry. GEP, Elective credit. Not accepted for major or minor
3. develop communication skills in written and credit. The science, history, politics and sociology
oral forms that are appropriate for biochemists. of genetically modified food will be reviewed.
4. engage in the scientific process, demonstrating Students will build from the biochemistry of these
an advanced understanding of research, technologies a basis for evaluating their use and the
methods, and analysis. policies that govern their use. This information will
be applied to related science based issues.
REQUIRED CHEMISTRY COURSES:
CHM 201: General College Chemistry 4 hours *150. CONCEPTS OF CHEMISTRY/
CHM 202: General College Chemistry 4 hours FOUR CREDITS
CHM 251: Quantitative Analysis.................4 hours GEP credit. Not accepted for major or minor
CHM 303: Organic Chemistry.....................4 hours credit. A survey of some of the major concepts of
CHM 304: Organic Chemistry.....................4 hours chemistry in order to gain insight into the nature of
CHM 315 or 320: Physical Chemistry 4 hours this science. Lecture and laboratory. Lab Fee.
CHM 415: Biochemistry..............................4 hours *125. FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR THE CHEMISTRY
CHM 416: Biochemistry..............................4 hours OF ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES/THREE CREDITS
CHM 405: Junior Seminar............................ 1 hour GEP, Elective credit. The purpose of this course is
CHM 407: Senior Seminar...........................2 hours to expose first-year students to the chemistry
REQUIRED BIOLOGY COURSES involved in current environmental issues. We will
4 courses...................................................16 hours explore not only the application of chemistry to
One or two courses from: technological solutions for these issues but also
BIO 100: Concepts in Biology the ethical and societal implications of their use.
BIO 202: General Zoology Special emphasis is given to cultivating critical
BIO 203: General Botany thinking, effective speaking, and writing skills.
BIO 210 Cell Biology Such a course is required for all first-year students
Two or three courses from: and may be taken with the corresponding Student
BIO 301: Genetics Success Seminar.
BIO 312: Microbiology *160. INTRODUCTION TO GEOLOGY/
BIO 408: Molecular Biology FOUR CREDITS
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS: GEP credit. Not accepted for major or minor credit.
PHY 251: Essentials of Physics I..................4 hours A course emphasizing the theories of geology, the
PHY 252: Essentials of Physics II.................4 hours techniques of rock, mineral, and fossil identification
MTH 120: Calculus I...................................3 hours and classification, their habits and uses, and local
MTH 210: Calculus II 3 hours
52
geology. Field trips are part of the course. The 311. ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY/
course is offered for four credits as an on-campus FOUR CREDITS
course and for four or six credits as an off-campus Major, Minor, or Elective credit. Prerequisites: CHM
travel course. Off-campus travel costs will be in 201- 202 and 251. A study of those chemical
addition to the regular fees. Lecture and laboratory. substances, both naturally occurring and synthetic,
Lab fee. which are the major causes of pollution in our
environment. Lecture and Laboratory. Offered
*199H. FRESHMAN HONORS during Spring Term in alternate years. Lab Fee.
SEMINAR/FOUR CREDITS
GEP credit. Not accepted for major or minor credit *315-316. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY/
in biology, chemistry, or the pre-med program. A EIGHT CREDITS
course for non-science majors who are interested Major, Minor, or Elective credit. Either CHM 315 or 320
in understanding some contemporary technological is required for the chemistry and biochemistry majors.
issues within the discipline of chemistry. The course Prerequisites: CHM 201-202, physics, and calculus. An
provides the basic scientific knowledge necessary in-depth study of such topics as thermodynamics,
to understand these issues. The laboratory will chemical kinetics, bonding theory, molecular and
introduce students to the scientific method and atomic structure, and various properties of gases,
some of the laboratory techniques of chemistry. liquids, and solids. Lecture and laboratory. Lab
Offered periodically in rotation with seminars in fee. Offered in alternate years. Quantitative GEP
other disciplines. Lecture and laboratory. Lab fee. requirement.
*201-202. GENERAL COLLEGE CHEMISTRY/ *320. A SHORT COURSE IN PHYSICAL
EIGHT CREDITS CHEMISTRY/FOUR CREDITS
GEP credit. Required for major and minor. Major, Minor or Elective credit. Either CHM 315 or 320
Prerequisite or Co-requisite: Math 110 or is required for the chemistry and biochemistry majors.
permission of the instructor. A course suitable for Prerequisites: CHM 201-202, physics, and calculus.
all science majors and pre-med students. Topics A course covering the basic areas of gas laws,
covered include atomic and molecular structure, thermodynamics, kinetics, and molecular structure
chemical bonding, stoichiometry, chemical and energies. This course is not as in-depth as is
reactions, gas laws, thermodynamics, kinetics, CHM 315-316, but does include more emphasis on
equilibria, electrochemistry, qualitative analysis and biological applications than does CHM 315-316.
some descriptive chemistry. A good background in Cannot be taken along with CHM 315-316. Lecture
algebra is required. Grade of C- or better is required and laboratory. Lab Fee. Offered in alternate years.
for advancement to CHM 202. Lecture and Quantitative GEP requirement.
laboratory. Lab fee. Quantitative GEP requirement.
402. ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY/
*251. QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS/FOUR CREDITS THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor credit. Prerequisite: CHM 202. A study Major, Minor, or Elective credit. A course designed
of the principles, methods, and applications of as a continuation of study of important theoretical
quantitative analysis including some instrumental concepts, reaction types, and reaction mechanisms
techniques. Offered during Jan Term. Lecture and of organic chemistry. Topics that may be included
laboratory. Lab fee. Quantitative GEP requirement. are photochemistry, organic synthesis, carbocations
and neighboring group participation, electrocyclic
*299H. INTERDISCIPLINARY HONORS COURSE reactions and linear free energy relationships.
GEP, Major, Elective credit. This course is team taught Offered in alternate years.
by members in two departments and is open to
Nisbet Honors Program participants and to others 403. ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY/
who meet Honors Program guidelines. All students THREE CREDITS
registering for these courses must register not only Major, Minor, or Elective credit. This course focuses
through the Honors Program but also with their on the bonding theories and chemical and physical
adviser and the Registrars Office. properties of the elements and their inorganic
compounds. Offered in alternate years.
303-304. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY/
EIGHT CREDITS 404. SPECIAL TOPICS/THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor credit. Prerequisite: CHM 202. A Major, Minor, or Elective credit. Advanced courses that
systematic survey of the typical compounds of will be offered depending on the available staff and
carbon. Study includes nomenclature, reactions, student interest. Topics that may be included are
synthesis and mechanisms. Lecture and laboratory. physical, organic, nuclear, and polymer chemistry,
Lab fee. and hazardous wastes.
53
 405. JUNIOR SEMINAR/ONE CREDIT THE PHYSICS MINOR
Required of all majors in the junior year. Not A physics minor requires 22 hours of coursework
accepted for minor credit. Offered during Spring in physics, not including 100 level courses.
Term. Capstone. REQUIRED COURSES :
PHY 251: Essentials of Physics I..................4 hours
407. SENIOR SEMINAR/TWO CREDITS
PHY 252: Essentials of Physics II.................4 hours
Required of all majors in the senior year. Not
PHY 331: Modern Physics I.........................3 hours
accepted for minor credit. Offered during Spring
PHY 332: Modern Physics II........................3 hours
Term. Capstone. Writing Intensive.
Two terms of PHY 310: Laboratory
*410. INSTRUMENTAL in Modern Physics....................................2 hours
ANALYSIS/FOUR CREDITS Additional Physics Electives........................6 hours
Major, Minor, or Elective credit. Prerequisites: CHM 251 Total Hours for a Physics Minor......... 22 hours
and 303-304. A course that focuses on the principles,
Students seeking initial certification in secondary
instrumentation, and applications of various
physics must complete a minor in physics and must
instrumental methods of analytical chemistry. Some
take MTH 120, CHM 201, CHM 202, EDU 387 and
of the topics covered include UV-visible, IR, and
BAD/ECN 300 or PSY 303.
NMR spectroscopy, mass spectrometry, gas and high
pressure liquid chromatography, atomic emission COURSES OF INSTRUCTION IN PHYSICS
and absorption spectroscopy, and electroanalytical *125. FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS
methods. Lecture (2 hours/week) and laboratory GEP. First-Year Seminars (FYS) constitute a
(6 hours/ week). Lab Fee. Offered in alternate years. common and academically significant experience
Quantitative GEP requirement. in a students first year at Converse. All incoming
first-year students are required to take a 3 credit-
415, 416. BIOCHEMISTRY/EIGHT CREDITS
hour FYS course in the fall semester, choosing from
Major, Minor, or Elective credit. May be used for
a variety of discipline specific topics. Each FYS
biology major credit. Prerequisite: CHM 304. A
carries the corresponding departmental prefix, but
study of the structure, properties and function of
with a common course number (except designated
biomolecules and cell membranes and a detailed
honors sections). Each FYS course is designed to
examination of reactions and mechanisms of
have no more than 18 students, and counts in
metabolism, replication, transcription, and
some designated category of the General Education
translation. Lecture and laboratory. Lab fee. Offered
Program. Strong writing and speaking components
in alternate years.
are elements of the course.
480. RESEARCH/ONE TO SIX CREDITS
*140. CONCEPTS OF PHYSICS/FOUR CREDITS
Major, Minor, or Elective credit. Prerequisite: Permission
GEP credit. A survey of some of the major concepts
of department. A special course to allow the student
in physics. Designed for the non-scientist with
to pursue a research problem. May be repeated.
limited background in mathematics. Lectures and
Maximum of six total credits. Lab fee.
laboratory. Lab fee.
481. INTERNSHIP IN CHEMISTRY/
*143. ASTRONOMY/FOUR CREDITS
FOUR CREDITS
GEP credit. A course in descriptive astronomy in
Major credit only. Not accepted for minor credit.
which emphasis is placed upon the basic principles
Prerequisite: Permission of department and junior
involved. Lectures and laboratory. Lab fee. Offered
or senior standing. A special course to afford the
yearly. Quantitative GEP requirement.
student practical work experience. Three types
of chemical internships are offered: industrial *153. ASTRONOMY OF ANCIENT CULTURES/
(for students planning to work in industrial or FOUR CREDITS
governmental laboratories) pharmaceutical (for pre- GEP credit. Students will explore the astronomy
pharmacy chemistry majors), and environmental. and cosmology of different cultures including those
Pass/fail grading. of Australian aborigines, Costa Rican indigenous
tribes, Maya, Inca and the Egyptians. They will
490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY
learn the fundamentals of naked eye astronomy and
IN SPECIAL TOPICS/ONE, TWO OR
the methods used to learn about ancient astronomy.
THREE CREDITS
Major credit only. Prerequisite: Permission of *241. ELEMENTS OF PHYSICS I/FOUR CREDITS
department. An independent course of advanced GEP credit. A course of mechanics, properties of
study of a particular topic not covered in any other matter, heat, and sound. Lectures and laboratory.
course. Students receive minimum guidance from Lab fee. Offered yearly. Quantitative GEP requirement.
faculty. May be repeated for credit.
54
*242. ELEMENTS OF PHYSICS II/FOUR CREDITS *431. ANALYTICAL MECHANICS/
Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: PHY 241. Study of THREE CREDITS
light, static and current electricity, magnetism, and Minor credit. Prerequisites: PHY 242 or 252, MTH 120.
modern physics. Lectures and laboratory. Lab fee. Study of statics and dynamics of particles and rigid
Offered yearly. Quantitative GEP requirement. bodies. Harmonic oscillations. Offered on demand.
Quantitative GEP requirement.
*251. ESSENTIALS OF PHYSICS I/FOUR CREDITS
GEP credit. Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite
or co-requisite: MTH 120. This course studies
mechanics, heat, and waves using calculus to
derive relationships and find solutions to problems.
It is required for all physics minors. Lectures and
laboratory. Lab fee. Offered yearly. Quantitative GEP
requirement
*252. ESSENTIALS OF PHYSICS II/
FOUR CREDITS
Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: MTH 120. This
course is a continuation of PHY 251 and studies
light, electricity, and magnetism using calculus.
It is required for all physics minors. Lectures and
laboratory. Lab fee. Offered yearly. Quantitative GEP
requirement.
280. SPECIAL PROBLEMS/
ONE TO THREE CREDITS
Study in the area of a students special interest.
Offered on demand. Quantitative GEP requirement
depending on topic.
*299H. INTERDISCIPLINARY HONORS COURSE
GEP, Elective credit. This course is team taught by
members in two departments and is open to Nisbet
Honors Program participants and to others who
meet Honors Program guidelines. All students
registering for these courses must register not only
through the Honors Program but also with their
adviser and the Registrars Office. Quantitative GEP
requirement depending on topic.
*310. LABORATORY IN MODERN PHYSICS/
ONE CREDIT PER TERM
Minor credit. An advanced laboratory taken in
conjunction with PHY 331 and 332. Offered on
demand. Quantitative GEP requirement.
*331. MODERN PHYSICS I/THREE CREDITS
Minor credit. Prerequisites: PHY 242 or 252, MTH
120. A study of relativity and quantum theory with
applications in atomic physics. Offered on demand.
Quantitative GEP requirement.
*332. MODERN PHYSICS II/THREE CREDITS
Minor credit. Prerequisites: PHY 331, MTH 120.
A study of nuclear structure and interaction.
Lectures and laboratory. Lab fee. Offered on demand.
Quantitative GEP requirement.
*411412. SEMINAR/ONE CREDIT PER TERM
Minor credit. Prerequisite: PHY 242 or 252. A study
of various topics in physics. Offered on demand.
Quantitative GEP requirement 55
 DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS, ACCOUNTING & BUSINESS
AMY E. COX, chair, WOODROW W. HUGHES, JR., ROGER F. LUTTRELL, W. THOMAS MAYNARD,
ANN M. PLETCHER, JENNIFER L. SHIELDS, MADELYN V. YOUNG

MISSION For more information see GEP requirements

The mission of the Economics, Accounting and in this catalog.
Business department is to offer students the high
quality of education they need to succeed in a ECONOMICS
continuously changing business environment. The mission of the Economics program at Converse
All programs in the department allow students to is to prepare students for employment or graduate
apply their knowledge in a variety of projects and school in economics by helping them develop
activities. The faculty is committed to excellence communication skills, and an understanding of
in teaching. economics markets, institutions, linkages and basic
research methodologies.
The Department of Economics, Accounting and
Business has four separate majors: economics, Past economics majors are currently working for a
accounting, business administration and health care wide variety of businesses or in local, state or the
administration. Within the business administration federal government. Some are also in graduate
major the department offers six concentrations: school or law school, as it is widely recognized that
economics, finance, human resource management, economics provides one of the best backgrounds
international business, marketing, and sports for the study of law
management. The department also offers a degree The Department offers either a Bachelor of Arts or
completion program for students wishing to Bachelor of Science with an Economics major.
complete a Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in
business administration. The department prepares Students earning the Bachelor of Arts with an
students who wish to pursue graduate education Economics major will achieve the following
for entrance to and successful completion of program level-student learning outcomes:
graduate school. 1. Communicate clearly, concisely and
Each student must have a GPA of 2.0 or above professionally, both orally and in writing.
within the major. The GPA will be computed using 2. Gain a basic understanding of the working of
all courses taken within the department and major markets, the nature of market structures, and the
requirements outside the department. linkages in the world economy.
3. Understand basic research methodology
The General Education Program is a requirement including literature surveys, data gathering,
for all degrees. statistical analyses of economic data and policy
The requirements listed below are approved for implications of economic theory and empirical
the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science and research in economics.
Bachelor of Fine Arts. 4. Understand economic institutions such as the
ENG 101.....................................................3 hours Federal Reserve.
Language and Culture 9 hours
MTH 108 or higher.....................................3 hours In addition to achieving the above student learning
One course designated as outcomes, the student earning the Bachelor of
Quantitative reasoning......................... 3-4 hours Science with an Economics major will:
Health and Well-being Wellness.................2 hours 5. Understand the mathematical underpinnings of
Activity course......................................... 1-2 hours key economic principles and models.
Humanities..................................................6 hours
Literature.....................................................3 hours BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH AN
Fine Arts.....................................................6 hours ECONOMICS MAJOR
Natural Science....................................... 7-8 hours Required Courses:
Social Science..............................................6 hours ECN 201: Microeconomic Principles...........3 hours
Total..............................................49-52 hours ECN 202: Macroeconomic Principles 3 hours
ECN 300: Descriptive and Inferential
Graduation requirements but not a separate course: Statistics........................................................4 hours
First Year Seminar ECN 301: Intermediate
Writing Intensive course Microeconomic Theory.................................3 hours
Non-European/non-Anglophone course ECN 302: Intermediate
Capstone experience. Macroeconomic Theory............................3 hours
56
ECN 304: Decision Tools for Business.........4 hours also encouraged to take HPE 126: Beginning Golf
ECN 321: Money and Financial as their GEP activity course requirement.
Institutions...............................................3 hours
ECN 326: Labor Economics........................3 hours ACCOUNTING
ECN 327: International Economics.............3 hours It is recommended that the student pursuing a
ECN 400: Senior Seminar............................3 hours career in accounting consider taking additional
Nine additional hours in other courses beyond the major requirements including,
economics courses numbered 300 or but not limited to computer science, money and
above, excluding 499..................................9 hours financial institutions, and other elective accounting
and finance courses. Business ethics concepts are
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS integrated throughout the accounting curriculum
WITH AN ECONOMICS MAJOR 41 hours to expose future accountants to the variety and
depth of ethical dilemmas present in the business
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE world. Accounting graduates are currently working
WITH AN ECONOMICS MAJOR in banking, public accounting, manufacturing,
Required Courses: service companies and attending graduate school in
ECN 201: Microeconomic Principles...........3 hours both masters level and doctorate programs.
ECN 202: Macroeconomic Principles 3 hours
ECN 300: Descriptive and The mission of the accounting program is to ensure
Inferential Statistics..................................4 hours that Converse accounting graduates will integrate
ECN 301: Intermediate Microeconomic analytical, problem solving, communication and
Theory.....................................................3 hours professional skills with business and financial
ECN 302: Intermediate Macroeconomic knowledge to be effective financial professionals
Theory.....................................................3 hours and prospective leaders in their communities.
ECN 304: Decision Tools for Business 4 hours Students earning the Bachelor of Arts in Accounting
ECN 321: Money and Financial will achieve the following program level student
Institutions...............................................3 hours learning outcomes:
ECN 326: Labor Economics........................3 hours
ECN 327: International Economics.............3 hours 1. Students will communicate clearly, concisely
ECN 400: Senior Seminar............................3 hours and professionally, both orally and in writing.
Nine additional hours in other economics courses 2. Students will evaluate and analyze data to
numbered 300 or above, excluding 499...9 hours solve problems and make business and
MTH 115: Survey of Calculus or financial decisions.
MTH 120: Calculus.............................. 3-4 hours 3. Students will demonstrate fundamental
knowledge of the functional areas of business
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF for professional accounting positions and
SCIENCE WITH AN ECONOMICS graduate studies.
MAJOR..........................................47- 48 hours 4. Students will apply knowledge and solve
THE ECONOMICS MINOR problems in the area of their concentration.
An economics minor is comprised of 24 credit
hours of coursework, including the following: BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH AN
ECN 201: Microeconomic Principles...........3 hours ACCOUNTING MAJOR
ECN 202: Macroeconomic Principles 3 hours Required Courses:
ECN 301: Intermediate ECN 201: Microeconomic Principles...........3 hours
Microeconomic Theory............................3 hours ECN 202: Macroeconomic Principles 3 hours
ECN 302: Intermediate One course from the following. 3 hours
Macroeconomic Theory............................3 hours BAD 351: American Legal System and Contracts
ECN 321: Money and Financial Institutions....3 hours BAD 352: Business Organizations, Property, and
ECN 326: Labor Economics........................3 hours Commercial Law
ECN 327: International Economics.............3 hours FIN 370: Business Finance..........................4 hours
Three additional hours in the department ACC 211 212: Accounting Principles........6 hours
with adviser approval...............................3 hours ACC 351352: Intermediate Accounting.....8 hours
Total Hours for the Economics Minor 24 hours ACC 380: Accounting and Business Information
Students who major or minor in economics should Systems....................................................4 hours
complete their GEP math requirement during their ACC 409: Tax Accounting...........................3 hours
freshman year. It is recommended that MTH 108 ACC 451: Cost Accounting I.......................3 hours
be chosen to fulfill this requirement. Students are ACC 461: Advanced Accounting.................3 hours
57
 ACC 462: Auditing......................................3 hours some of the accounting courses during the summer
ECN 300: Descriptive and in order to complete the requirements within four
Inferential Statistics 4 hours years. Students who major in accounting should
ECN 400: Senior Seminar............................3 hours complete their GEP math requirement during their
TOTAL HOURS FOR THE BACHELOR freshman year. It is recommended that Math 110
OF ARTS WITH AN ACCOUNTING be chosen to fulfill this requirement. Students are
MAJOR................................................ 50 hours also encouraged to take HPE 126: Beginning Golf
as their GEP activity course requirement.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH AN
ACCOUNTING MAJOR THE ACCOUNTING MINOR
Students earning the Bachelor of Science in An accounting minor is comprised of 20-21 credit
Accounting will achieve the following program hours of coursework including the following:
level-student learning outcomes: ACC 211 -212: Accounting Principles 6 hours
ACC 451: Cost Accounting.........................3 hours
1. Students will communicate clearly, concisely ACC 351: Intermediate Accounting I...........4 hours
and professionally, both orally and in writing. ACC 380: Accounting and Business
2. Students will evaluate and analyze data to Information Systems................................4 hours
solve problems and make business and Choice of one of the following:
financial decisions. ACC 352: Intermediate Accounting II......4 hours
3. Students will demonstrate fundamental ACC 409: Tax Accounting........................3 hours
knowledge of the functional areas of business ACC 452: Cost Accounting......................3 hours
for professional accounting positions and Total Hours for the
graduate studies. Accounting Minor..........................20-21 hours
4. Students will be able to apply statutory, The Accounting minor is designed to complement
professional and ethical standards to solve other majors by providing a concentration in
Accounting problems. accounting that covers Intermediate, Financial,
Required Courses: Cost and Tax areas. The minor is an excellent way
ECN 201: Microeconomic Principles...........3 hours to increase your employability and understanding
ECN 202: Macroeconomic Principles 3 hours of financial issues as well as to supplement your
One course from the following 3 hours qualitative skills and critical reasoning abilities.
BAD 351: American Legal System and Contracts BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BAD 352: Business Organizations, Property, and . The mission of the Business Administration
Commercial Law program at Converse is to prepare students to
FIN 370: Business Finance..........................4 hours succeed in employment or graduate study.
ACC 211 212: Accounting Principles........6 hours
ACC 351352: Intermediate Accounting.....8 hours Students earning the Bachelor of Arts or Science
ACC 380: Accounting and Business in every concentration will achieve the following
Information Systems................................4 hours program level-student learning:.
ACC 409: Tax Accounting...........................3 hours
ACC 451: Cost Accounting I.......................3 hours 1. Students will communicate clearly, concisely
ACC 461: Advanced Accounting 3 hours and professionally, both orally and in writing.
ACC 462: Auditing......................................3 hours 2. Students will evaluate and analyze data to
ECN 300: Descriptive and solve problems and make business and
Inferential Statistics..................................4 hours financial decisions.
ECN 400: Senior Seminar............................3 hours 3. Students will demonstrate fundamental
BAD 330: Management................................3 hours knowledge of the functional areas of business.
BAD 340: Marketing Principles...................3 hours 4. Students will apply knowledge and solve
MTH 115: Survey of Calculus or problems in the area of their concentration.
MTH 120: Calculus.......................... 3 or 4 hours Students majoring in business administration are
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF encouraged to select a second major or a minor.
SCIENCE WITH AN ACCOUNTING Students majoring in business with a concentration
MAJOR...........................................59-60 hours in economics cannot double major in economics or
minor in economics. Students majoring in business
Students majoring in accounting should begin the with a concentration in finance, international
ACC 211 and 212 sequence in the sophomore year. business, human resource management, marketing
Starting this sequence later may necessitate taking or sports management can double major in

58
economics or minor in economics. Students who ENG 291: Introduction to Professional Writing
major or minor in business administration should ART 124: Graphic Design I
complete their GEP math requirement during their BAD 348: Sports Marketing
freshman year. It is recommended that MTH 108 BAD 443: International Marketing
be chosen to fulfill this requirement. Students are BAD 347: Professional Selling
also encouraged to take HPE 126: Beginning Golf BAD 291 or BAD 401:Special Topics in Business
as their GEP activity course requirement. Business Total Hours in Marketing................... 13 hours
majors planning to take the GMAT or GRE during
their senior year are encouraged to take ECN 300 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
and ECN 304 during their junior year. BAD 353: Labor and Human Relations Law....3 hours
ECN 326: Labor Economics........................3 hours
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A ECN 331: Personnel Economics
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION MAJOR for Managers............................................3 hours
A student majoring in business administration PSY 232: Psychology in the Workplace........3 hours
must complete a core curriculum, which consists Total Hours in Human
of the following: Resource Management........................ 12 hours
ECN 201: Microeconomic Principles...........3 hours In addition to the required courses listed above,
ECN 202: Macroeconomic Principles 3 hours the department strongly recommends that students
ACC 211-212: Accounting Principles 6 hours concentrating in human resource management take
Choose one from the following:...................4 hours the following courses if available. The material
ACC 375: Financial Statement Analysis in these courses further enhances the students
FIN 370: Business Finance knowledge about bureaucratic organizations and
BAD 330: Management................................3 hours the workplace.
BAD 340: Marketing Principles...................3 hours SOC 245: Sociology of Work
One course from the following:...................3 hours (Upon approval from the department chair,
BAD 351: American Legal System and Contracts students may substitute SOC 245: Sociology of
BAD 352 Business Organizations, Property and Work for PSY 232: Psychology of the Workplace)
Commercial Law SOC 250: Occupations and Professions
BAD 353: Labor and Human Relations Law SOC 260: Complex Organizations
ECN/BAD 300: Descriptive and Inferential
Statistics...................................................4 hours SPORTS MANAGEMENT
ECN 304: Decision Tools for Business 4 hours BAD 348: Sports Marketing.........................3 hours
ECN 400: Senior Seminar............................3 hours ECN 349: Economics and Finance in Sports...3 hours
Total Hours in Core Courses.............. 36 hours BAD 499: Sports Management Internship....3 hours
One course from the following, with
The student is required to select one of the following approval from adviser:..............................3 hours
concentrations: BAD 345: Integrated Marketing Communication
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS ECN 326: Labor Economics
ECN 323: Economic Problems of BAD 347: Professional Selling
Developing Countries...............................3 hours BAD 442: Marketing Research or
ECN 327: International Economics.............3 hours Another 300-400 level course in ECN/ACC/BAD
BAD 443: International Marketing...............3 hours (except ECN 361) or related to sports in another
One course from the following:...................3 hours department (example Psychology, Biology or
ECN 365: Comparative Economic Systems History)
HST 402: Womens lives In Asia and African Total Hours in Sports Management.... 12 hours
Cultures
POL 102: Introduction to International Relations TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS
REL 104: Introduction to World Religions WITH A BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
International Business majors will also minor or MAJOR........................................48-49 HOURS
double major in one of the foreign languages.
Total Hours in International Business 12 hours BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A BUSINESS
MARKETING ADMINISTRATION MAJOR
BAD 344: Consumer Behavior.....................3 hours For a Bachelor of Science degree with a business
BAD 345: Integrated Marketing administration major the student must complete
Communications......................................3 hours the following requirements and the requirements
BAD 442: Marketing Research.....................4 hours for a concentration in either economics or finance:
One course from the following:...................3 hours ECN 201: Microeconomic Principles...........3 hours

59
 ECN 202: Macroeconomic Principles 3 hours Students majoring in HCA will be exposed to many
ACC 211-212: Accounting Principles 6 hours aspects of the changing healthcare environment,
FIN 370: Business Finance:.........................4 hours such as policy, regulations, ethics, technology, and
BAD 330: Management................................3 hours delivery systems. Association and interaction with
BAD 340: Marketing Principles...................3 hours faculty and with professionals in the healthcare
One course from the following:...................3 hours industry will help prepare majors for careers in the
BAD 351: American Legal fast-paced field.
System and Contracts
BAD 352 Business Organizations, Property The mission of the Healthcare Administration
and Commercial Law program at Converse is to prepare students for
BAD 353: Labor and Human Relations Law employment in the healthcare administration
ECN/BAD 300: Descriptive and industry or entrance to graduate school.
Inferential Statistics.....................................4 hours Students earning a Bachelor of Arts with a major
ECN 304: Decision Tools for Business 4 hours in Healthcare Administration will achieve the
ECN 400: Senior Seminar............................3 hours following program level student learning outcomes:
Total Hours in Core Courses.............. 36 hours 1. Students will communicate clearly, concisely
and professionally, both orally and in writing
ECONOMICS 2. Students will evaluate and analyze data to solve
ECN 301: Intermediate Microeconomic problems and make business and financial
Theory.....................................................3 hours decisions in a healthcare context.
ECN 302: Intermediate Macroeconomic 3. Students will demonstrate fundamental
Theory.....................................................3 hours knowledge of the functional areas of business.
ECN 321: Money and Financial Institution...3 hours 4. Students will analyze general ethical and legal
ECN324: Business and the Public Sector.....3 hours issues within a healthcare administration
ECN 325: Managerial Economics 3 hours context.
MTH 115: Survey of Calculus or
MTH 120: Calculus 3-4 hours BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR OF
Total Hours in Economics................... 18-19 hours HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATION
ECN 201 Microeconomic Principles............3 hours
FINANCE ECN 202 Macroeconomic Principles...........3 hours
FIN 321: Money and Financial Institutions.3 hours ECN 300 Descriptive & Inferential Statistics...4 hours
FIN 372: Advanced Business Finance 3 hours ECN 380 Healthcare Economics & Policy...3 hours
Three courses from the following.......... 9-11 hours ECN 400: Senior Seminar............................3 hours
ACC 351: Intermediate Accounting I ACC 211: Accounting Principles I...............3 hours
ACC 352: Intermediate Accounting II ACC 212: Accounting Principles II..............3 hours
FIN 324: Business and the Public Sector BAD 330: Management................................3 hours
FIN 373: Securities Analysis and BAD 340: Marketing Principles...................3 hours
Portfolio Management HCA 206: Healthcare Communications.......3 hours
ACC 409: Tax Accounting HCA 330: Administration, Management
ACC 452: Cost Accounting II & Leadership...........................................3 hours
MTH 115: Survey of Calculus or HCA 350: Healthcare Delivery Systems.......3 hours
MTH 120: Calculus 3-4 hours HCA 360: Informatics & Technology..........3 hours
Total Hours in Finance..................18-21 hours HCA 430: Community &
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF Public Health Epidemiology 3 hours
SCIENCE WITH A BUSINESS HCA 451: Healthcare Legal & Ethical Issues...3 hours
ADMINISTRATION MAJOR...........54-57 hours HCA 470: Healthcare Finance &
HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATION Accountin................................................4 hours
The major in Healthcare Administration (HCA) HCA 471: Facility Planning & the Environment
is designed for students in the expanding and of Care.....................................................3 hours
increasingly complex healthcare management field. HCA 499: Healthcare Internship............. 3-6 hours
The program goes beyond traditional business TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS
administration studies to include challenging courses WITH HEALTHCARE 56-59 hours
focused on healthcare management topics. Students
will also explore the field through internships and
capstone experiences which will further prepare THE BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION MINOR
students for careers or graduate study. The Department of Economics, Accounting and

60
Business offers a minor in business administration. designed for adult learners returning to college
The program exposes the student to each of the areas to complete an undergraduate degree. Programs
in the common body of the business curriculum: may be offered through entirely online instruction,
accounting, finance, management and marketing. hybrid courses combining online and in-classroom
The theoretical economic underpinnings are teaching, summer workshops, or in limited off
addressed in the economics courses. campus locations depending on the program.
Course schedules and requirements are posted
Required Courses: by each academic department responsible for the
ECN 201: Microeconomic Principles...........3 hours degree.
ECN 202: Macroeconomic Principles 3 hours
ACC 211: Accounting Principles.................3 hours Converse offers a Bachelor of Arts with a major of
ACC 212: Accounting Principles.................3 hours Business Administration as a degree completion
BAD 330: Management................................3 hours program. This program is a separate program
BAD 340: Marketing Principles...................3 hours from the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science
Choose one of the following........................4 hours degree with a business administration major
ACC 375 Financial Statement Analysis which requires a concentration in a business
FIN 370: Business Finance. related area. The degree completion program has
One other 300- or 400-level course in Economics, different admissions requirements as well as major
Business Administration or Finance requirements.
(except ECN 361 and 499)........................3 hours
Total Hours for a Business Administration Students applying to this degree program will have
Minor.................................................. 25 hours completed a minimum of 48 undergraduate credits
from regionally accredited institutions including
THE MARKETING MINOR at least one course in each of the following areas;
The Department of Economics, Accounting, and natural science and math, social and behavioral
Business also offers a minor in marketing. The sciences, humanities and fine arts; English 101
marketing minor focuses on the core elements of Composition or equivalent and Math 108: Finite
marketing and the related fields of professional Math or equivalent.
writing and graphic design.
Degree Completion Program Core
Required courses: Requirements
ECN 201: Microeconomics..........................3 hours Orientation to Online Learning/
BAD 340: Marketing Principles...................3 hours Introductory Course.................................0 hours
BAD 344: Consumer Behavior.....................3 hours BAD 206 Business Communication.............3 hours
BAD 345: Integrated Marketing CSC 208 Data for Business..........................3 hours
Communication.......................................3 hours ECN 201 Microeconomics...........................3 hours
ENG 291: Introduction to ECN 202 Macroeconomics..........................3 hours
Professional Writing....................................3 hours BAD 330 Management.................................3 hours
ART 124: Graphic Design............................3 hours BAD 340 Marketing Principles....................3 hours
One course from the following:.............. 3- 4 hours ACC 211 Accounting Principles I 3 hours
BAD 443: International Marketing ACC 212 Accounting Principles II...............3 hours
BAD 442: Marketing Research ACC 375 Financial Statement Analysis........4 hours
BAD 347: Professional Selling ECN 304 Decision Tools for Business 4 hours
BAD 330: Management BAD 450 Strategic Management:
ACC 211: Accounting Principles Real World Cases in Business..................3 hours
THR 260: Arts Management ECN 400 Senior Seminar (Capstone)...........3 hours
THR 120: Public Speaking Total Hours for Core Requirements.... 38 hours
ART 282: Introduction to Interior Design
One other 300 or 400 level course in Economics Minimum hours required for admission....48 hours
or Business Administration Business and Profession Career
Total hours for a Marketing Minor....... 21-22 hours elective hours.........................................15 hours
Electives either business or nonbusiness....19 hours
Bachelor of Arts Degree Completion Program TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS
Completion programs are offered for completion of WITH A BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree MAJOR.............................................. 120 hours
and require a minimum number of incoming,
transferable undergraduate credits from regionally COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
accredited institutions. These programs are ECONOMICS
61
 *125. FIRST- YEAR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS requirement. Writing Intensive.
GEP. First-Year Seminars constitute a common and
academically significant experience in a students *202. MACROECONOMIC PRINCIPLES/
first year at Converse College. All incoming first- THREE CREDITS
year students are required to take a 3-credit hour GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course is an
FYS in the fall semester, choosing from a variety introduction to national income determination,
of discipline specific topics. Each FYS carries the monetary and fiscal policy, and international trade.
corresponding departmental prefix, but with the Quantitative GEP requirement. Writing Intensive.
common course number (except for designated *291. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ECONOMICS/
honors sections). Each FYS course is designed to THREE OR FOUR CREDITS
have no more than 18 students, and counts in GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. The topics in this
some designated category of the General Education course will vary depending on available staff and
Program. Strong writing and speaking components are interest of the students. It is intended to expose
required elements of the course. students to some introductory studies in the area
*150. ECONOMIC CONCEPTS/THREE CREDITS of economics.
GEP, Elective credit. This course examines the basic *299H.INTERDISCIPLINARY HONORS
micro- and macroeconomic principles as found COURSE/ THREE CREDITS
in the real world. The ideas of opportunity cost, GEP, Major, Elective credit. This course is team taught
supply and demand, the workings of markets, by members in two departments and is open to
monopoly, unemployment, inflation, economic Nisbet Honors Program participants and to others
growth, international trade and other selected who meet Honors Program guidelines. All students
topics are discussed. No credit will be granted to any registering for these courses must register not only
student taking ECN 150 who successfully completed through the Honors Program but also with their
ECN 125. adviser and the Registrars Office.
191. APPLICATIONS OF EXCEL IN ECONOMICS/ *300. DESCRIPTIVE AND
ONE CREDIT INFERENTIAL STATISTICS/ FOUR CREDITS
Elective. This course will give students hand-on Major, Minor credit. This course examines some of
experience in applying Excel spreadsheets to real- the methods of describing and presenting both
world situations and problems. Topics discussed quantitative and qualitative data. Probability
include but are not limited to the following: writing techniques and principles are studied as these
basic formulas: using the statistical, financial, and are necessary for conducting and interpreting
other formulas in the Excel package; using the inferential statistical tests and techniques. Meets
regression and the correlation analysis tools of Quantitative GEP requirement.
Excel; creating and formatting tables, charts and
graphs to express quantitative data in a visual 301. INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMIC
format; writing Macros to fit business situations. THEORY/ THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ECN 201
*199H. FRESHMAN HONORS SEMINAR/ and 202. This intermediate-level price theory course
THREE CREDITS deals with the economic behavior of individual units
GEP, Elective credit. The Honors course selects such as consumers, firms and resource owners.
subjects within the discipline that will vary from
term to term. The course is designed to encourage 302. INTERMEDIATE
student participation in class discussions, special MACROECONOMIC THEORY/ THREE CREDITS
projects, solutions of problems, and defense of Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ECN 201
positions. Honors classes are often concentrated and 202. This intermediate-level course examines
in current problems that are topics of other the determination of national income, employment
particular course offerings. A maximum of three and monetary policy.
credits shall be granted for duplicated course work. 304. DECISION TOOLS FOR BUSINESS/
Offered periodically in rotation with seminars in other FOUR CREDITS
disciplines. Major, Minor credit. Prerequisites: ECN 201, 202,
*201. MICROECONOMIC PRINCIPLES/ ECN 300 or permission of the instructor. Various
THREE CREDITS mathematical techniques are employed in
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course is an examining problems encountered in business and
introductory study of market structures, products, economics. These techniques include optimization,
and factors of production. Quantitative GEP regression, decision- making, linear programming,
PERT/CPM and inventory management models.
62
 Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ECN 201
321. MONEY AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS/ and 202. This course examines the theoretical bases
THREE CREDITS for international trade, comparative advantages,
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ECN 202. and the Heckscher-Ohlin model. The effect of trade
This course examines the role of money and of barriers on the world economy is also explored.
monetary and financial institutions on the aggregate The importance of trade in the world economy,
economy. There is an emphasis on the history, the mechanism of international payments, and
structure, and function of the banking system. The the nature of fixed and flexible exchange rate
tools of monetary policy and how monetary policy systems are studied. The firms decision making
impacts the aggregate economy are also discussed. process in entering a market in a foreign country
is examined. The course also examines the cultural,
323. ECONOMIC PROBLEMS OF DEVELOPING historical and political environments that impact
COUNTRIES/ THREE CREDITS multinational firms operations.
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ECN 201
and 202. Economic progress and development in 331.PERSONNEL ECONOMICS FOR MANAGERS/
the emerging nations of the world are the main THREE CREDITS
points of investigation. This is an interdisciplinary Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ECN 326.
approach to the economic, political and sociological This course uses economic theory to examine
factors involved in developing the economies of issues related to hiring, compensation, productivity
low per capita income countries. measures, motivation, and employee turnover.
Human capital theory is also addressed as is internal
324. BUSINESS AND THE PUBLIC SECTOR/ politics and employee empowerment.
THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ECN *345. AMERICAN ECONOMIC HISTORY/
201 and 202. This course is an examination of THREE CREDITS
the rationale for government involvement in the GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ECN
economy, a study of the sources and uses of public 201 and 202 or consent of instructor. This course
funds, and the impact of these policies on the studies the economic development of the United
economy. Regulation and anti-monopoly policies States from the colonial period to the present. The
are also examined. interrelated changes in economic performance,
technology, institutions, and governmental policy
325. MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS/ are emphasized. Such topics as early development,
THREE CREDITS transportation, population growth, technological
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ECN 201 change, financial development, and the role of
and 202. This course illustrates the role of economic government are covered.
intuitions in making sound business decisions. The
course emphasizes logic and conceptual modeling, 349. SPORTS ECONOMICS AND FINANCE/
reinforced by real-life examples, to highlight the THREE CREDITS
pivotal link between economics and key business Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ECN
concerns such as costs, prices, markets and 201.The course examines the basic concepts of
personnel. Students will learn to weigh the strategic economics, supply and demand, and applies
costs and benefits of each business choice, instead these concepts in a sports environment, seeking to
of relying on popular quick-fix solutions. determine how sports teams derive revenues and
how the teams convert those revenues into profits
326. LABOR ECONOMICS/THREE CREDITS for the owners. Other topics include the value of
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ECN 201 new franchises, the value of expansion of teams,
and 202. Labor supply, labor demand, and their the location of teams in different markets, and
interaction in the determination of wage rates are competitive balance. Issues of player salaries and
the points of examination for this course. Wage labor relations, the role of government, and the
differentials are examined in light of market, economics of college athletics will be discussed.
institutional, and sociological factors. Discussions Cross-listed with BAD 349.
of labor unions and their economic effects are held
as are examinations of macroeconomic topics such 365. COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS/
as unemployment and inflation. THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ECN 201
and 202. A study of the major economic models and
philosophies used by various countries is the focus
327. INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS/THREE of the course. Emphasis is placed on theoretical and
CREDITS
63
 real world comparison and assessment. Capitalism, Prerequisite: Minimum 12 hours in major within
communism and democratic socialism are the department; 2.5 GPA in major; and permission of the
models covered. faculty director. The internship involves the student
in a business or governmental agency related to the
380. HEALTHCARE ECONOMICS AND POLICY/ students career choice. A journal of the internship,
THREE CREDITS plus a possible presentation is required. Pass/fail
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ECN 201 grading.
and ECN 202. Healthcare economics and policy
applies microeconomic principles to healthcare ACCOUNTING
delivery and healthcare polices. The course 191. APPLICATIONS OF EXCEL
explores the changing nature of healthcare, social IN ACCOUNTING/ONE CREDIT
and political issues, and the future of healthcare Elective. This course will give students hand-on
delivery and finance under the Affordable Care experience in applying Excel spreadsheets to real-
Act. This course will also compare and contrast world situations and problems. Topics discussed
the United States and its lifestyle, cultural and include but are not limited to the following: writing
economic characteristics to those of other basic formulas: using the statistical, financial, and
developed countries to help students challenge other formulas in the Excel package; using the
their assumptions about healthcare. regression and the correlation analysis tools of
Excel; creating and formatting tables, charts and
399. STUDY/TRAVEL SEMINAR/ graphs to express quantitative data in a visual
ONE TO FOUR CREDITS format; writing Macros to fit business situations
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ECN 201
and ECN 202 or permission of the instructor. This *211. ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES I/
course will focus on an economic or business THREE CREDITS
question that will vary from year to year. Students Major, Elective credit. This study of the basic
will be involved in intense seminars prior to and techniques of financial accounting emphasizes the
following a short-term travel program. processes of recording, classifying, summarizing,
and interpreting business transactions. Topics
400. SENIOR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS covered include balance sheet and income
Major credit. Prerequisite: Senior status, or permission statement preparation with an emphasis on the
of department chair. A capstone course is required of asset side of the balance sheet and related income
all majors in the department, including accounting, statement accounts. Quantitative GEP requirement.
business administration, and economics. The course
is designed to simulate real-world experiences faced 212. ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES II/
by managers and executives in for-profit, not-for- THREE CREDITS
profit, and governmental organizations. Students Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ACC 211 with
are assigned to teams to explore solutions to various a grade of C- or above. This is a continuation of
problems. Each team and team member will submit ACC 211. Management accounting topics such as
written reports and give oral presentations of their product costing, budgeting, and decision-making
findings. Quantitative GEP requirement. Capstone. are studied.
401. SPECIAL TOPICS/THREE CREDITS 351. INTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL
JAN TERM/FOUR CREDITS ACCOUNTING I/ FOUR CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. The topics in this course Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ACC 212.
will vary depending on available staff and interest Accounting theory and concepts in relation to
of the students. It is intended to expose students asset and liability recognition and measurement are
to some advanced studies in the area of economics. emphasized.
490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY 352. INTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL
IN SPECIAL TOPICS/THREE CREDITS ACCOUNTING II/ FOUR CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Departmental Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ACC 351. This
approval. This independent course is for advanced continuation of ACC 351 places primary emphasis
study of a topic not covered in any other course, on theory and concepts involving stockholders
under faculty guidance and instruction. May be equity, investment, cash flows and issues related to
repeated for credit. income measurement.

499. ECONOMICS INTERNSHIP/

ONE TO SIX CREDITS 375. FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS/
FOUR CREDITS

64
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ACC Prerequisites: ACC 352, 409, 451, 462 or permission of
211 and ACC 212. This course will help students instructor. Topics are chosen yearly based on current
develop the skills necessary to analyze and interpret changes in the accounting profession.
financial statements of corporations. Students will
explore financial reporting topics introduced in 499. ACCOUNTING INTERNSHIP/
ACC 211. Additional topics will include return ONE TO SIX CREDITS
on invested capital, profitability and investment Prerequisite: At least 12 hours in major in
analysis. This analysis viewpoint is that of the user department;2.5 GPA in major; and permission of the
of financial statements. faculty director. The internship provides experience
in public, private, or non-profit accounting. A
380. ACCOUNTING AND BUSINESS journal of the internship is required. Pass/fail
INFORMATION SYSTEMS/FOUR CREDITS grading.
Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ACC 211 or
instructors permission. Study of business information FINANCE
systems for future business professionals. This *125. FIRST- YEAR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS
course is intended to lay a foundation for providing GEP. First-Year Seminars constitute a common and
accounting user support, information technology academically significant experience in a students
and problem solving. Students are exposed to a first year at Converse College. All incoming first-
variety of information technologies and methods year students are required to take a 3-credit hour
of analysis of business processes. Advantages and FYS in the fall semester, choosing from a variety
disadvantages of the different technologies are of discipline specific topics. Each FYS carries the
highlighted and discussed. corresponding departmental prefix, but with the
common course number (except for designated
401. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ACCOUNTING/ honors sections). Each FYS course is designed to
ONE TO FOUR CREDITS have no more than 18 students, and counts in
Topics will depend on available staff and interest some designated category of the General Education
level of students. Program. Strong writing and speaking components are
required elements of the course.
409. TAX ACCOUNTING/THREE CREDITS
Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ACC 211. This *200. PERSONAL FINANCE/THREE CREDITS/
course is an introduction to the basic structure of FOUR CREDITS IN JAN TERM
the federal income tax with emphasis on individual Elective credit. This course is a study of personal
tax provisions. financial decision-making. The course provides a
knowledge of the tools to make both short-term and
451. COST ACCOUNTING/THREE CREDITS long-term financial plans. Topics include budgeting,
Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ACC 212 OR consumer credit, insurance, investments, and
permission of the instructor. Manufacturing inventory, savings. Topics of current consumer importance are
costs, related management controls, and decision also covered. The material for the Jan Term course
processes are covered. will be viewed through the perspective of the Bible.
452. COST ACCOUNTING II/THREE CREDITS No credit given if successfully complete FIN 125. Meets
Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ACC 212. Pricing Quantitative GEP requirement.
and costing methods are examined as well as 321. MONEY AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS/
decision models used for inventory planning and THREE CREDITS
capital budgets. Same as ECN 321.
461. ADVANCED ACCOUNTING/ 324. BUSINESS AND THE PUBLIC
THREE CREDITS SECTOR/ THREE CREDITS
Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ACC 352. Business Same as ECN324.
combinations, consolidations, non-profit and
governmental accounting and foreign currency 370. BUSINESS FINANCE/FOUR CREDITS
issues are examined. Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ACC 212.
Planning, analyzing, and reporting the financing
462. AUDITING/THREE CREDITS of business operations are examined in the course.
Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ACC 351. This Working capital, long term financing, capital
course examines the theory and practice of budgeting, and cost of capital are also covered.
examination of financial statements by public The use of present and future values of financial
accountants. amounts are stressed.
463: CURRENT ISSUES IN ACCOUNTING/ 372. ADVANCED BUSINESS FINANCE/
THREE CREDITS THREE CREDITS
65
 Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: FIN 370. mechanics, analyze and write common business
This course provides an in-depth study of various documents such as emails, reports and proposals,
theories and techniques of the major areas of letters, memoranda, and resumes, and complete an
corporate finance. Case studies and selected oral presentation and practice interview.
readings are employed in this course.
245. SOCIOLOGY OF WORK/THREE CREDITS
373. SECURITIES ANALYSIS AND PORTFOLIO Same as SOC 245.
MANAGEMENT/THREE CREDITS
Major credit. Prerequisite: FIN 370. This course is 260. COMPLEX ORGANIZATIONS/
designed to acquaint the student with advanced THREE CREDITS
theories of the analysis of security valuation and Same as SOC 260.
risk, choice of assets for an investment portfolio, *291. SPECIAL TOPICS IN BUSINESS/
and evaluation of portfolio performance. THREE OR FOUR CREDITS
490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. The topics in this
IN SPECIAL TOPICS/ THREE CREDITS course will vary depending on available staff and
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Departmental interest of the students. It is intended to expose
approval. This independent course is an advanced students to some theoretical and research based
study of a topic not covered in any other course, study in the field of business.
under faculty guidance and instruction. May be 300. DESCRIPTIVE AND INFERENTIAL
repeated for credit. STATISTICS/ FOUR CREDITS
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Same as ECN 300. Meets Quantitative GEP
*125. FIRST- YEAR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS requirement.
GEP. First-Year Seminars constitute a common and 330. MANAGEMENT/THREE CREDITS
academically significant experience in a students Major, Minor, Elective credit. The objective of this
first year at Converse College. All incoming first- course is to acquaint students with the job of the
year students are required to take a 3-credit hour manager as well as the techniques of planning,
FYS in the fall semester, choosing from a variety organizing, motivating, leading, communicating,
of discipline specific topics. Each FYS carries the staffing, controlling and evaluating. The course
corresponding departmental prefix, but with the also explores the evolution of management theory
common course number (except for designated from the early classical theories to management by
honors sections). Each FYS course is designed to objectives. The course makes extensive use of the
have no more than 18 students, and counts in case study method of instruction.
some designated category of the General Education
Program. Strong writing and speaking components are 340. MARKETING PRINCIPLES/THREE CREDITS
required elements of the course. Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course introduces
the student to basic marketing concepts and
191. APPLICATIONS OF EXCEL IN BUSINESS applications and provides an overview of
ADMINISTRATION/ONE CREDIT marketing. Topics include the role of marketing
Elective. This course will give students hand-on within the firm, marketing research, consumer
experience in applying Excel spreadsheets to real- behavior, product development, pricing, channels
world situations and problems. Topics discussed and distribution and promotional strategy.
include but are not limited to the following: writing
basic formulas: using the statistical, financial, and 344. CONSUMER BEHAVIOR/THREE CREDITS
other formulas in the Excel package; using the Major, Minor, Elective credit. BAD 340 is
regression and the correlation analysis tools of recommended but not required. The emphasis
Excel; creating and formatting tables, charts and in this course will be on understanding the
graphs to express quantitative data in a visual psychological, social, and socioeconomic factors
format; writing Macros to fit business situations affecting consumer purchase, use and disposition
of products and services. Topics covered include
206. BUSINESS COMMUNICATION/ consumer motivation, learning, psychographics,
THREE CREDITS decision making processes and the influence of
Major, Elective credit. This course will help students culture and groups.
develop the communications strategies they need to
be successful in the workplace. The course develops
writing, oral and collaborative skills through hands-
on practice. Students will review grammar and 345. INTEGRATED MARKETING
COMMUNICATIONS/ THREE OR FOUR CREDITS
66
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: BAD 340 is contracts, torts and the UCC, including secured
recommended but not required. The emphasis in this transactions, negotiable instruments and sales.
course will be on the role of integrated marketing
communications (IMC) in the marketing plan of an 352. BUSINESS ORGANIZATIONS, PROPERTY,
organization. Topics covered include advertising, AND COMMERCIAL LAW/THREE CREDITS
public relations, sales promotions, interactive Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course examines
marketing and direct marketing, as well as the the laws governing business associations and related
process of developing an IMC program, and various subjects such as bailments, agency, partnerships,
factors that influence this process. corporations, and regulation of business, trusts and
estates.
347. PROFESSIONAL SELLING
THREE CREDITS OR FOUR CREDITS 353. LABOR AND HUMAN
Major, Minor, Elective credit. BAD 340 recommended RELATIONS LAW/ THREE CREDITS
but not required. This course will be an overview of Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course examines the
professional selling with an emphasis on the sales legislation and regulation related to management
process. The emphasis will be on understanding and record keeping in the personnel area of for-
and applying the tools salespeople use to identity profit and not-for-profit organizations. Legislation
prospects, analyze their needs, offer solutions, dealing with labor unions will also be discussed.
respond to objections, close the sale and build the 399. STUDY/TRAVEL SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS
relationship. Sales management and how the sales Same as ECN 399.
function fits into the overall marketing function
and the organization will also be covered. 401. SPECIAL TOPICS IN BUSINESS
THREE OR FOUR CREDITS
348. SPORTS MARKETING/THREE CREDITS Major, Minor, Elective credit. The topics will vary
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: BAD 340 depending on available staff and interest of the
is recommended but not required. This course is an students.
introduction to the field of sports marketing. Both
the marketing of sports products and teams, and 442. MARKETING RESEARCH/FOUR CREDITS
the use of sports as a marketing tool, for other Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: BAD 340.
products and brands are covered. Topics include This course involves the student in the systematic
sponsorship, endorsement, licensing and venue and objective process of generating information
naming rights, the marketing of professional, to aid in decision-making. This process includes
amateur and participation-oriented sports, the problem formulation, research design, data
marketing of a broad array of sports-related collection, data analysis and communication (both
products such as sporting goods and apparel, and written and oral) of research results.
emerging issues in the field. 443. INTERNATIONAL MARKETING/
349. SPORTS ECONOMICS AND FINANCE/ THREE CREDITS
THREE CREDITS Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: BAD 340.
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ECN This course focuses on the opportunities, problems
201.The course examines the basic concepts of and logistics involved in formulating strategies for
economics, supply and demand, and applies marketing across national borders. Topics include
these concepts in a sports environment, seeking to the economic, sociocultural, political/legal and
determine how sports teams derive revenues and competitive environments and their impact on
how the teams convert those revenues into profits marketing strategy.
for the owners. Other topics include the value of 450. STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT: REAL
new franchises, the value of expansion of teams, WORLD CASES IN BUSINESS/THREE CREDITS
the location of teams in different markets, and Major, Elective credit. Prerequisites: BAD 206, CSC
competitive balance. Issues of player salaries and 208, ECN 201, ECN 202, BAD 330, BAD 340, ACC
labor relations, the role of government, and the 211, ACC 212, ACC 375, ECN 304. The course will
economics of college athletics will be discussed. require students to apply skills and knowledge
Cross listed with ECN 349. acquired in the previous courses to provide oral
351. AMERICAN LEGAL SYSTEM and written solutions to real business situations.
AND CONTRACTS/ THREE CREDITS The course will focus on the application of previous
Major, Minor, Elective credit. This introductory learning in the analysis of case studies. Students
course is an examination of the American legal will be responsible for analyzing, writing and orally
system, judicial procedures, and the laws governing presenting analysis of various real business case

67
 studies. Major, Elective credit. The course is designed to
provide the student with a detailed understanding
490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY of community and public health epidemiology
IN SPECIAL TOPICS/THREE CREDITS concepts and issues. Topics include population
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: departmental health management, disease management, public
approval. This independent course of advanced health services and ethical issues within public
study under faculty guidance and instruction health sectors.
examines a topic not covered in any other course.
May be repeated for credit. 451. HEALTHCARE LEGAL AND ETHICAL
ISSUES/THREE CREDITS
499. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Major, Elective credit. Legal and ethical issues
INTERNSHIP/ ONE TO SIX CREDITS directly related to the healthcare industry are
Prerequisite: At least 12 hours in major in department; addressed in the course. Specific issues covered
2.5 GPA in major; and permission of the faculty director. include risk management, regulatory compliance,
The student will be engaged in an internship in a malpractice, and end-of-life situations.
business or governmental agency that relates to the
students career choice. The internship is graded on 470. HEALTHCARE FINANCE AND
a pass/ fail basis. A journal of the internship, plus a ACCOUNTING/THREE CREDITS
possible presentation, is required. Pass/fail grading. Major, Elective credit. This course exposes the
student to the specialized finance and accounting
HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATION considerations within the healthcare environment.
206. HEALTHCARE COMMUNICATIONS/THREE
CREDITS 471. FACILITY PLANNING AND THE
Major, Elective credit. This course stresses effective ENVIRONMENT OF CARE/THREE CREDITS
communication in the healthcare environment. Major, Elective credit. This course addresses the
Methods and techniques are presented which integration of regulatory requirements, financial
will enable individuals working in the healthcare constraints and healthcare needs in the planning
industry to communicate effectively and and construction of healthcare facilities.
professionally with medical staff, patients and 499. HEALTHCARE INTERNSHIP/THREE TO SIX
family members. CREDITS
330. ADMINISTRATION, MANAGEMENT AND Major. Prerequisite: Minimum of 12 hours in major
LEADERSHIP/THREE CREDITS within the department; 2.5 GPA in the major; and
Major, Elective credit. This course addresses permission of the director. The student will be engaged
administrative and management issues within the in a business or governmental agency related
healthcare environment. Leadership concepts, to the students career choice in the healthcare
methods and skills are an integral part of the course. environment. A journal of the internship, plus a
possible presentation, is required. Pass/fail grading.
350. HEALTHCARE DELIVERY SYSTEMS/THREE
CREDITS SOCIOLOGY
Major, Elective credit. This course examines the *100. PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY/
healthcare delivery systems of the United States THREE CREDITS
and other nations. Specific issues examined include GEP, Elective credit. A study of the basic sociological
basic healthcare economics and policy, accountable concepts and their logical and empirical relations,
care organizations, quality outcomes, and other including those factors would contribute to the
healthcare concerns. emergence, persistence and change in social
relationships.
360. INFORMATICS AND TECHNOLOGY/THREE
CREDITS *125. FIRST- YEAR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS
Major, Elective credits. This course is an overview of GEP. First-Year Seminars constitute a common and
the issues related to the management of healthcare academically significant experience in a students
information. Additionally, the course studies the first year at Converse College. All incoming first-
technology used to manage and transmit medical year students are required to take a 3-credit hour
information among healthcare providers. FYS in the fall semester, choosing from a variety
of discipline specific topics. Each FYS carries the
corresponding departmental prefix, but with the
common course number (except for designated
430. COMMUNITY AND PUBLIC HEALTH honors sections). Each FYS course is designed to
EPIDEMIOLOGY/THREE CREDITS have no more than 18 students, and counts in

68
some designated category of the General Education
Program. Strong writing and speaking components are *492. SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY/
required elements of the course. THREE CREDITS
GEP, Elective credit. A consideration of classical to
*245. SOCIOLOGY OF WORK/THREE CREDITS contemporary theories, with emphasis on formal
GEP, Elective credit. A study of the social history of theory building and the influence that theory and
the concept of work and the social-psychological research have on each other.
consequences of the development of self in the
microenvironment of work.
*250. OCCUPATIONS AND PROFESSIONS/
THREE CREDITS
GEP, Elective credit. A study of the history and
structure of specific occupations and professions
and the study of theories of professionalism.
*260. COMPLEX ORGANIZATIONS/
THREE CREDITS
GEP, Elective credit. A study of formal organizations,
theories of complex organizations, and the social-
psychological consequences for the development of
self in the macro-environment of work.
*270. CRIMINOLOGY/THREE CREDITS
GEP, Elective credit. A focus on theories of
criminology as related to significant research
concerning causes, extent, social and economic
cost, and ecology of crime. A second emphasis will
be placed on criminal justice issues of practices
within police, criminal, and juvenile courts, as well
as problems of prison, reformatories, prevention,
and rehabilitation.
*302. SOCIAL STRATIFICATION/THREE
CREDITS
GEP, Elective credit. A study of institutionalized
patterns of economic, political, social, and prestige
differentiation and the importance of class or
stratum placement in determining opportunities,
style of life, and patterns of interaction.
*306. THE FAMILY/THREE CREDITS
GEP, Elective credit. A cross-cultural approach
to marriage and the family with emphasis on
historical changes and the modern American
family, particularly in its relation to other social
institutions.
*309. SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIOLOGY/
THREE CREDITS
GEP, Elective credit. Studies in topics in issues,
figures of movements in sociology.
*310. SOCIAL PROBLEMS/THREE CREDITS
GEP, Elective credit. A study of selected contemporary
social problems and issues through a number of
theoretical perspectives. Emphasis will be placed
on the analysis of these issues, the human value
systems applicable, and understanding these issues
in their larger social context.
69
 DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
ANSLEY H. BOGGS, chair, D. WAYNE CHESER, REED CHEWNING, R. LEE GIVENS, JR, KATHY GOOD,
JULIE JONES, KELLY MAGUIRE, DELIA MALONE, MARGARET PARK, DANIELLE ROBERTSON,
TERRELL S. TRACY

THE IDEAL EDUCATOR 3. Demonstrates knowledge of content and

A single conceptual framework guides the standards by integrating them into planning
Professional Education Unit at Converse College. and instruction.
The Units framework is built on the premise that 4. Demonstrates knowledge of technology and
its mission is to prepare candidates for their roles the value of its use by integrating it into a
as educators to become The Ideal Educator. This variety of areas.
Ideal is the guiding concept for program design in 5. Demonstrates knowledge of and competence
each of the Units programs. in assessment and evaluation of
students, instruction, and self through the
The conceptual framework serves as the basis for utilization of informal and formal methods.
course design, clinical practice, and assessment for 6. Demonstrates skills in management.
all programs. The framework insures a relationship 7. Demonstrates a positive attitude toward
among curriculum, instruction, field experiences, professionalism.
clinical practice, and assessment across programs.
The framework is shared with the professional The Converse College Department of Education
community, and input from those stakeholders is a is the central undergraduate home for teacher
part of the decision-making process for programs. education programs in Education. The Department
of Education offers the Bachelor of Arts degree in
The Units mission, therefore, is to prepare educators the following teacher education programs: art (PK
who will contribute to the development of society 12), early childhood (PK3), elementary (26),
and the individual. The college philosophy is comprehensive special education (PK12), deaf and
reflected in the framework as Converse prepares hard of hearing (PK12), intellectual disabilities
candidates through opportunities to experience (PK12), learning disabilities (PK12), English
excellent teaching and advising, to use effective (912), mathematics (9 12), science (biology or
technology tools, to experience the work place chemistry) (912), and social studies (912).
through clinical practice, and to engage in
collaborative relationships with P-12 schools and Bachelor of Music degree in music education
their communities. (choral and instrumental) (PK12), resides in the
Petrie School of Music. This degree has a specific
The Conceptual Framework is based on the course of study. Details are in the Petrie School of
Founders Ideal, in which Dexter Edgar Converse Music Student Handbook and the Undergraduate
said his desire was that Converse students may Catalog. The Department of Art and Design offers
be enabled to see clearly, decide wisely, and to act the Bachelor of Arts in Art Education (PK-12).
justly. Those three ideas are at the heart of the Details are in the Undergraduate Catalog. Full-
Conceptual Framework and guide instruction in time Converse faculty members teach a majority of
all Converse professional education courses, both the education courses in each program. Students
undergraduate and graduate. These ideas define interested in teaching as a career may complete one
our concept of The Ideal Educator. or more of the programs described in this section.
The Institutional Standards Students who fulfill the requirements of one or
Professional education courses and experiences, more of these programs can meet the certification
combined with liberal arts courses, promote the requirements for teachers in South Carolina and
acquisition of knowledge, skills, and dispositions in several other states. Those who wish to teach
essential for The Ideal Educator. These learning on the secondary level complete a 30-hour minor
outcomes embody the following Institutional (32 for science teachers) in secondary education to
Standards that the instructional program meets. complement appropriate liberal arts major.

The Ideal Educator: The teacher education certification program prepares

1. Demonstrates knowledge of and respect for teacher candidates to become well-qualified teachers
individual differences by differentiating and licensed professionals who possess knowledge
instruction for the diverse needs of all learners. and skills in innovative teaching methods and
2. Demonstrates knowledge of and competence research-based practice. Candidates follow the
in innovative instructional strategies. teacher education program as outlined in the Teacher

70
Education Handbook found on the Converse College background check. Details about this application
website. Student teaching is the capstone experience and other requirements are available on the
for all teacher education programs. department webpage at www.converse.edu., on the
All education majors must take the CORE PRAXIS South Carolina State Department website: https://
(or have qualifying SAT/ACT scores) and PRAXIS II ed.sc.gov and from departmental staff. Generally,
examinations as well as the Principles of Learning the applications for certification are due to the
and Teaching examination before graduation. Education Department by December 1, a year
in advance of Fall Term student teaching, and by
ADMISSION TO TEACHER EDUCATION May 1, a year in advance of Spring Term student
Teacher candidates should be familiar with the teaching. Passing scores on both the CORE PRAXIS
department website that contains descriptions of and the appropriate PRAXIS Subject Assessments
majors/minors, The Teacher Education Handbook, are among the requirements for certification.
the Clinical Experience Handbook, the Student Because test requirements change, students should
Teaching Handbook, important details, policies and consult the State Department website: https://ed.sc.
announcements. gov to be sure they register for the appropriate
After completing 45 hours of coursework, a student PRAXIS II test(s). Students must request that the
applies for admission to the Teacher Education Educational Testing Service submit their scores for
Admission Program. In order to be admitted, the CORE PRAXIS and PRAXIS Subject Assessments
student must have met the following criteria: both to Converse and to the South Carolina State
1. 2.75 minimum cumulative GPA, Department of Education.
2. passing grade in the first major clinical in their The General Education Program is a requirement
major program, for all degrees. The requirements listed below are
3. passing scores on the CORE PRAXIS exams or approved for the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of
have qualifying SAT or ACT scores, Science and Bachelor of Fine Arts.
4. submission of completed application
ENG 101.....................................................3 hours
Resources are available to help a student prepare for Language and Culture.................................9 hours
the CORE PRAXIS exams. Admission to the Teacher MTH 108 or higher.....................................3 hours
Education Program is a prerequisite to enrolling One course designated as
in Benchmark II courses. For transfer students, Quantitative reasoning............................ 3-4 hours
Converse uses all attempted course work prior Health and Well-being Wellness..................2 hours
to enrollment at Converse and all course work at Activity course......................................... 1-2 hours
Converse to determine cumulative GPA. Converse Humanities..................................................6 hours
will cancel a failing grade at another institution Literature.....................................................3 hours
if a student retakes and passes a comparable Fine Arts.....................................................6 hours
course at Converse, and if the Registrar approves. Natural Science....................................... 7-8 hours
Such cancellation makes the policy for transfers Social Science..............................................6 hours
compatible with the Converse policy for retaking Total..............................................49-52 hours
courses.
Graduation requirements but not a separate course:
During the senior year, students are eligible for a First Year Seminar
placement in student teaching. A student planning Writing Intensive course
to student teach in the Fall Term of her senior year Non-European/non-Anglophone course
must submit her request for placement by March Capstone experience.
1 of the junior year. A student planning to student
teach in the Spring Term of her senior year must For more information see the GEP requirements in
submit her request for placement by October 1 this catalog.
of the senior year. Only those students currently
accepted in a degree program can be eligible Course work in all major and minor teacher
for student teaching. Beginning in Fall 2017, in education programs includes instruction in the
order to be placed for student teaching, teacher use of computer technology and software, SC
candidates must pass the state required PRAXIS Academic Standards and SC Safe School Climate
Subject Assessments in the area of student teaching. Act. Before student teaching, students must
complete two sequential, incremental clinical
Other requirements prior to student teaching experiences and EXPANDED ADEPT training. The
include an application for certification to the South two clinical experiences include at least 100 hours
Carolina State Department of Education and a FBI of participation. Teacher candidates complete work

71
 and projects throughout their major coursework EDU 101: Clinical I: Reading and
aligned with the South Carolina EXPANDED Language Arts...........................................1 hours
ADEPT, including the Teacher Work Sample. EDU 102: Clinical II: Early Childhood ........0 hours
Beginning in Fall 2017, in order to be placed for EDU 303: Mathematics for the
student teaching, teacher candidates must pass the Elementary Child.....................................3 hours
state required PRAXIS Subject Assessments in the EDU 305: Behavior and Development of
area of student teaching. the Young Child.......................................3 hours
EDU 307: Reading and Language Arts
All states require completion of a program of in Early Childhood Classrooms 3 hours
general education for teacher certification. The EDU 309: Literature for the Child...............3 hours
requirements of these programs vary from state EDU 360: Introduction to Education...........3 hours
to state. The Converse GEP includes many of the EDU 403: Methods and Materials for
requirements of other states. However, if a student Early Childhood.......................................3 hours
wants to meet the requirements of a specific state, EDU 405: Curriculum for Early Childhood
she may need to make certain choices in the GEP. Education.................................................3 hours
The student should write directly to the state EDU 409: Elementary Curriculum..............3 hours
department of education for complete and up- EDU 412b: Directed Student Teaching 12 hours
to- date information about teacher certification in SED 300: Introduction to Exceptional
states in which she may wish to teach. Learners...................................................3 hours
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH AN EARLY PSY 380: Human Growth and
CHILDHOOD EDUCATION MAJOR Development............................................3 hours
The early childhood major is a program for Choose one from the following:...................3 hours
students interested in working with children HPE 393: Health and Physical Education
in pre-kindergarten through third grade. This for Elementary Teachers
program leads to PK3 certification in South ART 311: Art for the Child
Carolina. The early childhood major combines MUE 370: Music for the Child
observations of young children, instructional TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS
methodology, program planning for PK3 children, WITH AN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
and information about the childs social, emotional, MAJOR................................................ 46 hours
physical, and intellectual development. Beginning
in Fall 2017, all early childhood majors are Majors in early childhood must also complete two
required to pass the PRAXIS Subject Assessments sequential, incremental clinicals. In the first clinical,
required for certification in their area of student EDU 101 they observe and work with an individual
teaching in order to be placed in a student teaching child in grades 12 on reading instruction. In
setting. Teacher candidates should verify the test the second clinical, EDU 102, the students work
code numbers of the South Carolina requirement in an early childhood setting and plan, organize,
PRAXIS requirements, because the codes are and implement instruction with groups of young
subject to change. children. The students transcripts will reflect the
completion of these clinicals.
STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
1. Candidates will analyze child development and BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH AN ELEMENTARY
learning. EDUCATION MAJOR
2. Candidates will examine family and community The program in elementary education produces
relationships. well- qualified elementary teachers for grades 26
3. Candidates will observe, document, and assess and meets the majority of certification requirements
to support young children and families. in the states in which most Converse graduates prefer
4. Candidates will employ developmentally to teach. Students wishing to pursue this program
effective approaches. should meet with an appropriate adviser as soon
5. Candidates will use content knowledge to build as possible. Beginning in Fall 2017, all elementary
meaningful curriculum. education majors are required to pass the PRAXIS
Subject Assessments required for certification in
Required courses: Teacher candidates may their area of student teaching in order to be placed
take courses only in Benchmark I before being in a student teaching setting. Teacher candidates
admitted to the Teacher Education Program. See should verify the test code numbers of the South
the departmental webpage at converse.edu for a Carolina requirement PRAXIS requirements,
list of Benchmark courses and other important because the codes are subject to change.
information.

72
STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES SECONDARY EDUCATION MINOR
1. Candidates will use teaching strategies that The program in secondary education gives teacher
encourage students development of critical candidates of grades 912 professional competence
thinking and problem solving. and allows them to meet varying certification
2. Candidates apply concepts from reading, requirements. A student may complete secondary
language and child development, to teach education as a minor by taking a sequence of 30 (32
reading, writing, speaking, viewing, listening, for science teachers) hours of approved courses in
and thinking skills. education and psychology. The secondary education
3. Candidates use formal and informal assessment teacher candidate must major in an appropriate
strategies to plan, evaluate and strengthen academic area corresponding with the secondary
instruction. school curriculum, i.e., biology, chemistry, English,
mathematics, and for prospective social studies
Required courses: Teacher candidates may teacher candidates, either politics or history.
take courses only in Benchmark I before being Secondary education minors must complete the
admitted to the Teacher Education Program. See academic major requirements, all admission
the departmental webpage at converse.edu for a requirements for the Teacher Education Program,
list of Benchmark courses and other important and the minor in education. Students interested in
information. secondary teaching should declare their minor and
EDU 101: Clinical I: Reading........................ 1 hour meet with an education advisor in the Department
EDU 103: Clinical II: Elementary 3 hours of Education during their sophomore year. They
EDU 301: Reading and Language Arts in must select a teaching area and follow a prescribed
the Elementary Classroom........................3 hours sequence of courses necessary for graduation and
EDU 303: Mathematics for the teacher certification. Beginning in Fall 2017, all
Elementary Child........................................3 hours teacher candidates are required to pass the PRAXIS
EDU 309: Literature for the Child...............3 hours Subject Assessments required for certification in
EDU 314: Science for the Child...................3 hours their area of student teaching in order to be placed
EDU 315: Social Studies for the Child 3 hours in a student teaching setting. All teacher candidates
EDU 336: Language Arts: Integrating Intermediate pursuing certification in secondary education
Reading and, Writing...............................3 hours must meet with the designated minor adviser in
EDU 360: Introduction to Education.. 3 hours the pertinent certification area. Teacher candidates
EDU 361: Curriculum Design and Classroom should verify the test code numbers of the South
Management............................................3 hours Carolina requirement PRAXIS requirements,
EDU 372: Diagnostic Reading.....................3 hours because the codes are subject to change.
EDU 409: Elementary Curriculum..............3 hours Required courses: Teacher candidates may
EDU 412a: Directed Student Teaching.......12 hours take only courses in Benchmark I before being
SED 300: Introduction to Exceptional admitted to the Teacher Education Program. See
Learners...................................................3 hours the department webpage at converse.edu for a
PSY 380: Human Growth and list of Benchmark courses and other important
Development............................................3 hours information.
Choose one from the following....................3 hours PSY 380: Human Growth and
ART 311: Art for the Child Development............................................3 hours
MUE 370: Music for the Child SED 300: Introduction to Exceptional
HPE 393: Health and Physical Education Learners...................................................3 hours
for Elementary Teachers.. EDU 201: Clinical I: Secondary...................3 hours
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF EDU 202: Clinical II: Content Reading........0 hours
ARTS WITH AN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION EDU 360: Introduction to Education...........3 hours
MAJOR................................................ 58 hours EDU 412c: Directed Student Teaching.......12 hours
EDU 425: Teaching of Reading: Content
Students in this major must complete all admission Areas........................................................3 hours
requirements for the Teacher Education Program One of the following courses appropriate
and two sequential, incremental clinicals. In the for the certification area............................3 hours
first clinical, EDU 101, they observe and work EDU: 331 Secondary Curriculum and Methods
with an individual child (usually in grades 1-2) on for Math
reading instruction. In the second clinical, EDU EDU: 333 Secondary Curriculum and Methods
103, they work with large group instruction in an for Science
elementary setting. The students transcripts will EDU: 334 Secondary Curriculum and Methods for
reflect the completion of these clinicals. Social Studies
73
 EDU: 335 Secondary Curriculum and Methods Required courses: Teacher candidates may
for English Language Arts take courses only in Benchmark I before being
Total Hours for Secondary Education admitted to the Teacher Education Program. See
Minor................................................. 30 Hours the department webpage at converse.edu for a
list of Benchmark courses and other important
Additional requirements for science education
information.
Minor:
EDU 387: Laboratory Science Management SED 300: Introduction to Exceptional
(for prospective science teachers) 2 hours Learners...................................................3 hours
SED 361: Language Development and
Total Hours for Science
Disabilities...............................................3 hours
Education minor................................. 32 hours
SED 376: Assessment of Exceptional
Secondary teacher candidates must complete two Learners...................................................3 hours
sequential, incremental clinicals. In EDU 201, SED 380: Introduction to Intellectual
teacher candidates work with secondary teachers in Disabilities...............................................3 hours
their area of specialization. In the second clinical, SED 382a: Clinical II: Practicum in Intellectual
EDU 202, teacher candidates work in a public Disabilities...............................................3 hours
school setting on reading instruction in their SED 382b: Clinical II: Practicum
subject area. in Learning Disabilities.............................3 hours
SED 382c: Clinical II: Practicum in
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A Emotional Disabilities...............................3 hours
COMPREHENSIVE SPECIAL EDUCATION SED 386: Educational Procedures for
MAJOR Intellectual Disabilities..............................3 hours
The comprehensive special education block major, SED 395: Introduction to Learning
designed to prepare special education teacher Disabilities...............................................3 hours
candidates in grades PK12, includes 69 hours SED 396: Educational Procedures for
of coursework in intellectual disabilities, learning Learning Disabilities.................................3 hours
disabilities, emotional disabilities, and elementary SED 397: Introduction to Emotional
education. Teacher candidates complete an Disabilities...............................................3 hours
approved program in intellectual disabilities or SED 398: Educational Procedures for
learning disabilities and the add-on requirements Emotional Disabilities..............................3 hours
for certification in the additional areas. SED 405: Behavior and Classroom
Management............................................3 hours
Beginning in Fall 2017, all comprehensive special SED 412f or SED412g: Directed Student
education majors must pass the PRAXIS II Core Teaching.................................................12 hours
exams required for certification in the area of special EDU 101: Clinical I: Reading........................ 1 hour
education in which they are planning to student EDU 301: Reading and Language Arts
teach in order to be placed in a student teaching in Elementary Classroom.........................3 hours
setting. Teacher candidates should verify the test EDU 303: Mathematics for the Elementary
code numbers of the South Carolina requirement Child........................................................3 hours
PRAXIS requirements, because the codes are EDU 309: Literature for the Child...............3 hours
subject to change. EDU 314: Science for the Child...................3 hours
Directed student teaching will be in intellectual EDU 315: Social Studies for the Child 3 hours
disabilities or learning disabilities. It is particularly EDU 360: Introduction to Education...........3 hours
important that students who choose this major EDU 378: Reading and Learning Strategies...3 hours
confer with the Education Department at the PSY 380: Human Growth & Development....3 hours
earliest possible date. TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS
WITH A COMPREHENSIVE SPECIAL
STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES EDUCATION MAJOR......................... 76 hours
1. Candidates will provide meaningful and
challenging learning experiences. Recommended Electives:
2. Candidates will use multiple methods of PSY 204: Abnormal Psychology
assessment and data-sources in making PSY 211: Behavior Modification
educational decisions. PSY 236 Theories of Personality
3. Candidates will use knowledge of general and PSY 370: Child Abuse and Neglect
specialized curricula to individualize learning ART 355: Survey of Art Therapy
and to select, adapt, and use a repertoire of ART 380: Art Therapy Methods and Theories
evidence-based instructional strategies.
74
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH SED 405: Behavior and Classroom
A SPECIAL EDUCATION: Management............................................3 hours
INTELLECTUAL DISABILITIES MAJOR SED 412g: Directed Student Teaching.......12 hours
The program provides preparation leading to EDU 101: Clinical I: Reading........................ 1 hour
certification in the area of intellectual disabilities. EDU 301: Reading and Language Arts
Instruction in special education, elementary in the Elementary Classroom....................3 hours
education, and psychology is designed to give EDU 303: Mathematics for the Elementary
the teacher candidates a strong background for Child........................................................3 hours
work with students with intellectual disabilities. EDU 309: Literature for the Child...............3 hours
Beginning in Fall 2017, all special education: EDU 314: Science for the Child...................3 hours
intellectual disabilities majors are required to EDU 315: Social Studies for the Child 3 hours
pass the PRAXIS Subject Assessments required for EDU 360: Introduction to Education...........3 hours
certification in Intellectual Disabilities in order to EDU 378: Reading and Learning Strategies...3 hours
be placed in a student teaching setting. Teacher PSY 380: Human Growth and Dev..............3 hours
candidates should verify the test code numbers TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS
of the South Carolina requirement PRAXIS WITH A SPECIAL EDUCATION:
requirements, because the codes are subject to INTELLECTUAL DISABILITIES
change. MAJOR................................................ 67 hours
The major includes the add-on requirements for Recommended electives:
certification in elementary education. SED 382b: Clinical II: Practicum in Learning
Disabilities
STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES SED 382c: Clinical II: Practicum in
1. Candidates will provide meaningful and Emotional Disabilities
challenging learning experiences. SED 396: Educational Procedures for Learning
2. Candidates will use multiple methods of Disabilities
assessment and data-sources in making PSY 204: Abnormal Psychology
educational decisions. PSY 211: Behavior Modification
3. Candidates will use knowledge of general and PSY 236: Theories of Personality
specialized curricula to individualize learning PSY 370: Child Abuse and Neglect
and to select, adapt, and use a repertoire of ART 355: Survey of Art Therapy
evidence-based instructional strategies. ART 380: Art Therapy Methods and Theories
Required Courses:
Teacher candidates may take courses only in BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A
Benchmark I before being admitted to the Teacher SPECIAL EDUCATION:
Education Program. See the department webpage LEARNING DISABILITIES MAJOR
at converse.edu for a list of Benchmark courses and Instruction in special education, elementary
other important information. education, and psychology is designed to give
teacher candidates a strong background for
SED 300: Introduction to Exceptional work with learning disabilities in grades PK
Learners...................................................3 hours 12. Directed student teaching is arranged in
SED 361: Language Development and area public schools. Beginning in Fall 2017, all
Disabilities...............................................3 hours special education: learning disabilities majors are
SED 376: Assessment of Exceptional required to pass the PRAXIS Subject Assessments
Learners...................................................3 hours required for certification in Special Education:
SED 380: Introduction to Intellectual Learning Disabilities, in order to be placed in a
Disabilities...............................................3 hours student teaching setting. Additional certification
SED 382a: Clinical II: Practicum in may be possible by completing specified courses
Intellectual Disabilities.............................3 hours and obtaining passing scores on the PRAXIS II
SED 386: Educational Procedures for examinations. Teacher candidates should verify
Intellectual Disabilities.............................3 hours the test code numbers of the South Carolina
SED 395: Introduction to Learning requirement PRAXIS requirements, because the
Disabilities...............................................3 hours codes are subject to change. The major includes the
SED 397: Introduction to Emotional add-on requirements for certification in elementary
Disabilities...............................................3 hours education.
SED 398: Educational Procedures for
Emotional Disabilities..............................3 hours

75
 STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES SED 386: Educational Procedures for Intellectual
1. Candidates will provide meaningful and Disabilities
challenging learning experiences. PSY 204: Abnormal Psychology
2. Candidates will use multiple methods of PSY 211: Behavior Modification
assessment and data-sources in making PSY 236: Theories of Personality
educational decisions. PSY 370: Child Abuse and Neglect
3. Candidates will use knowledge of general and ART 355: Survey of Art Therapy
specialized curricula to individualize learning ART 380: Art Therapy Methods and Theories
and to select, adapt, and use a repertoire of
MINOR IN EMOTIONAL DISABILITIES
evidence-based instructional strategies.
The emotional disabilities minor* consists of 18
Required courses: Teacher candidates may hours of course work in special education and
take only courses in Benchmark I before being psychology. Students wishing to pursue this minor
admitted to the Teacher Education Program. See need to consult the program director about course
the department webpage at converse.edu for a schedules, course sequence, and clinicals. Special
list of Benchmark courses and other important Education majors (other than Deaf/ Hard of
information. Hearing) may not choose this minor.
SED 300: Introduction to Exceptional
SED 300: Introduction to Exceptional Learners...................................................3 hours
Learners...................................................3 hours SED 382c: Clinical II:
SED 376: Assessment of Exceptional. Practicum in Emotional Disabilities***....3 hours
Learners...................................................3 hours SED 397: Introduction to Emotional
SED 361: Language Development and Disabilities**............................................3 hours
Disabilities...............................................3 hours SED 398. Educational Procedures for
SED 382b: Clinical II: Practicum in Emotional Disabilities**...........................3 hours
Learning Disabilities.................................3 hours PSY 211: Behavior Modification..................3 hours
SED 395: Introduction to Learning OR
Disabilities...............................................3 hours SED 405: Behavior and Classroom Management **
SED 396: Educational Procedures for PSY 380: Human Growth and
Learning Disabilities.................................3 hours Development............................................3 hours
SED 397: Introduction to Emotional *This minor does not lead to certification for majors
Disabilities...............................................3 hours outside of the initial teacher education programs.
SED 398: Educational Procedures for **A clinical is required.
Emotional Disabilities..............................3 hours ***This course is a clinical.
SED 405: Behavior and Classroom
Management............................................3 hours BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A SPECIAL
SED 412f: Directed Student Teaching........12 hours EDUCATION: DEAF AND HARD OF
PSY 380: Human Growth and Dev..............3 hours HEARING MAJOR
EDU 101: Clinical I: Reading........................ 1 hour This program is designed to offer comprehensive
EDU 301: Reading and Language Arts in the course work for educating students who are deaf
Elementary Classroom..............................3 hours and hard of hearing in grades PK12. The Deaf and
EDU 303: Mathematics for the Elementary Hard of Hearing Program meets all the requirements
Child........................................................3 hours for national accreditation by the Council on
EDU 309: Literature for the Child...............3 hours Education of the Deaf and leads to PK12 (Deaf and
EDU 314: Science for the Child...................3 hours Hard of Hearing) certification in South Carolina.
EDU 315: Social Studies for the Child 3 hours The major includes the courses required for add-on
EDU 360: Introduction to Education...........3 hours certification in elementary education (grades 26).
EDU 378: Reading and Learning Strategies...3 hours Student teaching is arranged at the South Carolina
School for the Deaf and the Blind or in deaf and hard
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS of hearing classes in area public schools. Beginning
WITH A SPECIAL EDUCATION: LEARNING in Fall 2017, all special education: deaf and hard
DISABILITIES MAJOR........................ 64 hours of hearing majors are required to pass the PRAXIS
Recommended electives: Subject Assessments required for certification in
SED 380: Introduction to Intellectual Disabilities Deaf and Hard of Hearing, in order to be placed in a
SED 382a: Clinical II: Practicum in Intellectual student teaching setting. Teacher candidates should
Disabilities verify the test code numbers of the South Carolina
SED 382c: Clinical II: Practicum in Emotional requirement PRAXIS requirements, because the
Disabilities codes are subject to change.
76
The Deaf and Hard of Hearing Program, along with SED 382d: Clinical II: .Practicum in Deaf
the South Carolina School for the Deaf and the Blind and Hard of Hearing................................4 hours
and the Spartanburg County Hearing Impaired SED 393: Manually Coded English..............3 hours
Program, have a Professional Development School SED 394: ASL V..........................................3 hours
partnership. The purpose of this collaborative SED 405: Behavior and Classroom
agreement is to provide opportunities for sharing Management............................................3 hours
joint responsibility for pre- service teacher SED 458: Curriculum and Instruction:
preparation. Faculty from the partnership programs Deaf and Hard of Hearing........................3 hours
assist in developing, planning, and teaching SED 412d: Directed Student Teaching.......12 hours
selected courses and classes, serve as consultants EDU 101: Clinical I: Reading.......................1 hours
and mentors, and participate in planning and EDU 301: Reading and Language Arts
reviewing the curriculum. in the Elementary Classroom....................3 hours
EDU 303: Mathematics for the
The Deaf and Hard of Hearing Program meets all Elementary Child.....................................3 hours
the requirements for national accreditation by the EDU 309: Literature for the Child...............3 hours
Council on Education of the Deaf and leads to EDU 314: Science for the Child...................3 hours
PK12 (Deaf and Hard of Hearing) certification in EDU 315: Social Studies for the Child 3 hours
South Carolina. EDU 360: Introduction to Education...........3 hours
STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES EDU 378: Reading and Learning Strategies.. 3 hours
1. Candidates create safe, inclusive, and culturally PSY 380: Human Growth and
responsive learning environments so deaf and Development............................................3 hours
hard of hearing students can develop emotional TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS
well-being, positive social interactions, and WITH A SPECIAL EDUCATION: DEAF AND
self-determination. HARD OF HEARING MAJOR.............. 71 hours
2. Candidates analyze how deafness interacts with
development and learning in order to select, COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
adapt, and use a repertoire of evidence-based EDUCATION
instructional strategies, including specialized 075. DEVELOPMENTAL/REMEDIAL MATH/
curricula, to advance active learning for deaf NO CREDIT
and hard of hearing students. This remedial course helps students develop and
3. Candidates analyze multiple assessment and improve their skills in arithmetic concepts and
data-sources when making educational operations, measurement, geometry and problem
decisions for deaf or hard of hearing students. solving. The student will complete a pre-test and
4. Candidates collaborate with families, other post-test of math proficiency. Pass/fail grading.
educators, related service providers, students, Special fee.
and personnel from community agencies 076. DEVELOPMENTAL/REMEDIAL
in professional and culturally responsive ways WRITING/NO CREDIT
to address the needs of deaf and hard of hearing This remedial course prepares the student for
students. writing a good composition. The student will
Required courses: Teacher candidates may complete a pre-test and post-test of composition
take courses only in Benchmark I, before being proficiency. The students/instructors will use a
admitted to the Teacher Education Program. See four-point holistic scale, which includes the specific
the department webpage at converse.edu for a skills of composing, sentence formation, usage, and
list of Benchmark courses and other important mechanics; to score compositions. The Writing
information. Center is available to aid all students preparing
for the writing portion of the CORE PRAXIS exam
SED 300: Introduction to Exceptional at any time on an informal basis. Pass/fail grading.
Learners...................................................3 hours Special fee.
SED 350: Educational Perspectives:
Deaf and Hard of Hearing........................3 hours 077. DEVELOPMENTAL/REMEDIAL
SED 353: Audiology and Speech Science.....3 hours READING/NO CREDIT
SED 354: Speech and Auditory This remedial course aids the student in developing
Development............................................3 hours literal and inferential comprehension skills,
SED 355: Teaching Language: Deaf and reference usage skills, and contextual word
Hard of Hearing.......................................3 hours meaning skills. The student will complete both a
SED 376: Assessment of Exceptional pre-test and a post-test of reading proficiency. Pass/
Learners...................................................3 hours fail grading. Special fee.
77
 101. CLINICAL I: READING/ONE HOUR CREDIT sections). Each FYS course is designed to have
This supervised clinical is the first of two sequential, no more than 18 students and counts in some
incremental clinical experiences for special designated category of the General Education
education, early childhood and elementary majors. Program. Strong writing and speaking components
Students work with an individual child, assess are required of the course.
and plan instruction in the area of reading, assist
in building the childs self-esteem and confidence, 201. CLINICAL I: SECONDARY/THREE CREDITS
aid in the development of thinking skills, and gain Minor credit. Prerequisite: EDU 360; Co-requisites:
experience, practice, and training in the application EDU 331, EDU 333, EDU 334 or EDU 335. Required
of theory and skills when working with others. A of all prospective secondary teachers. The course is
student must take this course concurrently with for prospective secondary school teachers in all
EDU 301 or EDU 307. A pre-assessment at the academic areas. Students observe and participate
beginning of the experience and a post-assessment in the instructional program of a secondary school
at the end of the experience will determine the under the supervision of a classroom teacher and a
candidates impact on student learning. Pass/fall college supervisor. Requirements include seminars,
grading. Offered Fall and Spring Terms. assigned readings, and the preparation of a journal
to supplement the field experiences. Faculty
102. CLINICAL II: EARLY CHILDHOOD advisers can supply sign-up deadlines for each
EDUCATION/ NO CREDIT term. Pass/fail grading. Offered Spring Term.
Prerequisites: EDU 101. Admission to Teacher
education. Co-requisites with one of the following: 202. CLINICAL II: CONTENT READING/
EDU 403 or EDU 405. This supervised clinical is NO CREDIT
the second of two sequential, incremental clinical Prerequisites: EDU 201. Admission to Teacher
experiences required of early childhood majors. education. Co-requisite: EDU 425. This supervised
Teacher candidates work in a public school setting clinical is the second of two required sequential,
and observe, plan, and instruct young children. In incremental clinical experiences for secondary
this early childhood placement, teacher candidates education majors. In a classroom setting
apply their knowledge of discipline, management, appropriate to their major, teacher candidates focus
and instructional theory acquired in core courses. on such topics as self-esteem, thinking skills, and
This course is a prerequisite to student teaching vocabulary development. Faculty advisers can
EDU 412b. Pass/fail grading. Offered every term. supply sign-up deadlines for each term. Pass/fail
grading. Offered in Fall Term.
103. CLINICAL II: ELEMENTARY/
THREE CREDITS 203. TECHNOLOGY IN EDUCATION/
Prerequisites: EDU 101. Admission to Teacher education. THREE CREDITS
This supervised 50-hour clinical is the second of Elective credit. The course includes web quest
two sequential, incremental clinical experiences for construction, webpage construction, use of the
elementary majors. Students work in a public school Promethean Board and other technology projects
setting and observe, manage, plan for and instruct students may need. Additionally, the course will
a large group, as opposed to an individual child. include a service learning project with the elderly.
The course gives students the experience, practice, 301. READING AND LANGUAGE ARTS IN THE
and training in technology, arts integration, and ELEMENTARY CLASSROOM/THREE CREDITS
classroom management and the application of theory Major credit. Prerequisites for all education students:
and skills acquired in core courses in elementary EDU 360, EDU 309 (except special education majors).
education. This practicum builds on the experiences Co- requisite: EDU 101. This course is a study of
in EDU 101. Sign-up deadlines are involved. Offered the language arts; theoretical models for literacy
Fall and Spring Terms. development and learning: and methods of literacy
*125. FRESHMAN YEAR SEMINAR: instruction. Topics include the connection between
LEARNING IN AMERICA/THREE CREDITS oral and written language, reading and writing
GEP. First-Year Seminars constitute a common and processes; and approaches to teaching language
academically significant experience in a students arts in the elementary grades including assessing,
first year at Converse College. All incoming first- planning, implementing, and evaluating outcomes.
year students are required to take a 3-credit hour This course is a prerequisite to student teaching.
FYS in the fall semester, choosing from a variety Offered Fall and Spring Terms.
of discipline specific topics. Each FYS carries the 303. MATHEMATICS FOR THE
corresponding departmental prefix, but with the ELEMENTARY CHILD/ THREE CREDITS
common number (except for designated honors Major credit. Content includes systems of
78
numeration and place value, fundamental 315. SOCIAL STUDIES FOR THE CHILD/
operations of arithmetic, measurement, informal THREE CREDITS
geometry, basic algebra, methods, and materials Major credit. This course will focus on the content
of elementary math. Students analyze Tactics for and methodology of social studies in the school.
Thinking, curriculum frameworks, SC Mathematics Students will study goals (knowledge, attitudes,
Standards, NCTM Curriculum and Evaluation values, and skills); objectives; content; materials;
Standards, and school-to-work transition. This methods; scope and sequence; Curriculum
course is a prerequisite to EDU 412. Offered Fall Standards for the Social Studies (the National
and Spring Terms. Council for the Social Studies); and evaluative
techniques of the social studies. Offered Fall and
305. BEHAVIOR AND DEVELOPMENT Spring Terms.
OF THE YOUNG CHILD/THREE CREDITS
Major credit for Early Childhood. This course 327. TEACHING THROUGH THE ARTS/
combines elements of learning theory and child THREE CREDITS
growth and development with actual observation Elective credit. Designed for those without previous
of children. Special topics include self-esteem and art training, it guides teacher candidates in the
confidence, multi-ethnic and pluralistic preschool exploration and use of the visual arts, music and
settings, and principles of tests and measurements. dance, and creative integration of the arts into
This course covers the social, physical, emotional, the basic curriculum for increased academic
and intellectual development of the child from birth achievement.
to preadolescence and gives special emphasis to
language acquisition and pre-operational thought. 331. SECONDARY CURRICULUM AND
The course requires observation of children and is a METHODS FOR MATHEMATICS/THREE
prerequisite to EDU412b. Offered Fall Term. CREDITS
This course includes a study of methods,
307. READING AND LANGUAGE IN THE EARLY techniques, and materials of instruction appropriate
CHILDHOOD CLASSROOM/ THREE CREDITS to mathematics teaching in the secondary school.
Major credit. Prerequisites for Early Childhood majors Offered Spring Term.
only: EDU 360, EDU 309. Co-requisite: EDU 101. This
course is a study of the language arts; theoretical 333. SECONDARY CURRICULUM AND
models for early literacy development and learning: METHODS FOR SCIENCE/ THREE CREDITS
and methods of literacy instruction specific to This course includes a study of methods,
emergent readers. Topics include the connection techniques, and materials of instruction
between oral and written language, reading and appropriate to science teaching in the secondary
writing processes; and approaches to teaching school. Offered Spring Term.
language arts in the early childhood classroom 334. SECONDARY CURRICULUM AND
including assessing, planning, implementing, and METHODS FOR SOCIAL STUDIES/
evaluating outcomes. This course is a prerequisite THREE CREDITS
to student teaching. The course will include best practices in
309. LITERATURE FOR THE CHILD/ teaching social studies, strategies and methods
THREE CREDITS that emphasize active student engagement, and
Major credit. This course acquaints the student development of units of study that are based on
with traditional and modern literature for children, South Carolina Standards and integrate technology.
interests of children of different age levels, criteria Offered Spring Term.
for evaluating childrens books, creative writing, 335. SECONDARY CURRICULUM AND
and methods of integrating childrens literature into METHODS FOR ENGLISH LANGUAGE
the curriculum. This course is a prerequisite to EDU ARTS/ THREE CREDITS
412a and 412b. The course will include best practices in teaching
314. SCIENCE FOR THE CHILD/THREE CREDITS English Language Arts, strategies and methods
Major credit. This course is designed to familiarize that emphasize active student engagement, and
students with science content appropriate for development of units of study that are based on
the elementary child (grades 26) to develop South Carolina Standards and integrate technology.
pedagogical skills in science, and to build positive Offered Spring Term.
attitudes toward science and science instruction.

79
 336. LANGUAGE ARTS: INTEGRATING systems. A ten-hour clinical will allow students
INTERMEDIATE READING AND the hands on experience necessary for developing
WRITING/THREE HOURS appropriate teaching repertoires responsive to the
Major credit. This course focuses upon methodology strengths and weaknesses of the elementary reader.
for scaffolding reading and writing development
of the student in intermediate grades. Teaching 378. READING AND LEARNING STRATEGIES/
candidates will focus on the transition from THREE CREDITS
beginning reading and writing to reading and Major credit. Prerequisite: EDU 301. This course
writing in the content area. Effective strategies and is primarily for students in special education.
materials for teaching the fluent reader and writer It includes methods and materials for a wide
will be emphasized. number of reading problems encountered among
exceptional learners. The course emphasizes
360. INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION/ diagnosing reading difficulties and techniques of
THREE CREDITS remediation. This course includes a clinical. Offered
Major credit. This course is a pre- or co-requisite Fall Term.
to all education courses. This course is an
introductory study of the historical, philosophical, 382g: CLINICAL II: PRACTICUM IN EARLY
and sociological foundations of the American CHILDHOOD EDUCATION/THREE CREDITS
educational system; it should be the first course in This course offered for students seeking early
a students education curriculum. It concentrates childhood add-on certification provides students
on current issues such as multicultural education, an opportunity to observe, plan for and work
disabilities, affective, cognitive, and vocational with young children. Emphasis is upon the early
education programs. The study reviews current childhood curriculum, the nature of the learner,
impacts on curriculum, SC Standards, students, and management of young children. Pass/fail
and teachers and examines career opportunities in grading.
education. Students begin the EXPANDED ADEPT 387. LABORATORY SCIENCE
portfolio and begin using the Converse electronic MANAGEMENT- READING/ TWO CREDITS
system powered by Livetext. Offered Fall, Spring, Prerequisites: Upper-class status and approval of
Jan, and once during summer terms. instructor. This course gives the prospective
361. CURRICULUM DESIGN AND secondary science teacher an opportunity to
CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT/THREE CREDITS develop the laboratory skills necessary to manage
Major credit. The relationship among classroom a laboratory and to design experiments, laboratory
diversity, management, assessment, short and and field activities, and demonstrations. In
long term planning and instruction are explored. addition, the student must satisfactorily complete
Students will develop knowledge and skills in the required reading and assignments. This required
interaction of these classroom elements. The course course for prospective secondary science majors
has an imbedded clinical. Offered Fall, Jan and is available (with the approval of instructor) when
Spring Terms. there is a demand from juniors or seniors.

372. DIAGNOSTIC READING/THREE CREDITS 403. METHODS AND MATERIALS FOR

Major credit. This course will equip the elementary EARLY CHILDHOOD/THREE CREDITS
teacher candidate to diagnose and remediate the Major credit for Early Childhood. This course is
struggling reader in the regular classroom. It is the a hands-on, activity-oriented course designed
third literacy course in the elementary curriculum. to guide students in the preparation of teacher-
Content delivered in this course is meant to build made instructional materials in each area of the
upon the foundations laid in elementary reading preschool curriculum and the implementation of
and intermediate language arts. These assessments, carefully prepared lessons for an actual preschool
skills, strategies, and tools used in this course are setting. Students plan appropriate lessons. The
well researched and rated highly by such learned course emphasizes language development and
societies as the International Reading Association listening, speaking, writing, and reading readiness
and the reading Recovery Council of North America. experiences; explores a variety of teaching
Teacher candidates will become proficient with the techniques and organizational arrangements; and
use of such formative assessments as Marie Clays emphasizes individualized instruction. This course
Running Record and Fountas and Pinellls Guide for is a prerequisite to EDU 412b. Offered Spring and
Observing and Noting Reading Behavior. They will Summer Terms.
become familiar with and will employ planning and
strategy instruction to teach a network of processing
80
405. CURRICULUM FOR EARLY CHILDHOOD/ into instruction, and attendance at such required
THREE CREDITS seminars as training sessions, orientation sessions,
Major credit for Early Childhood. Prerequisites: EDU and other workshops. The College Supervisor
403. Admission to Teacher Education. This course visits the student teacher periodically during the
is a study of the curricular needs of preschool semester. Students must request a student teaching
children, a review of preschool programs/ placement by March 1 for Fall Term placement in
settings, and an exploration of applying teaching/ the following year or by October 1 for Spring Term
learning theory to the preschool setting. Special placement in the following year. Pass/ fail grading.
topics include working with parents, classroom Offered Fall and Spring Terms. Special fee. Meets
management techniques/strategies, and curricula the GEP capstone , andwriting intensive requirements.
in math, language arts, science, social studies, art,
physical education, and music. Students make 412b. DIRECTED STUDENT TEACHING:
on- site visits to a Montessori school, a private EARLY CHILDHOOD/TWELVE CREDITS
kindergarten, public-school kindergartens, a Major credit. Beginning in Fall 2017, all student
university laboratory preschool, and a hospital- teachers are required to pass the PRAXIS Subject
based child development center. This course is a Assessments required for certification in their
prerequisite to EDU 412b. Offered Fall Term. area of student teaching in order to be placed in a
student teaching setting. Students normally take
409. ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM/ this course, which integrates theory and practice,
THREE CREDITS during the senior year. The 60-day course includes
Major credit for Elementary and Early Childhood. observation, participation, and directed teaching
This course surveys each subject area of the experience in a local public school. The experience
modern elementary curriculum, trends and issues requires conferences with the Program Director,
in curriculum development, teaching/learning College Supervisor and the cooperating teacher,
theory, effective and efficient teacher characteristics demonstration of the integration of technology
or behaviors, effective communication skills into instruction, and attendance at such required
between teacher and parent/ child, techniques seminars as training sessions, orientation sessions,
for diagnosing student abilities, and current and other workshops. The College Supervisor
structured programs of observation and analysis visits the student teacher periodically during the
of different teaching models. Special topics semester. Students must request student teaching
include microcomputer literacy/usage; classroom placement by October 1 for Spring Term placement
discipline and management; principles of tests and in the following year or by March 1 for Fall Term
measurements; use of audio-visual equipment; placement in the following year. Pass/fail grading.
multicultural education; affective education; self- Offered Fall and Spring Terms. Special fee. Meets the
esteem; thinking skills (e.g., problem solving, GEP capstone, and writing intensive requirements.
critical thinking skills, etc.); parent involvement;
awareness of differing economic; social, racial, 412c. DIRECTED STUDENT TEACHING:
and religious groups; development and analysis SECONDARY/ TWELVE CREDITS
of teacher-made tests; and varying organizational Major credit. Beginning in Fall 2017, all student
sizes (individualized, small and large). This course teachers are required to pass the PRAXIS Subject
is a prerequisite to student teaching in, elementary Assessments required for certification in their
education, and early childhood education. area of student teaching in order to be placed in a
student teaching setting. Students normally take
412a. DIRECTED STUDENT TEACHING: this course, which integrates theory and practice,
ELEMENTARY/ TWELVE CREDITS during the senior year. The 60-day course includes
Major credit. Beginning in Fall 2017, all student observation, participation, and directed teaching
teachers are required to pass the PRAXIS Subject experience in a local public school. The experience
Assessments required for certification in their requires conferences with the Program Director,
area of student teaching in order to be placed in a College Supervisor and the cooperating teacher,
student teaching setting. Students normally take demonstration of the integration of technology
this course, which integrates theory and practice, into instruction, and attendance at such required
during the senior year. The 60-day course includes seminars as training sessions, orientation sessions,
observation, participation, and directed teaching and other workshops. The College Supervisor
experience in a local public school. The experience visits the student teacher periodically during
requires conferences with the Program Director, the semester. Students must apply for student
College Supervisor and the cooperating teacher, teaching by October 1 for Spring Term placement
demonstration of the integration of technology in the following year or by March 1 for Fall Term

81
 placement in the following year. Pass/fail grading. 491. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY IN
Offered Fall and Spring Terms. Special fee. Meets the CLINICAL EXPERIENCES (IN A SPECIFIED
GEP capstone and writing intensive requirements. AREA)/ THREE CREDITS
Major credit. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
412h. DIRECTED STUDENT TEACHING This course allows students to take additional
IN ART/ TWELVE CREDITS coursework that is centered primarily around a
Major credit. Beginning in Fall 2017, all student clinical experience on a more comprehensive level
teachers are required to pass the PRAXIS Subject than other clinical experiences included in specific
Assessments required for certification in their major courses. Pass/fail grading.
area of student teaching in order to be placed in a
student teaching setting. Students normally take 497. HONORS IN EDUCATION/THREE CREDITS
this course, which integrates theory and practice, Major credit. This course is for qualified students
during the senior year. The 60-day course includes pursuing honors in education. Students either
observation, participation, and directed teaching complete independent research and write a paper
experience in both elementary and secondary local or conduct action research and write a paper in
public schools. The experience requires conferences conjunction with field experiences.
with the Program Director, College Supervisor and
the cooperating teacher, demonstration of the MUSIC EDUCATION:
integration of technology into instruction, and See Music Education in The Petrie School of Music
attendance at such required seminars as training listings.
sessions, orientation sessions, and other workshops. SPECIAL EDUCATION
The College Supervisor visits the student teacher 300. INTRODUCTION TO EXCEPTIONAL
periodically during the semester. Students must LEARNERS/ THREE CREDITS
apply for student teaching by October 1 for Spring Major credit. This course familiarizes the student
Term placement in the following year or by March 1 with the wide range of intellectual, emotional,
for Fall Term placement in the following year. Pass/ and physical, problems characterizing exceptional
fail grading. Offered Fall and Spring Terms. Special learners. Students explore the nature and scope
fee. Meets the GEP capstone and writing intensive of special education programs and services,
requirements. community resources, and rehabilitation. Offered
425. TEACHING OF READING: Fall and Spring Terms.
CONTENT AREAS/ THREE CREDITS 350. EDUCATIONAL PERSPECTIVES: DEAF AND
Minor credit. Prerequisites for prospective secondary HARD OF HEARING/THREE CREDITS
teachers: EDU 201 and 340. Prerequisites for art Major credit. An introductory course on the history,
students: ART 312L and EDU 340. EDU 201 is a philosophies, current trends and issues, and
prerequisite to EDU 202 Clinical. EDU 202 must models of education for students who are deaf and
accompany or follow EDU 425. Admission to hard of hearing. The course focuses on the impact
Teacher Education. This course assists teachers of deafness on the psychological, sociological, and
in the teaching of reading in a variety of content vocational development of individuals with hearing
areas. Teachers will learn to develop study guides, losses. It includes methods of guidance, support,
introduce content area texts, use study plans, and referral for parents. The course includes a
determine reading expectancy and levels, develop clinical. Offered Fall Term.
comprehension questions at various levels, and
assess readability of text materials. Offered Fall Term. 353. AUDIOLOGY AND SPEECH SCIENCE/
THREE CREDITS
490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY Major credit. This course is an introduction to
IN SPECIAL TOPICS/ONE TO THREE CREDITS the fundamentals of hearing, hearing disorders,
Major credit. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. and the administration and interpretation of tests
This course is an academic experience in a special for auditory acuity that focus on the physics of
topic not covered in depth in regular course work. sound, physical characteristics of the speech and
The student works independently and researches hearing mechanisms, and the pathology, etiology
a topic approved by a faculty member in the and treatment of hearing loss. The course includes
department. The instructor prescribes the specific practical preparation in the use and care of hearing
requirements (normally one or more papers). aids and amplification systems and involves a
Students must observe the College limit of hours clinical. Offered Fall Term.
within a discipline. May be repeated for credit.

82
354. SPEECH AND AUDITORY to observe and teach students with intellectual
DEVELOPMENT/ THREE CREDITS disabilities. Pass/fail grading. Offered JanTerm.
Major credit. This course introduces students to the
development of audition and speech. It includes a 382b. CLINICAL II: PRACTICUM IN
study of speech and hearing assessments, strategies LEARNING DISABILITIES/THREE CREDITS
for maximizing the use of residual hearing and Major credit. Prerequisites: SED 300, SED 395, SED
educational planning for students who are deaf 396. This course provides students an opportunity
and hard of hearing. The course includes a clinical. to observe and work with learning disabilities. Pass/
Offered Fall Term. fail grading. Offered Fall Term.

355. TEACHING LANGUAGE: DEAF AND 382c. CLINICAL II: PRACTICUM IN

HARD OF HEARING/THREE CREDITS EMOTIONAL DISABILITIES/ THREE CREDITS
Major credit. Prerequisites: SED 350. This course Major credit. Prerequisites: SED 300, SED 397 and
acquaints the student with the nature and problems SED 398. This course provides an opportunity to
of language acquisition in students who are deaf observe and work with students with emotional
and hard of hearing. It includes various theories, disabilities. Pass/fail grading.
methods, and materials for the teaching of language 382d. CLINICAL II; PRACTICUM IN DEAF AND
and involves a clinical. Offered Spring Term. HARD OF HEATING/FOUR CREDITS
361. LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT Major credit. Prerequisites: SED 300, SED 350, and
AND DISABILITIES/THREE CREDITS SED 385. This course provides an opportunity
Prerequisite: SED 300. This course acquaints the to observe and teach deaf and hard of hearing
prospective teacher in learning disabilities and students. Pass/fail grading. Offered Jan Term.
intellectual disabilities with the knowledge of: *385. AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE I/
typical and atypical language development; the THREE CREDITS
influence of culture in ways of communicating GEP, Elective credit. This introductory sign language
and behaving; strategies to enhance language course develops knowledge and skills for reading
development and communication skills for and executing a basic vocabulary of manual
students with disabilities; and strategies and signs and finger spelling. The use of American
resources that facilitate understanding of subject Sign Language (ASL) conceptual signs within the
matter for individuals with exceptional learning framework of the ASL grammar system is also
needs whose primary language is not English or for emphasized. The course includes a study of the
students who require alternative and augmentative cultural aspects of the Deaf community. The course
communication systems. Offered Spring Term. includes a clinical. Offered Fall Term.
376. ASSESSMENT OF EXCEPTIONAL 386. EDUCATIONAL PROCEDURES FOR
LEARNERS/ THREE CREDITS INTELLECTUAL DISABILITIES/THREE CREDITS
Major credit. Prerequisites: SED 300. This required Major credit. Prerequisites: SED 300 and SED 380.
course for all students majoring in special education This course includes the curriculum, techniques of
deals with the wide variety of individual and group teaching individuals with intellectual disabilities,
tests designed to assess children with intellectual and a clinical. Offered Fall Term.
disabilities, learning disabilities, emotional
disabilities, and hearing losses. This course includes *390. AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE II/
a clinical. Offered Fall and Spring Terms. THREE CREDITS
GEP, Elective credit. Prerequisite: SED 385. This
380. INTRODUCTION TO INTELLECTUAL course offers a study of American Sign Language
DISABILITIES/ THREE CREDITS linguistics. There is focus on general communicative
Major credit. This course acquaints the prospective competence in ASL with emphasis on both receptive
teacher with the psychological development and and expressive signing skills. The course includes a
problems associated with intellectual disabilities. clinical. Offered Spring Term.
Students study recent developments and research
in this area. The course includes a clinical. Offered *391. AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE III/
Spring Term. THREE CREDITS
GEP, Elective credit. Prerequisites: SED 385 and SED
382a. CLINICAL II: PRACTICUM IN 390. This second-year course includes development
INTELLECTUAL DISABILITIES/THREE CREDITS of expressive and receptive sign skills, as well as an
Major credit. Prerequisites: SED 300, SED 380, SED overview of syntax, phonologic structure, and non-
395, SED 396. This course provides an opportunity manual markers. Offered Fall Term.

83
 392. AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE IV/ 398. EDUCATIONAL PROCEDURES FOR
THREE CREDITS EMOTIONAL DISABILITIES/THREE CREDITS
Major, Elective credit. Prerequisites: SED 385, SED Major credit. Prerequisites or co-requisites: SED 300,
390 and SED 391. This course focuses on an SED 397. An introduction to methods of therapy,
advanced level of the development of receptive and management techniques, and educational materials
expressive skills, as well as the affective parameters for emotional disabilities. The course includes a
of American Sign Language. There is emphasis on clinical. Offered Spring Term.
conversational competence using conceptual signs
and semantic appropriateness. Offered Spring Term. 405. BEHAVIOR AND CLASSROOM
MANAGEMENT/ THREE CREDITS
393. BASIC SIGN LANGUAGE: MANUALLY Major credit. This course provides students with
CODED ENGLISH/THREE CREDITS the opportunity to evaluate and design positive
Major, Elective credit. This course emphasizes classroom management alternatives. It is a
the development of receptive and expressive prerequisite for special education student teaching.
communication skills using conceptually-accurate This course includes a clinical. Offered Fall Term.
sign language and finger spelling in English word
order. Various manually coded English systems for 412d. DIRECTED STUDENT TEACHING: DEAF
communication in the educational setting will be AND HARD OF HEARING /TWELVE CREDITS
covered. The course, which includes a clinical, is Major credit. Beginning in Fall 2017, all student
appropriate as an elective for any major. Offered teachers are required to pass the PRAXIS Subject
Spring Term. Assessments required for certification in their
area of student teaching in order to be placed in a
394. AMERICAN SIGN LANAGUAGE V/THREE student teaching setting. Students normally take
CREDITS this course, which integrates theory and practice,
Major, Elective credit. Prerequisites: SED 385, SED during the senior year. The 60-day course includes
390, SED 391, SED 392. This courses focuses on observation, participation, and directed teaching
developing communication fluency and accuracy experience in a local public school. The experience
while using appropriate ASL vocabulary, grammar, requires conferences with the Program Director,
pragmatics, and discourse. Additionally, the course College Supervisor and the cooperating teacher,
will incorporate a study of Deaf culture. This course demonstration of the integration of technology
includes a clinical. Offered Fall Term. into instruction, and attendance at such required
seminars as training sessions, orientation sessions,
395. INTRODUCTION TO LEARNING and other workshops. The College Supervisor
DISABILITIES/ THREE CREDITS visits the student teacher periodically during
Major credit. Prerequisite: SED 300. This course is a the semester. Students must apply for student
study of learning disabilities affecting the educational teaching by October 1 for Spring Term placement
development of the exceptional student. Emphasis in the following year or by March 1 for Fall Term
is on the definition, identification, classification, placement in the following year. Pass/fail grading.
theories, and educational approaches to specific Offered Fall and Spring Terms. Special fee. Meets the
learning disabilities. This course includes a clinical. GEP capstone and writing intensive requirements.
Offered Fall Term.
412f. DIRECTED STUDENT TEACHING:
396. EDUCATIONAL PROCEDURES LEARNING DISABILITIES/TWELVE CREDITS
FOR LEARNING DISABILITIES/THREE CREDITS Major credit Beginning in Fall 2017, all student
Major credit. Prerequisite or co-requisite: SED 300. teachers are required to pass the PRAXIS Subject
Prerequisites: SED 395. This course includes Assessments required for certification in their
materials and methods for teaching students who area of student teaching in order to be placed in
have learning disabilities. This course includes a a student teaching setting. Students normally take
clinical. Offered Spring Term. this course, which integrates theory and practice,
397. INTRODUCTION TO EMOTIONAL during the senior year. The 60-day course includes
DISABILITIES/THREE CREDITS observation, participation, and directed teaching
Major credit. Prerequisite or co-requisite: SED 300. An experience in a local public school. The experience
introduction to emotional disabilities, including requires conferences with the Program Director,
the causes and characteristics of emotional and College Supervisor and the cooperating teacher,
behavioral disorders, related learning problems, demonstration of the integration of technology
intellectual disabilities, and cultural disadvantage. into instruction, and attendance at such required
Offered Fall term. seminars as training sessions, orientation sessions,
and other workshops. The College Supervisor
84
visits the student teacher periodically during department. The instructor prescribes the specific
the semester. Students must apply for student requirements (normally one or more papers).
teaching by October 1 for Spring Term placement Students must observe the College limit of hours
in the following year or by March 1 for Fall Term within a discipline. May be repeated for credit. Special
placement in the following year. Pass/fail grading. fee. Meets the GEP capstone and writing intensive
Offered Fall and Spring Terms. Special fee. Meets the requirements.
GEP capstone and writing intensive requirements.
412g. DIRECTED STUDENT TEACHING:
INTELLECTUAL DISABILITIES/TWELVE
CREDITS
Major credit. Beginning in Fall 2017, all student
teachers are required to pass the PRAXIS Subject
Assessments required for certification in their
area of student teaching in order to be placed in a
student teaching setting. Students normally take
this course, which integrates theory and practice,
during the senior year. The 60-day course includes
observation, participation, and directed teaching
experience in a local public school. The experience
requires conferences with the Program Director,
College Supervisor and the cooperating teacher,
demonstration of the integration of technology
into instruction, and attendance at such required
seminars as training sessions, orientation sessions,
and other workshops. The College supervisor
visits the student teacher periodically during
the semester. Students must apply for student
teaching by October 1 for Spring Term placement
in the following year or by March 1 for Fall Term
placement in the following year. Pass/fail grading.
Offered Fall and Spring Terms. Special fee. Meets the
GEP capstone and writing intensive requirements.
458. CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION: DEAF
AND AHRD OF HEARING/THREE CREDITS
Major credit. Prerequisites: SED 350, SED 385 and
SED 390. This course for senior D/HH majors
focuses on educational practiaces in both public
and residential school programs for students who
are dean and hard of hearing. Specific research-
supported instructional strategies and organization
as well as the SC Standards, are examined and
practiced. Emphasis is placed on the roles and
responsibilities of the teacher as decision- maker,
facilitator of cognitive and communicative
development, multidisciplinary team member,
collaborator with parents and other professionals,
and advocate for students. The course includes a
clinical. Offered Fall Term.
490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY IN
SPECIAL TOPICS/THREE CREDITS
Major credit. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
This course is an academic experience in a special
topic not covered in depth in regular course work.
The student works independently and researches
a topic approved by a faculty member in the
85
 DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH
ANITA ROSE, chair, LAURA FEITZINGER BROWN, EMILY HARBIN, RICHARD MULKEY,
SUSAN TEKULVE, ERIN TEMPLETON

MISSION AND GOALS 4. an understanding of formal structure in the

The Department of English offers a Bachelor of Arts genres studied,
with a major in English, Bachelor of Arts with a 5. proficient ability to move work from draft
concentration in creative writing, and a Bachelor of through the stages of revision,
Fine Arts with a major in creative and professional 6. proficient knowledge of the literary traditions
writing. in which they write.
The Bachelor of Arts (BA) in English offers In addition to serving majors, the department offers
advanced study of literary texts and criticism across ENG 101: Composition as a service course for the
a broad span of historical periods, genres, and College in which students gain writing experience,
traditions. During their course of study, students confidence and fluency.
will learn about specific authors and texts and will
The General Education Program is a requirement
develop their abilities in critical thinking, writing,
for all degrees. The requirements listed below are
and public speaking. In the fall semester of their
approved for the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of
senior year, students will enroll in English 496, the
Science and Bachelor of Fine Arts.
capstone course for literature majors. This course
and its final project, both written and oral, should ENG 101.....................................................3 hours
represent the culmination of student achievement Language and Culture 9 hours
and learning outcomes. MTH 108 or higher.....................................3 hours
One course designated as
STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
Quantitative reasoning............................ 3-4 hours
At the completion of their degree, students will:
Health and Well-being Wellness..................2 hours
1. demonstrate a familiarity with literary periods,
Activity course......................................... 1-2 hours
genres and significant authors,.
Humanities..................................................6 hours
2. deploy theoretical approaches using secondary
Literature.....................................................3 hours
sources in an effective manner,.
Fine Arts.....................................................6 hours
3. produce a work of extended written literary
Natural Science....................................... 7-8 hours
criticism,
Social Science..............................................6 hours
4. demonstrate the ability to effectively
Total..............................................49-52 hours
communicate in an oral presentation.
Graduation requirements but not a separate course:
The Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA) in English offers
First Year Seminar
advanced study and practice in the composition
Writing Intensive course
of creative and professional writing. The program
Non-European/non-Anglophone course
strives to create a broadly diverse environment
Capstone experience.
necessary to foster creative and critical thinking,
and reading and writing skills. In addition to For more information see the GEP requirements in
the BFA track, students may pursue a BA degree this catalog.
with a concentration in Creative and Professional
Writing. In the spring semester of their senior year, BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH AN
students in both tracks will enroll in English 498, ENGLISH MAJOR
the capstone course for BFA and BA Concentration A major in English must complete a minimum of
students. 36 hours of coursework in English above the 100
level. The program of study includes the following
STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES requirements:
At the completion of the Bachelor of Fine Arts
degree, students will demonstrate: ENG 201: Major British Writers I 3 hours
1. proficient level critical thinking skills in the ENG 202: Major British Writers II...............3 hours
analysis of creative work, whether published or ENG 203: Survey of American Literature I...3 hours
student work, ENG 204: Survey of American Literature II....3 hours
2. proficiency at sentence-level writing, including Choose one.................................................3 hours
syntax and grammar, ENG 290: Advanced Composition or
3. proficiency with the basic elements of form in ENG 292: Introduction to Creative Writing
genres in which they studied,
86
One additional course in American BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS WITH A CREATIVE
Literature.................................................3 hours AND PROFESSIONAL WRITING MAJOR
One course in a major English author 3 hours The Bachelor of Fine Arts degree with a creative
ENG 301: Chaucer OR and professional writing major will provide serious,
ENG 320: Shakespeare aspiring women writers an intensive and challenging
One course in British Literature before 1900.....3 hours apprenticeship in the writing arts, informed by the
ENG 394: Literary Criticism .......................3 hours close study of literature. The program is designed to
(Should be taken semester after English major is offer writing students an exciting, sound liberal arts
declared) education based on the belief that writers and artists
Electives......................................................6 hours need to be grounded in the cultural, historical and
ENG 496: BA Senior Seminar......................3 hours intellectual contexts of the tradition in which they
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS work. The program will prepare students seeking
WITH AN ENGLISH MAJOR.............. 36 hours careers as professional creative writers or in other
literary professions, such as journalism, editing,
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH AN ENGLISH
publishing or arts management. The program
MAJOR AND A CONCENTRATION IN
also prepares students to pursue a masters degree
CREATIVE WRITING
in creative writing, communications or in other
The Bachelor of Arts with a major in English and
programs. The creative and professional writing
a concentration in creative writing requires 15
major requires 42 hours in addition to the GEP
semester hours in writing in addition to the 24
requirements. Major requirements include 27 hours
hours of required literature and literary criticism
in writing, 12 hours in literature, and three hours in
courses already a part of the major in English. A
additional art areas. Students seeking admittance to
minimum GPA of 2.75 in ENG 292: Introduction
the major in creative and professional writing must
to Creative Writing is required as a prerequisite for
achieve at least a 2.75 in ENG 292: Introduction
the writing concentration. Thirty nine hours are
to Creative Writing and receive a recommendation
required for a major in English with a concentration
from the creative writing faculty before being
in creative writing. The program of study includes
accepted into the major. Upon completion of ENG
the following:
292, students may apply for admission in the
ENG 201: Major British Writers I...............3 hours creative and professional writing major by sending
ENG 202: Major British Writers II..............3 hours a letter of application and a 10 page writing sample
ENG 203: Survey of American Literature I.3 hours to the director of creative writing. Application to
ENG 204: Survey of American Literature II.3 hours the creative and professional writing major must
One additional course in American be submitted no later than the end of the spring
Literature.................................................3 hours semester of the junior year.
One course in a major English author 3 hours
Required Courses:
ENG 301: Chaucer OR
Core courses in writing 18 hours
ENG 320: Shakespeare
ENG 291: Introduction to Professional
One course in British Literature
Writing.....................................................3 hours
before 1900..............................................3 hours
ENG 292: Introduction to
ENG 394: Literary Criticism........................3 hours
Creative Writing.......................................3 hours
(Should be taken semester after English major is
(Prerequisite for all 300 level creative
declared)
writing courses in fiction and poetry)
ENG 292: Intro to Creative Writing............3 hours
ENG 391: Feature Writing.......................3 hours
ENG 392: Poetry Workshop.......................3 hours
ENG 392: Poetry Workshop.....................3 hours
ENG 393: Fiction Workshop......................3 hours
ENG 393: Fiction Workshop....................3 hours
Electives......................................................3 hours
ENG 498: BFA Senior Seminar.................3 hours
Choose one of the following........................3 hours
Elective courses in writing
ENG 291: Introduction to Professional Writing
Selected from the following:....................9 hours
ENG 398: SP: Creative Nonfiction
ENG 290: Advanced Composition.. 3 hours
ENG 397: SP: Advanced Tutorial in
ENG 397: Special Topics in Writing 3 hours
Creative Writing
ENG 398: SP: Creative Nonfiction............3 hours
ENG 498: Senior Seminar..........................3 hours
ENG 491: SP: Advanced Tutorial: Fiction.....3 hours
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR
ENG 492: SP: Advanced Tutorial: Poetry.....3 hours
OF ARTS WITH AN ENGLISH MAJOR
ENG 493: Publication and
WITH CONCENTRATION IN
Media Internship....................................3 hours
CREATIVE WRITING......................... 39 hours
(may not be repeated for credit toward major)
87
 THR 391: Playwriting 3 hours This course is for students working on the The
Required courses in literature....................12 hours Conversationalist, the Colleges on-line newspaper.
Six hours selected from: Students need not take the three hour ENG 220
ENG 201, 202, 203 or 204 to participate in the production of the newspaper,
Six hours selected from 300 level courses (one and this course will give the student a laboratory
course must be from before 1900, British or experience with digital media. Pass/fail grading.
American)
Required courses in the arts.........................3 hours *125. FIRST YEAR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS
ATM 265: Introduction to Arts Management GEP. First-Year Seminars constitute a common and
or ART 124: Graphic Design academically significant experience in a students
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF FINE first year at Converse College. All incoming first-
ARTS DEGREE WITH A CREATIVE AND year students are required to take a 3-credit hour
PROFESSIONAL WRITING MAJOR 42 hours FYS in the fall semester, choosing from a variety
of discipline specific topics. Each FYS carries the
THE ENGLISH MINOR corresponding departmental prefix, but with the
The department also encourages the election common course number (except for designated
of English as a minor. Students who follow this honors sections). Each FYS course is designed to
course must complete a minimum of 18 hours have no more than 18 students, and counts in
of coursework above the 100 level. Although some designated category of the General Education
the minor in English does not need to follow the Program. Strong writing and speaking components are
precise program of courses required of majors, required elements of the course.
students who minor in English must nevertheless
arrange their course of study in consultation with *150. STUDIES IN FILM/FOUR CREDITS
the department chair. GEP course for Fine Arts. A critical examination
of notable examples of film. Films representing a
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION variety of genres (comedy, film noir, musical) and
*98, 99. ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE/ countries will be viewed and analyzed. Offered
THREE OR SIX CREDITS during Jan Term only.
GEP. This course is designed to aid international
students with the English language and with the 190. WRITING CENTER PRACTICUM/
English-language educational style so that they might ONE CREDIT
read, write, speak, and understand English sufficiently This course is open to students who have been
well to benefit from other classes and experiences. provisionally hired as Writing Center Peer
Consultants. Students will complete readings in
*101. COMPOSITION/THREE CREDITS writing center theory and practice and improve
GEP. This course encourages the students knowledge of invention strategies, revision ideas,
achievement of a clear and concise prose style by editing skills, writing in core academic disciplines,
emphasizing expository and argumentative essay and integrating and citing sources. Readings,
writing. The course includes readings in the essay, assignments, and responses will be conducted
level-appropriate instruction in research, in-class online, while an experiential learning component
exercises, discussions of the students own writing, will be completed within the Writing Center.
and conferences with the instructor. At minimum, Successful completion of the course is a requirement
students should produce 4-5 papers and 12 pages for continued employment in the Writing Center.
(3000 words) of thesis-centered writing. Pass/fail grading.
*102. INTRODUCTION TO *195. SPECIAL TOPICS/THREE
LITERARY TYPES/THREE CREDITS CREDITS/FOUR CREDITS JAN TERM
GEP. Readings in the major literary genrespoetry, GEP. A study of a theme, genre, or period; the course
fiction and drama. This course introduces critical may include film, video, or other media in addition
concepts and vocabulary that enable students to printed text. Course is intended for non-majors; will
to analyze literature seriously and to create not count toward the English major or minor.
well-organized essays demonstrating their own
competence in literary interpretation. Students will *199H. FRESHMAN HONORS
receive level-appropriate instruction in research. SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS
GEP, Elective credit. A study of a selected subject
121. DIGITAL JOURNALISM PRACTICUM/ONE within the discipline, which will vary from term
CREDIT to term. The course is designed to encourage
Elective credit. Prerequisite ENG 101 or permission of student participation in the intellectual processes
instructor. through class discussion, research and writing,
88
special projects, problem solving and evaluation Composition will satisfy the GEP composition
and defense of positions. When the subject matter requirement only for those students who place in
duplicates that of another course, credit toward the course by a score of three or more on either
graduation will be granted for only one of the the Literature/Composition or the Language/
courses. Offered periodically in rotation with seminars Composition Advanced Placement tests. Writing
in other disciplines. Intensive.
*201 MAJOR BRITISH WRITERS I/THREE 291. INTRODUCTION TO PROFESSIONAL
CREDITS WRITING/THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Selections from Major, Minor, Elective credit. An introduction to the
British literature beginning with the Anglo-Saxon elements of professional news and public relations
period. The works of major writers are studied in writing, including basic news stories, features,
chronological order and appropriate attention is editorials, interviews, press releases and PSAs.
given to backgrounds and characteristics of major
literary periods. The first half studies the literature 292. INTRODUCTION TO CREATIVE WRITING/
to 1660. THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Instruction in the
*202 MAJOR BRITISH WRITERS II/ writing of poetry and short fiction. Regular writing
THREE CREDITS and reading assignments will be required. Student
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. The second half of writing will be discussed in a workshop format.
the British Writers survey studies the literature from
1660 to the present. *299H. INTERDISCIPLINARY HONORS COURSE
GEP, Major, Elective credit. This course is team taught
*203. SURVEY OF AMERICAN LITERATURE I/ by members in two departments and is open to
THREE CREDITS Nisbet Honors Program participants and to others
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Selections from who meet Honors Program guidelines. All students
the body of American literature from the beginning registering for these courses must register not only
to 1865. The works of representative writers are through the Honors Program but also with their
studied in chronological order and appropriate adviser and the Registrars Office.
attention is given to backgrounds and characteristics
of major literary periods. *300. TOPICS IN MEDIEVAL LITERATURE/
THREE CREDITS/FOUR CREDITS IN JAN TERM
*204. SURVEY OF AMERICAN LITERATURE II/ GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of selected
THREE CREDITS topics in the literature of the middle ages with
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Selections from the concentration on British literature. Topics may
body of American literature from 1865 to present. include individual authors, genres or periods.
The works of representative writers are studied in
chronological order and appropriate attention is *301. CHAUCER/THREE CREDITS
given to backgrounds and characteristics of major GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course is a
literary periods. study of selected works of Geoffrey Chaucer. The
concentration will be on his two major works: The
220. DIGITAL JOURNALISM/THREE CREDITS Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde. While
Major, minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ENG 101 or the concentration of classroom discussion will be
permission of the instructor. This course will introduce on the literary texts, an understanding of various
students to digital (i.e., online) journalism. The 14th century concerns will be integral to the course.
class will cover newswriting, editing, website
content management, photography, videography, *302. ARTHUR AND THE MATTER OF BRITAIN/
advertising, ethics and libel. Students will create THREE CREDITS
a digital newspaper and participate in every aspect GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. The story of Arthur
of newspaper production. This will not count as a and his followers has fascinated people for 1500
writing elective but as a general major, minor or elective. years. In the middle ages it was the most significant
secular subject in history and literature, and its
290. ADVANCED COMPOSITION/ appeal to the imagination has persisted through
THREE CREDITS the centuries down to our own time. This course
Major, Minor, Elective credit. A workshop approach is an introduction to the story of origins and
to the writing of expository prose. The course is development of the Arthurian legend as it has been
designed for levels of experience and is structured presented in history and literature.
to give beginning and advanced practice in
exposition, description, and argument. Advanced
89
 *303. ENGLISH LITERATURE TO 1500/ *340. NINETEENTH CENTURY
THREE CREDITS BRITISH LITERATURE/THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. English Literature GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of 19th
to 1500 is a study of Old and Middle English century British literature. Topics may include
literature (exclusive of Chaucer) in translation. The Romanticism, Victorian literature and genre studies
course includes significant authors, works, themes, (i.e., novel, poetry, the essay).
and genres of the two periods as well as important
movements and events affecting that literature. *350. NINETEENTH CENTURY AMERICAN
LITERATURE/ THREE CREDITS
*305. WORLD LITERATURE/THREE CREDITS GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of major
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of literature movements in American literature from 1800
from around the world. Course of study may look at 1900 (Romanticism, Transcendentalism, Realism
specific geographical areas, such as Africa, or may and Naturalism). Authors studied may include
more typically combine literature from a variety of Emerson, Fuller, Thoreau, Douglass, Hawthorne,
cultures. In January four credits and meets non- Melville, Whitman, Twain, James, Chopin, Wharton
European and non-Anglophone GEP requirement. and DuBois.
*310. TOPICS IN RENAISSANCE *360. TWENTIETH CENTURY BRITISH FICTION/
STUDIES/ THREE CREDITS THREE CREDITS FOUR CREDITS IN
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of selected JAN TERM
texts and themes that reflect and illuminate the GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Study of major
English Renaissance. These may include the movements in British fiction since the end of the
Utopia, the Faerie Queen, Paradise Lost, the drama 19th century.
of Marlowe and Ben Jonson, and the poetry of John
Donne. *361. TWENTIETH CENTURY AMERICAN
FICTION/ THREE CREDITS
*315. ADOLESCENT LITERATURE/ FOUR CREDITS IN JAN TERM
THREE CREDITS GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Study of major
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Designed especially movements in American Fiction since the end of
for students preparing to teach at the secondary the nineteenth century. Authors and texts will vary.
school level. A combination method and subject Writing Intensive.
matter course planned to evaluate and read the
literary works which best relate to the high school *365. TWENTIETH CENTURY POETRY/
students experience and training. THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Development of
*320. SHAKESPEARE/THREE CREDITS poetry since 1900, including such figures as Yeats,
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of Eliot, Moore and Brooks.
Shakespeares major plays.
*370. WOMEN WRITERS/THREE CREDITS
*325. STUDIES IN A SINGLE AUTHOR/ GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Topics in creative
THREE CREDITS writing by women. Topics may include Feminist
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course Literature, Reading and Writing Women, women
will focus on the works of a single important writers within certain periods and cultural contexts,
author (in fiction or poetry) in either British or and specific themes such as women and art. GEP
American Literature. The authors body of work Humanities/Womens Studies.
will be considered alongside literary and cultural
conditions that contribute to the significance of *380. SPECIAL TOPICS IN LITERATURE/THREE
the writer. Writers may include F. Scott Fitzgerald, CREDITS/FOUR CREDITS IN JAN TERM
Virginia Woolf, Walt Whitman, Charles Dickens, GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of
James Joyce, Flannery OConnor, among others. particular time periods, geographical areas, cultural
milieus, writers, or themes. Examples of topics are
*330. EIGHTEENTH CENTURY STUDIES/ Southern Literature, African-American Writers,
THREE CREDITS Gendered Frontiers and Americans in Paris.
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of 18th
century culture through literature. This look at 390. GENRE STUDIES/THREE CREDITS
the Enlightenment may include both English and Major, Minor credit. A concentrated study of a
American texts as well as selected European works. chosen literary genre.

90
391. FEATURE WRITING/THREE CREDITS and language not covered by the regular offerings in
Major, Minor credit. Prerequisite: ENG 291 or English. The student is responsible for devising the
permission of instructor. Study in advanced course of study and seeking a faculty sponsor and
feature writing techniques (human interest story, director. May be repeated for credit.
personality profile, travel story, and special event
story). Lecture/ workshop format. Offered Spring 491. ADVANCED TUTORIAL IN FICTION/
Term. THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ENG 292.
392. CREATIVE WRITING: POETRY/ Instruction in advanced techniques in fiction
THREE CREDITS writing with a focus on one-to-one tutorial
Major, Minor credit. Prerequisite: ENG 292 or instruction and masterclass workshops with the
permission of the instructor. Instruction in advanced Distinguished Writer- in-Residence. The purpose
techniques in the writing of poetry. Workshop of the course is to provide intensive study at an
format. individual pace in order to help students develop
writing of a publishable quality.
*393. CREATIVE WRITING: FICTION/
THREE CREDITS 492. ADVANCED TUTORIAL IN POETRY/
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ENG THREE CREDITS
292 or permission of the instructor. Instruction in Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ENG 292.
advanced techniques in the writing of fiction. Instruction in advanced techniques in poetry
Workshop format. writing with a focus on one-to-one tutorial
instruction and master class workshops with the
394. LITERARY CRITICISM/THREE CREDITS Distinguished Writer- Residence. The purpose
Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the important of the course is to provide intensive study at an
texts of literary criticism and practice in research individual pace in order to help students develop
and theory. Should be taken as soon as possible writing of a publishable quality.
following the declaration of an English major.
493. PUBLICATIONS/MEDIA INTERNSHIP/
395. HISTORY OF THE LANGUAGE/ THREE CREDITS
THREE CREDITS May not be taken for Major credit. (BFA creative and
Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the professional writing students may take three hours
development and principles of the English language for major credit). Prerequisite: ENG 291. Designed
and the historical influences on its various forms. to accommodate those students engaged in
396. MODERN ENGLISH GRAMMAR/ internships in publishing (newspaper, magazine,
THREE CREDITS book), TV, radio and advertising. Generally requires
Major, Minor, Elective credit. A linguistic approach assignment of a written project in addition to the
to the study of English grammar. Students will be internship work experience. May be taken more
introduced to structural, descriptive, comparative, than once with the approval of the department.
and historical linguistics. The main emphasis Pass/fail grading.
of the course will center on transformational or 496. BA SENIOR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS
transformational- generative grammar. Required of all Bachelor of Arts with an English
*397. SPECIAL TOPICS IN WRITING/ major; offered in the fall term of the senior year. This
THREE CREDITS course will provide the opportunity to develop a
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: substantial scholarly project, as well as hone public
ENG 292 or equivalent. An upper-level course speaking skills in the presentation of a semester-
for students who wish to focus on one aspect of long research project. Capstone. Writing Intensive.
writing. Topics may include: Advanced Tutorials in 497. HONORS/THREE CREDITS
fiction, poetry or creative non-fiction. For qualified senior majors. Independent research
398. CREATIVE WRITING NONFICTION/ and thesis written under the direction of a
THREE CREDITS member of the English faculty. Students must be
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Instruction in advanced recommended by the department.
techniques in the writing of creative nonfiction. 498. BFA SENIOR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS
490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY Required of all BFA creative and professional writing
IN SPECIAL TOPICS/THREE CREDITS major and BA students with a concentration in
Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course allows creative writing. The seminar offers the opportunity
students to pursue a course of study in literature to develop a book length collection of poetry (35-45
91
 pages) or prose (40-50 pages) along with a critical
introduction to the work that details how the
student authors writing fits into the contemporary
literature scene. In addition, the student creates
a reading list developed in consultation with the
project director and completes a final oral defense
of the senior project. Projects directed by faculty
sponsors. Capstone. Offered in the Spring Term of the
senior year.

92
DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY & POLITICS
JOE P. DUNN, chair, JEFFREY POELVOORDE, JOHN M. THEILMANN, MELISSA WALKER,
EDWARD C. WOODFIN

DEPARTMENT MISSION STATEMENT The General Education Program is a requirement

To develop students with the traditional liberal for all degrees. The requirements listed below are
arts skills: to read and analyze challenging material approved for the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of
within their discipline, to write coherently, and to Science and Bachelor of Fine Arts.
articulate their views competently. Through this ENG 101.....................................................3 hours
preparation, our students will have the skills to Language and Culture 9 hours
pursue graduate study in various fields or to enter MTH 108 or higher.....................................3 hours
the job market successfully. One course designated as
Quantitative reasoning 3-4 hours
STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES Health and Well-being Wellness..................2 hours
FOR HISTORY MAJORS Activity course......................................... 1-2 hours
Because no common core of specific content Humanities..................................................6 hours
knowledge is expected, each student through Literature.....................................................3 hours
the individual course curriculum that she selects Fine Arts.....................................................6 hours
will pursue a somewhat different path. However, Natural Science....................................... 7-8 hours
whatever the mix of specific study in different time Social Science..............................................6 hours
periods and geographical areas, she will develop Total..............................................49-52 hours
the liberal arts skills designated in the department
Graduation requirements but not a separate course:
mission statement. We trust that each student
First Year Seminar
enhances her capabilities in the learning outocmes
Writing Intensive course
as she gains experience through completion of
Non-European/non-Anglophone course
individual courses. The departments assessment of
Capstone experience.
the fulfillment of the learning outcomes resides in
For more information see GEP requirements
the Senior Capstone Seminar in which each student
in this catalog.
is expected to validate that she can:
1. Read and interpret historical material and HISTORY
demonstrate how a historian approaches The department offers a Bachelor of Arts with a
the study of the past. history major that consists of a minimum of 36
2. Conduct historical research by formulating credit hours as outlined below. HST 100 and/or
valid research questions, identifying source HST 201, 202 are encouraged but not required.
materials, organizing data, and completing
an article-length paper that reflects proper Required history courses:
documentation and citation practices. Two upper-level (300-400)
3. Demonstrate the oral skills to present and European history courses..........................6 hours
defend research conclusions in a presentation Two upper-level (300-400)
before peers. American history courses..........................6 hours
One upper-level (300-400)
Consistent with the emphasis on preparing students non-Western or World history...................3 hours
for graduate study in a diverse array of fields or Additional history electives........................18 hours
for success in whatever vocational fields that they Senior Seminar (Capstone...........................3 hours
pursue, a secondary identification that reflects
that the departments mission statement is being TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF
achieved is the annual record of our students post ARTS WITH HISTORY MAJOR........... 36 hours
undergraduate accomplishments. Traditionally our
Internships do not count toward the 36-hour
majors have pursued law, international diplomacy,
minimum major requirements. Students who double
public policy, public administration, business,
major in history and politics may count no more
public history, teaching at the secondary or college
than two departmental cross-listed courses toward
levels, the nonprofit sector, library science, and
each major, and they only take the Capstone course
many other fields too numerous to list. The
once. Except with specific department permission,
department maintains records of the next step in
no more than three courses taken at any place other
the life process for each member of each graduating
than at Converse, including courses taken at Wofford,
class of majors.
may count toward the minimum hours for the major.
93
 Transfer students and students on approved study GEP, Minor credit. A study of a selected subject
abroad programs (with prior authorization) may be within the discipline which will vary from term
given more latitude on this provision. to term. The course is designed to encourage
student participation in the intellectual processes
THE HISTORY MINOR through class discussion, research and writing,
The distribution requirements for a minor in special projects, problem solving and evaluation
history are the same as for the major, except that the and defense of positions. When the subject matter
student must take a minimum of 21 credit hours duplicates that of another course, credit toward
and the capstone course is not required. graduation will be granted for only one of the
courses. Offered periodically in fall in rotation with
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION seminars in other disciplines.
INTRODUCTORY
*100. MAJOR TOPICS IN MODERN *299H. INTERDISCIPLINARY HONORS COURSE
EUROPEAN HISTORY/THREE CREDITS GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course is
GEP credit. Examination of key issues in modern team taught by members in two departments and
European history, such as the French Revolution, is open to Nisbet Honors Program participants and
the Industrial Revolution, Marxism, Imperialism, to others who meet Honors Program guidelines. All
the Russian Revolution, Stalin, Fascism, Cold War, students registering for these courses must register
and post-Cold War. Students who receive advanced not only through the Honors Program but also with
placement exam credit in European history with a their adviser and the Registrars Office.
score of three or better may not enroll for credit in
HST 100. AP hours do not count toward the minimum AMERICAN HISTORY
hours for a major or a minor. *201, 202. AMERICAN HISTORY
THREE OR SIX CREDITS
*110. WESTERN CIVILIZATION TO 1648/THREE GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of US
CREDITS/FOUR CREDITS FOR JAN TERM History from colonial times to the present. HST
GEP credit. A broad survey of the early development 201 deals with the period before 1877; HST 202,
of political, cultural, social and religious life in the period since 1877. The department accepts AP
the West. Topics will include studies of ancient credit. AP credits do not count toward minimum hours
Mesopotamia, Egypt, and Rome; medieval Europe for a major or minor. Writing Intensive.
and the Middle East; and Europe during the
Renaissance and Reformation. Students who receive *295T. THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION IN THE
advanced placement exam credit In European SOUTHERN BACKCOUNTRY/FOUR CREDITS
history with a score of three or better may not enroll GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course
for credit in HST 110. AP hours do not count toward explores the American Revolution with a particular
the minimum hours for a major or a minor. focus on the war in the Southern backcountry.
Offered in alternate years. Travel fees.
*125. FIRST YEAR SEMINAR IN HISTORY/
THREE CREDITS *306. AFRICAN-AMERICAN HISTORY/
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. First-Year Seminars THREE CREDITS
constitute a common and academically significant GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of
experience in a students first year at Converse African- American history from colonial times to
College. All incoming first-year students are the present. Offered alternate years. Writing Intensive.
required to take a 3-credit hour FYS in the fall *345. WOMEN IN AMERICAN HISTORY/
semester, choosing from a variety of discipline THREE CREDITS
specific topics. Each FYS carries the corresponding GEP, Major, Minor, Elective, credit. A study of women
departmental prefix, but with the common course in American history from The Colonial Era to the
number (except for designated honors sections). present. Offered alternate years. Writing Intensive.
Each FYS course is designed to have no more than GEP Humanities/Womens Studies.
18 students, and counts in some designated category
of the General Education Program. Strong writing *375. THE VIETNAM
and speaking components are required elements of EXPERIENCE/THREE CREDITS
the course. A course on a special topic in history, GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the
designed to fulfill the FYS GEP requirement. Open historical background of the Vietnam War with
only to freshmen. Offered on demand. assessment of the American experience in Vietnam.
Emphasis is on Vietnam as a case study in the
*199H. FRESHMAN HONORS SEMINAR/ American foreign policy/national security process.
THREE CREDITS Attention is given to the lessons of Vietnam and

94
its role in assessing contemporary military conflicts. EUROPEAN HISTORY
Cross-listed with POL 375. Also qualifies as non- *318. ENGLISH HISTORY, 1450-1714/
Western major and Non-European/non-Anglophone. THREE CREDITS
Offered alternate years. Writing Intensive. GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. From the late
Medieval era through the end of the Stuart Dynasty.
*408. THE COLONIAL ERA/THREE CREDITS
Offered alternate years.
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the
founding and development of America. Offered *319. ENGLISH HISTORY SINCE 1714/THREE
alternate years. Writing Intensive. CREDITS/FOUR CREDITS JAN TERM
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of the
*412. THE NEW NATION,
history of England from the beginning of the
1783-1840/THREE CREDITS
Hanoverian Dynasty to the present. Offered alternate
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the
years. Writing Intensive.
US from the end of the Revolution through the
Jacksonian Era. Offered alternate years. Writing *330. THE AGE OF SHAKESPEARE/
Intensive. THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of a
*421. THE ERA OF THE CIVIL
selection of Shakespeares plays within the context
WAR, 1840-1876/ THREE CREDITS
of Tudor and early Stuart history. In addition to
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of Westward
class lectures and discussions, students will attend
expansion, the Old South, the abolitionist crusade,
productions of the Royal Shakespeare Company in
the Civil War and Reconstruction. Offered alternate
London and Stratford and visit sites connected with
years. Writing Intensive.
the history of the time. Cross-listed with ENG 330.
*425. AMERICAN WEST/THREE CREDITS Offered in the London Term.
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of the era
*351. RENAISSANCE AND
of European and American settlement, conquest
REFORMATION/ THREE CREDITS
and early development of the American West, from
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of
the sixteenth century to the early 20th century.
European history from 1350 to 1648. Offered on
Topics will include explorations; the experience of
demand.
Native American peoples; the world of trappers,
cowboys, miners and wagon trains; and the impact *352. THE AGE OF THE
of settlement on the environment. ENLIGHTENMENT/ THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of
*430. THE SOUTH SINCE 1877/THREE CREDITS
European history from 1648 to 1789. Offered on
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective. A study of history of
demand.
the Southern United States in the so-called New
South period--the years from Reconstruction to the *361. THE MIDDLE AGES/THREE CREDITS
present. Offered alternate years. Writing Intensive. GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A general survey
of the Middle Ages from the fall of Rome to the
*441. RECENT UNITED STATES, 1945
Renaissance. Emphasis will be upon political,
TO THE PRESENT/ THREE CREDITS
institutional, ecclesiastical and cultural history.
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the US
Offered on demand.
from the end of World War II to the present. Cross-
listed with POL 441. Offered on demand. Writing *362. NATIONALISM, IMPERIALISM,
Intensive. AND WORLD WAR I/THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. An examination of
*442. THE CIVIL RIGHTS ERA/THREE CREDITS
the era surrounding the First World War. The course
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the
will include a study of Europe in the nineteenth
black civil rights movement from the early 1950s
and early twentieth centuries, concentrating on the
through the 1970s and beyond. Cross-listed with
rising power of nationalism and the drive for world
POL 442. Offered alternate years.
conquest that is known as the New Imperialism. It
*455. AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY/THREE will also focus on the war itself, from its causes to its
CREDITS/FOUR CREDITS IN JAN TERM conduct to its thunderous significance in shaping
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the the modern world. Writing Intensive. Offered in
institutions and functioning of foreign policy/ alternate years.
national security decision-making as well as selected
*364. MODERN GERMAN
topics of the Cold War and contemporary events.
HISTORY/THREE CREDITS
Cross-listed with POL 455. Offered on demand.
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Political, social and
Writing Intensive. Non-European/non-Anglophone.
95
 cultural history from 1815 to the present. Offered in *470. ISLAMIC AND MIDDLE
alternate years. Writing Intensive. EAST POLITICS/ THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. An introduction
*365. PROBLEMS IN BRITISH HISTORY to Islamic politics and to the comparative and
THREE CREDITS/FOUR CREDITS developmental issues of the Arab world and the
FOR ON CAMPUS JAN TERM larger Middle East. The approach will be historical
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Several topics will as well as contemporary. Cross-listed with POL
be selected for study in depth. Among these will be 470 and REL 470. Offered alternate years. Writing
the historical evolution of the British parliamentary Intensive. Non-European/ non-Anglophone.
system, the Irish question in British history, and an
investigation of the current political and economic *474. THE ARAB-ISRAELI CONFLICT/
situation. The selection of topics will vary during THREE HOURS
successive offerings. Offered on demand. GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the
modern conflict over the region of Palestine.
*366. BRITISH EMPIRE AND The course will examine the religious, cultural,
COMMONWEALTH/ THREE CREDITS and historical background of the combatants;
FOUR CREDITS IN JAN TERM the troubled heritage of the Ottoman and British
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A history of Empires in the region; Zionism; terrorism and
the British Empire in America, Asia, Africa and counter-terrorism; the establishment and expansion
Australia/ New Zealand. Also qualifies as non- of the state of Israel; the wars between Arabs and
Western/World history. Offered in alternate years. Israelis; the experience and resistance of Palestinian
*420. MODERN RUSSIAN HISTORY Arabs; and attempts to make peace. Non-European/
AND POLITICS/THREE CREDITS non-Anglophone credit.
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A political history *477. COLONIAL LATIN AMERICA/
of the evolution of Russia from the early 19th THREE CREDITS
century through the present and an analysis of GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of Latin
contemporary Russian politics and foreign policy. America from its pre-Columbian origins to the
Attention is also given to the contemporary politics collapse of the Spanish Empire in the 1820s.
of countries that were formerly part of the Soviet Writing Intensive. Non-European/non-Anglophone
Union. Offered alternate years.
INTERNSHIPS, ADVANCED INDIVIDUAL
NON-WESTERN OR WORLD HISTORY STUDY AND SPECIAL TOPICS
*366. BRITISH EMPIRE AND COMMONWEALTH/ *291. SPECIAL TOPICS IN HISTORY/
THREE CREDITS FOUR CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A history of GEP, Major, Elective credit. A course on a special topic
the British Empire in America, Asia, Africa and not in the regular curriculum. HST 291 courses
Australia/New Zealand. Also qualifies as European will introduce the methods of inquiry, analysis, and
history. Offered in alternate years. interpretation used in the discipline of history. If
*375. THE VIETNAM EXPERIENCE/ the topic is different, the course may be taken more
THREE CREDITS than once. Offered In Jan Term on demand.
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the 480. SENIOR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS
historical background of the Vietnam War with Major credit. A course in methodology, research, and
assessment of the American experience in Vietnam. writing for history and politics majors. Students
Emphasis is on Vietnam as a case study in the will write a senior thesis in the course. Cross-listed
American foreign policy/ national security process. with POL 480. Offered annually in Fall Term. A
Attention is given to the lessons of Vietnam and student must have a 2.0 GPA in her major to enroll in
to continuing contemporary events in Southeast this course. Capstone.
Asia. Cross-listed with POL 375. Also qualifies as
American History. Offered alternate years. Writing 490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY
Intensive. Non-European/non-Anglophone. IN SPECIAL TOPICS/THREE CREDITS
Major credit. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An
*402. WOMENS LIVES IN ASIAN AND independent course of study on selected topics.
AFRICAN CULTURES/THREE CREDITS Offered on demand.
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A readings course
on womens lives in various non-Western traditional *491. SPECIAL TOPICS IN HISTORY/THREE
cultures. Cross-listed with POL 402. Offered CREDITS/FOUR CREDITS IN JAN TERM
alternate years. Writing Intensive. Non-European/non- GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A course on a
Anglophone. GEP Humanities/Womens Studies.
96
special topic not in the regular curriculum. If the maintains records of the next step in the life process
topic is different, the course may be taken more for each member of each graduating class of majors.
than once for credit. Offered on demand.
The major requirements are as follows:
496. INTERNSHIP IN APPLIED POL 101: American Government 3 hours
HISTORY/THREE OR SIX CREDITS National Affairs...........................................6 hours
Elective credit. Prerequisite: Permission of the (Choose two courses and one must consist of the
department. Internships in archival administration, study of an institution)
museum curatorship, management of historic POL 301: The American Congress
properties, and historical restoration. Offered on POL 308: Special Topics
demand. Pass/fail grading. POL 311: The American Presidency
POL 333: Southern Politics
POLITICS POL 335: Constitutional Law
The department offers a Bachelor of Arts degree POL 350: Elections and Political Parties
with a major in politics that consists of a minimum POL 441: Recent US History
of 36 hours of course-work as distributed below. POL 442: The Civil Rights Era
Internships do not apply to the 36 hour minimum. POL 448: Public Administration
STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES Political Theory...........................................6 hours
FOR POLITICS MAJORS (Choose two, one of which must be POL 300, 310
Because no common core of specific content or 312)
knowledge is expected, each student through POL 300: Scripture and Politics
the individual course curriculum that she selects POL 310: Ancient, Medieval, and Renaissance
will pursue a somewhat different path. However, Political Theory
whatever the mix of specific study in the various POL 312: Early Modern and Modern Political
areas and subfields of political science that she Theory
follows, she will develop the liberal arts skills POL 316: American Political Thought
designated in the department mission statement. POL 317: Gender and Politics
We trust that each student enhances her capabilities POL 415: Special Topics in Political Theory
in the learning outcomes as she gains experience Foreign Policy and International Relations/
through completion of individual courses. The Comparative Government...........................9 hours
departments assessment of the fulfillment of the (Choose three with at least one from each of the two
learning outcomes resides in the Senior Capstone categories. See course descriptions below for which
Seminar in which each student is expected to courses correspond to each category)
validate that she can: POL 375: The Vietnam Experience
1. Read and interpret political science material POL 402: Womens Lives in Asian and African
and demonstrate how a student of political Cultures
science approaches political phenomena. POL 405: Studies in World Affairs
2. Conduct research by formulating valid POL 420: Modern Russian History and Politics
research questions, identifying source POL 455: American Foreign Policy
materials, organizing data, and completing POL 465: Comparative Government and .
an article-length paper that reflects proper Politics
documentation and citation practices. POL 470: Islamic and Middle Eastern Politics
3. Demonstrate the oral skills to present and Additional Electives.....................................9 hours
defend research conclusions in a Senior Seminar............................................3 hours
presentation before peers. TOTAL HOURS FOR A BACHELOR OF
ARTS WITH A POLITICS MAJOR...... 36 hours
Consistent with the emphasis on preparing students
for graduate study in a diverse array of fields or Students who double major in history and politics
for success in whatever vocational fields that they may count no more than two departmental cross-
pursue, a secondary identification that reflects listed courses toward each major. Except with
that the departments mission statement is being specific department permission, no more than three
achieved is the annual record of our students post courses taken at any place other than at Converse,
undergraduate accomplishments. Traditionally our including courses taken at Wofford, may count
majors have pursued law, international diplomacy, toward the minimum hours for the major. Transfer
public policy, public administration, business, students and those in approved study abroad
teaching at the secondary or college levels, the programs (with prior authorization) may be given
nonprofit sector, library science, and many other more latitude on this provision.
fields too numerous to list. The department
97
 THE POLITICS MINOR graduation will be granted for only one of the
A politics minor consists of a minimum of 21 credit courses. Offered periodically in rotation with seminars
hours of course-work. Students with a minor in in other disciplines. Offered Fall Term.
politics must take at least one course in National
*205. INTRODUCTION TO LAW AND
Affairs, Political Theory and at least two courses
THE JUDICIAL PROCESS/ FOUR CREDITS
in Foreign Policy and International Relations/
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Appropriate for
Comparative Government. The capstone course is
Pre-law students or those considering this area.
not required.
Offered In Jan Term.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION *299H. INTERDISCIPLINARY HONORS COURSE
INTRODUCTORY GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course is
*101. INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN team taught by members in two departments and
GOVERNMENT/THREE CREDITS is open to Nisbet Honors Program participants and
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of policy- to others who meet Honors Program guidelines. All
making, institutions and controversial issues in students registering for these courses must register
American National Government. Offered Fall and not only through the Honors Program but also with
Spring Terms. The department accepts AP credit. their adviser and the Registrars Office.
AP hours do not count toward the minimum hours for
a major or minor. NATIONAL AFFAIRS
*301. THE AMERICAN
*102. INTRODUCTION TO CONGRESS/THREE CREDITS
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS/THREE GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the
CREDITS/JAN TERM FOUR CREDITS legislative process and its relationship to the other
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. An introduction branches of government, political parties, interest
to foreign affairs and current world events. Special groups and the electorate. Offered alternate years.
attention is given to the Post-Cold War, Middle East
conflicts and Third World issues. Offered annually. *308. SPECIAL STUDIES IN THE
Non-European/non-Anglophone. POLITICAL PROCESS/THREE CREDITS
FOUR CREDITS IN JAN TERM
*125. FIRST YEAR SEMINAR GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Selected topics
IN POLITICS/ THREE CREDITS in the American political process with particular
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A course on a attention to political participation and public
special topic in politics, designed to fulfill the FYS policy. Since the content will vary, it may be taken
GEP requirement. First-Year Seminars constitute a more than once for credit. Offered alternate years.
common and academically significant experience Writing Intensive.
in a students first year at Converse College. All
incoming first-year students are required to take *311. THE AMERICAN
a 3-credit hour FYS in the fall semester, choosing PRESIDENCY/THREE CREDITS
from a variety of discipline specific topics. Each GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of
FYS carries the corresponding departmental prefix, presidential elections, presidential power, and the
but with the common course number (except for role of the federal bureaucracies. Offered alternate
designated honors sections). Each FYS course is years. Writing Intensive.
designed to have no more than 18 students, and
*333. SOUTHERN POLITICS /THREE CREDITS
counts in some designated category of the General
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. An examination
Education Program. Strong writing and speaking
of the role the South plays in American political
components are required elements of the course.
development, i.e. how southern political
Open only to freshmen. Offered on demand.
developments influence national politics and how
*199. FRESHMAN HONORS national politics affects the South. Offered alternate
SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS years.
GEP credit. A study of a selected subject within
*335. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW/THREE CREDITS
the discipline which will vary from term to term.
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: POL
The course is designed to encourage student
101. A review of benchmark cases of the Supreme
participation in the intellectual processes through
Court in the areas of the development of judicial
class discussion, research and writing, special
review, federalism, the separation of powers, and
projects, problem solving, and evaluation and
the relationship between the government and the
defense of positions. When the subject matter
economy. Offered alternate years.
duplicates that of another course, credit toward
98
*350. ELECTIONS AND POLITICAL PARTIES/ *317. GENDER AND POLITICS/THREE CREDITS
THREE CREDITS GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. An examination of
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the the issue of differences and similarities between the
electoral process in the US. Emphasis will be placed sexes as it bears upon the question of the political
on political parties, voting decisions, and political identity and role of women (and men) in political
campaigns. Offered alternate years. and social life from the Greek thinkers to the Bible
to modern feminist movements and their critics.
*441. RECENT UNITED STATES, 1945 Offered alternate years.
TO THE PRESENT/THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the US *415. SELECTED TOPICS IN POLITICAL
from the end of World War II to the present. Cross- THOUGHT/
listed with HST 441. Offered on demand. Writing THREE CREDITS/FOUR CREDITS IN
Intensive. JAN TERM
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of selected
*442. THE CIVIL RIGHTS ERA/THREE CREDITS texts, concepts, doctrines, or ideologies. Since the
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the content will vary, it may be taken more than once
black civil rights movement from the early 1950s for credit. Offered alternate years.
through the 1970s and beyond. Cross-listed with
HST 442. Offered alternate years. FOREIGN POLICY AND
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
448. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION/THREE *375. THE VIETNAM EXPERIENCE/
CREDITS/FOUR CREDITS IN JAN TERM THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the various GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the
aspects of public administration, i.e. organizational historical background of the Vietnam War with
theory, personnel policy, public finance and assessment of the American experience in Vietnam.
budgeting, policy analysis, and selected other Emphasis is on Vietnam as a case study in the
topics such as ethics or administrative law. Offered American foreign policy/national security process.
on demand. Attention is given to the lessons of Vietnam and to
POLITICAL THEORY continuing contemporary events in Southeast Asia.
*300. SCRIPTURE AND POLITICS/ Cross-listed with HST 375. Offered alternate years.
THREE CREDITS Writing Intensive. Non-European/non-Anglophone.
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. An examination *405. STUDIES IN WORLD AFFAIRS/THREE
of the foundational texts of Western Revelation CREDITS/ FOUR CREDITS IN JAN TERM
that undergird the political vision of Western GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of selected
humanity: the Hebrew Bible/Old Testament, the topics in foreign affairs and current events. Since
New Testament and the Quran. Offered alternate the content will vary, it may be taken more than
years. Writing Intensive. once for credit. Offered on demand. Non-European/
*310. ANCIENT, MEDIEVAL, AND RENAISSANCE non-Anglophone.
POLITICAL THEORY/THREE CREDITS *455. AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY/THREE
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of the CREDITS/FOUR CREDITS IN JAN TERM
major works in the Western tradition of political GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the
thought from Plato to Machiavelli. Offered alternate institutions and functioning of the American
year, normally in Fall Term. Writing Intensive. foreign policy/national security decision-making
*312. EARLY MODERN AND MODERN as well as of selected topics of the Cold War and
POLITICAL THEORY/THREE CREDITS contemporary events. Cross-listed with HST 455.
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of the Offered alternate years. Writing Intensive. Non-
major works in the Western tradition of political European/non-Anglophone.
thought from Hobbes to Marx. Offered alternate COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENT
year, normally in Fall Term. AND POLITICS
*402. WOMENS LIVES IN ASIAN AND AFRICAN
*316. AMERICAN POLITICAL THOUGHT/ CULTURES/THREE CREDITS
THREE CREDITS GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A readings
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of the course on womens lives in various non-Western
ideas and movements shaping the American traditional cultures. Cross-listed with HST 402.
political tradition. Offered alternate years. Offered on demand. Non-European/non-Anglophone.
GEP Humanities/ Womens Studies. Writing Intensive.
99
 *420. MODERN RUSSIAN HISTORY 492. MODEL ARAB LEAGUE/ONE
AND POLITICS/THREE CREDITS TO THREE CREDITS PER YEAR
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A political history Elective credit. Preparation for and participation in
of the evolution of Russia from the early 19th Model Arab League by members of the Converse
century through the present and an analysis of delegation. Offered annually during Fall, Jan, or
contemporary Russian politics and foreign policy. Spring Term.
Attention is also given to the contemporary politics
of countries that were formerly part of the Soviet 493. MODEL NATO/ONE OR
Union. Offered in alternate years. TWO CREDITS PER YEAR
Elective credit. Preparation for and participation
*465. COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENT in Model NATO by members of the Converse
AND POLITICS/ THREE CREDITS delegation. Offered annually during Jan or Spring Term.
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A comparative
political analysis of ideologies, systems, institutions, 494. THE CONGRESSIONAL
politics, and current affairs of selected western and INTERNSHIP/ THREE OR SIX CREDITS
non-western nations. Offered on demand. Writing Elective credit. Prerequisites: POL 101 completed with
Intensive and Non-European/non-Anglophone B- or better or POL 101 completed with a C- or better
AND a B- or better in a 300 or 400 level National
*470. ISLAMIC AND MIDDLE Affairs course; 2.5 GPA; consent of instructor. A
EAST POLITICS/ THREE CREDITS program of work in the office of a US Senator or
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. An introduction Representative. Interested students should see the
to Islamic politics and to the comparative and instructor early in the Fall Term. Pass/fail grading.
developmental issues of the Arab world and the
larger Middle East. The approach will be historical 495. STATE LEGISLATIVE
as well as contemporary. Cross-listed with HST INTERNSHIP/THREE OR SIX CREDITS
470 and REL 470. Offered alternate years. Writing Elective credit. Prerequisites: POL 101 completed with
Intensive. Non-European/non-Anglophone. B- or better or POL 101 completed with a C- or better
AND a B- or better in a 300 or 400 level National
INTERNSHIPS, ADVANCED INDIVIDUAL Affairs course; 2.5 GPA; consent of instructor. A
STUDY, AND SPECIAL TOPICS program of work in the office of a state legislator.
*220. SPECIAL TOPICS IN POLITICS/THREE Interested students should see the instructor early
CREDITS in the Fall Term. Offered annually during Jan Term.
GEP, Major Minor credit. Special topics in politics at Pass/fail grading.
the introductory level.
496. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION AND PUBLIC
303. SOCIAL STATISTICS/FOUR CREDITS POLICY INTERNSHIP/THREE OR SIX CREDITS
Major, Elective credit. A study of statistical techniques Elective credit. Prerequisites: POL 101 completed with
commonly used in the analysis of data in politics B- or better or POL 101 completed with a C- or better
and economics as well as the sciences. Students will AND a B- or better in a 300 or 400 level National
become familiar with the use of statistical packages Affairs course; one other relevant course as approved by
in data analysis. Offered Fall, Jan Term or Spring. the instructor; 2.5 GPA; consent of instructor. Work in
Quantitative GEP requirement. Can be cross-listed with a public agency or in a private organization with an
ECN/BAD 300. interest in public policy. Interested students should
see the instructor early in the fall term to arrange
480. SENIOR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS proper placement. Offered annually during Jan Term.
Major credit. A course in methodology, research, and Pass/fail grading.
writing for history and politics majors. Cross-listed
with HST 480. Offered on demand. Capstone. A 498. COURT AND LAW OFFICE
student must have a 2.0 GPA in her major to enroll INTERNSHIP/ THREE OR SIX CREDITS
in this course. Elective credit. Prerequisites: POL 101 completed
490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY IN with a B- or better, OR POL 101 completed with a
SPECIAL TOPICS/ONE TO SIX CREDITS C- or better AND a B- or better in a 300 or 400 level
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An independent National Affairs course; 2.5 GPA; consent of instructor
course of study on selected topics. Offered on demand. or recommendation of a pre-law adviser. A program
of work in a local law office. Interested students
491. MODEL UNITED NATIONS should see the instructor early in the fall term to
ONE OR TWO CREDITS arrange proper placement. Offered annually during
Elective credit. Preparation for and participation in Jan Term. Pass/fail grading.
Model UN by members of the Converse delegation.
Offered on demand.
100
DEPARTMENT OF LANGUAGES, CULTURES AND LITERATURES
MIRKO M. HALL, chair, B. BRANT BYNUM, RAFAEL E. HERNANDEZ, CATHERINE JONES

MISSION 2. Students will evaluate artifacts and

The mission of the Department of Languages, developments in the cultural history of
Cultures and Literatures is to enable Converse German-speaking Central Europe with
students to embrace diversity and complexity in the sensitivity to their aesthetic, sociopolitical, and
world through communication in other languages multicultural contexts.
and knowledge of other cultures. The department
3.
Students will produce clear written
will achieve this goal by preparing students in the
communication through texts that are
following areas:
supported by scholarly analysis and evidence.
1. competence in oral comprehension, speaking,
reading, and writing of the target language; 4. Students will demonstrate awareness of
2. knowledge of the culture and literature of the similarities and differences between their own
major language; culture and those of German-speaking Central
3. preparation to enter an advanced degree Europe.
program, public service, business, or the
professions. The requirements for the major are as follows:
GER 202: Intermediate German..................3 hours
The Department of Languages, Cultures and GER 302: Germany Today...........................3 hours
Literatures offers a Bachelor of Arts degree with the GER 303: Introduction to German Literature.... 3 hours
majors of German Studies and Spanish. Students GER 304: German Cinema..........................3 hours
majoring in German Studies or Spanish must GER 499: Senior Seminar............................3 hours
complete 30 credit hours in courses numbered 202 Additional Electives...................................15 hours
and above. Allowance of two courses with a substantial
Germanic component in other departments for the
The General Education Program is a requirement
major only.
for all degrees. The requirements listed below are
TOTAL HOURS FOR A BACHELOR
approved for the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of
OF ARTS WITH GERMAN
Science and Bachelor of Fine Arts.
STUDIES MAJOR................................ 30 hours
ENG 101.....................................................3 hours
Language and Culture 9 hours BACHELOR OF ARTS IN SPANISH
MTH 108 or higher.....................................3 hours STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
One course designated as 1. Students will demonstrate proficiency in
Quantitative reasoning......................... 3-4 hours Spanish (Intermediate High level) according to
Health and Well-being Wellness..................2 hours the ACTFL proficiency guidelines.
Activity course......................................... 1-2 hours
Humanities..................................................6 hours 2. Students will evaluate developments in the
Literature.....................................................3 hours cultural history of Spain/Spanish America with
Fine Arts.....................................................6 hours sensitivity to their multicultural, sociopolitical,
Natural Science....................................... 7-8 hours and literary contexts.
Social Science..............................................6 hours 3.
Students will produce clear written
Total..............................................49-52 hours communication through texts that are
Graduation requirements but not a separate course: supported by scholarly analysis and evidence.
First Year Seminar 4. Students will demonstrate awareness of
Writing Intensive similarities and differences between their own
Non-European/non-Anglophone course culture and those of Spain/Spanish America.
Capstone experience.
For more information see GEP requirements Required courses:
in this catalog. SPN 202: Intermediate Spanish...................3 hours
SPN 300: Spanish Peninsular Culture 3 hours
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN GERMAN STUDIES SPN 301: Latin American Culture 3 hours
STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES SPN 304: Survey of Spanish Literature .3 hours
1. Students will demonstrate proficiency in SPN 305: Survey of Modern Latin
German (B2 level) according to the Common American Literature 3 hours
European Framework of Reference for Languages.
101
 SPN 499: Senior Seminar............................3 hours 314. SPECIAL TOPICS/THREE OR FOUR CREDITS
Additional Electives...................................12 hours Elective credit. This course will introduce students
Allowance of either SPN 400 or HIS 477 for the to various aspects of the social and cultural realities
major only. of the target cultures using historical readings
TOTAL HOURS FOR A BACHELOR OF ARTS and literary selections supported by film and/or
WITH A SPANISH MAJOR.................. 30 hours travel. Topics of consideration may include history,
women, the media, immigrants and racism, and
It is strongly recommended that all majors and colonialism.
minors participate in at least one internship and
one study abroad program. CHINESE
Through the Converse-Wofford Cooperative
LANGUAGES, CULTURES program, Converse students may enroll in Chinese
AND LITERATURES MINOR language and cultural courses at Wofford.
A minor in French, German Studies, or Spanish
consists of 18 credit hours of courses at the level of FRENCH
202 and above. *101102. ELEMENTARY FRENCH/SIX CREDITS
GEP credit. A course for beginners designed to
French Minor initiate students not only into a foreign language,
FRN 202: Intermediate French. 3 hours but also into a new and exciting culture. Up-to-date
FRN 303: A Survey of French Literature I. 3 hours teaching methods and techniques are employed
FRN 304: A Survey of French Literature II....3 hours throughout the program.
Three electives from 300 and
400 level French courses:.........................9 hours *125. FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS
Total hours for French minor............. 18 hours GEP. First-Year Seminars constitute a common and
academically significant experience in a students
German Studies Minor first year at Converse College. All incoming first-
GER 202: Intermediate German..................3 hours year students are required to take a 3-credit hour
GER 302: Germany Today...........................3 hours FYS in the fall semester, choosing from a variety
GER 303: Introduction to German Literature. 3 hours of discipline specific topics. Each FYS carries the
GER 304: German Cinema...........................3hours corresponding departmental prefix, but with the
Two electives from 300 and 400 level German common course number (except for designated
courses.....................................................6 hours honors sections). Each FYS course is designed to
Total hours for German Studies minor 18 hours have no more than 18 students, and counts in
Spanish Minor some designated category of the General Education
SPN 202: Intermediate Spanish...................3 hours Program. Strong writing and speaking components are
Three courses from the following 9 hours required elements of the course.
SPN 300: Spanish Peninsular Culture *199H. FRESHMAN HONORS
SPN 301: Latin American Culture SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS
SPN 304: Survey of Spanish Literature GEP, Minor, Elective credit. Offered periodically in
SPN 305: Survey of Modern Latin American rotation with seminars in other disciplines. A study
Literature of a selected subject within the discipline that will
Two electives from 300 and 400 level Spanish vary from term to term. The course is designed to
courses.....................................................6 hours encourage student participation in the intellectual
Total hours form Spanish minor 18 hours processes through class discussion, research and
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION writing, special projects, problem solving, and
Students are highly advised against registering for the evaluation and defense of positions. When the
next level in a foreign language without having earned subject matter duplicates that of another course,
a grade of C- or higher in the prerequisites course(s). credit toward graduation will be granted for only
one of the courses. Offered periodically in rotation
ARABIC with seminars in other disciplines.
*101102. ARABIC I AND II/SIX CREDITS
GEP, Elective credit. Courses for beginners designed *201. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH/THREE CREDITS
to initiate a student not only into a foreign GEP credit. Prerequisites: French 101-102, or
language, but also into a new and exciting culture. placement in FRN 201. This course is a structural
Up-to-date teaching methods and techniques are review of the language.
employed throughout the courses. Non- European/
non-Anglophone.

102
202. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH/THREE CREDITS such subjects as applications for jobs, interviews,
Minor credit. Prerequisites: FRN 201 or placement in business correspondence, advertising, etc., and
FRN 202. This course will emphasize speaking and includes structural exercise dealing with grammar
listening with progressively increased practice in difficulties and typical commercial terminology.
reading and writing.
312. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH
*210. TOPICS IN READING, WRITING CULTURE/THREE CREDITS
AND CONVERSATION/THREE CREDITS Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or
GEP credit. Prerequisite FRN 201. A study of a equivalent. An introduction to present-day France
particular topic of French culture selected by the that explores its political, socio-cultural and
instructor. Subjects will vary from year to year. Non- educational institutions through films, the media
European/non-Anglophone. and literary works.
*265. LANGUAGE, CULTURE, AND 314. SPECIAL TOPICS/THREE CREDITS
LITERATURE STUDY SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS Minor credit. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or approval of
GEP credit. Students will study the target language department chair. This course will introduce students
and enroll in a foreign study program or participate to various aspects of the social and cultural realities
in a Converse designed program, studying the of the target cultures using historical readings and
language and discussing important topics on literary selections supported by films and travel.
culture and contemporary life. Grades in the course Topics of consideration may include history,
will be determined either by the native language women, the media, immigrants and racism, and
teacher or by a Converse professor, based on class colonialism. Non- European/non-Anglophone.
participation, tests and graded assignments. Offered
during Jan Term or Summer Terms, contingent upon *365. LANGUAGE, CULTURE, AND
sufficient enrollment. Non-European/non-Anglophone. LITERATURE STUDY SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS
GEP credit. Students will study the target language
*299H. INTERDISCIPLINARY and enroll in a foreign study program or participate
HONORS COURSE/THREE CREDITS in a Converse designed program, studying the
GEP, Minor, Elective credit. This course is team taught language and discussing important topics on
by members in two departments and is open to culture and contemporary life. Grades in the course
Honors Program participants and to others who will be determined either by the native language
meet Honors Program guidelines. All students teacher or by a Converse professor, based on class
registering for these courses must register not only participation, tests and graded assignments. Offered
through the Honors Program but also with their during Jan Term or Summer Terms, contingent upon
adviser and the Registrars Office. sufficient enrollment. Non-European/non-Anglophone.
*303, 304. A SURVEY OF FRENCH 490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT
LITERATURE/THREE OR SIX CREDITS STUDY/THREE CREDITS
GEP, Minor, Elective credit. Permission of instructor. A This course allows students to pursue a course of
study of selected themes in French literature from study not covered by regular offerings in French.
the beginning to the present time. The first term Both teacher and student will select the topic of
treats French literature from the beginnings to the study according to the students needs and interests.
revolutionary period; the second term from the Non-European/non-Anglophone.
French Revolution to the present. Writing Intensive.
496. FOREIGN LANGUAGE INTERNSHIP/THREE
309. FRANCOPHONE LITERATURE OF AFRICA OR SIX CREDITS
AND THE CARIBBEAN/THREE CREDITS Minor credit. Prerequisite: One course numbered
Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Permission of 300 or above and permission of the instructor. An
instructor. This course is a study of African and internship in business or a public or private agency
Caribbean literature. Consideration of social, requiring the use of the students foreign language
political and economic dimensions of African and skills. Pass/fail grading.
Caribbean cultures. May include an optional travel
component. Non-European/non-Anglophone. GERMAN STUDIES
*101102. ELEMENTARY GERMAN/SIX CREDITS
310. COMMERCIAL FRENCH/THREE CREDITS GEP credit. A course for beginners designed to
Elective credit. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. initiate students not only into a foreign language,
This is an introductory course into the everyday but also into a new and exciting culture. Up-to-date
business language used in France. It consists of teaching methods and techniques are employed
the study of oral and written texts dealing with throughout the program.

103
 *125. FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS is open to Nisbet Honors Program participants and
GEP. First-Year Seminars constitute a common and to others who meet Honors Program guidelines. All
academically significant experience in a students students registering for these courses must register
first year at Converse College. All incoming first- not only through the Honors Program but also with
year students are required to take a 3-credit hour their adviser and the Registrars Office.
FYS in the fall semester, choosing from a variety
of discipline specific topics. Each FYS carries the 301. GERMAN COMPOSITION AND
corresponding departmental prefix, but with the CONVERSATION/THREE CREDITS
common course number (except for designated Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: GER 202 or
honors sections). Each FYS course is designed to the equivalent. This course expands communicative
have no more than 18 students, and counts in competence in German and provides a review of
some designated category of the General Education advanced grammar concepts. Discussions and
Program. Strong writing and speaking components are compositions are based on selected topics in
required elements of the course. contemporary German culture. Writing Intensive.

*199H. FRESHMAN HONORS *302. GERMANY TODAY/THREE CREDITS

SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: GER
GEP, Minor, Elective credit. Offered periodically in 202 or the equivalent. An interdisciplinary survey of
rotation with seminars in other disciplines. A study contemporary German society and its multicultural
of a selected subject within the discipline that will and transnational influences. Emphasis is placed
vary from term to term. The course is designed to on post-unification cultural, political, and social
encourage student participation in the intellectual issues. Taught in German.
processes through class discussion, research and *303. INTRODUCTION TO GERMAN
writing, special projects, problem solving, and LITERATURE/THREE CREDITS
evaluation and defense of positions. When the GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: GER
subject matter duplicates that of another course, 202 or the equivalent. A general introduction to
credit toward graduation will be granted for only German literature (poetry, drama and prose) and its
one of the courses. Offered periodically in rotation socio-historical contexts from the Enlightenment
with seminars in other disciplines. to the present. Emphasis is placed on developing
*201. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN/ techniques for close reading and literary-cultural
THREE CREDITS interpretation. Taught in German.
GEP credit. Prerequisites: GER 101102, or placement *304. GERMAN CINEMA/THREE CREDITS
in GER 201. This course is a structural review of the GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: GER
language. 202 or the equivalent. A close analysis of select
202. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN/THREE CREDITS feature films from German-speaking countries.
Major, Minor credit. Prerequisites: GER 201 or Films are studied as both an aesthetic practice and
placement in GER 202. This course will emphasize a medium of cultural history. Special emphasis is
speaking and listening with progressively increased placed on developing techniques for critical visual
practice in reading and writing. literacy. Taught in German. Fine Arts Film credit.

*265. LANGUAGE, CULTURE AND LITERATURE *314. SPECIAL TOPICS/THREE CREDITS

STUDY SEMINAR/THREE OR SIX CREDITS GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This
GEP credit. Students will study the target language interdisciplinary seminar explores a special topic
and enroll in a foreign study program or participate in the cultures of German-speaking countries.
in a Converse designed program, studying the Particular emphasis is placed on the increasingly
language and discussing important topics on transnational and multicultural contexts of German
culture and contemporary life. Grades in the course cultural studies. Topics may include German
will be determined either by the native language cultural history, intellectual history, literature,
teacher or by a Converse professor, based on class media studies, and sound studies. Writing Intensive.
participation, tests and graded assignments. Offered Conducted in English. Does not satisfy the GEP
during Jan Term or Summer Terms, contingent upon language requirement.
sufficient enrollment. *365. LANGUAGE, CULTURE AND LITERATURE
STUDY SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS
*299H. INTERDISCIPLINARY HONORS COURSE GEP, Major credit. Students will study the target
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course is language and enroll in a foreign study program
team taught by members in two departments and or participate in a Converse designed program,

104
studying the language and discussing important readings and literary selections supported by film
topics on culture and contemporary life. Grades in and/or travel. Topics of consideration may include
the course will be determined either by the native history, women, the media, immigrants and racism,
language teacher or by a Converse professor, based and colonialism.
on class participation, tests and graded assignments.
Offered during Jan Term or Summer Terms, contingent *365. LANGUAGE, CULTURE AND LITERATURE
upon sufficient enrollment. STUDY SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS
GEP credit. Students will study the target language
490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT and enroll in a foreign study program or participate
STUDY/THREE CREDITS in a Converse designed program, studying the
This course allows students to pursue a course of language and discussing important topics on
study not covered by regular offerings in German. culture and contemporary life. Grades in the course
Both teacher and student will select the topic of will be determined either by the native language
study according to the students needs and interests. teacher or by a Converse professor, based on class
participation, tests and graded assignments. Offered
496. FOREIGN LANGUAGE during Jan Term or Summer Terms, contingent upon
INTERNSHIP/THREE OR SIX CREDITS sufficient enrollment.
Major, Minor credit. Prerequisite: One course numbered
300 or above and permission of the instructor. An 490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT
internship in business or a public or private agency STUDY/THREE CREDITS
requiring the use of the students foreign language Elective credit. This course allows students to pursue
skills. Pass/fail grading. a course of study not covered by regular offerings
in Italian. Both teacher and student will select the
499. SENIOR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS topic of study according to the students needs and
Major, Minor credit. Students complete a bilingual interests.
portfolioincluding personal statement,
independent research project, and public JAPANESE
presentationthat highlights their experiences, JPN 101102. AN INTRODUCTION TO JAPANESE
accomplishments, and scholarly work in the LANGUAGE AND CULTURE/THREE CREDITS
program. Capstone. Elective credit. Offered periodically. This course
provides students the opportunity to learn about
ITALIAN the history, language, and culture of Japan. Special
*101102 ELEMENTARY ITALIAN/SIX CREDITS emphasis will be given to learning how to deal with
GEP credit. A course for beginners. Offered every Japanese businesses. Students do not have to speak
other year. or write Japanese to take this course. Non-European/
*201202. INTERMEDIATE ITALIAN/ non-Anglophone.
SIX CREDITS JPN 201. INTERMEDIATE JAPANESE
GEP credit. This course is a structural review of the LANGUAGE AND CULTURE II/THREE CREDITS
language. Not offered regularly. Elective credit. A course for students who have
*265. LANGUAGE, CULTURE AND LITERATURE basic foundations of Japanese language. The course
STUDY SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS strengthens these foundations in order to enable
GEP credit. Students will study the target language students to develop proficiencies in writing, reading
and enroll in a foreign study program or participate listening and speaking. Students also learn about
in a Converse designed program, studying the the Japanese mind as it relates to key concepts of
language and discussing important topics on Japanese culture. Non-European/non-Anglophone.
culture and contemporary life. Grades in the course Offered periodically.
will be determined either by the native language JPN 202. INTERMEDIATE JAPANESE
teacher or by a Converse professor, based on class CULTURE III/THREE CREDITS
participation, tests and graded assignments. Offered Elective credit. A course for students who have
during Jan Term or Summer Terms, contingent upon basic foundations of Japanese language. The course
sufficient enrollment. continues to strengthen these foundations in order
to enable students to develop proficiencies in
314. SPECIAL TOPICS/THREE CREDITS writing, reading, listening, and speaking. Students
Elective credit. Prerequisite: ITL 202 or approval of also learn about the Japanese mind as it relates to
the department chair. This course will introduce key concepts of Japanese culture. Non-European/
students to various aspects of the social and cultural non-Anglophone. Offered periodically.
realities of the target cultures using historical

105
 SPANISH will be determined either by the native language
*101102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH/SIX CREDITS teacher or by a Converse professor, based on class
GEP credit. A course for beginners designed to participation, tests and graded assignments. Offered
initiate students not only into a foreign language, during Jan Term or Summer Terms, contingent upon
but also into a new and exciting culture. Up-to-date sufficient enrollment. Non-European/non-Anglophone.
teaching methods and techniques are employed
*299H. INTERDISCIPLINARY HONORS COURSE
throughout the program.
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course is
*125. FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS team taught by members in two departments and
GEP. First-Year Seminars constitute a common and is open to Nisbet Honors Program participants and
academically significant experience in a students to others who meet Honors Program guidelines. All
first year at Converse College. All incoming first- students registering for these courses must register
year students are required to take a 3-credit hour not only through the Honors Program but also with
FYS in the fall semester, choosing from a variety their adviser and the Registrars Office.
of discipline specific topics. Each FYS carries the
300. SPANISH PENINSULAR CULTURE/
corresponding departmental prefix, but with the
THREE CREDITS
common course number (except for designated
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: SPN 202,
honors sections). Each FYS course is designed to
or permission of instructor. Study of the origin,
have no more than 18 students, and counts in
formation and manifestations of the values of the
some designated category of the General Education
people of Spain and the institutions which reflect
Program. Strong writing and speaking components are
them. Emphasizes history, geography, environment,
required elements of the course.
social trends, and sociopolitical events. Class held
*199H. FRESHMAN HONORS in Spanish with opportunity for oral, written,
SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS reading and comprehension skill building. Offered
GEP, Minor, Elective credit. The course is designed to every other Fall Term. Writing Intensive.
encourage student participation in the intellectual
301. LATIN AMERICAN CULTURE/
processes through class discussion, research and
THREE CREDITS
writing, special projects, problem solving, and
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: SPN 202,
evaluation and defense of positions. When the
or permission of instructor. Study of the origin,
subject matter duplicates that of another course,
formation and manifestations of Latin American
credit toward graduation will be granted for only
values and the institutions which reflect them in the
one of the courses.
Americas and the Caribbean. Emphasizes history,
*201 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH/THREE CREDITS geography, environment, contemporary trends,
GEP credit. Prerequisites: Spanish 101-102, or and sociopolitical events. Class held in Spanish
placement in SPN 201. This course is a structural with opportunity for oral, written, reading and
review of the language. comprehension skill building. Offered every other
Fall Term. Non-European/non-Anglophone. Writing
202. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH/THREE CREDITS Intensive.
Major, Minor credit. Prerequisites: SPN 201 or
placement in SPN 202. This course will emphasize 302. CONVERSING AND WRITING
speaking and listening with progressively increased ON SPANISH AND LATIN AMERICAN
practice in reading and writing. LITERATURES/THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: SPN 202,
*210 TOPICS IN READING, WRITING or permission of instructor. Helps to develop further,
AND CONVERSATION/THREE CREDITS through conversation and composition, the facility
GEP credit. Prerequisite: SPN 201. A study of a in the language necessary to study literature in
particular topic in Spanish culture selected by the courses in which lectures, readings, discussion,
instructor. Subjects will vary from year to year. Non- and papers are in Spanish. Emphasizes analysis and
European/non-Anglophone. criticism of Spanish and Latin American literatures.
*265. LANGUAGE, CULTURE AND LITERATURE Non-European/non-Anglophone.
STUDY SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS 303. CONVERSING AND WRITING ON
GEP credit. Students will study the target language THE PROFESSIONS/THREE CREDITS
and enroll in a foreign study program or participate Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: SPN
in a Converse designed program, studying the 202, or permission of instructor. Helps to develop
language and discussing important topics on further, through conversation and composition,
culture and contemporary life. Grades in the course the ability in the language necessary to function in

106
professional fields such as banking, law, medicine, Permission of instructor. Latin American literature
social services, education, architecture, planning, of the last fifty years. Emphasis will be placed on
sales, economics and business. artistic and historical events and on the novels
and plays by the writers of the literary boom,
*304. SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE: including masterpieces by Nobel Prize winners.
AN INTRODUCTION TO THE Class held in Spanish with opportunity for oral,
SPANISH MIND/THREE CREDITS written, reading, and comprehension skill building.
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Non-European/non-Anglophone.
Permission of instructor. A study of Spanish literature
through the centuries in its historical, artistic, *310. MODERN LATIN AMERICA: IMAGES
and philosophical context. Class held in Spanish AND SYMBOLS OF CHANGE IN POETRY
with opportunity for oral, written, reading, and AND SHORT STORY/THREE CREDITS
comprehension skill building. Centuries and GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite:
readings will vary. Writing Intensive. Permission of instructor. Latin American literature of
the last fifty years. Emphasis will be placed on the
*305 SURVEY OF MODERN LATIN poems and short stories by the writers of the literary
AMERICAN LITERATURE: REFLECTIONS boom, including masterpieces by Nobel Prize
ON ARTISTIC, SOCIAL, AND winners. Class held in Spanish with opportunity
POLITICAL TRENDS/THREE CREDITS for oral, written, reading, and comprehension skill
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: building. Non-European/non-Anglophone.
Permission of instructor. An introduction to the
main movements, authors, and works of Spanish 314. SPECIAL TOPICS/THREE CREDITS
American literature from Modernism to the present. Major, Minor credit. Prerequisite: SPN 202 or approval
Class held in Spanish with opportunity for oral, of department chair. This course will introduce
written, reading, and comprehension skill building. students to various aspects of the social and cultural
Writing Intensive. Non- European/non-Anglophone. realities of the target cultures using historical
readings and literary selections supported by films
*306 DON QUIJOTE/THREE CREDITS and travel. Topics of consideration may include
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: history, women, the media, immigrants and racism,
Permission of instructor. A thematic and textual study and colonialism. Non-European/non-Anglophone.
of Cervantess masterpiece, Don Quijote. Discuss
Cervantess work through narrative elements *365. LANGUAGE, CULTURE AND LITERATURE
explored by other authors of the Baroque period STUDY SEMINAR/THREE OR SIX CREDITS
and through modern critical approaches. The novel GEP credit. Students will study the target language
will be read in its entirety and the course will be and enroll in a foreign study program or participate
conducted in Spanish. Writing Intensive. in a Converse designed program, studying the
language and discussing important topics on
*307. SPAIN: ENLIGHTENED, culture and contemporary life. Grades in the course
ROMANTIC, REAL/THREE CREDITS will be determined either by the native language
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: teacher or by a Converse professor, based on class
Permission of instructor. A study of the eighteenth participation, tests and graded assignments. Offered
and nineteenth century Spain through its literature, during Jan Term or Summer Terms, contingent upon
art, history and philosophy. Class held in Spanish sufficient enrollment.
with opportunity for oral, written, reading, and
comprehension skill building. 400. HISPANIC CULTURE AND LITERATURE
IN THE UNITED STATES/THREE CREDITS
*308. CONTEMPORARY SPAIN/THREE CREDITS Major, Elective credit. The societal experiences of
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Hispanics in the US have produced a distinctive
Permission instructor. Themes and aesthetic trends literature, rooted in their culture and written
in film and literature of Spain. Readings, viewings, English, that has already earned wide recognition
lectures, and discussions will examine the social, among critics and the public. Students will read
historical and political forces shaping Spains and discuss representative novels that will put them
contemporary cultural production. This course is in contact with the diversity of the Hispanic world
conducted in Spanish. Writing Intensive. in the US. Class held in English.
*309. MODERN LATIN AMERICA: THE
415. ADVANCED GRAMMAR/THREE CREDITS
NOVEL OF THE BOOM AND THE
Major, Minor credit. Prerequisite: SPN 202 and
POLITICAL DRAMA/THREE CREDITS
required entrance exam. A study of more complex
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite:

107
 grammatical structures and vocabulary usage.
Class held primarily in Spanish with emphasis on
integrating the material into appropriate oral and
written context.
490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT
STUDY/THREE CREDITS
This course allows students to pursue a course of
study not covered by regular offerings in Spanish.
Both teacher and student will select the topic of
study according to the students needs and interests.
Non-European/non-Anglophone.

496. FOREIGN LANGUAGE

INTERNSHIP/THREE OR SIX CREDITS
Major, Minor credit. Prerequisite: One course numbered
300 or above and permission of the instructor. An
internship in business or a public or private agency
requiring the use of the students foreign language
skills. Pass/fail grading.
499. SENIOR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor credit. A final course for majors treating
topics in Spanish language and contemporary
Spanish and Latin American cultures and literatures.
Students complete a bilingual portfolioincluding
personal statement, independent research project,
and public presentationthat highlights their
experiences, accomplishments, and scholarly work
in the program. Non-European/non-Anglophone.
Capstone.

108
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE
JAMES A. HYMAS, chair, PETER H. BROWN, JESSICA L. WILLIAMS

MATHEMATICS BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A

The mission of the mathematics major is to MAJOR OF MATHEMATICS
provide the student with the opportunity to study Required Courses:
the classical mathematics curriculum with the MTH 120: Calculus and Analytic
following student learning outcomes: Geometry I..................................................3 hours
1. Students will demonstrate the perspectives and MTH 210: Calculus and Analytic
the analytical skills required for efficient use Geometry II.................................................3 hours
and understanding of mathematics, MTH 220: Calculus and Analytic
Geometry III................................................3 hours
2. Students will demonstrate the ability to read, MTH 351: Linear Algebra............................3 hours
communicate, and understand mathematical MTH 410: Differential Equations. 3 hours
ideas in a variety of settings, both verbally and MTH 413: Algebraic Structures...................3 hours
in writing, making use of numerical, graphical, MTH 499: Senior Seminar............................ 1 hour
and symbolic viewpoints, CSC 201: Introduction to Computing 4 hours
MTH Electives...........................................12 hours
3.
Students will formulate and produce valid TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS
mathematical proofs, and WITH A MATHEMATICS MAJOR....... 35 hours
4.
Students will demonstrate a basic historical
perspective of mathematics BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH
A MAJOR OF MATHEMATICS
The General Education Program is a requirement Required Courses:
for all degrees. The requirements listed below are MTH 120: Calculus and Analytic
approved for the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Geometry I...............................................3 hours
Science and Bachelor of Fine Arts. MTH 210: Calculus and Analytic
ENG 101.....................................................3 hours Geometry II..............................................3 hours
Language and Culture 9 hours MTH 220: Calculus and Analytic
MTH 108 or higher.....................................3 hours Geometry III............................................3 hours
One course designated as MTH 351: Linear Algebra............................3 hours
Quantitative reasoning......................... 3-4 hours MTH 400: Real Analysis..............................3 hours
Health and Well-being Wellness..................2 hours MTH 410: Differential Equations. 3 hours
Activity course......................................... 1-2 hours MTH 413: Abstract Algebra.........................3 hours
Humanities..................................................6 hours MTH 423: Probability and Statistics............3 hours
Literature.....................................................3 hours MTH 499: Senior Seminar............................ 1 hour
Fine Arts.....................................................6 hours CSC 201: Introduction to Computing. 4 hours
Natural Science....................................... 7-8 hours PHY 251: Essentials of Physics I. 4 hours
Social Science..............................................6 hours Math Electives: 200 and above with the approval
Total..............................................49-52 hours of the department chair............................6 hours
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR
Graduation requirements but not a separate course: OF SCIENCE WITH MATHEMATICS
First Year Seminar MAJOR.............................................39 HOURS
Writing Intensive
Non-European/non-Anglophone course Majors who plan to be certified as secondary
Capstone experience. teachers of mathematics must take MTH 311:
For more information see the GEP requirements in Survey of Geometry as one of their electives.
this catalog. THE MATHEMATICS MINOR
A student completing a bachelors degree with a A minor in mathematics consists of any 24 hours of
mathematics major must take a minimum of 35 mathematics credit excluding MTH 108. CSC 201
credit hours of coursework above MTH 115. may also count toward the minor.
A student may not receive credit for any 100-level
mathematics course if she has previously received
credit (with a C- or higher) for a higher level

109
 mathematics course. Exceptions to this rule may be will introduce students to topics and techniques
allowed with the approval of the department chair. of discrete methods and combinatorial reasoning.
Methods for approaching problems in counting,
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION logic, and other Computer Science related topics
*108. FINITE MATHEMATICS/THREE CREDITS will be accumulated. A wide variety of applications
GEP credit. A study of selected topics from finite will be incorporated into the mathematics. Offered
mathematics. The topics may include probability, alternate years. Quantitative GEP requirement.
statistics, systems of linear equations, linear
programming and the mathematics of finance. *210. CALCULUS AND ANALYTIC GEOMETRY
Offered most terms. Quantitative GEP requirement. II/THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: MTH
*110. ELEMENTARY FUNCTIONS/ 120, or equivalent. A continuation of MTH 120.
THREE CREDITS Offered every year. Quantitative GEP requirement.
GEP credit. Prerequisite: High School Algebra. A
study of elementary functions and their graphs *220. CALCULUS AND ANALYTIC
and applications, including polynomials, rational GEOMETRY III/THREE CREDITS
and algebraic functions, exponential, logarithmic, GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: MTH
and trigonometric functions. Offered most terms. 210, or equivalent. A continuation of MTH 210.
Quantitative GEP requirement. Offered every year. Quantitative GEP requirement.
*113. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS/ *299H. INTERDISCIPLINARY HONORS/
FOUR CREDITS THREE CREDITS
GEP credit. Prerequisite: High School Algebra. This GEP, Major, Elective credit. This course is team taught
course will provide a comprehensive introduction by members in two departments and is open to
to the models and methods used in statistics. Nisbet Honors Program participants and to others
Quantitative GEP requirement. who meet Honors Program guidelines. All students
registering for these courses must register not only
*115. SURVEY OF CALCULUS/FOUR CREDITS through the Honors Program but also with their
GEP, Minor credit. Prerequisite: MTH 110, or adviser and the Registrars Office. Quantitative GEP
equivalent. A one-term introduction to the elements requirement.
of the differential and integral calculus, intended for
students majoring in other departments. Offered on *301. MATHEMATICS OF GAMES AND
demand in Jan Term. Quantitative GEP requirement. GAMBLING/FOUR CREDITS
Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Permission of the
*120. CALCULUS AND ANALYTIC GEOMETRY I/ instructor. This course is a study of the mathematics
THREE CREDITS involved in games of chance and gambling. Topics
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: MTH in probability, statistics and combinatorics will be
110, or equivalent. A study of the differential and covered. Offered on demand in Jan Term. Quantitative
integral calculus. Offered Fall and Spring Terms. GEP requirement.
Quantitative GEP requirement.
*303. NUMBER THEORY/THREE CREDITS
*125. FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Consent
GEP. First-Year Seminars (FYS) constitute a of the instructor. A study of the integers and their
common and academically significant experience divisibility properties with particular emphasis
in a students first year at Converse. All incoming on the theory of congruencies, prime numbers,
first-year students are required to take a 3 credit- Diophantine equation, and quadratic residues.
hour FYS course in the fall semester, choosing from Offered on demand. Quantitative GEP requirement.
a variety of discipline specific topics. Each FYS
carries the corresponding departmental prefix, but *311. SURVEY OF GEOMETRY/THREE CREDITS
with a common course number (except designated Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Consent of
honors sections). Each FYS course is designed to the instructor or MTH 351. A study of the foundation
have no more than 18 students, and counts in of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometry. Offered
some designated category of the General Education alternate years. Quantitative GEP requirement.
Program. Strong writing and speaking components are
elements of the course. *315. MATHEMATICAL SOFTWARE/
FOUR CREDITS
*205. DISCRETE MATHEMATICS/THREE CREDITS Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: MTH 120 or
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: CSC 201 permission of the instructor. This course will
and MTH 110 or consent of the instructor. The course introduce the student to the various mathematical

110
software packages that are commercially available. *490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY IN
Lectures and laboratory. Cross-listed with CSC 315. SPECIAL TOPICS/ONE TO THREE CREDITS
Quantitative GEP requirement. Prerequisite. Consent of the instructor and department
chair. Intensive independent study of a topic in
*330. INTRODUCTION TO ANALYSIS/ mathematics which is not in the regular curriculum.
THREE CREDITS This study will be directed by a cooperating faculty
Major, Minor, Elective credit. See CSC 330. Offered on member. May be repeated for credit. Offered on
demand. Quantitative GEP requirement. demand. Quantitative GEP requirement.
*340. INTRODUCTION TO GRAPH THEORY/ 499. SENIOR SEMINAR/ONE CREDIT
FOUR CREDITS Required of all majors. This course allows the student
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: MTH 351 to investigate a topic of particular interest in
or permission of the instructor. This course is an mathematics or computer science. The student will
introduction to a relatively new area of mathematics have the opportunity to present a written and oral
study. A diverse collection of applications includes report on her topic. Offered every year. Quantitative
operations research, sociology and chemistry. An GEP requirement. Capstone.
introduction to mathematical proofs is included,
and various proof techniques are illustrated while COMPUTER SCIENCE
developing the theory itself. Offered on demand in THE COMPUTER SCIENCE MINOR
Jan Term. Quantitative GEP requirement. The department offers a minor in computer science.
The minor consists of 20 credit hours.
*351. LINEAR ALGEBRA/THREE CREDITS The requirements for a minor in computer science
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: MTH 210. are as follows:
A study of linear equations and matrices, vector CSC 201: Introduction to Computing 4 hours
spaces, determinants, linear mappings, inner CSC 202: Data Structures............................4 hours
products, and cross products of vectors. Offered CSC 305: Database Design..........................3 hours
alternate years. Quantitative GEP requirement. CSC Electives - Choose from the following:.....9 hours
*400. REAL ANALYSIS/THREE CREDITS CSC 280H: Computers and Society
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: MTH 220. A CSC 290: Software Workshops
study of selected topics from real analysis. Offered CSC 304: Visual Basic Programming
on demand. Quantitative GEP requirement. CSC 321: Essential Architectures I
CSC 322: Essential Architecture II
*410. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS/ CSC 330: Introduction to Numerical Analysis
THREE CREDITS CSC 350: Principles of Programming Languages
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: MTH 220 CSC 355: Computer Graphics
or consent of the instructor. A study of differential CSC 392: Software Development
equations and their physical applications. Offered CSC 400: Special Topics in Computer Science
alternate years. Quantitative GEP requirement. CSC 430: Theory of Computation
*413. ABSTRACT ALGEBRA/THREE CREDITS CSC 440: Algorithm Analysis
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: MTH 210. A MTH 205: Discrete Mathematics
study of groups, rings, integral domains, and fields. ECN/BAD 300: Descriptive and Inferential Statistics
Offered alternate years. Quantitative GEP requirement. or PSY 303: Social Statistics
Total Hours for Computer Science
*423. PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS/ Minor:................................................. 20 hours
THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: MTH 210, No more than 3 hours in CSC 290 may count
or equivalent. A study of probability, distributions, towards the electives in the computer science
sampling distribution theory, and estimation. minor. CSC 450: Programming Internship, and
Offered alternate years. Quantitative GEP requirement. CSC 460: Data Processing Internship may not
count for minor credit.
*480. SPECIAL TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS/
ONE TO THREE CREDITS MINOR IN APPLIED COMPUTING
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Each offering WEB DESIGN CONCENTRATION
will cover a topic of mathematics that is not in the In addition to the minor in traditional computer
regular curriculum. Offered on demand. Quantitative science, the department offers a concentration
GEP requirement. within the minor in applied computing. As
computing transforms the ways in which we

111
 live and think, hybrid disciplines are emerging *126. NAVIGATING THE REVOLUTION:
that combine computing with a more traditional AN INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL STUDIES
discipline: digital studies, digital art, digital music, THREE CREDITS
Web entrepreneurship, and so on. The minor Minor credit. Gives students a broad introduction
in applied computing is designed for students to uses of computing across the curriculum,
who wish to explore one of these new fields in and to some of the ways in which computing is
combination with a more traditional major. transforming both the curriculum and society at
large. Topics of particular interest will include
The department offers only one concentration of the ways in which computers represent data; the
the minor of Applied Computing: Web Design. ways in which computers change our methods of
This minor consists of 19 credit hours. communication; and the ways in which computing
The requirements are as follows: technology raises societal issues not previously
One course from the following:...................3 hours seen. CSC 125 and CSC 126 may not both be taken for
CSC 125: First-Year Seminar credit. Quantitative GEP requirement.
CSC 126 Navigating the Revolution:
An Introduction to Digital Studies *199H. FRESHMAN HONORS
CSC 201: Introduction to Computing 4 hours SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS
CSC 235: Web Applications I......................3 hours GEP, Elective credit. A study of a selected subject
CSC 305: Database Design..........................3 hours within the discipline which will vary from term
CSC 335: Web Applications II.....................3 hours to term. The course is designed to encourage
One further elective chosen from student participation in the intellectual processes
the following:..............................................3 hours through class discussion, research and writing,
A CSC course numbered above 210 special projects, problem solving, and evaluation
ART 124: Graphic Design I and defense of positions. When the subject matter
Total hours for the Minor in Applied duplicates that of another course, credit toward
Computing Web Design...................... 19 hours graduation will be granted for only one of these
courses. Offered periodically in rotation with seminars
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION in other disciplines. Quantitative GEP requirement.
101. COMPUTER LITERACY/THREE CREDITS
Elective credit. Students will discover the practical *201. INTRODUCTION TO
use of computers to acquire, manage, and use COMPUTING/FOUR CREDITS
information in the remainder of their education and Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: MTH 108 or
throughout their career. This course introduces the equivalent. A study of computer systems, program
basics of computer technology and provides hands- development techniques, and basic programming
on experience with applications software for word concepts; emphasis on good programming
processing, electronic spreadsheets, graphics, data style; introduction to a high- level programming
communication and networks. Students who have language. Lectures and laboratory. Quantitative GEP
successfully passed any 200-level Computer Science requirement.
course must have the approval of the department *202. DATA STRUCTURES/FOUR CREDITS
chair to take CSC 101. Pass/fail grading. Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: CSC 201. To
*125. FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS continue the study of the fundamental concepts
GEP. First-Year Seminars (FYS) constitute a of programming applied to problem solving and
common and academically significant experience to introduce students to the major data structures
in a students first year at Converse. All incoming (arrays, records, stacks, queues, and lists) and their
first-year students are required to take a 3 credit- use in Computer Science and classical Computer
hour FYS course in the fall semester, choosing from Science algorithms including searching, sorting,
a variety of discipline specific topics. Each FYS recursion, and pattern matching. Lectures and
carries the corresponding departmental prefix, but laboratory. Quantitative GEP requirement.
with a common course number (except designated *208. DATA FOR BUSINESS/ THREE CREDITS
honors sections). Each FYS course is designed to GEP, Minor, Elective credit. No pre-requisites. This
have no more than 18 students, and counts in course covers the use of spreadsheets and databases
some designated category of the General Education to process and analyze data in a business context.
Program. Strong writing and speaking components are The emphasis Is not on simple calculation, but on
elements of the course. using data, Including large data sets, to generate
insight. Quantitative GEP requirement.

112
*209. SPREADSHEETS IN DEPTH/ to developing applications using Visual Basic. This
THREE CREDITS course is designed to show how to analyze problems,
Elective credit. Using examples from a variety design solutions, and implement applications that
of disciplines, students will learn the use of use Visual Basic. Quantitative GEP requirement.
spreadsheets in support of work in the sciences,
the social sciences, or business. Among the topics *305. DATABASE DESIGN/THREE CREDITS
covered will be basic spreadsheet operations; Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: CSC 201 or
spreadsheet formulas; graphing for communications equivalent. Fundamental principles of database
and clarity; and the proper use of spreadsheets models and database management systems design,
for basic statistical analysis. Quantitative GEP implementation, and application. Quantitative GEP
requirement. Offered every fall. requirement.

235. WEB APPLICATIONS I/ THREE CREDITS *315. MATHEMATICAL

Minor. Prerequisite: CSC 201 or permission of SOFTWARE/FOUR CREDITS
instructor. This course provides a solid introduction Elective credit. Prerequisite: MTH 120 or permission of
to the client-side programming of Web applications. the instructor. This course will introduce the student
The first part will focus on Web design: markup to the various mathematical software packages that
languages (such as HTML and XHTML) and are commercially available. Lectures and laboratory.
controlling presentation (such a CSS). This part Quantitative GEP requirement.
does not require any programming background. 321. ESSENTIAL ARCHITECTURES I:
The second part will focus on creating dynamic COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND
Web content using small programs embedded in OPERATING SYSTEMS/ THREE CREDITS
Web pages. The course will introduce a scripting Minor credit: Prerequisite: CSC 202, equivalent or
language executed within the Web browser, and permission of the instructor. This course provides a
cover the use of that scripting language to create solid introduction to the fundamental hardware
dynamic, interactive Web pages. Offered in the fall. architecture of computers in common used, and an
*280H. COMPUTERS AND introduction to basic operating systems concepts.
SOCIETY/FOUR CREDITS Computer-architecture concepts covered include
Humanities GEP credit, Elective credit. A study of the assembly language, numeric representations
societal effects of the rise of computing technology, addressing techniques, and subroutines. Operating-
centering on the ethical implications of several systems concepts covered include basic operating-
currently controversial issues. The course is built systems structures, processes and process control,
around discussions and papers. Writing Intensive. and inter-process communication.

*290. SOFTWARE WORKSHOP/ ONE CREDIT 322. ESSENTIAL ARCHITECTURES II:

Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Consent of the OPERATING SYSTEMS AND NETWORKING/
instructor. A supervised workshop designed to THREE CREDITS
develop competence and proficiency in using some Minor credit. Prerequisite: CSC 321 or permission of the
commercial software product. This course may be instructor. This course continues the introduction
taken more than once, provided that it is taken to to operating systems begun in CSC321, and adds
learn different software and skills. No more than 6 coverage of the basic building blocks of computer
credit hours in this course may be applied toward networks. Operating systems concepts covered
graduation requirements. May be offered any term. include scheduling, synchronization, memory
Pass/fail grading. Quantitative GEP requirement. management, and security. Networking concepts
covered include the layered model of networking,
*299H. INTERDISCIPLINARY HONORS COURSE switching, error correction and flow control,
GEP, Elective credit. This course is team taught by addressing and datagrams, routing, the Domain
members in two departments and is open to Nisbet Name System, major protocols (TCP, UDP, ICMP)
Honors Program participants and to others who and performance issues.
meet Honors Program guidelines. All students
registering for these courses must register not only *330. INTRODUCTION TO NUMERICAL
through the Honors Program but also with their ANALYSIS/THREE CREDITS
adviser and the Registrars Office. Quantitative GEP Elective credit. Prerequisites: CSC 201 and MTH 351.
requirement. This is a first course in numerical analysis with the
emphasis more on intuition, experimentation, and
*304. VISUAL BASIC error assessment than on rigor. Students will be
PROGRAMMING/THREE CREDITS expected to program and run a number of problems
Elective credit. Prerequisite: CSC 202. An introduction on a computer, and considerable time will be spent
113
 analyzing the results of the programs. In particular, *400. SPECIAL TOPICS IN COMPUTER
the analysis of roundoff and discretization errors, SCIENCE/ ONE TO THREE CREDITS
as well as the efficiency of algorithms, should be Minor credit. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
stressed. Topics will include the solution of linear Each offering will deal with a topic selected from
systems, the solution of a single, nonlinear equation, various fields of computer science. May be repeated
interpolation and approximation (including for credit on a different topic. Quantitative GEP
least squares approximation), differentiation requirement depending on the topic.
and integration, and elements of the numerical
solution of eigenvalue problems. Quantitative GEP *430. THEORY OF
requirement. COMPUTATION/THREE CREDITS
Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: CSC 202 and
335. WEB APPLICATIONS II/THREE CREDITS MTH 205. Introduction to automata theory,
Minor credit. Prerequisite: CSC 235 or permission of formal languages, and complexity. Introduction
the instructor. This course builds on the material in to the mathematical foundations of computer
CSC 235 to explore more advanced topics in the science: finite state automata, formal languages
development of Web applications. Topics to be and grammars, Turing machines, computability,
covered in this connection include AJAX, JQuery, unsolvability, and computational complexity.
and Web application frameworks. In addition, Quantitative GEP requirement.
there will be substantial coverage of topics from
software development practice, as applied to Web *440. ALGORITHM ANALYSIS/THREE CREDITS
programming in a team. The class will implement, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: CSC 202 and
as a team, a substantial Web-programming project MTH 205. Qualitative and quantitative analysis of
for a client who is not the professor. algorithms and their corresponding data structures
from a precise mathematical point of view.
*350. PRINCIPLES OF PROGRAMMING Performance bounds, asymptotic and probabilistic
LANGUAGES/ THREE CREDITS analysis, worst case and average case behavior.
Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: CSC 202 or Correctness and complexity. Quantitative GEP
permission of instructor. A comparative study of the requirement.
syntax and semantics of programming languages;
topics include data types, data control, sequence 450. PROGRAMMING INTERNSHIP
control, run-time storage, language translation, and THREE OR SIX CREDITS
semantics; actual programming languages are used Prerequisite: CSC 202, or equivalent. A program of
to illustrate the concepts and virtual architectures work and study in which the student is accepted
of procedural, logic, functional, and object-oriented as a programming trainee by a local industry. Pass/
paradigms. Quantitative GEP requirement. fail grading.

355. COMPUTER GRAPHICS/THREE CREDITS 460. DATA PROCESSING INTERNSHIP

Minor. Prerequisite: CSC 202 or permission of the THREE OR SIX CREDITS
instructor. This course offers a hands-on introduction Prerequisite: CSC 450, or equivalent. A program of
to 3-D computer graphics, including modeling, work and study in which the student is accepted as
viewing transformations, lighting and color theory, an apprentice in data processing by a local industry.
interactivity using events and callbacks, and She is expected to be a productive member of the
animation. data processing staff and have some programming
responsibilities. Pass/fail grading.
*392. SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT/
THREE CREDITS *490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY IN
Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: CSC 202. SPECIAL TOPICS/ONE TO THREE CREDITS
Combines a range of topics integral to the design, Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor and the
implementation, and testing of a medium-scale department chair. Intensive independent study of
software system with the practical experience a topic in computer science which is not in the
of implementing such a project as a member regular curriculum. This study will be directed
of a programmer team. In addition to material by a cooperating faculty member. May be repeated
on software engineering, this course also for credit. Offered on demand. Quantitative GEP
includes material on professionalism and ethical requirement depending on topic.
responsibilities in software development and ENGINEERING
human- computer interaction. Quantitative GEP 101. FUNDAMENTALS OF ENGINEERING
requirement. ANALYSIS/FOUR CREDITS
Major. Engineers are creative problem solvers.
They apply various aspects of math and the
114
physical sciences to resolve technical issues, The student will apply to the Clemson University
taking into account a wide range of specifications. Office of Admissions after completion of the
They are frequently asked to lead or be part of second academic year at Converse. A student with
multidisciplinary teams where good communication grades no lower than C in all courses in the pre-
skills are essential. The objectives of this course engineering program, and a grade point average
are to: introduce students to engineering analysis of at least 2.5/4.0, is assured of admission into
and design techniques; introduce the teamwork the Clemson engineering program of her choice.
approach to engineering, and to let students work Students not meeting these requirements will be
on engineering type problems in a team setting. considered for admission under Clemsons general
transfer student admissions standards. Prior to
Converse Clemson Dual-Degree Program enrollment at Clemson, the student must be
Students enrolled in a liberal arts or science program certified by the Converse College academic official
at Converse who wish to prepare for a career in as having satisfactorily completed the academic
engineering may, upon successful completion of an requirements of Converse as stated above.
approved three- year pre-engineering curriculum,
transfer to Clemson University to complete Credit for courses in the approved pre- engineering
requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree in program at Converse College and passed with a
an engineering curriculum from Clemson and the grade of C or higher will be transferred to Clemson
Bachelor of Arts (or Science) degree from Converse. University. It shall be the joint responsibility of the
Clemson University and Converse College academic
The College of Engineering and Science at Clemson advisors to coordinate the transfer equivalency
recommends a program of pre-engineering study of the Clemson and Converse courses in the pre-
to include the general education courses required engineering program.
by an engineering curriculum. The details of the
program and the understanding are as follows: Upon completion of an engineering curriculum at
Clemson University, the student will be awarded
During the first three terms at Converse, the a Bachelor of Science degree in an engineering
student participating in the pre-engineering discipline from Clemson. Converse students
program must complete and send to the Associate enrolled in this program will receive their Converse
Dean of the College of Engineering and Science at Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree after
Clemson University the form Intention to Pursue completing a minimum of 90 hours of study at
the Dual Degree Program at Clemson University. Converse, a total of 120 hours of study combined at
The Associate Dean at Clemson will appoint an Converse and Clemson, and the General Education
academic advisor for the student and will forward and major program requirements of Converse as
the name and address of the appointed advisor to specified by Converse. The student must apply to
the student and to the Converse pre-engineering the Converse College Registrar for her diploma.
program director.
Converse College will provide academic advising
A three-year pre-engineering program of study will to assist students in the pre-engineering program
be developed by the Converse faculty in consultation with all matters related to their transfer to Clemson
with the Clemson Associate Dean of Engineering University. The Associate Dean of Engineering
and Science from courses offered at Converse. and Science, or duly appointed representative, at
This program of study shall include the general Clemson University will cooperate in the advising
education courses required by Converse and by of these students. While advice and counsel will
the engineering curricula at Clemson. A list of basic be offered, the final responsibility with regard to
course requirements recommended by Clemson transfer remains with the student.
may be obtained from the pre-engineering program
director. However, the specific course requirements Pre-engineering students at Converse will be
to best prepare and facilitate progress toward encouraged to attend summer school at Clemson (or
graduation varies with engineering major. Specific another engineering college) and take certain basic
pre- engineering programs recommended for various engineering courses in order to ease the transition
Clemson engineering majors are available at www. into engineering coursework and facilitate timely
clemson.edu/ces/psu/trans_dual.html. completion of the engineering program. A list of
recommended courses for each Clemson University
The total study program at Converse shall include engineering program is maintained at www.
a minimum of 90 semester hours. Dual-degree clemson.edu/ces/psu/ trans_ dual.html.
candidates shall complete all basic requirements at
Converse for the Bachelor of Arts or the Bachelor of Conferences between the Clemson University
Science degree before transfer to Clemson. engineering and Converse College pre- engineering
115
 advisors will be held regularly to review the
curricula and all matters related to the dual-degree
agreement.
Dual-degree candidates from Converse College are
eligible to seek Bachelor of Science degree in the
following majors at Clemson University: Biosystems
Engineering, Computer Engineering, Chemical
Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Ceramic and
Materials Engineering, Industrial Engineering, Civil
Engineering and Mechanical Engineering.

116
DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY
MONICA L. McCOY, chair, RICHARD G. KEEN, JANET R. LEFRANCOIS, MARIE L. LePAGE,
SHANNON MARTIN, MARGARET MOORE
MISSION Graduation requirements but not a separate
The mission of the Department of Psychology is course:
to teach students the empirical, conceptual, and First Year Seminar
theoretical approaches to understanding animal Writing Intensive
and human behavior. Further, we strive to develop Non-European/non-Anglophone course
students who are competent producers and critical Capstone experience.
consumers of psychological research. Finally, it is For more information see the GEP requirements in.

our goal to graduate students who are skilled in
The major must consist of at least 31 credit hours.
the ability to communicate effectively, both orally
and in writing, about the field. Required Courses:
PSY 100: General Psychology......................3 hours
STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES:
PSY 233: Psychology of Learning 4 hours
1. Students will analyze and evaluate the
PSY 310: Statistics and Experimental
procedures of experimental design and
Design I.....................................................3 hours
statistical analysis.
PSY 311: Statistics and Experimental
2. Students will be able to summarize the
Design II...................................................3 hours
history of the discipline.
PSY 405: History and Philosophy
3. Students will be able to apply the principles of
of Psychology............................................3 hours
operant and respondent conditioning to
PSY 480: Psychology Seminar......................3 hours
animal and human behavior.
One of the following clinical courses: 3 hours
4. Students will be able to apply the major theories
PSY 201: Psychology of Relationship
in psychology to identify normal and abnormal
PSY 204: Abnormal Psychology
behavior.
PSY 211:Behavior Modification
5. Students will write effectively in APA
PSY 410: Counseling and Psychotherapy
(American Psychological Association) style.
Additional Psychology Electives..................9 hours
Students planning to major in psychology should TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS
declare the major by late in the spring of the WITH A PSYCHOLOGY MAJOR 31 hours
sophomore year. The major is a two-year program of
THE PSYCHOLOGY MINOR
study involving prerequisites among several of the
The minor must consist of at least 21 credit hours.
core courses. Majors are expected to stand the Area
Concentration Achievement Tests in Psychology in Required Courses:
the spring of the senior year. This is done as part of PSY 100: General Psychology......................3 hours
the College assessment program. The fee for the test PSY 310: Statistics and Experimental
is paid by the College. Design I....................................................3 hours

PSY 311: Statistics and Experimental
The General Education Program is a requirement
Design II...................................................3 hours
for all degrees. The requirements listed below are
PSY 405: History and Philosophy
approved for the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of
of Psychology...........................................3 hours
Science and Bachelor of Fine Arts.
One of the following clinical courses:..3 hours
ENG 101.....................................................3 hours PSY 201: Psychology of Relationship
Language and Culture 9 hours PSY 204: Abnormal Psychology
MTH 108 or higher.....................................3 hours PSY 211: Behavior Modification
One course designated as PSY 410: Counseling and Psychotherapy
Quantitative reasoning......................... 3-4 hours Additional Psychology Electives..................6 hours
Health and Well-being Wellness..................2 hours Total Hours for the Psychology Minor 21 hours
Activity course......................................... 1-2 hours
Students preparing for graduate study are advised
Humanities..................................................6 hours
to enroll in as many psychology courses as College
Literature.....................................................3 hours
regulations will permit.
Fine Arts.....................................................6 hours
Natural Science....................................... 7-8 hours
Social Science..............................................6 hours
Total..............................................49-52 hours

117
 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION of operant and respondent conditioning in changing
*100. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY/THREE CREDITS and influencing human behavior. Students will do
GEP credit. A survey of the areas which define a project in which they apply the principles to
psychology. Special emphasis will be given to some aspect of their own behavior. The population
conditioning phenomena. Offered Fall and Spring most emphasized by the text is children in an
Terms. institutional setting. Offered Fall Term.
*125. FIRST- YEAR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS 231. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY/THREE CREDITS
GEP. First-Year Seminars constitute a common and Major, Minor, Elective credit. A course designed to
academically significant experience in a students investigate the manner in which the behavior,
first year at Converse College. All incoming first- feelings, and thoughts of one individual are
year students are required to take a 3-credit hour influenced and determined by the behavior and/
FYS in the fall semester, choosing from a variety or characteristics of others. Selected topics include
of discipline specific topics. Each FYS carries the attraction, social influence, attitudes, aggression
corresponding departmental prefix, but with the and violence, altruism, sexual behavior, group
common course number (except for designated influences, and person perception. Offered in
honors sections). Each FYS course is designed to alternate years. Spring Term.
have no more than 18 students, and counts in
232. PSYCHOLOGY IN THE WORKPLACE/
some designated category of the General Education
THREE CREDITS
Program. Strong writing and speaking components are
Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course is designed
required elements of the course.
to introduce students to methods of managing
*150. SPECIAL TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY/ behavior in the workplace. Specifically, students
ONE TO FOUR CREDITS will learn to apply behavioral principles derived
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Selected topics from the laboratory to all levels of performance
in psychology. The topics in this course will vary in the organization. Topics to be covered include
depending on the available faculty and the interest screening job applicants, on- the-job training,
of the students. assessment of work performance, and methods
of providing performance feedback to workers.
*199H. FRESHMAN HONORS SEMINAR/ Offered in alternate years. Fall Term.
THREE CREDITS
GEP credit. A study of a selected subject within 233. PSYCHOLOGY OF LEARNING/
the discipline which will vary from term to term. FOUR CREDITS
The course is intended to encourage student Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: PSY 100
participation in the intellectual process through or the permission of the instructor. A study of the
class discussion, structured experiences, and learning process, both through the examination
the writing of short papers. Offered periodically in of the experimental literature and through the
rotation with seminars in other disciplines. completion of laboratory exercises. Lecture and
laboratory. Offered Fall and Spring Terms.
201. PSYCHOLOGY OF RELATIONSHIPS/
THREE CREDITS 236. THEORIES OF PERSONALITY AND
Elective credit. This course presents what is known EMOTIONAL DISTURBANCES/THREE CREDITS
about successful relationships with a significant Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: PSY 100.
other. Skills in successfully maneuvering such a A study of theories of personality and the research
relationship will be examined, with an emphasis on that supports those theories. Students will take
communication skills. some personality questionnaires and incorporate
this material into a summary of some aspect of their
204. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY/ personalities. Offered alternate years. Spring Term.
THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: PSY 100. A *280. HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY/THREE CREDITS
study of the changing meanings of the concept of Major, Minor, Elective credit. The aims of this course
abnormal behavior and the accompanying changes are to understand the psychological factors involved
in methods of treatment. Offered Fall and Spring in health and in illness, to study interventions to
Terms. help people get over illness and stay well, and to
consider the health care system and its policies.
211. BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION/ Finally, a sample of the popular literature on
THREE CREDITS the mind-body issue as it relates to health will
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: PSY 100 or be considered relative to the existing scientific
the permission of the instructor. A study of the effects

118
literature. GEP for Health and Wellness requirement. covered in PSY 310. More complex research
Offered in Fall or Jan Term. designs including two or more groups and one or
more factors (between, within, and mixed subject
*281. YOGA AND STRESS designs) will be explored. This course will make
MANAGEMENT/FOUR CREDITS use of the descriptive statistics taught in PSY 310
GEP, Elective credit. This course will study stress and add inferential statistics. Students will learn to
management from the perspectives of western compute statistics by hand and using SPSS. Finally,
science and the eastern practice of yoga. A portion this course involves writing research papers about
of the class will include study of scientific findings complex research designs in APA format. Offered
concerning stress and its management, some study Fall and Spring Terms. Quantitative GEP requirement.
of yoga philosophy, and a consideration of the
existing scientific studies of yoga. Another portion 332. PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTS/THREE CREDITS
of the class will involve practice of yoga postures Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the
and methods of breathing. GEP for Health and psychological evaluation, the tests used for such
Wellness requirement. Non-European/non-Anglophone. an evaluation, and the procedures required for
such tests to be valid and reliable. There will be an
*299H. INTERDISCIPLINARY HONORS COURSE emphasis on personality tests. Each student will do
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course is two evaluations, one on herself and one on another
team taught by members in two departments and student.
is open to Nisbet Honors Program participants and
to others who meet Honors Program guidelines. All 350. SPECIAL TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY
students registering for these courses must register ONE TO THREE CREDITS
not only through the Honors Program but also with Major, Minor, Elective credit. The topics in this
their adviser and the Registrars Office. course will vary depending on available faculty and
the interest of the students. Selected topics of in
302. PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN/ advanced psychological study: Body Image, Eating
THREE CREDITS Disorders and Obesity; Womens Well-being and Yoga
Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of gender meets GEP for Health and Wellness requirement.
comparisons in behavior. Selected topics include
theories of female development, femininity, 370. CHILD ABUSE AND NEGLECT/
masculinity, and androgyny, gender comparisons THREE CREDITS
in personality, adjustment, abilities, achievement, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A lecture and seminar
motivation, language, biological influences, course examining the phenomenon of child abuse
sexuality, violence against women, and cross-cultural and neglect. Included in this course will be an
perspectives. Offered alternate years. Spring Term. overview of attitudes toward and legal definitions
of child maltreatment. In addition, legal issues,
310. STATISTICS AND EXPERIMENT parental factors, contextual influences, and the
DESIGN I/ THREE CREDITS developmental consequences of maltreatment will
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Enrollment in this be explored. This course relies heavily on current
course is limited to Psychology majors and minors. research in child abuse and neglect. Offered in
This course sets the foundation for how statistics alternate years. Spring Term.
and experimental design are used in psychology.
Statistical topics of central tendency, variability, *380. HUMAN GROWTH AND
distribution, hypothesis testing, and correlation DEVELOPMENT/ THREE CREDITS
will be covered. In addition, the methodological GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. The study of
topics of the philosophy of science, the ethics of development and behavior throughout the lifespan.
experimentation, and controlling variables will be Offered Fall and Spring Terms.
addressed. Students will learn to analyze data using
SPSS and to write research papers in APA format. 402. ANIMAL BEHAVIOR/FOUR CREDITS
A grade of C- or better is required in order to Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course is intended
advance to PSY 311. Offered Fall and Spring Terms. to familiarize the student with the field of animal
Quantitative GEP requirement. behavior. The course objectives are to instill in
the student a knowledge and understanding of: 1)
311. STATISTICS AND EXPERIMENTAL the various subject realms of animal behavior, 2)
DESIGN II/ THREE CREDITS the methodological approaches used in studying
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: A grade of behavior, and 3) the current conceptual perspectives
C- or better in PSY 310. This course builds upon from which various behavioral phenomena are
the basics of statistics and experimental design interpreted by ethologists and psychologists.

119
 These objectives will be reached through lectures, an internship basis. The course will also involve
readings, films, field trips and assigned exercises. weekly seminars with the departmental staff and
other interns for examination of problems that have
405. HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY arisen in the work situation. In the case of out-of-
OF PSYCHOLOGY/THREE CREDITS town placement, a paper will be required instead
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: PSY 100 or of the seminars. The course is intended for those
the permission of the instructor. A study of the history psychology majors who wish to seek employment
of psychology with emphasis on the modern period at the Bachelor of Arts level. It is not recommended
and on the special contribution which philosophy for those who plan to pursue an advanced degree
makes to the viewpoint of a discipline which program. Pass/fail grading.
conducts an experimental analysis of behavior.
Offered Fall and Spring Terms. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
410. COUNSELING AND The mission of Health and Physical Education
PSYCHOTHERAPY/ THREE CREDITS at Converse is to provide as broad and varied a
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: PSY 204 curriculum as possible to aid students in developing
or permission of the Instructor. This course serves as skills, knowledge, and understanding that will lead
an introduction to the study of psychotherapeutic to participation in lifetime sports and/or fitness
interventions in clinical/counseling psychology. The activities.
majority of the course is focused on examining the REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
defining characteristics, efficacy, and effectiveness It is recommended that all physical education
of various psychotherapies. Although specific requirements be completed by the end of the
techniques are reviewed, this course will in no students junior year.
way prepare students to conduct psychotherapy.
Rather, the course serves as a good foundation for Every new student, by July 1, must be examined by
future study in the field. In addition to learning her own physician. The report must be sent to the
about psychotherapy approaches, this course also director of health services.
focuses on understanding the ethical practice
of psychotherapy, future trends and issues in the Students are required to take HPE 255: Introduction
field of psychotherapy, options for careers in to Fitness and Wellness or one of the following or
psychotherapy. BIO 105 Human Biology; BIO 150 SP: Nutrition;
PSY 350: SP: Body Image; PSY 350: SP: Womens
480. SENIOR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS Wellbeing; PSY 280: Health Psychology; or PSY
Major credit. Prerequisites: PSY 233, 310, and 311. 281: Yoga and stress management, and one activity
Each student will write a library research paper that course. The activity course is selected from one of
all students will read and discuss. Offered Fall and three areas: team sport, individual sport, or dance.
Spring Terms. Writing Intensive. Capstone HPE 256: Concepts and Approaches also includes
the activity requirement. Courses are graded
490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY IN conventionally and will be counted in the grade
SPECIAL TOPICS/ONE TO THREE CREDITS average of the student. Dance courses are listed in
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Prerequisite: the Department of Theatre and Dance section of the
PSY 100 or the permission of the instructor. A course Catalog.
designed to allow the student to engage in a
concentrated experimental or library research in an Students who are not safe in deep water are
area of personal interest. May be repeated for credit. encouraged to take a swimming course. Beyond
the one course physical education requirement,
499. INTERNSHIP IN PROFESSIONAL a student will be allowed to take 10 additional
PSYCHOLOGY/THREE CREDITS physical education activity courses. Only three of
Major credit. Prerequisites: A 3.0 average in the major. these additional courses will count toward the total
PSY 204, 231, 310 and 332. In exceptional cases, of 120 hours required for graduation.
consent of the department staff will permit enrolling
in the course in the absence of some of the course COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
prerequisites. It is intended for senior psychology INDIVIDUAL SPORTS
majors. The course will offer experience in an *120-126. BEGINNING/ADVANCED
applied setting. Students will be placed with local BEGINNING INDIVIDUAL SPORTS/ONE CREDIT
social agencies or other dispensers of psychological GEP, Elective credit. HPE 123: Fencing, HPE 124:
services (out-of-town placement is also possible) Golf, HPE 126: Tennis. Offered during Fall or Spring
who have agreed to accept and evaluate them on Term. Green fee for golf payable at the course is

120
$10.00. Beginning level activities are designed for *255. INTRODUCTION TO FITNESS
the student who has little or no experience in this AND WELLNESS/ TWO CREDITS
activity. GEP credit. This course encompasses areas of fitness,
fitness, nutritional health, and general wellness
*140. SWIMMING/ONE CREDIT principles. Topics to be discussed will include but
GEP, Elective credit. Beginning swimming is are not limited to nutrition, stress management,
designed for students who feel unsafe in the water alcohol education, sexually transmitted diseases,
or for those students who would like to learn how food and the consumer, and physical activity.
to swim. Offered in the Fall Term. Students will also participate in a variety of lifetime
*150-154. FITNESS/ONE CREDIT activities that promote health and well-being.
GEP, Elective credit. HPE 150: Aerobics, HPE 151: Offered Fall and Spring Terms.
Walk/Swim, HPE 152: Fitness Approaches, HPE *256. CONCEPTS AND APPROACHES TO A
153: Introduction to Yoga, HPE 154: Weight FIT AND WELL WAY OF LIFE/THREE CREDITS
Training. Offered during Fall and/or Jan and/or GEP credit for Fitness and 1 PE activity. May not
Spring Term. take both HPE 255 and 256 for credit. This course is
*155. INTRODUCTION TO PILATES/ designed for Jan Term to give students a knowledge
ONE CREDIT of fitness, nutritional health and general wellness.
GEP, Elective credit. Pilates is a course designed to Students will also participate in a variety of daily
provide a working knowledge of and the essential lifetime fitness activities such as aerobics, yoga,
exercises involved in establishing core strength and pilates and water aerobics. Offered Jan Term only.
stability. The course will help heighten mind-body *344. WATER SAFETY INSTRUCTORS/
awareness. Offered Fall and/or Spring Terms. TWO CREDITS
*160. SPECIAL TOPICS IN HEALTH AND GEP (only 1 of the 2 credits may count toward
PHYSICAL EDUCATION/ONE TO FOUR CREDITS GEP), Elective credit. This course is designed to
GEP credit. The topics in this course will vary train participants to teach American Red Cross
depending on the available staff and the interest of swimming and water safety courses. Offered during
the students. Spring Term. Eligibility determined by pre-course
written and skills tests. Fee payable to Red Cross
*220-226. INTERMEDIATE through instructor is $50.00, including book. The
INDIVIDUAL SPORTS/ ONE CREDIT fee is subject to change.
GEP, Elective credit. HPE 224: Golf, HPE 226:
Intermediate Tennis. Offered on demand. Green fee *345. LIFEGUARD TRAINING
for golf payable at course is $40.00. Intermediate INSTRUCTORS/ TWO CREDITS
level activities are designed for those who have GEP, Elective credit. This course is designed to
some proficient skill in an area and would like to train participants to teach American Red Cross
improve these skills Lifeguarding courses. Offered on request during
Jan Term. Must have a current American Red Cross
*245. LIFEGUARD TRAINING /TWO CREDITS Lifeguard certificate. Fee payable to Red Cross
GEP, Elective credit. The American Red Cross through instructor is $55.00, including books. The
Lifeguarding course covers the skills and fee is subject to change.
knowledge required for effective lifeguarding at
swimming pools. Certifications include Lifeguard 360. SPECIAL TOPICS IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL
Training, CPR for the Professional Rescuer, AED EDUCATION /ONE TO FOUR CREDITS
and Lifeguard Management. Offered during Spring Elective credit. The topics in this course will vary
Term. Fee payable to Red Cross through instructor depending on available staff and the interest of the
is $79.00, including books, pocket mask, cards and students.
equipment. The fee is subject to change. *361. WOMEN IN SPORT: A STRUGGLE
*254. INTERMEDIATE YOGA/ONE CREDIT FOR EQUALITY/THREE CREDITS
GEP, Elective credit. Prerequisite: HPE 154 or GEP credit. For years women have had to fight for
permission of instructor. This course is a continuation gender equality, especially in the male dominated
of the work done in Beginning Yoga. Intermediate area of sports. This course will closely examine the
Yoga will focus on more advanced yoga postures, obstacles women have had to overcome in their
including standing and seated poses, twists, supine quest for equality in sports throughout history.
and prone poses, inversions, balancings, and The course will be comprised of lectures, readings
backbends. Yoga philosophy is studied to a greater and discussions from assigned articles, video
degree. presentations in class, and student presentations on
121
 issues related to the struggle for women to compete experienced discrimination in their daily lives and
in sports. in the area of healthcare. Not only are women
living longer now, but they are experiencing more
TEAM SPORTS healthcare problems due to increased lifespan. In
*130-134. BEGINNING TEAM SPORTS/ this course topics will be introduced to provide
ONE CREDIT students with knowledge related to the wide
GEP, Elective credit. HPE 130: Basketball, HPE 132: spectrum of womens health issues and how they
Soccer, HPE 134: Volleyball. Offered during Fall and/ might deal with them. Possible topics include;
or Jan and/or Spring Term. Beginning level activities history of womens healthcare, the economics of
are designed for the student who has little or no womens healthcare, preventing cardiovascular
experience in this activity. disease and cancer, nutrition and exercise, chronic
RELATED COURSES diseases for women, sexual and reproductive
*125. FIRST- YEAR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS health, HIV/sexually transmitted infections,
GEP. First-Year Seminars constitute a common and violence against women, mental health issues of
academically significant experience in a students female aging and the impact of the workplace on
first year at Converse College. All incoming first- womens health. Meets the Wellness and Humanities
year students are required to take a 3-credit hour Women Studies GEP requirements.
FYS in the fall semester, choosing from a variety 393. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR
of discipline specific topics. Each FYS carries the ELEMENTARY TEACHERS/THREE CREDITS
corresponding departmental prefix, but with the Required for elementary majors, elective for
common course number (except for designated special education majors. Recommended to take
honors sections). Each FYS course is designed to during the Junior or Senior year. Designed to meet
have no more than 18 students, and counts in certification requirements of the South Carolina
some designated category of the General Education State Department of Education. A study of the
Program. Strong writing and speaking components developmental characteristics of the elementary
are required elements of the course. child and planned activities in health and physical
180. STANDARD FIRST AID AND education that meet these needs. Offered during Fall,
PERSONAL SAFETY/CARDIO-PULMONARY Jan, Spring and Summer I and II Terms.
RESUSCITATION/ TWO CREDITS 490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT
Elective credit. A study of first aid, including STUDY/ONE OR TWO CREDITS
thorough knowledge and skill development to Elective credit. This course is designed as an
meet the needs of most situations when emergency individual study of a topic chosen by the student
first-aid care is needed and medical assistance is not and approved by the instructor or as a group study
excessively delayed. Offered on demand. designed to complement the physical education
195. ATHLETIC TRAINING/THREE CREDITS curriculum or a specific course offered by another
Elective credit. Prerequisites: BIO 100 or permission department. Offered on demand.
of the instructor. This course focuses on causes,
symptoms, emergency care, treatment,
rehabilitation and diagnostic training for sports
injuries. Offered on demand. Special fee: $20.00
for training.
197. LIFETIME HEALTH TOPICS/THREE
CREDITS
Elective credit. Topics to be included are nutrition,
diet, weight control, and physical fitness. Offered on
demand.
355. ISSUES IN WOMENS HEALTH/FOUR
HOURS IN JAN TERM
GEP credit. Although men and women have many
similar health problems, women also face issues that
are unique to them. Though out history, women
have been subjected to many misconceptions
relating to their health and their ability to be a
functioning part of society. Additionally, they have

122
DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY
KEVIN DeLAPP, chair, JEFFREY H. BARKER, SHERRY FOHR, KYLE KEEFER

The study of religion and philosophy provides and interpretive abilities, and a capacity for the
a means for understanding human history, imaginative development of abstract formulations
experience, and society through the examination and their concrete applications.
of religious and philosophical traditions and other
forms of meaning-making. Students are challenged STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
to reflect upon broad questions of human society 1. Demonstrate a well-developed ability to make
and culture, as well as personal questions of ethics and recognize conceptual definitions and
and responsibility. distinctions and be capable of identifying
assumptions (explicit or otherwise),
Thus, studying religion and philosophy is by conclusions, and inferences in both formal and
nature interdisciplinary and complements the informal arguments.
study of other areas of the humanities, arts and 2. Creatively and charitably juxtapose different
sciences. Womens issues and gender analysis are perspectives.
given particular attention and student research is 3. Engage in professional research at the level
emphasized. of an advanced undergraduate in a . .way that
effectively communicates their ideas.
The General Education Program is a requirement 4. Recognize and negotiate at an intermediate
for all degrees. The requirements listed below are level major debates and theoretic .positions in
approved for the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of academic philosophy.
Science and Bachelor of Fine Arts. 5. Proficiently integrate famous epochs,
ENG 101.....................................................3 hours movements, and individuals within the .
Language and Culture 9 hours history of philosophy.
MTH 108 or higher.....................................3 hours 6. Accurately contextualize an individual
One course designated as thinker within his or her cultural and historical
Quantitative reasoning......................... 3-4 hours milieu, and to develop sensitivity to the
Health and Well-being Wellness..................2 hours methods, assumptions, and .perspectives of
Activity course......................................... 1-2 hours different societies.
Humanities..................................................6 hours
Literature.....................................................3 hours The major consists of 30 credit hours and the
Fine Arts.....................................................6 hours successful completion of the following courses:
Natural Science....................................... 7-8 hours One course in logic or critical thinking....3 hours
Social Science..............................................6 hours Two courses in the history of philosophy...6 hours
Total..............................................49-52 hours One course in ethics or value theory........3 hours
Three additional courses at any level........9 hours
Graduation requirements but not a separate course: Two additional courses at the 300
First Year Seminar or 400-level..............................................6 hours
Writing Intensive course PHI 400: Senior Capstone..........................3 hours
Non-European/non-Anglophone course
Capstone experience. TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR
For more information see GEP requirements OF ARTS WITH A PHILOSOPHY
in this catalog. MAJOR................................................ 30 hours

THE PHILOSOPHY MAJOR Up to six semester hours in philosophy taken

The Department of Religion and Philosophy offers a at Wofford may also count toward the major,
Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in philosophy. with the approval of the Program Coordinator.
Students majoring in philosophy should develop Transfer credit in philosophy from other accredited
some knowledge of the history and current state of institutions must be approved by the Office of the
the discipline, a grasp of representative philosophical Registrar as well as the Program Coordinator.
issues and ways of dealing with them, a capacity
to apply philosophical methods to intellectual THE PHILOSOPHY MINOR
problems, and a sense of how philosophy bears on The minor is very flexible and can be a profitable
other disciplines and on human life more generally. complement to any major in the College. Students
Studies leading to a philosophy major should in religion, English, psychology, and politics will
also develop a critical mind, a balance of analytic find it especially beneficial. To minor in philosophy,

123
 a student must take six courses for a total of 18 introduces students to particular debates, issues,
credit hours. The minor requirements are as and methodologies in philosophy, such as the
follows: nature of knowledge, the relationship between
At least one 200-level course.......................3 hours the mind and the body, personal identity, free
At least one 300-level course.......................3 hours will human nature, or the principles of ethical
Four additional elective courses (any level) ....12 hours responsibility and action.
Total Hours for Philosophy Minor...... 18 hours
*199H. FRESHMAN HONORS SEMINAR/
Certain courses offered by other departments in THREE CREDITS
the College, as well as certain philosophy courses GEP credit. A study of a selected subject within
offered at Wofford, may count toward the minor. the discipline which will vary from term to term.
Generally, no more than two such substitutions will The course is designed to encourage student
be allowed. Courses for the minor program should participation in the intellectual processes through
be selected in consultation with the philosophy class discussion, research, writing, special projects,
adviser. problem solving, and evaluation and defense of
positions. When the subject matter duplicates that
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION of another course, credit toward graduation will
*100. INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC/ be granted for only one of the courses. Offered
THREE CREDITS periodically in rotation with seminars in other
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the disciplines.
fundamental principles of correct reasoning
directed toward improving reading, writing, *200. PHILOSOPHICAL ETHICS/
speaking, listening and thinking. Students learn to THREE CREDITS
recognize, analyze, evaluate, construct and refute GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Careful study of the
arguments. Attention is given to both informal major philosophical texts of various historical and
modes of reasoning as well as the basics of formal contemporary ethical traditions. Attention is given
and symbolic systems. Quantitative GEP requirement. to specific contemporary moral issues (such as
abortion, capital punishment, the ethical treatment
*125. FIRST YEAR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS of animals, etc.) as well as historically influential
GEP, Major, Elective credit. The purpose of this normative theories and frameworks. Emphasis on
course is to expose first-year students to a specific textual analysis and on developing the skills needed
interdisciplinary theme or topic using the methods to conduct philosophical discussions in writing and
of philosophy, and within connection with related in the classroom. Writing Intensive.
material in other fields. Specific emphasis is given
to cultivating critical thinking, effective speaking *205. BIOMEDICAL ETHICS/THREE CREDITS
and writing skills. Such a course is required for GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. In this course
all first- year students, and may be taken with the student will become familiar with the ethical
a corresponding Student Success Seminar. Past theories that philosophers, physicians, biomedical
offerings have included courses on cross-cultural researchers, and other thinking people have used
philosophy, philosophy and mythology, and the in coming to understand themselves and their
philosophy of monsters. world. Students will have the opportunity to apply
these theories to some of the most important
*150T. PHILOSOPHY STUDY TRAVEL/ moral problems in medicine and the biomedical
FOUR CREDITS sciences. Emphasis on critical reasoning and
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of analysis, with the goal of developing the ability to
selected topics in philosophy utilizing the unique distinguish well -supported from poorly supported
opportunities of a study-travel experience. Past positions. With exploration of the life and death
offerings have included: Ancient Theories of issues of biomedicine, the student should begin to
Emotions taught in Greece and Italy and focusing understand the complexity of our moral problems
on historical conceptions of emotions and moral and the need for a careful, rigorous, and sensitive
psychology; I Think, Therefore... taught in Spain approach to these problems.
and France, focusing on Medieval and Early Modern
conceptions of human rationality; and Philosophy *215. ANCIENT GREEK PHILOSOPHY/
of the Undead taught in Eastern Europe. THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the
*180. PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY/ very beginnings of Western philosophical thought.
THREE CREDITS Emphasis on the relationship between philosophy
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course and mythology, the birth of science, and the

124
influence of classical systems of thought on later sexual inequalities; the ways in which gender and
philosophical traditions. Readings will focus on sexuality intersect with other aspects of identity,
Plato and Aristotle, but may also include Pre- such as race, class, and culture; theories of love and
Socratic and Hellenistic figures. sexual relationship; feminist analyses of traditional
philosophical issues in metaphysics, epistemology,
*220. EARLY MODERN PHILOSOPHY/ and ethics. Writing Intensive. Counts toward Womens
THREE CREDITS Studies credit.
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course
examines key philosophical figures, texts and *315. AESTHETICS /THREE CREDITS
debates from the European Enlightenment. Specific GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A philosophical
figures may include Hobbes, Descartes, Locke, study of the nature of beauty, art, and artistic
Berkeley, Spinoza, Hume and Kant and special experience. Special attention may also be devoted
attention may be devoted to issues central to the to the social, political, and economic contexts
period, such as the rise of mechanistic science and of art and aesthetic experience, various modes of
the relationship between reason and emotion. interpreting the meaning of artworks, and the
relationships between different artistic media.
*265. CHINESE THOUGHT/THREE CREDITS Writing Intensive.
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course
explores the intellectual texts and traditions of *325. ANCIENT, MEDIEVAL, AND RENAISSANCE
China in the classical period, with an emphasis on POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY/THREE CREDITS
Confucianism, Mohism, Daoism, and Legalism. GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of the
Special attention may be devoted to comparing major works in the Western tradition of political
these Chinese traditions with dominant Western thought from Plato to Machiavelli. Cross-listed with
interpretations and alternative philosophies and POL 310.
religions. Supplemental material may explore
artistic representations of classical Chinese thought, *330. MODERN POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY/
as well as the continuing relevance of such traditions THREE CREDITS
in contemporary Chinese society. Non-European/ GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of the
non- Anglophone. Cross- listed with REL 265. major works in the Western tradition of political
thought from Hobbes to Marx. Cross-listed with
*299H. INTERDISCIPLINARY HONORS COURSE POL 312.
GEP, Elective credit. This course is team taught by
members in two departments and is open to Nisbet *340. SPECIAL TOPICS IN PHILOSOPHY/
Honors Program participants and to others who THREE CREDITS
meet Honors Program guidelines. All students GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Intensive study of a
registering for these courses must register not only specific topic or area in philosophy. Offerings have
through the Honors Program but also with their included such courses as philosophy of technology,
adviser and the Registrars Office. philosophy of film, existentialism and German
intellectual history. May be repeated for credit if topic
*300. METAPHYSICS/THREE CREDITS changes.
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Metaphysics refers
to the study of the nature of existence and reality. *341. ADVANCED ETHICS/THREE CREDITS
Specific topics that may be addressed include, but GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: PHI
are not limited to, the relationship between mind 200 or permission of instructor. Intensive study of
and body, the persistence of the self throughout time, a topic or an area in moral philosophy such as
the nature of change and causation, the existence of comparative ethics, virtue ethics, moral psychology,
supernatural entities, the meaning of truth, and the or metaethics. May be repeated for credit if topic
distinction between facts and values. changes.

*305. GENDER AND SEXUAL IDENTITY/ *342. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION/

THREE CREDITS THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of
philosophical views of gender and sexual identity. philosophical problems relevant to religious belief.
Specific authors, texts, and topics will vary and Topics to be considered may include proofs for the
may include historical as well as contemporary existence of God, the problem of evil, miracles, the
perspectives. Typical issues covered include the nature of religious belief, the relation of religion
following: womens and mens natures; the nature and morality, and the nature of God. Cross-listed
and causes of gender expectations, sexism and with REL 342.

125
 *360. PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION/ of the religion graduate is that he or she will have
THREE CREDITS enough knowledge to form a general picture of
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course will each religious tradition he or she has studied. In
survey a range of classical and contemporary addition, the religion graduate is expected to have
philosophers who have developed philosophical a broad understanding of the academic study of
concepts for educational programs and practices. religion, which stands outside particular religious
Philosophers include Socrates, Plato, Aristotle, traditions and studies religions by means of the
Rousseau, Herbart, Dewey, McPeck, Kohlberg and methods and standards of the secular academy.
others while topics include Analytical Philosophy,
Critical Thinking, Epistemology and Moral STUDENT LEARNING OUTCCOMES
Education. 1. Demonstrate general knowledge of the basic
tenets and/or the particular manifestations of
*400. SENIOR CAPSTONE/THREE CREDITS at least one Western religious tradition (e.g.,
The purpose of this course is to develop an Judaism, Christianity, Islam).
original research project that integrates the breadth 2. Demonstrate general knowledge of the basic
of undergraduate curricula in philosophy and tenets and/or the particular manifestations
exposes students to the methodologies of graduate of at least one Eastern religious tradition
and professional work in philosophy. Students (e.g., Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism).
meet weekly to develop their research agendas, 3. Engage in critical, comparative study of two
participate in peer review of drafts, and reflect on the or more major religious traditions.
connections among prior philosophy coursework. 4. Understand and explain a variety of
This course is a graduation requirement for all methodological approaches to religion.
students majoring in philosophy and must be taken 5. Demonstrate critical interpretive skills with
in the senior year. Capstone. regard to the investigation of religious texts.
*401. STUDIES IN HUMANITIES: PHILOSOPHY/ A major in religion consists of 33 hours of
THREE CREDITS coursework. The major requires one course (no
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Exploration of more than two) at the 100-level; three courses at the
philosophical and humanistic issues as they relate 200 level (covering at least two religious traditions);
to the modern world. May be taken more than once and three courses at the 300-level. Majors must
with the approval of the instructor. also complete REL 391 or its equivalent in the
sophomore or junior year after having completed
491. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY one 100-level course. Senior majors must complete
IN SPECIAL TOPICS/THREE CREDITS REL 491. The religion classroom is a locus of
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Intensive study of a learning, but not its limit. Extra- classroom
topic of the students choice under the direction of activities that enhance course learning are often
a faculty member whose course or courses are listed offered through department forums, speakers, and
in the philosophy curriculum. field trips, or opportunities for research. Majors are
495. INTERNSHIP IN PHILOSOPHY expected to take part in departmental functions and
THREE OR SIX CREDITS projects whenever possible and are welcomed to
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: permission of participate in departmental decision-making.
department. Exposure to duties and responsibilities With the exception of REL 391 and REL 491,
of academic philosophers. Assignments may religion courses count for GEP credit unless
include creation of a philosophy graduate school otherwise indicated. Students are encouraged,
application, exploration of the nature and industry however, to enroll primarily in 100 and 200-level
of philosophy publication, assisting teaching and courses to meet the GEP requirement. The Religion
grading, and /or the preparation of introductory Department will consider up to six hours of transfer
philosophy lectures. Pass/fail grading. credits toward the major or minor. No more than
RELIGION six internship hours may be applied toward the
The Department of Religion and Philosophy major. It will accept no more than one course in
offers a Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in biblical languages toward the major or minor.
Religion. The religion graduate is expected to The rationale for the numbering of courses
have an appreciation of the diversity of humanitys in religion is as follows: 100 level courses are
religious traditions. It is acknowledged that no foundational courses that;
student will recall all the factual information 1. introduce students to aspects of the study of
relating to any religious tradition. What is expected religion as a humanistic discipline in an

126
 academic setting and employ materials from The course is designed to encourage student
a variety of religious traditions. participation in the intellectual processes through
2. are skills-oriented courses most suitable for class discussion, research and writing, special
first and second-year students. projects, problem solving, and evaluation and
defense of positions. When the subject matter
200 level courses introduce students to the duplicates that of another course, credit toward
fundamental history, literature or interpretation of graduation will be granted for only one of the
one or more religious traditions. They are more courses. Offered periodically in rotation with seminars
focused than 100 level courses, and yet often cover in other disciplines.
the breadth of an historical or literary tradition.
* 200. THE CHRISTIAN TRADITION/
300 level courses are more specific, thematic, THREE CREDITS
often comparative across traditions, focus on a GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course is
specific aspect of a tradition or traditions, often an introduction to Christianity that focuses on
interdisciplinary and stress the application of examination of the major theological themes and
methodology to specific problems or issues. problems that have commonly occupied Christians
THE RELIGION MINOR and how these issues have developed over time.
A minor in religion consists of 18 hours of We will use primary sources for the most part in
coursework. No more than two 100-level courses our explorations. While this course focuses on
count toward the minor. Minors must also take at Christian thought (theology), we will also make
least two 200-level courses, covering at least two connections between theology and worship, ethics,
religious traditions. Minors are also encouraged and other aspects of Christianity.
to take part in departmental activities outside of *205. INTRODUCTION TO HEBREW BIBLE AND
regular course requirement. EARLY JEWISH LITERATURE/THREE CREDITS
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of the
*100. INTRODUCTION TO RELIGION/ historical development of the ancient Hebrews and
THREE CREDITS their writings (Old Testament/Hebrew Bible and
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course is an extra- canonical texts).
introductory study of human religious beliefs and *206. INTRODUCTION TO THE NEW
practices, including ritual, myth, symbol, and the TESTAMENT AND EARLY CHRISTIANITY/
sacred. The application of these concepts to the THREE CREDITS
contemporary world is emphasized. GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of New
*104. INTRODUCTION TO WORLD RELIGIONS/ Testament and other early Christian writings and
THREE CREDITS the contexts in which they were produced.
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the basic *250. APOCALYPTIC LITERATURE
forms of religious belief, activity, and experience AND MOVEMENTS/THREE CREDITS
in the major world religions. Traditions to be GEP. A study of the origins of apocalyptic thinking
discussed may include tribal religions, Hinduism, in Judaism and Christianity with a subsequent
Buddhism, Chinese religion, Judaism, Christianity, exploration of the influences of the apocalyptic
and Islam. Non-European/non-Anglophone. worldview in contemporary contexts. Students will
*125. FIRST YEAR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS investigate ancient texts, modern movements, films
GEP, Major, Elective credit. The purpose of this and novels. Writing Intensive.
course is to expose first-year students to a specific *261. INTRODUCTION TO BUDDHISM/
interdisciplinary theme or topic using the methods THREE CREDITS
of philosophy, and within connection with related GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: Either
material in other fields. Specific emphasis is given REL 100 or REL 104. An introduction to Buddhism
to cultivating critical thinking, effective speaking as it has developed in various world contexts. Non-
and writing skills. Such a course is required for European/non-Anglophone.
all first-year students, and may be taken with a
corresponding Student Success Seminar. *262. JUDAISM AS A CIVILIZATION: AN
INTRODUCTORY COURSE IN JEWISH CULTURE,
*199H. FRESHMAN HONORS HISTORY AND TRADITION/ THREE CREDITS
SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. An introduction to
GEP credit. A study of a selected subject within Judaism across historical and cultural contexts.
the disciplines which will vary from term to term.

127
 *263. JAINISM/THREE CREDITS the late Middle Ages. This course will focus on the
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: Either issues, thought, and historical events which shaped
REL 100 or REL 104. This course approaches Christianity, and on its contribution to western
the minority Indian religion of Jainism through culture.
textual, historical, and anthropological information
concerning ethics, narratives, festivals, rituals, *303. THEMES IN RELIGIOUS ETHICS/
worldview, and the various roles and practices of THREE CREDITS
men and women in different sects and sub-sects. GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Studies in selected
Non-European/non-Anglophone. Cross- listed with ethical problems and the process of making
ATH 263. decisions in religious contexts. May be repeated for
credit if subject matter is not duplicated.
*264. HINDU RELIGION AND CULTURE/
THREE CREDITS *304. REFORMATIONS OF EARLY
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course MODERN CHRISTIANITY/THREE CREDITS
approaches Hinduism not merely as a religion GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course is
within a culture, but as coextensive with a culture a survey of the development of Christianity from
of great diversity. There will be examinations of the late Middle Ages through the Early Modern
textual, narrative, historical, sociopolitical and period, covering institutional and theological
anthropological information concerning gods developments, spirituality, and popular movements.
and goddesses, festivals, rituals, renunciation and The course will focus on various types of reform
various roles and practices of different Hindu men during this period.
and women. Non-European/non-Anglophone. Cross- *305. WOMEN AND RELIGION/THREE CREDITS
listed with ATH 264. GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites:
*265. CHINESE THOUGHT/THREE CREDITS Either REL 100 or REL 104. A survey of important
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course themes significant to the impact of religion on
explores the intellectual texts and traditions of women and women on religion, historically and in
China in the classical period, with an emphasis on the modern world. A variety of religious traditions
Confucianism, Mohism, Daoism, and Legalism. and cultures will be discussed. A special focus of
Special attention may be devoted to comparing the course is recovering the narratives of womens
these Chinese traditions with dominant Western religious experience. GEP Humanities/Womens
interpretations and alternative philosophies and Studies.
religions. Supplemental material may explore *306. FIELD STUDIES IN RELIGION/
artistic representations of classical Chinese THREE CREDITS
thought, as well as the continuing relevance of such GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Field studies
traditions in contemporary Chinese society. Non- courses focus on significant investigation of
European/non- Anglophone. Cross listed with PHI 265. religious phenomena outside as well as in the
*299H. INTERDISCIPLINARY HONORS COURSE classroom. Travel may be involved in some field
GEP, Major, Elective credit. This course is team taught studies. May be repeated for credit if subject matter is
by members in two departments and is open to not duplicated. Cross-listed with ATH 306.
Nisbet Honors Program participants and to others *307. CHRISTIANITY IN THE MODERN WORLD/
who meet Honors Program guidelines. All students THREE CREDITS
registering for these courses must register not only GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of the
through the Honors Program but also with their history of Christianity from 1650 to the present,
adviser and the Registrars Office. with focus on the issues, thought, and events which
*300. STUDIES IN SACRED TEXTS/ shape Christianity in its present forms. A special
THREE CREDITS focus of the course will be the development of
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. An intensive Christianity beyond Europe and North America.
study of a selected portion of a sacred text. May *308. RELIGION IN AMERICA/THREE CREDITS
be repeated for credit if subject matter is not GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Historical survey of
duplicated. religious life and thought in America, with attention
*302. FROM CREED TO CHRISTENDOM: given to the diversity of religious experience in
CHRISTIANITY FROM 300-1300/ the United States. Emphasis is given to the role
THREE CREDITS of religion in American life and the impact of
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A survey of the the American experience on religious traditions.
history of Christianity from the fourth century to Writing Intensive.

128
*309. STUDIES IN RELIGIOUS TRADITIONS/ *355. THE BIBLE, GENDER, AND
THREE CREDITS SEXUAL LITERACY/THREE CREDITS.
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Studies in selected GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. An exploration of
topics in religious thought, culture and history. May the influence of the Bible upon the construction
be repeated for credit if subject matter is not duplicated. and understanding of gender roles, identities, and
sexual mores. The dual emphases will be both the
*313. STUDIES IN RELIGIOUS THOUGHT/ text itself and the history of its interpretations. GEP
THREE CREDITS Humanities/ Womens Studies.
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: Either
REL 100 or REL 104. Studies in selected issues, *380. RESEARCHING ASIAN TRADITIONS/
figures or movements in religious thought. May be THREE CREDITS
repeated for credit if subject matter is not duplicated. GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites:
REL 104, 260, 261, 263 or 264 or permission of the
*330. STUDIES IN RELIGION AND CULTURES/ instructor. In this course students will conduct
THREE CREDITS/FOUR CREDITS IN JAN TERM independent research on a topic of their choice
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: concerning Hinduism, Buddhism or Jainism and
Either REL 100 or REL 104. Studies of significant formally present their findings in oral and written
humanistic issues in religion. May be repeated for form. Non-European/non-Anglophone. Writing
credit if subject matter is not duplicated. Cross-listed Intensive.
with ATH 330.
391. THEORY AND METHOD IN THE
*331. STUDIES IN RELIGION STUDY OF RELIGION/THREE CREDITS
THREE CREDITS/ FOUR CREDITS Major credit. Prerequisites: REL 100 or REL 104. A
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Studies of survey of important theories and methods in the
significant humanistic issues in religion. May be academic study of religion for sophomore and
repeated for credit if subject matter is not duplicated. junior majors.
*340. RELIGION AND LITERATURE/ *406. FIELD STUDIES IN RELIGION/
THREE CREDITS THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: Either GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites:
REL 100 or REL 104. A study of religious thought REL 100 or REL 104 and one 200 or 300 level
and problems reflected in the writing of selected course. This course requires students to conduct
authors. May be repeated for credit if subject original ethological field research with a religious
matter is not duplicated. Only the topic of Women community in the area, teach other students in the
in Asian Traditions through Fiction and Film meets class about these communities, and write advanced-
the Non-European/non-Anglophone. level papers about this research as well as present it
*342. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION/ to the class. Cross listed with ATH 406.
THREE CREDITS *470. ISLAMIC AND MIDDLE
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. A study of EAST POLITICS/ THREE CREDITS
philosophical problems relevant to religious belief. GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. An introduction
Topics to be considered may include proofs for the to Islamic politics and to the comparative and
existence of God, the problem of evil, miracles, the developmental issues of the Arab world and the
nature of religious belief, the relation of religion larger Middle East. The approach will be historical
and morality, and the nature of God. Cross listed as well as contemporary. Cross-listed with HST 470
with PHI 342. and POL 470. Non-European/non-Anglophone.
*346. JESUS IN ANCIENT AND MODERN MEDIA/ 490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY
THREE CREDITS IN SELECTED TOPICS/THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. An investigation Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. An
of the historical Jesus and of the interpretation of independent course of study in a topic not covered
Jesus in a variety of cultural contexts. Christian by regular course offerings. May be repeated for
scriptures will be central, but the course will also credit.
explore Jesus as he is portrayed in fiction, film and 491. SENIOR PROJECT IN RELIGION/
popular religion. THREE CREDITS
350. RELIGION INTERNSHIPS THREE OR SIX Major credit. In consultation with religion faculty,
CREDITS the senior student will chose a topic on which to
Major credit. Prerequisite: permission of the department. conduct a major research project. While all capstone
Pass/fail grading. Offered as needed. projects will ultimately culminate in written form,
129
 the form might vary: classic senior research thesis,
sophisticated analytical article, written research talk
or position paper are some possibilities. Whatever
the format, the project should reflect the students
development in coursework and independent
research. Each senior will present her project in
some form in the spring of her senior year. Capstone.

130
THE SCHOOL OF THE ARTS
BOONE HOPKINS, dean
RUTH BEALS, DAVID BERRY, ANDREW BLANCHARD, MARY CARLISLE, NAINA DEWAN, ANDREA
ELLIOTT, PATRICIA S. FOY, SUSANNE GUNTER, CHANDRA OWENBY HOPKINS, JANE HUGHES,
GRETCHEN HURLBUT, SARAH JOHNSON, KEITH JONES, SUSANA LALAMA, SUSAN LYLE, VALERIE
MACPHAIL, GREG MUELLER, MELISSA OWENS, SIEGWART REICHWALD, SCOTT ROBBINS, SU-
ZANNE SCHUWEILER, CAROL SHULTIS, JENA THOMAS, MEG HANNA TOMINAGA, REBECCA TURN-
ER, CHRIS VANEMAN, KELLY VANEMAN, DOUGLAS WEEKS, ELIZABETH YORK

MISSION STATEMENT ATM 100: INTERDISCIPLINARY ARTS

The School of the Arts at Converse College inspires, FOUNDATIONS I/TWO CREDITS
teaches, and trains artists by fostering communication, Prerequisite for ATM 200, and all SOA courses at the
creativity and scholarship, and nurtures appreciation 300-level or above. An introduction to the commonality
for the visual and performing arts. that unite all artist/performers across the Arts.
Including a look at the creative process, collaboration,
CORE VALUES and performance; professional aspects of the arts
The School of the Arts (SOA) at Converse College including presentation of self and networking; and
values and believes in the Arts as a path to: Passion, then looking for and finding your path through the
Inspiration, Imagination, Discovery, Expression, arts into a successful career.
Transformation, and Joy.
ATM 200: INTERDISCIPLINARY ARTS
ARTS FOUNDATIONS: FOUNDATIONS I/ONE CREDIT
CREATIVITY THAT WORKS Prerequisite ATM 100. Prerequisite for all SOA Capstone
The faculty in Art and Design, Theatre and Dance, experiences. To be taken in the second year of study in
and the Petrie School of Music train students to the School of the Arts, this course builds on the ideas
be working professionals in the arts. All students introduced in ATM 100 and looks more deeply at the
in the School of the Arts will take the following creative process, collaboration, and artistic creation in
interdisciplinary courses in collaboration, personal all three arts areas. This course will also explore the
brand development, and professionalization: varied paths artists follow in developing their own
career paths, both within the Converse community
and beyond.

DEPARTMENT OF ART AND DESIGN

SUSANNE GUNTER, chair, RUTH BEALS, ANDREW BLANCHARD, MARY CARLISLE, ANDREA ELLIOTT,
JANE HUGHES, GRETCHEN HURLBUT, GREG MUELLER, SUZANNE SCHUWEILER, JENA THOMAS

MISSION 5. To provide career advisement and guidance for

The mission of the Department of Art and Design students.
is to provide for our students a dynamic visual
Beyond training the student in the practice of
art and design education that fosters creativity
her art, the department also fosters professional
and scholarship, develops skills and nurtures
development through the inclusion of internships,
appreciation of the visual arts.
exhibitions, liberal arts study, and membership in
To best serve our majors the Department of Art and
professional organizations. This type of preparation,
Design has established the following goals:
both aesthetic and practical, best serves Converse
1. To provide a comprehensive curriculum that
students as they prepare for careers in the arts.
is built upon a strong foundation in studio art,
art history, and current trends within the DEGREE PROGRAMS AND ACCREDITATIONS
various fields of study. Accredited by the National Association of Schools
2. To incorporate critical thinking and creative of Art and Design (NASAD) and the Council
expression in all areas of study. for Interior Design Accreditation (CIDA), the
3. To provide external educational experiences Department of Art and Design offers both the
that enrich the overall learning process. Bachelor of Arts degree and the Bachelor of Fine
4. To promote skill proficiency in the use of Arts degree. For the BA degree, students may
innovative equipment and techniques. choose a major in art history, art therapy, studio art,
131
 or art education. The Bachelor of Fine Arts degree THE BACHELOR OF ARTS
is a content-laden degree in studio art or interior DEGREE PROGRAM
design. Early declaration of a Bachelor of Fine Arts Students in the Bachelor of Arts degree program
major is required due to the rigorous requirements have the option of majors in art history, studio art,
of the programs. Students with majors in areas art education, or art therapy.
other than art may need to consult the Department
of Art and Design chair for guidance in a double ART EDUCATION
major or a minor in art history, studio art, or arts The mission of the Bachelor of Arts in Art
management. Education program is to prepare college students
for initial certification in art at the elementary
MINORS through secondary school levels, and to develop
Minors are offered in art history and studio art, art educators who are also competent artists that
as well as an arts management minor, which exhibit creativity and skill in a variety of studio
is interdisciplinary between art, music, and media.
theatre. The arts management minor is highly
recommended for all majors in the School of the Upon graduation, the art education major will be
Arts. It is particularly useful for BA Studio Art, able to demonstrate:
BA Art History, or BFA Studio Art degree majors. 1. Competencies in art production in a variety
Like all art and design minors, arts management of media, art history, aesthetics, and art
is available to all Converse students. For complete criticism.
information on the arts management minor, please 2. An understanding of art education theory
refer to the section on Interdisciplinary Minors in this and mastery of teaching including best
catalog. practices in curriculum development and
implementation, instructional strategies and
All students majoring in the Department of Art procedures, and .assessment techniques.
and Design must take the Senior Seminar in their 3. An understanding of artistic styles and
respective majors, and all majors except art history principles in all major visual arts media and
must take ART 415: Senior Exhibition during their their relationship to other arts areas and to
senior year. These courses are designed to assist other content areas including the human,
seniors in developing career preparation skills social, economic, and cultural components
and in preparation for their senior graduation that give individual communities their
exhibitions. identities.
The General Education Program is a requirement 4. The highest qualities and attributes of a
for all degrees. The requirements listed below are professional art educator as they assume the
approved for the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of role as an advocate in the field of art
Fine Arts in the School of the Arts. education both in and out of the classroom.
ENG 101.....................................................3 hours
Language and Culture 9 hours STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
MTH 108 or higher.....................................3 hours 1. Students will demonstrate competencies in
One course designated as art production and art history.
Quantitative reasoning......................... 3-4 hours 2. Students will demonstrate competencies in
Health and Well-being Wellness.................2 hours art education by advancing through the
Activity course......................................... 1-2 hours education component benchmarks.
Humanities..................................................6 hours 3. Students will articulate verbal and written
Literature.....................................................3 hours mastery of an understanding artistic styles
Fine Arts.....................................................6 hours and principles.
ATM 100 : Interdisciplinary 4. Students will model the professional
Foundations I...........................................2 hours components of the field of art education.
ATM 200: Interdisciplinary In order to become certified in art education (PreK
Foundations II 1 hour 12) the prospective art teacher must complete
(ATM 100 and ATM 200 are required and the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in art
satisfy 3 hours of Fine Arts GEP credit education. Art Education majors must pass Core
Natural Science....................................... 7-8 hours Praxis before moving to Benchmark II and the
Social Science..............................................6 hours second clinical. Beginning in Fall 2017, in order to
Total..............................................49-52 hours be placed for student teaching, teacher candidates
must pass the state required PRAXIS II exams in the
area of student teaching.
132
Required Courses in Art: **Indicates experiential learning course
ART 201: Introduction to History requirement. All are required for this degree
of Western Art I 3 hours program.
ART 202: Introduction to History
of Western Art II......................................3 hours ART HISTORY
Choose two:................................................6 hours The mission of the Bachelor of Arts degree
ART 200: Introduction to Art Beyond the West in Art History is to provide students with an
ART 290: Special Topics in Art History understanding of visual culture through the ages,
ART 306: Twentieth Century Art Before 1945 a knowledge of the major artists and artworks and
ART 309: Art Since 1945 their historical context with an emphasis on the
ART 310: American Art West, and the ability to analyze, write and discuss
ART 315: Women and Art the style, content, theory, and historical context of
ART 325: Special Topics in Non-Western Art specific periods and artists.
ART 111 or Art 125: 2-D Design.................3 hours
ART 112 or Art 125: 3-D Design.................3 hours The major in art history provides students with an
ART 113: Drawing I....................................3 hours understanding of visual culture through lecture
ART 213: Drawing II...................................3 hours and discussion, field trips to museums, internships
ART 120: Printmaking I..............................3 hours and travel study opportunities. The art history
ART 130: Ceramics I...................................3 hours degree provides a strong liberal arts education and
ART 150: Sculpture I...................................3 hours prepares the student for graduate programs in art
ART 170: Painting I.....................................3 hours history as well as entry-level positions in galleries,
ART 414: Senior Seminar............................. 1 hour museums and art auction houses. Students of
ART 415: Senior Exhibition.......................... 1 hour art history have careers as diverse as managing a
Total Major Hours 38 hours private art collection to becoming assistant to the
White House art curator.
Required Courses in Art Education: ART HISTORY MAJOR PROGRAM GOALS:
ART 300: Art for the Elementary School......3 hours Upon graduation, the art history major will be able
ART 300L: Art for the Elementary School demonstrate:
Lab Clinical I**......................................... 1 hour 1. A broad understanding art history movements
ART 314: School Art Curriculum and historical context of significant artworks
and Methods............................................3 hours and artists.
ART 316: Art for the Secondary School.......3 hours 2. Critical thinking, research, writing and oral
ART 316L: Art for the Secondary School presentation skills with technical abilities to
Lab Clinical II**.......................................2 hours do online research and develop PowerPoint
Total Art Education Requirements..... 12 hours presentations.

Students should also consult A Handbook for STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
Prospective Teachers which is available in the 1. Students will explain art history based on
Education Department or the student may visit: research.
www.converse.edu/program/education/ 2. Students will critically analyze the art by
proving a thesis.
Required Courses in Education 3. Students will employ oral presentation skills.
and Psychology:
EDU 360: Introduction to Education...........3 hours The Bachelor of Arts with a major in art history is
*EDU 425: Teaching Reading offered in cooperation with the Department of Art
in the Content Area 3 hours History at Wofford College. Converse art history
EDU 412h: Directed Student majors should expect to take at least two art history
Teaching: Art**......................................12 hours courses on the Wofford campus. The program
PSY 380: Human Growth requires a total of 33 credit hours.
and Development.....................................3 hours
Students in the art history major are urged to take
Total Education and
their electives in such liberal arts areas as philosophy,
Psychology Hours............................ 21 hours
history, religion, humanities, or literature, and have
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF
a strong background in French, Italian, German or
ARTS WITH ART EDUCATION
Spanish. A double major is a possible option with
MAJOR 71 hours
an art history major.
*must be taken concurrently with Art 316 and 316L

133
 Required Courses in Art: Four art therapy courses prepare students for
Choose one of the following:......................... hours ART 390: Art Therapy Internship, in a clinical
ART 111 or Art 125: 2-D Design or educational setting. The Internship can be
ART 112 or Art 125: 3-D Design completed either over two semesters of 120 hours
ART 113: Drawing I for three credits each or over one semester of 240
ART 150: Sculpture I hours for six credits. This combination of courses
ART 170: Painting I provides theory, methods, and hands-on experience
ART 200: Art Beyond the West....................3 hours for the student interested in the art therapy
ART 201: Introduction to History profession.
of Western Art I 3 hours
ART 202: Introduction to History A student majoring in art therapy must complete 44
of Western Art II 3 hours credit hours of coursework in art and art therapy.
Choose one of the following........................3 hours ART 414: Senior Seminar and ART 415: Senior
ART 308: Museum Internship Exhibition are required. In addition to these 44
ART 307: Art History Travel Aesthetics or credit hours, a student also must complete 15 hours
Phi 315: Aesthetics or Art Historiography of 200level or above courses in the Department of
(taught at Wofford)...................................3 hours Psychology.
ART 306: Twentieth Century Art ART THERAPY PROGRAM GOALS:
Before 1945...............................................3 hours The program seeks to maintain a high percentage of
ART 309: Art Since 1945.............................3 hours graduates who are accepted into Masters or Ph.D.
ART 460: Art History Senior Seminar*........3 hours programs or successfully enter into the workforce
Plus three additional courses from the in a helping profession. In order to accomplish this
following areas: 9 hours end, the Bachelor of Arts in Art Therapy degree
American program identifies the following primary goals:
Nineteenth Century 1. Develop a strong foundation in the use of
Non-Western Art basic art media including drawing, painting,
Special Topics and ceramics.
Women in Art 2. Demonstrate a comprehensive knowledge of
Decorative Arts the historical and theoretical approaches
Available Wofford Courses: which contribute to the current trends in art
Ancient and Classical Art therapy paradigms and the requirements for
Italian Renaissance becoming a credentialed art therapist. This
Baroque and Rococo includes psychological, cultural and
Medieval Asian Art sociological backgrounds as well as knowledge
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS of art history.
WITH ART HISTORY MAJOR............. 36 hours 3. Demonstrate knowledge of ethical
*Indicates experiential learning requirement for considerations and sensitivity to the creative
degree program. processes of diverse and vulnerable
populations through field experiences,
THE ART HISTORY MINOR observation, and reporting on these through
The requirements for a minor in art history consist verbal and written documentation.
of 18 credit hours including ART 201202:
Introduction to History of Western Art I and II, STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
plus four additional upper-level art history courses 1. Students will demonstrate a strong foundation
in four different subject areas (not including art in the use of basic art media including
history travel programs or museum internships). drawing, painting and ceramics.
2. Students will demonstrate a comprehensive
ART THERAPY knowledge of the historical and theoretical
The mission of the art therapy major is to provide approaches which contribute to the current
a basic overview of the profession of art therapy trends in art therapy paradigms and the
and a strong preparatory base for graduate study requirements for becoming a credentialed art
in that field. Within the liberal arts curriculum, art therapist. (psychological, cultural and
therapy majors will combine elements from the sociological backgrounds as well as art history).
behavioral sciences and the visual arts in a study of 3. Students will demonstrate knowledge of
theory, methods, and presentation of art materials ethical considerations and sensitivity to the
to stimulate free expression of the creative process creative processes of diverse and vulnerable
within a wide range of treatment settings. populations through field experiences,
134
 observation and reporting on these through 3. Reference historic and contemporary art in
verbal and written documentation. relationship to their own and other artists
works.
Required Courses in Art: 4. Apply for a variety of career opportunities in
ART 202: Introduction to History of art.
Western Art II..........................................3 hours
Choose one of the following........................3 hours STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
ART 306: Twentieth Century Art Before 1945 1. Students will be able to produce artwork that
ART 309: Art Since 1945 successfully utilizes design elements and
ART 111 or Art 125: 2-D Design.................3 hours principles and creates artwork(s) in a variety
ART 112 or Art 125: 3-D Design.................3 hours of medium/media.
ART 113: Drawing I....................................3 hours 2. Students will be able to communicate their
ART 130: Ceramics I...................................3 hours personal concept(s) through a written artist
ART 170: Painting I.....................................3 hours statement, group exhibition, and personal
One Studio Elective.....................................3 hours website
ART 414: Senior Seminar............................. 1 hour 3. Students will be able to reference historic and
ART 415: Senior Exhibition.......................... 1 hour contemporary art in relationship to their own
Required Courses in Art Therapy: and other artists works.
ART 355: Survey of Art Therapy..............3 hours 4. Students will be able to demonstrate the ability
ART 357: Art Therapy Perspective: to apply for a variety of career opportunities
Understanding Childrens Art...................3 hours including art residencies and/or graduate
ART 380: Art Therapy Methods programs.
and Theories............................................3 hours
ART 390: Art Therapy Internship*..............6 hours Forty-four hours of coursework are required for
ART 455: Art Therapy Senior Seminar*.......3 hours the Bachelor of Arts in the studio art major with
Total Art Therapy Hours.................... 44 hours emphasis on the practice of art. ART 414: Senior
Seminar and ART 415: Senior Exhibition are
Required Courses in Psychology: required. A double major in art history or a major
PSY 204: Abnormal Psychology...................3 hours outside the department is an option. An internship
PSY 236: Theories of Personality.................3 hours is recommended as part of the major. Students
PSY 380: Human Growth majoring in studio art must have an exhibition of
and Development.....................................3 hours their artwork during the senior year.
PSY 410: Counseling and Psychotherapy.....3 hours Studio art class times meet two hours per week per
Choose One or the following.......................3 hours credit hour during fall and spring terms. Students
One psychology elective or should expect to spend three or more additional
SED 300: Introduction to Special Education hours per class in weekly independent work. Class
Total Psychology Hours...................... 15 hours times are extended during short terms.
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS Required Courses:
WITH ART THERAPY MAJOR......... 59 hours ART 201: Introduction to History
*Indicates experiential learning requirement for of Western Art I 3 hours
degree program. ART 202: Introduction to History
of Western Art II......................................3 hours
STUDIO ART Choose one of the following........................3 hours
The mission of the Bachelor of Arts Degree in Studio ART 306: Twentieth Century Art Before 1945
Art combines the breadth and depth of a liberal arts ART 309: Art Since 1945
curriculum with broad based exploratory studio ART 315: Women and Art
practices. Art History elective......................................3 hours
ART 111 or Art 125: 2-D Design.................3 hours
STUDIO ART PROGRAM GOALS: ART 112 or Art 125: 3-D Design.................3 hours
Upon graduation, the BA studio art major will be ART 113: Drawing I....................................3 hours
able to: ART 120: Printmaking I..............................3 hours
1. Produce artwork that utilizes design elements ART 130: Ceramics I...................................3 hours
and principles and creates artwork(s) in a ART 150: Sculpture I...................................3 hours
variety of medium/media. ART 170: Painting I.....................................3 hours
2. Communicate personal concept(s) through ART 213: Drawing II...................................3 hours
a written artist statement, group exhibition, Two courses selected from these beginning,
and personal website.

135
 intermediate, and advanced studio courses.....6 hours relationship to their own and other artists
Painting works.
Printmaking 4. Apply for career opportunities, compete in
Graphic Design juried competitions and apply for art
Sculpture residencies and/or graduate programs.
Photography
Drawing STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
Ceramics 1. Students will be able to produce artwork that
Artist Books successfully utilizes design elements and
ART 414: Senior Seminar............................. 1 hour principles and demonstrates mastery level of
ART 415: Senior Exhibition.......................... 1 hour their chosen medium/media.
Choose one Experiential Learning Course...3 hours 2. Students will be able to communicate their
ART 317: Studio Art Travel Program personal concept(s) through a written artist
ART 410: Advanced Studio statement, gallery presentation and solo
ART 465: Studio Art Internship exhibition, and personal website.
ART 466: Artist in Resident Internship 3. Students will be able to reference historic and
ART 490: Directed Independent Study contemporary art in relationship to their own
and other artists works.
TOTAL HOURS FOR A BACHELOR OF ARTS 4. Students will be able to demonstrate the ability
WITH STUDIO ART MAJOR............... 47 hours to apply for career opportunities, compete in
juried competitions and apply for art
THE STUDIO ART MINOR residencies and/or graduate programs.
Students electing studio art as a minor must
complete 18 credit hours of course work. Students Bachelor of Fine Arts with a studio art major
must take ART 111 or Art 125: 2-D Design, 112 or consists of 74 hours and offers a sequence of
125: 3-D Design, 113, 201 and 202 before taking courses in painting, sculpture, printmaking,
additional studio art courses. ceramics, photography and drawing, along with
requirements in art history. This degree provides
BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS students with a thorough grounding in visual arts
DEGREE PROGRAMS foundation principles and techniques. Provisions
The Bachelor of Fine Arts degree programs are are made for in-depth studio explorations, for
professional degrees comprised of intensive, discussion and analysis of critical visual problems
highly structured courses of study designed to in a liberal arts environment, and for sustained
prepare students for careers in the interior design studio work.
profession, as professional artists, or as preparation For continuation in the Bachelor of Fine Arts
for graduate studies. degree program in studio art students must submit
STUDIO ART a portfolio of artwork for faculty review in their
The mission of the Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree junior year. Faculty recommendation is based upon
provides an exploratory opportunity for students students statement of intent as well as the quality
to create with a broad base of media working and direction of submitted artworks. Students
toward mastery in the studio area(s) of their choice. should obtain detailed information concerning the
This professional degree provides students with a Bachelor of Fine Arts review from the chair of the
studio experience that fosters the development of department during their sophomore year.
a personal body of work in concept, theory, and Required Courses in Art History:
practice. ART 201: Introduction to History
STUDIO PROGRAM GOALS: of Western Art I 3 hours
Upon graduation, the Bachelor of Fine Arts with a ART 202: Introduction to History
studio art major will be able to: of Western Art II......................................3 hours
1. Produce artwork that successfully utilizes Two of the following three courses:.............6 hours
design elements and principles and ART 306: Twentieth Century Art Before 1945
demonstrates mastery level of their chosen ART 309: Art Since 1945
medium/media. ART 315: Women and Art
2. Communicate personal concept(s) through a One Art History Elective..............................3 hours
written artist statement, gallery presentation Total Art History Hours 15 hours
and solo exhibition, and personal website. Required Courses in Foundational Art:
3. Reference historic and contemporary art in ART 111 or Art 125: 2-D Design.................3 hours
136
ART 112 or Art 125: 3-D Design.................3 hours knowledge and skills to complete entry level
ART 113: Drawing I....................................3 hours interior design responsibilities.
ART 120: Printmaking I..............................3 hours
ART 130: Ceramics I...................................3 hours The interior design major, consisting of 74 credit
ART 140: Photography I..............................3 hours hours, provides a professional program directed
ART 150: Sculpture I...................................3 hours toward both the residential and commercial
ART 170: Painting I.....................................3 hours aspects of interior design. Course content features
ART 213: Drawing II...................................3 hours the creative design process, design theory, space
planning, human-centric design , drawing software,
Required Courses in Advanced Studio Art: graphics, finishes and furnishings, building systems,
Ten additional courses in Studio Art at the lighting, sustainable design, history of interiors,
200, 300, and 400 levels. Must Include: and professional practices. Students are able to
ART 410: Advanced Studio*.................... 3-6 hours document their learning and communicate with
ART 495: Senior Project*............................6 hours professional drawing and presentation formats.
Advanced Study........................................30 hours
ART 414: Senior Seminar............................. 1 hour Dedicated studios feature individual work stations
ART 415: Senior Exhibition.......................... 1 hour with locking storage, computers, printers, print
*Indicates experiential learning requirement for resources, and sample storage. Students use
degree program. AutoCAD, Revit, SketchUP Pro, Photoshop,
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF FINE InDesign, and Microsoft Office. Students are
ARTS WITH STUDIO ART MAJOR..... 74 hours strongly encouraged to purchase laptops, AutoCAD
and SketchUP software. Contact the program
INTERIOR DESIGN coordinator for computer specifications. Interior
The mission of the interior design program is to design majors interact with professional designers
produce liberally educated professional designers and trade experts on and off campus through a variety
qualified by their education to enhance the function of activities. Each interior design major completes a
and quality of interior spaces. Those who complete professional interior design work experience and
the requirements of this program will, through their the Center for Professional Development supports
knowledge of interior design principles, practices, this graduation requirement. Student memberships
and techniques, be able to make contributions in professional organizations are encouraged.
to their societys quality of life and productivity.
Graduates of the program will be able to apply their Required Courses in Art and Design:
knowledge to protect the health, safety, and welfare ART 111 or Art 125: 2-D Design.................3 hours
of the public they serve through their profession. ART 112 or Art 125: 3-D Design.................3 hours
ART 113: Drawing I....................................3 hours
INTERIOR DESIGN PROGRAM GOALS: ART 201: Introduction to History
Upon graduation, the interior design major will: of Western Art I 3 hours
Combine design theory, creativity and functionalism ART 202: Introduction to History
to develop effective interior solutions. of Western Art II......................................3 hours
Create design solutions featuring human-centric ART 415: Senior Exhibition.......................... 1 hour
design that responds to user needs and promotes DES 282: Intro to Interior Design 3 hours
health and wellbeing. DES 283: Space Planning............................3 hours
Justify their design decisions through written and DES 284: Residential Design.......................3 hours
verbal statements. DES 285: Computer Aided Design..............3 hours
DES 286: Advanced Computer
STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES Aided Design............................................3 hours
1. Interior design majors will combine design DES 287: Color and Textile Design..............3 hours
theory, creativity and functionalism to develop DES 288: Interior Construction...................3 hours
effective interior solutions. DES 289: Presentation Skills.......................3 hours
2. Interior design majors will create design DES 381: History of Interiors I. 3 hours
solutions featuring human-centric design that DES 382: History of Interiors II...................3 hours
responds to user needs and promotes health DES 383: Codes and Materials....................3 hours
and wellbeing. DES 384: Commercial Design I...................3 hours
3. Interior design majors will justify their design DES 386: Lighting.......................................3 hours
decisions through written and verbal DES 387: Kitchen and Bath Design..........3 hours
statements. DES 480: Senior Seminar............................. 1 hour
4. Interior design majors will utilize their DES 481: Advanced Interior Design I 3 hours
DES 482: Advanced Interior Design II*.......3 hours
137
 DES 483: Business and is to examine the basic curriculum and methods
Professional Practice.................................3 hours in the public school. Emphasis is given to the
DES 485: Professional Design planning of units and lesson plans for various levels
Work Experience*....................................3 hours of art instruction, organization of the classroom,
Studio Art or Design Elective.......................3 hours and materials and methods used for instruction.
*Indicates experiential learning requirement for The curriculum standards are based on the South
degree program. Carolina Standards for Art Instruction as stated by
TOTAL HOURS FOR A BACHELOR OF the National Art Education Association for teaching
FINE ARTS WITH AN INTERIOR DESIGN art. Required for art education majors. Necessary
MAJOR 74 HOURS for teacher accreditation. This is the third required
course for the art education major. Students should
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION take this course during the Fall Term of the junior
ART EDUCATION or senior year. Lab fee.
300. ART FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL/ 316. ART FOR THE SECONDARY SCHOOL/
THREE CREDITS THREE CREDITS
Major credit. The purpose of this course is to Major credit. Prerequisite: ART 300 or permission
examine the basic concepts and principles of art of instructor. The purpose of this course is to
education for the elementary art teacher. Students examine the basic concepts and principles of art
will study the materials and methods for teaching education for the secondary art teacher. Students
art to children. Emphasis is given to the artistic will study the materials and methods for teaching
development of all children in the elementary/ art to adolescents. Emphasis is given to the artistic
middle school and the South Carolina Standards development of students in the secondary art
for Art Instruction as stated by the National Art program and the South Carolina Standards for Art
Education Association. This is the first required Instruction as stated by the National Art Education
course in the art education major. Required for Art Association. Required for Art Education majors.
Education Majors. Lab fee. Offered Fall Term. This is the second required course for the art
300L. ART FOR THE ELEMENTARY education major. Lab fee. Offered Fall Term.
SCHOOL: LAB CLINICAL I/ONE CREDIT 316L. ART FOR THE SECONDARY SCHOOL:
Major credit. Prerequisite: EDU 360. Co-requisite: LAB CLINICAL II/ TWO CREDITS
ART 300. The purpose of this course is to provide Major credit. Prerequisites: ART 300, ART 300L, and
prospective art teachers an early opportunity EDU 360. Co-requisite: ART 316. The purpose of
(sophomore or junior year) to work with students this course is to provide prospective art teachers
in an elementary art classroom. The emphasis an early opportunity (sophomore or junior year) to
is placed on observation and participation in work with students in a secondary art classroom.
the classroom. Additionally, there will be some The emphasis is placed on observation and
readings, written assignments, several seminars participation in the classroom. Additionally, there
with the instructor, and videotaping of lessons. will be some readings, written assignments, several
The course integrates theory and practice acquired seminars with the instructor, and videotaping of
in core courses in art education. The course lessons. The course integrates theory and practice
includes observation, participation and limited acquired in core courses in art education and builds
directed teaching experience in local, normally, on experiences in ART 300L (clinical I). The course
public schools. Teacher candidates should sign up includes observations, participation and limited
with the Department of Education at least one full directed teaching experience in a local, normally,
semester before the term. Offered Spring Term. Pass/ public school. Teacher candidates should sign up
fail grading. with the Department of Education at least one full
311. ART FOR THE CHILD/THREE CREDITS semester before the term. Offered each Fall Term.
Required for some education majors. The purpose of Pass/fail grading.
this course is to examine the basic concepts and *388. MULTICULTURAL ART EDUCATION/
principles of art instruction. Students will study the THREE CREDITS
materials and methods for teaching art to children. GEP, Major, Elective credit. The purpose of this course
Emphasis is given to the artistic development of is to examine various cultures from around the
children. Lab fee. world and determine how to promote conceptual
314. SCHOOL ART CURRICULUM understanding of their art in the K-12 classroom.
AND METHODS/ THREE CREDITS Students will design comprehensive lessons from
Major credit. Prerequisites: ART 300, 316 or with their research into non-western culture, develop
permission of instructor. The purpose of this course
138
appropriate assessments, construct project examples *125. FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS
and develop reflective and critical thinking GEP. First-Year Seminars (FYS) constitute a
skills. Emphasis will be placed upon developing the common and academically significant experience
skills to positively infuse the K-12 classroom with in a students first year at Converse. All incoming
multicultural experiences in art. Appropriate for all first-year students are required to take a 3 credit-
education majors. Meets the non-European/non- hour FYS course in the fall semester, choosing from
anglophone and writing intensive requirements for a variety of discipline specific topics. Each FYS
education majors. Lab fee. carries the corresponding departmental prefix, but
with a common course number (except designated
412h. DIRECTED STUDENT honors sections). Each FYS course is designed to
TEACHING IN ART/ TWELVE CREDITS have no more than 18 students, and counts in
Major credit. Beginning in Fall 2017, in order to some designated category of the General Education
be placed for student teaching, teacher candidates Program. Strong writing and speaking components
must pass the state required PRAXIS II exams in the are elements of the course. May not count as a fine
area of student teaching. Students normally take arts GEP requirement if the course is Art 125: 2-D
this course, which integrates theory and practice, Design or Art 125: 3-D Design.
during the senior year. The 60-day course includes
observation, participation, and directed teaching *199H. FRESHMAN HONORS SEMINAR/
experience in a local public school. The experience THREE CREDITS
requires conferences with the Program Director, GEP, Elective credit. A study of a selected subject
College Supervisor and the cooperating teacher, within the discipline which will vary from term
demonstration of the integration of technology to term. The course is designed to encourage
into instruction, and attendance at such required student participation in the intellectual processes
seminars as training sessions, orientation sessions, through class discussion, research and writing,
and other workshops. The College Supervisor special projects, problem solving, and evaluation
visits the student teacher periodically during the and defense of positions. When the subject matter
semester. Students must request a student teaching duplicates that of another course, credit toward
placementby October 1 for Spring Term placement graduation will be granted for only one of the
in the following year or by March 1 for Fall Term courses. Offered periodically in rotation with
placement in the following year. Pass/fail grading. seminars in other disciplines.
Offered Fall and Spring Terms. Special fee. Meets the
GEP capstone and writing intensive requirements. *200. INTRODUCTION TO ART BEYOND THE
WEST / THREE CREDITS
499. HONORS THESIS IN ART/THREE CREDITS GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course
Prerequisites: GPA of at least 3.0; permission of the will provide a broad introduction to traditional
students major professor (adviser); approval of the non- western art in various regions of the world,
Department of Art and Design faculty and other including but not limited to Asian, African, and
prerequisites as outlined in the Nisbet Honors Guidelines. Pre-Columbian art. The purpose and context as
This course is an elective senior thesis for majors well as the style of the art and architecture will be
who wish to pursue Honors in an area of studio art, examined. Non-European and non-Anglophone.
art history, art education or art therapy. The Senior
Honors Thesis in art demonstrates the students *201. INTRODUCTION TO HISTORY
ability to do sustained work, conduct systematic OF WESTERN ART I/THREE CREDITS
research, to organize materials effectively, with the GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Required for all art
intention of producing an outcome that results in majors. Prerequisite for all art history courses. A
either a series of artworks or research paper as is survey of the painting, sculpture, and architecture
appropriate to her area. of the Western world from the Prehistoric through
Medieval periods.
ART HISTORY
*100. ART APPRECIATION/THREE *202. INTRODUCTION TO HISTORY
FOUR CREDITS JAN TERM OF WESTERN ART II/THREE CREDITS
GEP, Elective credit. An introduction to the visual GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Required for all art
arts. Introduces the student to the major art majors. Prerequisite for all art history courses. A
movements and artists. Lecture and discussion on survey of the painting, sculpture, and architecture
the materials, forms, and processes of art with the of the Western world from the Renaissance through
aim of giving insight into the functions and content the modern era.
of art objects. Course content may vary. May not be *290. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ART HISTORY/
applied to major in art. THREE OR FOUR CREDITS
139
 GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This is a Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ART
combination lecture and discussion course that will 202 or the permission from the instructor. The
center around a selected topic in art history. Since major developments in the visual arts from 1945
the content will vary, this course may be taken more to the present will be examined through lecture,
than once for credit. Offered periodically. discussion and student presentations of critical
theory and scholarly research. Writing intensive for
*299H. INTERDISCIPLINARY studio art and art education majors. Offered alternate
HONORS COURSE/ THREE CREDITS years.
GEP, Major, Elective credit. This course is team
taught by members in two departments and is 310. AMERICAN ART/THREE CREDITS
open to Nisbet Honors Program participants and to Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ART 201,
others who meet Honors Program guidelines. All 202 or the permission from the instructor. A study of
students registering for these courses must register American art from the colonial period to the 1930s.
not only through the Honors Program but also Offered every three years.
with their adviser and the Registrars Office. Offered
periodically. *315. WOMEN AND ART/THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course
305. NINETEENTH CENTURY ART/ selectively studies the art and lives of women artists.
THREE CREDITS Theories concerning representations of women
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ART 201, will also be discussed. GEP Humanities/Womens
202 or the permission from the instructor. A study Studies. Offered alternate years.
of the major developments of nineteenth century *325: SPECIAL TOPICS IN NON WESTERN ART/
European painting and sculpture within the context THREE CREDITS
of social, cultural, and political developments. GEP, Major, Minor, and Elective credit. This course will
Offered every three years. provide a focus on art from one region (ie. Africa)
306. TWENTIETH CENTURY ART BEFORE 1945/ outside the European tradition. It will examine the
THREE CREDITS purpose, style, and context of the art, and may
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ART 201, include traditional as well as contemporary art
202 or the permission from the instructor. A study of objects as well as architecture. The course content
the major developments in European visual culture will vary. Non-European-non-Anglophone.
from early 1900 to 1940. Offered alternate years. 400. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ART HISTORY
Writing Intensive for studio art majors. SEMINAR / THREE CREDITS
*307. ART HISTORY TRAVEL/THREE OR FOUR Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ART 201,
CREDITS IN JAN TERM 202 or permission of instructor. This is a directed
GEP, Elective credit; Major credit if approved by the reading and discussion seminar that will center
Art History program director. No prerequisites. This around a selected topic in art history or theory.
program offers the student the opportunity to travel Since the content will vary, this course may be
to major art centers and critically observe and taken more than once for credit. Offered periodically.
evaluate major works of art and the environments 460. ART HISTORY SENIOR SEMINAR /
in which they are made, displayed, and sold. THREE CREDITS
Additional travel costs will be incurred by the Major credit. This course is designed to provide the
student. Typically offered during Jan Term. senior Art History major with an opportunity to
308. MUSEUM INTERNSHIP focus on a particular period in art history and gain
THREE OR SIX CREDITS experience doing in-depth research and writing
Major, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ART 201 and 202. on a topic of her choosing, with the professors
This program offers the student the opportunity approval. It also provides the student with career
to work in a major museum or art auction house development and graduate school preparation. This
such as the Corcoran Gallery in Washington, DC, capstone course should ideally be taken during the
the High Museum in Atlanta, GA, Sothebys in New Fall Term of the senior year. Writing Intensive and
York City, and the Mint Museum in Charlotte, NC. capstone course for art history majors.
The students learn the various phases of curatorship
and gain exposure to major works of art through 490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY IN
exhibitions and private collections of the museum. SPECIAL TOPICS/ONE, TWO OR
Pass/fail grading. THREE CREDITS
309. ART SINCE 1945/ THREE CREDITS Prerequisite: permission of art history professor. An

140
independent course of advanced study of a topic and application of clinical art therapy. Selected
not covered in any other course, under faculty topics include the history of art therapy, the role
guidance and instruction. May be repeated for credit. of art media in art therapy, and utilization of the
creative process in both diagnosis and treatment
499. HONORS THESIS IN ART/THREE CREDITS to promote and foster positive human growth and
Prerequisites: GPA of at least 3.0; permission of the development. Lab fee.
students major professor (adviser); approval of the
Department of Art and Design faculty and other 357. ART THERAPY PERSPECTIVE
prerequisites as outlined in the Nisbet Honors Guidelines. UNDERSTANDING CHILDRENS ART/
This course is an elective senior thesis for majors THREE CREDITS
who wish to pursue Honors in an area of studio art, Major, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ART 355, 111,
art history, art education or art therapy. The Senior 112 or permission of instructor. A study of the childs
Honors Thesis in art demonstrates the students artistic process as a vehicle of nonverbal creative
ability to do sustained work, conduct systematic expression. There will be an emphasis on the
research, to organize materials effectively, with the artistic stages/ sequences of child development,
intention of producing an outcome that results in and assessments relevant to each age level. The
either a series of artworks or research paper as is material presented in this course will give students
appropriate to her area. an expanded concept of the needs of children in
diverse populations, and the approaches utilized by
ART THERAPY art therapists in the treatment of children. Lab fee.
*125. FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS
GEP credit. First-Year Seminars (FYS) constitute a 380. ART THERAPY METHODS AND THEORIES/
common and academically significant experience THREE CREDITS
in a students first year at Converse. All incoming Major credit. Prerequisites: ART 111, 112 and 355 or
first-year students are required to take a 3 credit- by permission of the instructor. ART 380 will build
hour FYS course in the fall semester, choosing from upon the principles, philosophy and application of
a variety of discipline specific topics. Each FYS clinical art therapy presented in ART 355. Students
carries the corresponding departmental prefix, but will use art materials to explore specific theories
with a common course number (except designated and techniques grounded in art therapy paradigms
honors sections). Each FYS course is designed to and psychology paradigms. Clinical examples of art
have no more than 18 students, and counts in therapy in diverse populations will be presented
some designated category of the General Education by lecture, selected readings, handouts, and art-
Program. Strong writing and speaking components making exercises. Case presentations will be made
are elements of the course. May not count as a fine using slides or original client artwork. This course
arts GEP requirement if the course is Art 125: 2-D is designed to prepare students for continued and
Design or Art 125: 3-D Design. intensive training in art therapy. Lab fee.
354. OVERVIEW OF EXPRESSIVE 390. ART THERAPY INTERNSHIP
ART THERAPIES/ THREE CREDITS/ THREE OR SIX CREDITS
FOUR CREDITS JAN TERM Major credit. Prerequisites: A 3.0 average in the major.
Major, Elective credit. A course designed to introduce ART 355, 357, 380 and permission of the instructor. Six
students to a variety of expressive therapies credit hours of internship are required for senior
including art therapy, music therapy, dance and Art Therapy majors. A three-credit internship
movement therapy, drama therapy, expressive consists of 120 hours of experience in a clinical
writing as therapy, sandtray and play therapy. This or educational setting. Students may elect to take
course will provide theoretical perspectives on two three-credit internships or one six-credit
expressive modalities as they are utilized in a variety internship. The goal is for students to achieve
of settings to benefit individuals in the educational proficiency in observing the art-making needs and
system, special education programs, family therapy, abilities of diverse populations. The art therapy
trauma centers, hospitals and childrens shelters. supervisor will conduct art interventions and site
Student will discover the uses and benefits of supervision. Student interns will attend a weekly
these various therapies through selected readings, group supervision session to present client artwork
lectures and interactive classroom instruction. and explore responses and problems related to
Offered Jan Term only. Lab fee. the art therapy experience. A student journal
will record the events of the art therapy process.
355. SURVEY OF ART THERAPY/THREE CREDITS Internship placements are available in locations
Major, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ART 111, 112 throughout the state and other areas of the country.
or permission of instructor. A course designed to Pass/fail grading. Lab fee.
introduce students to the principles, philosophy,
141
 417. ART THERAPY STUDY Major, Minor credit. Prerequisite for all studio
TRAVEL/FOUR CREDITS and design courses. An introduction to the 2-D
Major, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ART 355, 357, concepts of visual organization through the study
380 and/or permission of instructor. A travel study of composition, lines, shape, value, figure-ground
program for course credit wherein participants will relationships, texture, spatial illusion and color
spend fourteen days in a selected city or cities for theory. Lab fee.
an intensive exploration of culture, art, historical
perspectives, international approaches to art therapy 112. 3-D DESIGN/THREE CREDITS
and may include service learning opportunities Major, Minor credit. Prerequisite for all studio
when available. Additional travel expense is and design courses. An introductory course that
expected to be incurred at the responsibility of the investigates the handling of real space through
participant. This course may be taken twice for the study of form, structure, texture, and surface.
credit when destinations differ. Offered Jan Term or Historical and contemporary issues are explored in
Summer Terms only. various media. Lab fee.

455. ART THERAPY SENIOR 113. DRAWING I/THREE CREDITS

SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS Major, Minor credit. Prerequisite for all studio and
Major credit. Prerequisites: ART 355, 357, 380 and design courses. An introduction to the discipline of
permission of the instructor. This course will provide drawing. Development of drawing skills leading
art therapy senior students the opportunity to to an understanding of the structure of forms on
research an art therapy topic of interest, write a the picture plane, figure-ground relationships, line,
25 page APA style paper, and present the paper value and texture. Studio problems of visualization,
and appropriate art interventions to the class composition and analysis in various black and
for discussion. This course will also include a white media. Lab fee.
comprehensive inspection of graduate schools, 120. PRINTMAKING I/THREE CREDITS
career opportunities, portfolio presentations, and Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ART 111
library research techniques. The material presented and 113. An introduction to the discipline of
will give the students an expanded concept of the printmaking concentrating on the technical aspects
writing and speaking skills necessary to pursue of relief, lithography, and monotype processes.
their future goals. Capstone course. Writing Intensive. Priority will be given to majors. Lab fee.
499. HONORS THESIS IN ART/THREE CREDITS 124. GRAPHIC DESIGN I/THREE CREDITS
Prerequisites: GPA of at least 3.0; permission of the Major, Minor, Elective credit. A beginning course
students major professor(advisor); approval of the in layout design. Students will complete projects
Department of Art and Design faculty and other dealing with graphic visualization, packaging and
prerequisites as outlined in the Nisbet Honors Guidelines. layout. Lab fee.
This course is an elective senior thesis for majors
who wish to pursue Honors in an area of studio art, *125. FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS
art history, art education, or art therapy. The Senior GEP. First-Year Seminars (FYS) constitute a
Honors Thesis in art demonstrates the students common and academically significant experience in
ability to do sustained work, conduct systematic a students first year at Converse. All incoming first-
research, to organize materials effectively, with the year students are required to take a three credit-
intention of producing an outcome that results in hour FYS course in the fall semester, choosing from
either a series of artworks or research paper as is a variety of discipline specific topics. Each FYS
appropriate to her area. carries the corresponding departmental prefix, but
with a common course number (except designated
STUDIO ART honors sections). Each FYS course is designed to
101. STUDIO ART APPRECIATION have no more than 18 students, and counts in
THREE/ FOUR CREDITS JAN TERM some designated category of the General Education
GEP, Elective credit. An introduction to the visual Program. Strong writing and speaking components
arts using lectures, discussions, museum and are elements of the course. May not count as a fine
gallery visits, exhibition reviews, and hands on arts GEP requirement if the course is Art 125: 2-D
studio experiences with the materials, concepts, Design or Art 125: 3-D Design.
and processes of art with the purpose of providing
insight into the functions, content, and making of 130. CERAMICS I/THREE CREDITS
art objects. Lab fee. May not be applied to major in art. Major, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ART 112 or
permission of the instructor. An introduction
111. 2-D DESIGN/THREE CREDITS to ceramic processes, including historic and

142
contemporary concepts of form as related to *199H. FRESHMAN HONORS
functional and nonfunctional concerns. Students SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS
will gain experience in basic forming processes, GEP, Elective credit. Not accepted for major or
including the development of conceptual and Minor credit. A study of a selected subject within
technical skills for the artistic control of problem the discipline which will vary from term to term.
solutions. Priority will be given to majors. Lab fee. The course is designed to encourage student
participation in the intellectual processes through
131. CERAMICS FOR NON-ART class discussion, research and writing, special
DESIGN MAJORS/ THREE CREDITS projects, problem solving, and evaluation and
Elective credit. This is an introductory course defense of positions. When the subject matter
to ceramic processes including historical and duplicates that of another course, credit toward
contemporary methods. Students will participate graduation will be granted for only one of the
by using ceramic hand-building techniques to courses. Offered periodically in rotation with
produce meaningful, well developed artworks seminars in other disciplines.
that may be functional or non-functional. Pinch,
coil slab and glaze application methods will be 212. ARTIST BOOKS/THREE CREDITS
explored. Lab fee. May not be applied to majors in art Major, Minor, Elective credit. A course designed to
or design. introduce the student to the book as an art form.
A creative exploration of the artist book through
140. PHOTOGRAPHY I: BLACK various uses of medium and techniques. Students
AND WHITE/ THREE CREDITS will receive a working knowledge of various
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ART 111 techniques of bookbinding,structures, and the
or permission of instructor. A beginning course incorporation of image and text. Contemporary
designed to equip the student with the technical approaches will be explored through research and
skills needed for image capturing and the printing technology. Lab fee.
of digital photograph. A beginning introduction to
Adobe Photoshop will be covered, along with the 213. DRAWING II/THREE CREDITS
presentation of a final portfolio. A DSLR camera Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ART 113.
with manual override is required. Priority will be This course examines drawing as a creative process,
given to majors. Lab fee. focusing on the study and representation of objects
and natural forms in problems of visualization
150. SCULPTURE I/THREE CREDITS and composition and the exploration of images in
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ART 112 various media using figurative and nonfigurative
or permission of instructor. An introduction to the subject matter. Lab fee.
discipline of sculpture. Study and experimentation
with traditional and contemporary concepts of 220. PRINTMAKING II/THREE CREDITS
form. Lectures, demonstrations, and assigned Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ART
studio problems familiarize the student with the 120. An intermediate course in printmaking,
properties of structure and the nature of materials which includes the use of silkscreen, advanced
and forming processes. Priority will be given to lithography and further experimentation in the
majors. Lab fee. monotype process. The student will explore the
range of possibilities inherent in the mediums and
151. BASIC STONE CARVING/THREE CREDITS develop a familiarity with the graphic processes and
Major, Minor, Elective credit. An Introduction their tools and materials. Lab fee.
to the discipline of stone carving. Study and
experimentation with traditional and contemporary 224. GRAPHIC DESIGN II/THREE CREDITS
processes of carved form. Lectures, demonstrations, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ART 124.
and assigned studio problems familiarize the Emphasis will be on learning to use the computer
student with the properties of structure and the as the main tool in graphic communication and
nature of materials and forming processes. Priority exploring industry software including drawing,
will be given to majors. Lab fee. paint, desktop publishing and photo manipulation
programs. Design fundamentals in the area of
170. PAINTING I/THREE CREDITS formal organization and aesthetics will be an
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ART 111 integral part of all assignments. Lab fee.
and 113 or permission of instructor. An introduction
to the discipline of painting. Emphasis on the 230. CERAMICS II/THREE CREDITS
exploration of painting properties, materials, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ART 130. An
techniques and color theory through specific formal in-depth course in throwing forms on the potters
problems. Priority will be given to majors. Lab fee. wheel with formalized study of the mixing and
143
 application of glazes. Students will combine thrown of aesthetic and manual skills. Explorations in
and hand-built pieces to creatively solve functional contemporary forms and approaches to drawing.
and sculptural problems while experiencing the Lab fee.
firing of various kilns. Lab fee.
317. STUDIO ART TRAVEL PROGRAM
240. PHOTOGRAPHY II: BLACK AND WHITE/ THREE, FOUR OR SIX CREDITS
THREE CREDITS Major, Minor, Elective credit. This program offers
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ART 140. the student the opportunity to travel to major art
This course focuses on the exploration on the and design centers to observe, evaluate, and absorb
exploration of advanced photographic techniques the culture and art within the environment and
including conceptual series-related works, digital to produce art as a result of those experiences.
applications, liquid emulsions and experimental Programs are now offered to New York City, New
forms of presentation as well as the creation of a Mexico, Greece and various locations in Europe.
print-on demand book featuring the students Additional travel costs will be incurred by the
portfolio. Digital and film cameras will be student. Offered during Jan and Summer Terms.
utilized. Lab fee.
320. PRINTMAKING III/THREE CREDITS
241. ALTERNATIVE PHOTO METHODS/ Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ART 220.
THREE CREDITS An advanced course emphasizing the unique and
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Art 140. individual application of printmaking processes
This is an introductory course that investigates and the development of students ideas and
both the historical and contemporary aspects of working procedures so that they bear a meaningful
photography. The lecture material and classroom relationship to one another. Lab fee.
interaction will equip the student with technical
skills needed to develop and create Cyanotype and 330. CERAMICS III/THREE CREDITS
Vandyke Brown prints which are liquid emulsion Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ART 230.
processes. Other possible media may include pin- An advanced investigation in the processes and
hole photography. The student will also learn to possibilities of clay, glazes, and firing methods.
present a portfolio of matted, finished photographs, Development of students ideas is emphasized with
as well as the basic operations of the program the understanding of the capabilities and limitations
Adobe Photoshop. Lab fee. Offered periodically. of clay for solving various problems. Lab fee.

250. SCULPTURE II/THREE CREDITS 340. PHOTOGRAPHY III/THREE CREDITS

Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ART Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ART 240.
150. This course provides students with studio This is an advanced course focusing on the students
opportunities in advanced research and technology personal concept. The choice of traditional or
methodologies, personal content and public experimental processes is decided upon by the
art. Lab fee. student. The students focus is also based upon
series work. Lab fee.
270. PAINTING II/THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ART 350. SCULPTURE III/THREE CREDITS
170. The study of the characteristics of various Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: ART 250
painting materials, including supports, grounds or permission of instructor. This course provides
and pigments, binders, and vehicles. The student students with studio opportunities in creating cast
is encouraged to explore individual problems in metal sculpture and emerging technologies in the
color-space projection, and figurative and non- foundry process. Lab fee.
figurative painting experiences. Lab fee. 360. SPECIAL TOPICS IN STUDIO
312. ARTIST BOOKS II/THREE CREDITS ART /THREE, FOUR OR SIX CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Art 212. Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: Art major
An intermediate course in the book arts what or permission of instructor. A course designed to
will include further exploration of structure, provide an in-depth study of an art or design
bookbinding techniques, design and content process, subject matter, or technique. Since the
development. The development of personal style content will vary, it may be taken more than once
and subject is encouraged at this level. Lab fee. for credit. Lab fee varies per class.

313. DRAWING III/THREE CREDITS 370. PAINTING III/THREE CREDITS

Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ART Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ART 270.
213. This course emphasizes drawing as personal Figure- ground relationships in two-dimensional
expression by encouraging a creative synthesis and three-dimensional composition through the use
144
of oils, acrylics, and mixed media; experimentation 430: CERAMICS IV/THREE CREDITS
with various technological changes and surface Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ART 330.
treatments in the solution of formal and expressive An advanced investigation in the processes and
problems. Lab fee. possibilities of clay, glazes, and firing methods.
Experimental approaches with ceramic media with
395. STUDIO ART INTERNSHIP/THREE an emphasis on personal initiative in defining and
Prerequisites: ART 111, 112,113, appropriate creating problems and aesthetic solutions to these
advanced courses in area of interest, and permission self-imposed problems. Lab fee.
of faculty advisor. This program offers advanced
students the opportunity to work with business 440. PHOTOGRAPHY IV/THREE CREDITS
establishments or studio arts in digital media or Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ART
fine arts. This includes, but not limited to graphic 340. Advanced investigations into the aesthetic
design, illustration, photography, ceramics, and possibilities of the photographic process.
printmaking. Pass/fail grading. May be repeated. Experimentation with media is encouraged, as well
as a strong focus on series work. Lab fee.
410. ADVANCED STUDIO ART/ THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: Any level 450. SCULPTURE IV/THREE CREDITS
II studio art course. Juniors and Seniors or permission Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ART 350. The
of the instructor. An advanced studio art class that individual development of style and choice of
allows each student to explore her own studio art media to be used. Strong emphasis will be placed
concentration, as well as experiment with new on the exercise of personal initiative and self-
media. Contemporary art issues will be discussed, discipline, not only in defining and executing
along with the exploration of conceptual, research individual problems, but also in involvement
and technological components. This course can be outside the studio by entering juried exhibitions,
taken up to four times by studio art majors. Lab fee. attending major exhibitions, and readings. Lab fee.

413. DRAWING IV/THREE CREDITS 465.STUDIO ART INTERNSHIP/

Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ART 313. THREE CREDITS
Experimental approaches to drawing. Emphasis on Major, minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ART 111,
personal initiative and discipline in defining and 112, 113, appropriate advanced courses in area of
executing problems. Lab fee. interest, and permission of faculty advisor. This
program offers advanced students the opportunity
414. SENIOR SEMINAR/ONE CREDIT to work with business establishments or studio
Required course for all art majors excluding art artists in digital media or fine arts. This includes,
history, and interior design. A course to assist but not limited to, graphic design, illustration,
seniors in improving career preparation skills photography, ceramics, and printmaking. Pass/fail.
such as conceptual competency, digital portfolio May be repeated.
presentation and documentation in conjunction
with website development, gallery and exhibition 466. ARTIST IN RESIDENCY INTERNSHIP/
preparation, and professional writing skills in THREE HOURS
graduate entry and job applications. Capstone for Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ART 111.
BA and BFA in studio art. 112. 113, appropriate advanced courses in area of
interest, and permission of faculty advisor. This
415. SENIOR EXHIBITION /ONE CREDIT program offers advanced Studio Art students
Major credit. Prerequisite: ART 414 or DES 414. the opportunity to develop pedagogical skills to
This course is the execution of the senior implement art is in residency programs including
exhibition, which includes a public presentation planning the residency, marketing the residency,
of the students work, digital documentation of the implementing workable student and materials
show, art-related documents, and a professional management plans, and promoting visual arts in
announcement. The completion of the exhibition the school and community. Pass/fail grading. May
and documentation is a requirement for graduation. be repeated.
Pass/fail grading.
470. PAINTING IV/THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ART 370.
420. PRINTMAKING IV/THREE CREDITS Problems of scale and the control of volume and
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: ART space as a means of creative expression. Emphasis is
320. Advanced investigations into the aesthetic on the exercise of personal initiative and discipline
possibilities of printmaking process. Lab fee. of defining and executing problems. Lab fee.

145
 490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT Program. Strong writing and speaking components
STUDY/THREE CREDITS are elements of the course. May not count as a fine
Major credit. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An arts GEP requirement if the course is Art 125: 2-D
independent course of advanced study in an area Design or Art 125: 3-D Design.
of studio art or design. May be taken for a total of
6 hours credit. Lab fee, as required by specific area 282. INTRODUCTION TO INTERIOR DESIGN/
of study. THREE CREDITS
Major credit. Introduction to interior design
495: SENIOR PROJECT/THREE OR SIX CREDITS including design theories, human factors, interior
Major credit. Prerequisite: BA and BFA studio art or art components and contemporary issues explored
education majors. An independent directed course through sketching, model making, research and
with faculty supervision, for seniors in preparation design projects. Lab fee. Offered Spring Term only.
for their graduation exhibition. Students are
required to produce a series of conceptually 283. SPACE PLANNING/THREE CREDITS
motivated artworks, accompanied by pertinent Major credit. Prerequisites: ART 111. 112. 113. DES
research, a relevant artist statement, and digital 282, or permission of instructor. Exploration and
presentations and a Spring term oral defense. BFA application of human-centric design requirements
candidates are required to take this course in the in interior environments including design for diverse
final two semesters of their senior year. Optional populations, programming, space planning theories,
studio art elective for BA candidates. creative ideation using manual sketching and
models, and collaboration to develop solutions using
499. HONORS THESIS IN ART/THREE CREDITS the design process. Lab fee. Offered Fall Term only.
Pre-requisites: GPA of at least 3.0; permission of
the students major professor(advisor); approval 284. RESIDENTIAL DESIGN/THREE CREDITS
of the Department of Art and Design faculty and Major credit. Prerequisite: ART 111, 112, 113,
other prerequisites as outlined in the Nisbet Honors DES 283, DES 287, 285 or permission of instructor.
Guidelines. This course is an elective senior thesis Programming and conceptual design for residential
for majors who wish to pursue Honors in an area of interiors including human factors, behavioral
studio art, art history, art education, or art therapy. issues, materials, furnishings, fixtures, with the
The Senior Honors Thesis in art demonstrates the visualization of inquiry and solutions through
students ability to do sustained work, conduct manual and digital drafting and rendering with
systematic research, to organize materials effectively, integrated verbal presentation. Lab fee. Offered
with the intention of producing an outcome that Spring Term only.
results in either a series of artworks or research 285. COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN/
paper as is appropriate to her area. THREE CREDITS
INTERIOR DESIGN Major credit. Prerequisites:DES 282 or permission
*101. INTERIOR DESIGN APPRECIATION/ of instructor. Introduction to interior design
THREE CREDITS communication using manual and digital drafting
GEP, Elective credit. An overview of interior design techniques, sketching, design terminology and
including its history, the role of interior design in interior components. Lab fee. Offered Fall Term only.
global cultures, pop culture and the profession, the 286. ADVANCED COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN/
application of art and design theory, and creative THREE CREDITS
problem solving. Studio projects explore issues. Lab Major credit. Prerequisites: DES 283 and 285
fee. May not be applied to the interior design major. or permission of instructor. Continuation of
*125. FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS digital drafting per industry standards, with an
GEP. First-Year Seminars (FYS) constitute a introduction to digital rendering, to portray scale,
common and academically significant experience in line weights, and delineation of form to visualize,
a students first year at Converse. All incoming first- document and communicate interior environments.
year students are required to take a three credit- Lab fee. Offered Spring Term only.
hour FYS course in the fall semester, choosing from 287. COLOR AND TEXTILE DESIGN/THREE
a variety of discipline specific topics. Each FYS CREDITS/FOUR CREDITS JAN TERM
carries the corresponding departmental prefix, but Major credit. Prerequisites: DES 282, or permission of
with a common course number (except designated instructor. Color theory, systems and their multiple
honors sections). Each FYS course is designed to purposes; and textile characteristics, constructions
have no more than 18 students, and counts in and performance for interior applications. Lab fee.
some designated category of the General Education Offered Fall Term.

146
288. INTERIOR CONSTRUCTION/ 385. ART RESTORATION/THREE CREDITS
THREE CREDITS Major, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Permission of
Major credit. Prerequisites: DES 284, 286 or permission the instructor. A study involving the student in
of instructor. Interior environmental systems, the restoration and refinishing of furniture and
materials and construction methods are applied decorative art including seminars and practical
to interior solutions through the development of exercises in a variety of decorative wall, floor, and
coordinated contract documents. Lab fee. Offered ceiling finishes, as well as the restoration of objects
Fall Term only. darte. Lab fee.
289. PRESENTATION SKILLS/THREE CREDITS 386. LIGHTING /THREE CREDITS
Major credit. Prerequisites: DES 283, DES 285 or Major credit. Prerequisites: DES 286, 288, 387 or
permission of instructor. Visualization of interior permission of instructor. Characteristics of light
concepts and solutions through manual and digital and lighting systems, their application to interiors
sketching, drawing, rendering and presentations. including sources, color rendering, impact, control,
Lab fee. Offered Fall Term. regulations and sustainability. Final design project
features creative and functional lighting solution
*381. HISTORY OF INTERIORS I/ in a digital, professional format. Field trips and
THREE CREDITS speakers included. Lab fee. Offered Spring Term.
GEP, Major, Elective credit. An international, historic
survey of interiors from ancient times to the 1800s 387. KITCHEN AND BATH DESIGN
including concepts of interior development, THREE CREDITS
furnishings, decorative components, architectural Major, credit. Prerequisites: DES 284, 286, or
structure, design theories, social context, and permission of instructor. Space planning and
relevance to current design practices. Lab fee. Fall detailing of creative and functional kitchen and
Term only. bath solutions for residential and commercial
interiors including codes, human factors, building
382. HISTORY OF INTERIORS II/ systems, sustainability, cabinetry and appliances,
THREE CREDITS precedent, and contextual applications. Design
Major credit. International, historic survey of visualization using sketching, digital drafting and
interiors from the 1800s to the current decade rendering. Speakers and field trips included. Lab
including design and architectural theories, fee. Offered Fall Term.
furnishings, finishes and decoration in their
cultural and technological origin and current 388. SPECIAL TOPICS IN INTERIOR DESIGN/
context. Offered Spring Term. Writing Intensive for THREE CREDITS
interior design majors. Lab fee. Major, Elective credit. Permission of instructor. A
course designed to provide an in-depth study of
383. CODES AND MATERIALS/THREE CREDITS an interior design specialty focus and/or to cover
Major credit. Prerequisites: DES 284 or permission supplemental material studied in the curriculum.
of instructor. Overview of building codes and Since the content will vary, this course may be
regulations including their importance and impact taken more than once for credit. Lab fee.
on interior design solutions aligned with health,
safety and welfare: and a range of interior materials 480. SENIOR SEMINAR/ONE CREDIT
and their properties, sustainable attributes, Major. Prerequisites: DES 384 and 387. Students
fabrication, performance, value, and installation identify and define relevant aspects of the DES 482
methods. Field trips and speakers included. Lab design project through gathering, evaluation and
fee. Offered Fall Term. applying appropriate and necessary information
and research findings.
384. COMMERCIAL DESIGN I/THREE CREDITS
Major credit. Prerequisites: DES, 286, 288, 387 or 481. ADVANCED INTERIOR DESIGN I/
permission of instructor. Programming and design THREE CREDITS
concepts for corporate, healthcare, hospitality, Major credit. Prerequisites: DES 384, 386 or
entertainment, or institutional environments and permission of instructor. Complex interior planning
their stakeholders. Incorporates sustainability, utilizing problem solving skills through programs
building systems, lighting, furnishings and finishes research and analysis concept developments,
to produce creative and functional solutions using and professional design documentation through
research, analysis, manual sketching and digital digital visualization. Projects align with student
visualization with integrated presentations. Lab fee. design competitions and or/or professional
Offered Spring Term. collaborations. Lab fee. Offered Fall Term.

147
 482. ADVANCED INTERIOR DESIGN II/ Honors Thesis in art demonstrates the students
THREE CREDITS ability to do sustained work, conduct systematic
Major credit. Prerequisites: DES 480, 481 or research, to organize materials effectively, with the
permission of instructor. Self-selected, interior design intention of producing an outcome that results in
project demonstrating integration of curriculum either a series of artworks or research paper as is
content and developed through research, problem appropriate to her area.
solving, sketching and digital visualization with a
formal written and verbal presentation of the design
process and solutions. Capstone. Lab fee. Offered
Fall Term.
483. BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL
PRACTICE/ THREE CREDITS
Major credit. Prerequisites: DES 384 or permission
of instructor. Professional development and the
business of interior design includingthe legalities,
financial considerations, project management,
professional organizations, and ethics for a variety
of interior design practices and careers. Personal
marketing packages refined for career
preparation. Speakers included. Lab fee. Offered
Fall Term.
485. PROFESSIONAL DESIGN WORK
EXPERIENCE/ THREE CREDITS
Major credit. Required for the major in interior
design. Prerequisites: DES 383, 384, 386, 481, 483
or permission of instructor. A program in which the
student obtains practical on-the-job experience
working in an interior design or architectural firm.
Pass/fail grading.
486. INTERIOR DESIGN: STUDY
TRAVEL PROGRAM/THREE CREDITS
Major, Elective credit. A travel-study program for
course credit wherein participants will spend seven
to fourteen days in a selected city or cities for an
intensive survey of the culture, art, architecture,
and interiors of the citys visual design resources.
Additional travel expense is expected to be incurred
at the responsibility of the participant. This course
may be taken twice for credit when destinations
differ. Offered Jan and Summer Terms only.
489. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT
STUDY/THREE CREDITS
Major, Elective credit. Permission of instructor. An
independent course of advanced study in an area of
special interest. Lab fee, as required for specific area
of study.
499. HONORS THESIS IN ART/THREE CREDITS
Prerequisites: GPA of at least 3.0; permission of the
students major professor(advisor); approval of the
Department of Art and Design faculty and other
prerequisites as outlined in the Nisbet Honors Guidelines.
This course is an elective senior thesis for majors
who wish to pursue Honors in an area of studio art,
art history, art education, or art therapy. The Senior

148
DEPARTMENT OF THEATRE AND DANCE
MELISSA OWENS, chair, NAINA DEWAN, BOONE HOPKINS, CHANDRA OWENBY HOPKINS,
KEITH JONES, MEG HANNA TOMINAGA

The Department of Theatre and Dance provides STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES:

opportunities which enable students to develop their 1. Students will be able to articulate verbal and
skills and talents in theatre arts and dance to foster written mastery of knowledge in theatre and
a better understanding of the contribution that live dance.
performance makes to the process of educating the 2. Students will be able to analyze the art of
whole person in a liberal arts environment. Through theatre and dance in historical and theoretical
the availability of experiences in a number of areas, contexts.
students will find a wide variety of challenges and 3. Students will be able to communicate
means of expression. The program of study places successfully and work effectively with others in
emphasis on the aesthetic and practical decisions a variety of production capacities.
inherent to these areas, thereby strengthening 4. Students will be able to produce engaging and
the students general intellectual capabilities and innovative works in theatre and dance.
growth as an artist.
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH
By the time of graduation, majors in theatre should A MAJOR IN THEATRE
demonstrate basic competencies in each area of Required Courses:
theatre and should be able to compete successfully THR 102: Script Analysis............................3 hours
for positions in graduate school and in the THR 115: Acting Fundamentals..................3 hours
professional job market. THR 201:Stagecraft.....................................3 hours
THR 203: Survey of Theatre
The General Education Program is a requirement
History I...................................................3 hours
for all degrees. The requirements listed below are
THR 204: Survey of Theatre
approved for the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of
History II..................................................3 hours
Science and Bachelor of Fine Arts.
THR 229: Fundamentals of
ENG 101.....................................................3 hours Theatrical Design.......................................3 hours
Language and Culture 9 hours Choose from one of the following:...............3 hours
MTH 108 or higher.....................................3 hours THR 230: Scene Design
One course designated as THR 231: Stage Lighting
Quantitative reasoning......................... 3-4 hours THR 232: Costume Design And Construction
Health and Well-being Wellness.................2 hours THR 350: Directing.....................................3 hours
Activity course......................................... 1-2 hours THR 399: Professional
Humanities..................................................6 hours Development Seminar............................... 1 hour
Literature.....................................................3 hours THR 499: Senior Capstone..........................2 hours
Fine Arts.....................................................6 hours Theatre Practicums......................................6 hours
ATM 100 : Interdisciplinary Additional Theatre Electives......................12 hours
Foundations I...........................................2 hours
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF ARTS
ATM 200: Interdisciplinary
WITH A THEATRE MAJOR................. 45 hours
Foundations II.......................................... 1 hour
(ATM 100 and ATM 200 are required and Each student may choose to take additional courses
satisfy 3 hours of Fine Arts GEP credit in the department that will lead to a concentration
Natural Science....................................... 7-8 hours in one of the following areas: acting, directing,
Social Science..............................................6 hours dramaturgy, technical production, production
Total..............................................49-52 hours design, arts management or playwriting.

Graduation requirements but not a separate BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH

course: MAJOR IN MUSICAL THEATRE
First Year Seminar Required Courses:
Writing Intensive course THR 102: Script Analysis............................3 hours
Non-European/non-Anglophone course THR 115: Acting Fundamentals..................3 hours
Capstone experience. THR 201: Stagecraft....................................3 hours
For more information see the GEP requirements in THR 203: Survey of Theatre
this catalog. History I...................................................3 hours
THR 204: Survey of Theatre
History II.................................................3 hours
149
 THR 210: Survey of Musical Theatre...........3 hours designed to provide an intensive look at theatre and
THR 318: Acting the Song...........................3 hours dance arts by combining readings and classroom
THR 229: Fundamentals of discussions with extended travel to study the
Theatrical Design.................................... 3 Hours theatre and/or dance performance histories of
THR 399: Professional different countries, regions, and cultures, including
Development Seminar............................... 1 hour but not limited to major domestic and international
THR 499: Senior Capstone..........................2 hours theatrical centers. Offered alternate Jan Terms.
THR 121, 221, 321, 421: Practicum
(4 semesters)............................................4 hours 110. VOICE AND DICTION/THREE CREDITS
DAN 110: Beginning Modern......................2 hours Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course is a study
DAN 114: Beginning Jazz............................2 hours of voice production with major emphasis placed
DAN 210: Intermediate Modern..................2 hours on laboratory work designed to help the student
DAN 214: Intermediate Jazz........................2 hours develop greater clarity, flexibility, and expressiveness
MEN 110-190: Ensemble (1 semester)......... 1 hour in the speaking voice. Offered in alternate years.
MUT 111 or 113: Musicianship II or Il.......... 1hour 115. ACTING: FUNDAMENTALS/
VOI 101, 103, 201, 203: Voice....................8 hours THREE CREDITS
Major Electives............................................6 hours Major, Minor, Elective credit. This studio course is
TOTAL HOURS FOR A BACHELOR an introduction to the craft of acting, including
OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR OF training in concentration, movement, imagination,
MUSICAL THEATRE........................55 HOURS and acting technique. Students will acquire the
THE THEATRE MINOR skills necessary to audition for a role in a theatrical
A student may elect to take a minor in theatre, which production, including choosing and developing
consists of a minimum of 24 hours of coursework. monologue materials and preparing an actors
All Minors are required to take THR102 and three headshot and resume. Spring term.
hours of theatre practicum. The remainder of the 120. PUBLIC SPEAKING / THREE CREDITS
hours may be selected from other courses offered Elective credit. Through observation, analysis
by the department or, with the approval of the chair and practice this course explores the processes
of the department, related course offerings in other and techniques of effective oral communication.
disciplines. Emphasis will be placed on gathering and
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION organizing material, critical thinking, effective
THEATRE listening, successful vocal delivery, as well as
*100. INTRODUCTION TO THEATRE/THREE practicing a variety of public speaking situations
CREDITS including impromptu and planned speeches.
GEP, Elective credit. This course is designed for 121. THEATRE PRACTICUM I/ONE CREDIT
anyone interested in theatrical production. Theatre Major, Minor, Elective credit. A laboratory course
history and theory are covered with an emphasis in which students prepare productions for public
on the production process. The mounting of one or performance by Theatre Converse. Emphasis
more plays for Theatre/Converse is an intrinsic part is placed on the decision making process used
of the course and allows the student to experience throughout the various phases of production from
first-hand concepts and processes dealt with in script analysis through to the final performance.
lectures and assigned readings. No previous theatre Students register in specific areas of responsibility
experience is necessary. by course sections as follows: Section 1- Scenery;
*102. SCRIPT ANALYSIS/THREE CREDITS Scetion 2- Costumes; Section 3- Stage Management;
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course focuses Section 4 - Audience services. Please consult
on contemporary dramatic literature. Emphasis is a member of the theatre faculty at the time of
placed on positioning scripts in historical and registration if you have any question. Course may
theoretical contexts including discourses on how be repeated for credit since the content will change
representation makes and challenges identity based on production needs. Offered in Fall and
in performance. Play scripts are analyzed as the Spring Terms.
foundation documents for the choices made by *125. FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS
directors, designers, and actors in the creation of First-Year Seminars (FYS) constitute a common and
theatrical performances. academically significant experience in a students
*105. THEATRE AND DANCE STUDY-TRAVEL/ first year at Converse. All incoming first- year
FOUR CREDITS students are required to take a 3 credit-hour FYS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course is course in the fall semester, choosing from a variety
150
of discipline specific topics. Each FYS carries the *210. SURVEY OF MUSICAL THEATRE/
corresponding departmental prefix, but with a THREE CREDITS
common course number (except designated honors GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course is
sections). Each FYS course is designed to have designed to expand the students knowledge of the
no more than 18 students, and counts in some history of the American Musical Theatre by tracing
designated category of the General Education its major development from its early beginning to
Program. Strong writing and speaking components are contemporary productions. Course includes study
elements of the course. of principal artists, works and movements.
201. STAGECRAFT/THREE CREDITS 215. ACTING II: MICHAEL CHEKHOV/
Major, Elective credit. This course familiarizes the THREE CREDITS
student with the fundamentals of the physical Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: THR 115
production process. Among the areas covered are or permission of instructor. This studio course is a
materials, tools, and safety, construction methods, continuation of Acting I. Students will delve deeper
electricity, and plan reading. Offered Fall term. into the craft of acting expanding their training
in movement, concentration, and imagination,
202. DRAFTING/ENGINEERING FOR THE specifically pertaining to the Michael Chekhov
STAGE/THREE CREDITS acting technique. Emphasis will be placed on
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: THR 201 Chekhovs exercises for character development.
or permission of instructor. The course will focus Offered Fall term.
on drafting techniques and problem solving as it
applies to the engineering of the building of the 218. DEVISING THEATRE/THREE CREDITS
scenic elements for a play. The student will get Major, Minor, Elective credit. Devising theatre
hands-on experience by assisting the Technical or creating theatre is the process by which
Director for the semesters current production. performances create original works of theatre that
Offered in alternate years. are not dependent on a published script. These
pieces rely on actor imagination, non-traditional
*203. SURVEY OF THEATRE HISTORY I: setting and narrative, improvisation. storytelling,
500 B.C.E. TO 1660/THREE CREDITS and physical theatre techniques. This course teaches
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This survey students the necessary skills used in devising new
is an examination of representative plays and solo and ensemble theatre performances.
staging practices, focusing on the Greek, Roman,
Medieval, Renaissance, and Neoclassical periods 221. THEATRE PRACTICUM II/ONE CREDIT
and including selected non-western theatrical Major, Minor, Elective credit. A laboratory course
developments such as Noh and Kabuki theatre and in which students prepare productions for public
Sanskrit drama. performance by Theatre Converse. Emphasis
is placed on the decision making process used
*204. SURVEY OF THEATRE HISTORY II: throughout the various phases of production from
1660 TO PRESENT/ THREE CREDITS script analysis through to the final performance.
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. This survey is an Students register in specific areas of responsibility
examination of representative plays and staging by course sections as follows: Section 1- Scenery;
practices, focusing on the Restoration and 18th Section 2- Costumes; Section 3- Stage Management;
century sentimentality, 19th century melodrama Section 4 - Audience services. Please consult
and 20th century realism including the Romantic, a member of the theatre faculty at the time of
Modern and Postmodern periods. This course registration if you have any question. Course may
also considers selected non-western theatrical be repeated for credit since the content will change
developments such as Peking Opera, Balinese, based on production needs. Offered in Fall and
African, Latin American and Indian forms. Spring Terms.
205. STAGE MAKE-UP/THREE CREDITS 229. FUNDAMENTALS OF THEATRICAL
FOUR CREDITS IN JAN TERM DESIGN/ THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course covers Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course explores
make-up materials, make-up design, corrective the foundational principles and processes of design
make-up, character make-up, prosthesis, for theatrical production. Beginning with the basic
chiaroscuro, physiognomy and stylization. Lab fee. elements of design, students will then explore the
Offered Jan Term in alternate years. decision making process in scenic, lighting, costume,
and sound areas with special consideration for the
interrelated qualities of these elements.

151
 230. SCENIC DESIGN/THREE CREDITS aspect of dramatic literature, such as a playwright
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Through lectures, or an historical period. Offering based on available
demonstrations and class projects, this course staff/ student interest. Because course content will
covers the aesthetics and conventions of scenery vary, it may be taken more than once for credit.
design for the theatre. Emphasis will be placed on
the development of design ideas resulting from 315. ACTING III: SCENE STUDY/
script analysis, research techniques, drafting, THREE CREDITS
drawing and models. The interrelationship between Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: THR 115
the theatre design areas will also be emphasized. and 215 or permission of instructor. A studio course
Offered in alternate years. that provides students with the techniques and
practice to effectively connect with fellow actors
231. STAGE LIGHTING/THREE CREDITS and communicate with audiences. The course
Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course will cover all explores actor training through the work of key
aspects of lighting design for the theatre. Through practitioners, applying the methods and vocabulary
lectures, demonstrations, and hands-on projects, to intensive scene study.
topics include: script analysis, electrical theory,
control, distribution, instrumentation, color theory, 318. ACTING: THE SONG/THREE CREDITS
movement, plus the development of a light plot and Major, Minor, Elective credit. This course will focus
associated paperwork. Offered alternate years. on the storytelling aspect of singing, specifically,
related to musical theatre. Students will work
232. COSTUME DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION/ pieces from the musical theatre canon, ballad and
THREE CREDITS up-tempo, traditional and contemporary Exploring
Major, Minor Elective credit. This course is a broad the text and using acting techniques, students will
study of the history of costuming and fundamentals learn to develop engaging characters and truthful
of design. Emphasis will be placed on adapting stories while singing.
existing garments, as well as designing and
creating basic garments for use in fully mounted 321. THEATRE PRACTICUM III/ONE CREDIT
productions. Major, Minor, Elective credit. A laboratory course
in which students prepare productions for public
*299H. INTERDISCIPLINARY HONORS COURSE performance by Theatre Converse. Emphasis
GEP, Major, Minor credit. This course is team is placed on the decision making process used
taught by members in two departments and is throughout the various phases of production from
open to Nisbet Honors Program participants and script analysis through to the final performance.
to others who meet Honors Program guidelines. Students register in specific areas of responsibility
All students registering for these courses must by course sections as follows: Section 1-
register not only through the Honors Program but Scenery; Section 2- Costumes; Section 3- Stage
also with their adviser and the Registrars Office. Management; Section 4 - Audience services. Please
consult a member of the theatre faculty at the time
303. SPECIAL TOPICS IN PERFORMANCE/ of registration if you have any question. Course
THREE CREDITS/FOUR CREDITS IN JAN TERM may be repeated for credit since the content will
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Permission change based on production needs. Offered in Fall
of instructor. An in-depth study of one specific and Spring Terms.
area of theatrical performance. Offering based on
available staff/student interest. Because course 350. DIRECTING I; FUNDAMENTALS
content will vary, it may be taken more than once OF DIRECTING/ THREE CREDITS
for credit. Major, Minor credit. Prerequisites: THR 102, 115, and
201 or permission of instructor. This course explores
304. SPECIAL TOPICS IN PRODUCTION/ leadership in theatrical productions and the skills
THREE CREDITS required in contemporary directing practice.
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Permission of Student laboratory work will consist of solving
instructor. A study/workshop course that is focused directorial challenges and working with student
on one specific problem or aspect of technical artists in the creation of scenes. Students will also
theatre production. Offering based on available practice skills in script analysis, stage composition,
staff/student interest. Because course content will actor coaching, communication, and collaboration.
vary, it may be taken more than once for credit. Fall term.
305. SPECIAL TOPICS IN DRAMATIC 391. PLAYWRITING/THREE CREDITS
LITERATURE/ THREE CREDITS Major, Minor, Elective credit. A course designed
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: Permission to give the student the basic understanding and
of instructor. This course is focused on one specific
152
practical experience in the craft of playwriting. The popular Musical Theatre scores with a thematic
course will culminate in the development of an thru-line, layering blocking, choreography, and
original one act script. Offered in alternating years. character development, culminating with a public
Writing Intensive. performance of their new work. This class works
in collaboration with the Spartanburg Day School
399. PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT Drama Program. Offered in Jan Term. May be
SEMINAR/ONE CREDIT repeated for a maximum of six credits.
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: THR 115
and THR 201, or permission of the instructor. An 421. THEATRE PRACTICUM IV/ONE CREDIT
advanced course for Junior theatre and musical Major, Minor, Elective credit. A laboratory course
theatre majors exploring career preparation and in which students prepare productions for public
professionalization. Focusing on the process of performance by Theatre Converse. Emphasis
preparing audition materials, headshot, resume and is placed on the decision making process used
portfolio and website development, and interview throughout the various phases of production from
skills, this course prepares students for graduate script analysis through to the final performance.
school or employment in the performing arts. Students register in specific areas of responsibility
by course sections as follows: Section 1- Scenery;
411. PROFESSIONAL INTERNSHIP Section 2- Costumes; Section 3- Stage Management;
THREE OR SIX CREDITS Section 4 - Audience services. Please consult
Major credit only. Prerequisites: THR 100, 102, a member of the theatre faculty at the time of
202. This program is designed for students registration if you have any question. Course may
who plan a career in theatre. It offers the major be repeated for credit since the content will change
an opportunity to observe and participate in based on production needs. Offered in Fall and
the activities of a regional professional theatre. Spring Terms.
Students accepted for this program must receive
a written recommendation from the chair of the 450. ADVANCED DIRECTING/THREE CREDIT
theatre department. Pass/fail grading. Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: THR 350.
Advanced work in the directorial process will be
412. PROFESSIONAL INTERNSHIP IN covered. Topics of study include the directing of
ARTS MANAGEMENT/THREE OR SIX CREDITS experimental works, musicals, non-realistic drama,
Major, Minor credit. Prerequisite: Must have the and period work. The students work will culminate
approval of the chair of the theatre department. This in the performance of selected scenes from different
program is designed for students who plan a genres.
career in arts management. Students accepted for
the program will observe and participate in the 490. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY IN
activities of an arts council or similar organization SPECIAL TOPICS/ONE TO THREE CREDITS
whose function is the management of an arts Major, Minor credit. Prerequisites: Consent of the chair
activity. Pass/fail grading. of the theatre department. This course is designed to
allow the student to engage in independent research
415. ACTING IV: PERIOD STYLES/ of personal interest. May be repeated for credit.
THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: THR 115, 499. SENIOR CAPSTONE PROJECT/
203 OR 204. This course is designed to teach TWO CREDITS
students the techniques and vocabulary employed Major credit. This is an independent project that
in acting period styles. Period styles refers to those affords students an opportunity to work in depth
acting methods and genres from eras prior to the late on an aspect of a theatre production or project
twentieth and twenty-first centuries. Dramaturgical that reflects a students area of emphasis within
research, textual analysis and appropriate vocal and the major. These areas may include but are not
physical techniques will be applied to in-depth limited to: directing, design, acting, management,
monologue and scene work from period plays. etc. Working in conjunction with a faculty advisor,
this capstone experience is meant to culminate
418. ACTING; MUSICAL THEATRE WORKSHOP/ four years of study and to prepare the student for
THREE CREDITS real-world experience or continued study at the
Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: THR115 graduate level. Capstone.
and THR118 or its equivalent, or permission of the
instructor. A fast-paced intensive course, focusing DANCE
on devising a Musical Theatre piece; students Dance courses may be taken as electives by anyone
learn music and lyrics of selections from multiple interested in dance, or students may choose to

153
 minor in dance. Introductory technique courses *113. BEGINNING TAP/TWO CREDITS
provide the opportunity for students to improve GEP, Minor, Elective credit. This course will introduce
their technique in specific genres, enhance the beginner to the fundamentals of tap technique
their visual skills, spatial awareness, rhythm through various exercises and center work.
and creativity. In intermediate courses, students
continue to build on these skills, and begin to *114. BEGINNING JAZZ/TWO CREDITS
focus on techniques necessary for the particular GEP, Minor, Elective credit. This course will introduce
genre being studied. In advanced level courses, the beginner to the fundamentals of jazz technique
students gain an extension of an understanding and through various exercises and center work.
exploration of a genre. Students will gain experience 121. DANCE ENSEMBLE/ONE CREDIT
through improvisation, compositional studies and Elective credit. Participation in Converse Dance
different styles within the genre. DAN 190: History Ensemble. Freshman level.
of Dance is available to students as an option in
the fine arts requirement in the General Education *190. HISTORY OF DANCE/THREE CREDITS
Program. Technique courses may be taken as partial GEP, Minor, Elective credit. A study of the significant
fulfillment of the physical education requirement of developments of dance, giving consideration
the General Education Program. to the functions of dance as art, ritual, social
activity, spectacle, and entertainment; and to the
THE DANCE MINOR relationship of dance to other art forms.
Minimum of 18 hours of coursework is required for
the Dance minor. 206. COMPOSITION II/THREE CREDITS
REQUIRED COURSES: Elective credit. Prerequisite: DAN 106 or permission of
DAN 106: Composition I..3 hours instructor. A continuation of DAN 106. The student
DAN 190: History of Dance.3 hours will achieve through movement investigation,
DAN courses.............................................12 hours experimentation, observation and analysis the
Total Hours for the Dance Minor...............18 hours materials of dance composition as they pertain to
structural format.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
105. DANCE ENSEMBLE TOUR/FOUR CREDITS *210. INTERMEDIATE MODERN
Elective credit. This course will involve developing DANCE/TWO CREDITS
a tour to local area schools, nursing homes, GEP, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: DAN 110 or
clubs, etc., utilizing members of the Converse permission of instructor. A continuation of DAN 110,
Dance Ensemble. Students will assume leadership studying more complex movement combinations
roles in advertising and arranging bookings; and patterns.
choreographing dance pieces for the tour; planning, *211. INTERMEDIATE BALLET/TWO CREDITS
performing, and leading lecture/ demonstrations; GEP, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: DAN 111 or
and will participate in the planning and execution permission of instructor. A continuation of DAN 111
of all of the technical aspects of a performance tour. giving more complex movement combinations and
Offered in Jan Term; participation by audition. patterns.
106. COMPOSITION I/THREE CREDITS *213. INTERMEDIATE TAP/TWO CREDITS
Minor, Elective credit. The student will learn GEP, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: DAN 113 or
to develop movement with reference to the permission of instructor. A continuation of DAN 113.
components involved in function, expression and Students will gain an extension of tap technique
communication through movement. through barre exercises and center work; as well as
*110. BEGINNING MODERN DANCE/ working to improve their skill level and to increase
TWO CREDITS endurance and stamina.
GEP, Minor, Elective credit. This course will introduce *214. INTERMEDIATE JAZZ/TWO CREDITS
the beginner to the fundamentals of modern dance GEP, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisite: DAN 114 or
technique through locomotor and axial work in the permission of instructor. A continuation of DAN 114
center and on the floor. with more complex movements and patterns.
*111. BEGINNING BALLET/TWO CREDITS 221. DANCE ENSEMBLE/ONE CREDIT
GEP, Minor, Elective credit. This course will introduce Elective credit. Participation in Converse Dance
the beginner to the fundamentals of ballet technique Ensemble. Sophomore level.
through barre exercises and center work.
*299H. INTERDISCIPLINARY HONORS COURSE
GEP, Elective credit. This course is team taught by
154
two faculty members in two departments and is 430. SENIOR PROJECT/ONE CREDIT
open to Nisbet Honors Program participants and to Minor credit. Prerequisite: DAN 106. A creative group
others who meet Honors Program guidelines. All project requiring the student to choreograph and
students registering for these courses must register present a significant dance work. The work should
not only through the Honors Program, but also involve one fully developed choreographic idea
with their adviser and the Registrars Office. requiring 5-10 minutes in length. The student must
perform in at least one half of the piece, which will
306. COMPOSITION III/THREE CREDITS be performed in a formal setting. Students will be
Elective credit. Prerequisites: DAN 106, DAN 206 or required to keep a journal of their choreography
permission of instructor. A continuation of DAN 206. process and set up regular meetings with minor
The purpose of this course is to explore in depth advisor.
and develop the intuitive artistry of the individual
student, and develop a wider movement vocabulary.
*310. ADVANCED MODERN DANCE/
TWO CREDITS
GEP, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: DAN 110,
DAN 210, or permission of instructor. A continuation
of DAN 210, with more complex movements,
combinations, patterns and phrases.
*311. ADVANCED BALLET/TWO CREDITS
GEP, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: DAN 111,
211 or permission of instructor. A continuation of
DAN 211 with long and more complex movement
patterns, combinations and phrases.
*313. ADVANCED TAP/TWO CREDITS
GEP, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: DAN 113,
213 or permission of instructor. A continuation of
DAN 213 with long and more complex movement
patterns, combinations, phrases and steps.
*314. ADVANCED JAZZ/TWO CREDITS
GEP, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: DAN 114,
214 or permission of instructor. A continuation of
DAN 214. The student will gain an extension
of understanding and exploration of jazz
dance. Students will experience improvisations,
compositional studies, and different style of jazz
dance.
321. DANCE ENSEMBLE/ONE CREDIT
Elective credit. Participation in Converse Dance
Ensemble. Junior level.
330. JUNIOR PROJECT/ONE CREDIT
Minor credit. Prerequisite: DAN 106. An individual
work developed under faculty supervision, with
evaluation based on appropriate evidence of
achievement. The work should involve one fully
developed choreographic idea requiring 5-10
minutes in length. The student must perform in at
least one half of the piece, which will be performed
in a formal setting. Students will be required to
keep a journal of their choreography process and
set up regular meetings with minor adviser.
421. DANCE ENSEMBLE/ONE CREDIT
Elective credit. Participation in Converse Dance
Ensemble. Senior level.
155
 CARROLL MCDANIEL PETRIE SCHOOL OF MUSIC
CHRIS VANEMAN, Head of Petrie School of Music, DAVID BERRY, PATRICIA S. FOY,
SARAH JOHNSON, KEITH JONES, SUSANA LALAMA, SUSAN LYLE, VALERIE MACPHAIL,
SIEGWART REICHWALD, SCOTT ROBBINS, CAROL SHULTIS, REBECCA TURNER, KELLY VANEMAN,
DOUGLAS WEEKS, ELIZABETH YORK

ACCREDITATION and Technology is available to music and non-

The Petrie School of Music is a charter member music majors while a performance certificate is
of the National Association of Schools of Music available for music majors in Music Education,
(NASM) and has been continuously granted Music Therapy or Music Composition and the
accreditation. All degree programs are approved by Bachelor of Arts in Music.
NASM. The College has attained CAEP accreditation
for all professional education programs. Students ADMISSION
who fulfill the requirements of the music education Enrollment in all undergraduate programs at
degree can meet the certification requirements for Converse College is open only to women.
teachers in South Carolina as well as several other To be admitted to the Petrie School of Music, a
states. The music therapy program is accredited by prospective student must satisfy the admission
the American Music Therapy Association. requirements of Converse College and pass a
performance audition. Prospective students are
MISSION encouraged to visit the campus for an interview
The mission of the Petrie School of Music is to
and audition. A recording may be submitted in
provide a comprehensive program that meets the
lieu of an audition if circumstances prohibit a live
needs of the following:
audition.
1. students who wish to prepare for careers in the
music field; All students must audition. Non-keyboard
2. students who wish to enhance their liberal arts instrumentalists are encouraged to audition with
studies through courses in music; an accompanist (recorded accompaniment is not
3. citizens of Spartanburg and the region who permitted). Composition majors must also submit
look to the College for education and examples of original compositions; Bachelor of
enrichment opportunities through music and Musical Arts candidates may use a combination of
the other arts. thaudition procedures. e Students may be asked to
sight-read during the audition.
The Petrie School of Music is characterized by:
1. quality academic programs; Audition requirements:
2. innovative interdisciplinary programs; Piano: Two pieces, memorized, from
3. a dynamic internal and external internship contrasting style periods.
program; Organ: Two pieces from contrasting style
4. international research and performance by periods.
students and faculty; Voice: Three solos, memorized, from
5. leadership and interaction with contrasting style periods. One
external constituents; selection should be in Italian.
6. programs enhanced by technology. Strings: Two solos from contrasting style
periods. Memorization is encouraged,
DEGREE PROGRAMS but not required.
The Petrie School of Music offers the professional Winds: Two solos from contrasting style
Bachelor of Music degree, the Bachelor of Musical periods.
Arts and the Bachelor of Arts degree. Bachelor Percussion: Percussionists should provide their
of Music degrees are conceived as intensive own sticks, mallets, and music.
preparations for careers in music. Bachelor of Arts Performance on two of the following areas is
degree is designed for students who wish to combine required:
music study with more broad-based studies in the Snare drum: Rudiments and a prepared solo
arts and sciences, perhaps even leading to a second or etude.
major or minor. Alternative career options are made Timpani: Two solos in contrasting styles.
available through unique programs designed to Marimba: Major scales and arpeggios,
meet the interests and goals of students. two solos in contrasting styles.
A minor in music is available for students pursuing Composition: Examples of original compositions
a non-music major. A Certificate in Music Business are submitted to faculty for review
156
Bachelor of Musical Arts in Contemporary Music
(Media Applications) may present examples of Fees for Performance Studies courses are not
original compositions. refundable after the College drop-add period.

MUSIC THERAPY ADVANCED PLACEMENT

A student auditioning for the Music Therapy Advanced Placement credit is available in Music
major must complete TWO individual auditions. Theory based on CEEB Advanced Placement tests.
One of the auditions should be performed in one Students with a minimum score of four receive
of the above instruments and must satisfy all of credit for MUT 101.
the audition requirements for that instrument or
voice. The prospective music therapy student must Students wishing to receive additional theory credit
also complete an interview with the Coordinator do so by taking the diagnostic exam administered
of Music Therapy and sing a memorized popular by the Petrie School of Music during the summer
song while accompanying herself on either piano before matriculation (this applies even to those
or guitar. having Advanced Placement credit); further
exemption testing may be required.
FACULTY
Faculty members in the Petrie School of Music FRESHMAN SEMINARS
are teacher/artists committed to quality teaching All freshman music students are required to enroll
and continued performance. They are in demand in a freshman year seminar class. MUH 125: Music
as solo recitalists, members of chamber and large History I serves as the freshman seminar class for
ensembles, conductors, and clinicians. Faculty music students.
members are also active in research.
HONORS IN MUSIC
ADVISERS Honors recognition in music is available to students
Upon enrolling at Converse College, students in of high achievement. Students should consult the
the Petrie School of Music are assigned a freshman Petrie School of Music Student Handbook for
mentor. By the end of the freshman year, the guidelines.
student is assigned an adviser who will work with
her for the remaining years of her degree program. TRANSFER STUDENTS
Normally, the adviser is in the students major area To be eligible for the bachelors degree with a
of music (e.g. major instrument, music education, major in music, the student must complete not less
music therapy, etc.) The role of the adviser is to than the last 42 semester hours of coursework at
facilitate the students completion of an academic Converse.
program. Although every effort will be made to Credit in performance studies is determined by the
provide assistance, it is the ultimate responsibility standards established in the Petrie School of Music.
of the student to satisfy all degree requirements. For students majoring in performance, credit for
COURSE OFFERINGS previous study is determined by audition with the
At the first meeting of a class, students receive a faculty, either at the time of registration or with the
syllabus from the instructor which details the approval of the Head of the Petrie School of Music,
expectations for the course. during the first term of study at Converse.

The College reserves the right not to offer courses Placement examinations in music history and
for which the enrollment is less than seven. If theory are normally required to determine whether
a course is cancelled, an effort will be made to equivalent standards have been met. Credit toward
accommodate the student. graduation is not given for courses taken to satisfy
deficiencies.
Courses are offered in a sequence. Courses are
offered every term, once a year, or once every two The application of transferred music credits to the
years. In collaboration with advisers, students must Converse degree program remains tentative until all
carefully select courses when offered. Normally, auditions and examinations have been satisfactorily
courses will be offered only when scheduled. Music completed.
majors are required to earn grades of C- or higher For students transferring to Converse, all course
in all core music history, music theory and piano work attempted prior to enrollment at Converse
classes (see course descriptions) in order to advance will be evaluated to determine if the coursework
to higher levels. In addition, a grade of C- or better is eligible to be transferred. Only course work
must be earned in all major courses leading to taken at Converse will be used to determine the
specific music degrees. cumulative grade point average. If these admission

157
 requirements are not met, the student may be LAWSON ACADEMY OF THE ARTS
denied admission to the Petrie School of Music. A The mission of the Alia Lawson Academy of the Arts
student who does not meet the entry requirements is to welcome the community to the arts experience
is advised to declare another major. through instruction and creative participation in
music, dance, and drama. The program is open
Students transferring to Converse with fewer than
to all ages and the curriculum includes special
24 credit hours will be required to enroll in a
activities for the young child. Activities take place
freshman seminar course.
at the Academy located in the wing of Twichell
FACILITIES Auditorium and in Blackman Music Hall.
The Petrie School of Music is housed in the The Alia Lawson Academy of the Arts is accredited
Blackman Music Hall, one of the finest music by the National Guild of Community Schools of the
facilities in the southeastern United States. Daniel Arts and holds membership in the South Carolina
Recital Hall, a 340-seat hall, is also located in and National Federation of Music Clubs. The
Blackman. Large scale performances are presented philosophy is focused toward providing programs
in Twichell Auditorium, an excellent 1500-seat of high quality, low cost, and deep commitment to
concert hall which serves not only the School of life- enrichment and development.
Music and the College, but also the upstate region.
The collection of music books and recordings is
BACHELOR OF MUSIC WITH A
housed on the first floor of the Gwathmey Wing COMPOSITION MAJOR
within the Mickel Library. This 50,000 volume STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
resource is supervised by professional library staff. 1. Students will be able to demonstrate advances
ability to compose music in a variety of styles,
MUSIC FOR THE NON-MAJOR
forms, notations and mediums.
Academic courses in the Petrie School of Music are
2. Students will be able to demonstrate fluency in
open to all Converse students regardless of major or
current notation and composition technology.
area of study. Courses which have prerequisites are
3. Students will be able to demonstrate the ability
identified in the Courses of Instruction.
to work with performers towards performance
The Petrie School of Music offers music courses of composition.
which may be used to satisfy the Fine Arts
Required Courses in Music:
Requirement in the Colleges General Education
MEN 120-180: Ensembles (8 terms)...........8 hours
Program.
MUA 101: Piano Class I*.............................. 1 hour
Performance studies (private lessons) are available MUA 102: Piano Class II............................ 50 hour
for all Converse students, subject to the approval MUA 103: Piano Class III............................. 1 hour
of the Head of the School of Music. Enrollments MUA 201: Piano Class IV............................. 1 hour
are limited by available resources. There is an MUA 202: Piano Class V............................ 50 hour
additional fee for private lessons above the cost of MUA 203: Piano Class VI............................. 1 hour
tuition. MUH 100: Recital Attendance (6 terms)......0 hours
MUH 125: Music History I..........................3 hours
Music ensembles are open to all students based MUH 103: Music History II.........................3 hours
upon audition and approval of the ensemble MUH 201: Music History III.......................3 hours
director. MUH 203: Music History IV........................3 hours
BREVARD MUSIC CENTER MUH Music History Courses.......................3 hours
Students in good standing in an accredited college, MUH 331: Music of the Romantic Era
or students who have been accepted for admission MUH 333: Music of the Twentieth Century
to an accredited college, may enroll for Converse MUH 441: Music of the Middle Ages
College credit in the Advanced Division of the and Renaissance
Brevard Music Center, Brevard, North Carolina. MUH 443: Music of the Baroque and Classical
Brevard offers a summer session of six weeks in Eras
which the normal workload for students taking MUT 101: Basic Elements of Music Theory.3 hours
credit consists of one course, private lessons, and MUT 103: Principles of Harmony and Voice-.
their major ensemble. Any exception must be Leading....................................................3 hours
approved by the Centers Education Director. MUT 111: Musicianship I............................. 1 hour
MUT 113: Musicianship II........................... 1 hour
MUT 181: Music Composition**.............1.5 hours
MUT 183: Major Composition**.............1.5 hours
158
MUT 201: Chromatic Harmony...................3 hours applied study in a different performing area.
MUT 203: Form and Analysis......................3 hours ** Composition Majors take either MUT 181-183
MUT 211: Musicianship III.......................... 1 hour or MUT 353.
MUT 213: Musicianship IV.......................... 1 hour
MUT 281: Major Composition....................2 hours BACHELOR OF MUSIC WITH
MUT 283: Major Composition....................2 hours A MUSIC EDUCATION MAJOR
MUT 353: Introduction to Music The music education major is administered jointly
Composition and Improvisation and by the School of Education and the Petrie School
Arranging **............................................3 hours of Music. Students should apply to the Teacher
MUT 381: Major Composition....................3 hours Education Admissions Committee for admission
MUT 383: Major Composition....................3 hours into an education degree immediately upon the
MUT 410: Composition Recital...................0 hours completion of the General Music course, which
MUT 433: Counterpoint..............................3 hours includes the Clinical I experience. The application
MUT 441: Orchestration.............................2 hours must be approved by the Teacher Education
MUT 443: Advanced Harmony and Admissions Committee no later than six months
Twentieth Century Idioms.........................3 hours prior to student teaching.
MUT 453: Advanced Analysis.....................3 hours
The following requirements must be satisfied in
MUT 481: Major Composition....................3 hours
order to be officially admitted to a music education
MUT 483: Major Composition....................3 hours
program:
MUT 493: Composition Honors Thesis
1. Completion of at least 45 hours of coursework;
(Optional: 3 credits).................................0 hours
2. Minimum cumulative GPA of 2.75;
MMD 301: Electronic Music Laboratory I
3. A passing score on all parts of the Core Praxis
or MMD 311: Sound Recording...............3 hours
Examination prior to entering MUE 311.
MUE 351: Fundamentals of Conducting.....2 hours
Any person having attained the SAT or ACT
Music Electives............................................3 hours
score set by the State Board of Education
Required Experiential Learning 3 hours
shall be exempt from the Praxis I requirement.
Choose one:
(ACT = 24, 2-part SAT=1100, or 3 part
MUT 450: Internship in Music Theory or
SAT=1650.);
Composition
4. Successfulcompletion of EDU 360;
MUT 470: DIS in Music Theory or Music
5. Successful completion of Clinical I Experience;
Composition
6. A passing mark on the sophomore performance
Total Hours in Music.................................85hours
jury;
Required Courses in General Education 7. Following the sophomore performance jury, a
Program: successful professional skills and dispositions
ART 100: Art Appreciation review with music education faculty.
(or Art History) 3 hours
After admission to the Teacher Education Program,
ATM 100: Interdisciplinary Foundations I...2 hours
a student must maintain at least a 2.0 GPA during
ATM 200: Interdisciplinary Foundations lI... 1 hour
the senior year to be eligible for a placement in
ENG 101: Composition...............................3 hours
student teaching. A student planning to student
Humanities Course......................................3 hours
teach in the Fall Term of her senior year must
Language and Culture 101, 102, and 201...9 hours
submit her application by March 1 of the junior
HPE: One 1- or 2-hour activity course
year. A student planning to student teach in the
from PE or dance...................................... 1 hour
Spring Term of her senior year must submit her
HPE 255: Introduction to Fitness
student teaching application by October 1 of the
and Wellness............................................2 hours
senior year. Only those students currently accepted
Math or Science Elective..............................3 hours
in a degree program can be eligible for student
MUH 332: Diverse Cultures and their Music...3 hours
teaching.
Total Hours in General Education
Program........................................... 30 hours Other requirements prior to student teaching
Free Electives..............................................5 hours include an application for certification to the South
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF Carolina State Department of Education and a FBI
MUSIC WITH A MUSIC COMPOSITION background check. Details about this application
MAJOR.............................................. 120 hours and other requirements are available on the
Education Department webpage at converse.edu and
*Composition Majors who exempt Class Piano from departmental staff. Generally, the applications
requirements should replace those credits with for certification are due by December 1, a year in
159
 advance of fall term student teaching, and by May 1, Voice-Leading...........................................3 hours
a year in advance of Spring Term student teaching. MUT 111: Musicianship I............................. 1 hour
MUT 113: Musicianship II........................... 1 hour
The PRAXIS II Specialty Area Test entitled Music: MUT 201: Chromatic Harmony...................3 hours
Content and Instruction (0114) is required for MUT 203: Form and Analysis......................3 hours
graduation from Converse College with a degree in MUT 211: Musicianship III.......................... 1 hour
music education. This test score, in addition to a MUT 213: Musicianship IV.......................... 1 hour
score on the PRAXIS II Principles of Learning and MUT 353: Intro to Music Composition,
Teaching Test, must be submitted to the Director Improvisation and Arranging...................3 hours
of the Professional Education Unit no later than MUE 220a: Music Education
the spring of the academic year in which student Forum (4 semesters)................................0 hours
teaching is completed. MUE 221: Introduction to Music Education....2 hours
Beginning in Fall 2017, in order to be placed for MUE 311: General Music, K12..................3 hours
student teaching, teacher candidates must pass MUE Instrumental Methods (choose two)...2 hours
the state required PRAXIS II exams in the area of MUE 321: Brass Techniques
student teaching. MUE 333: Woodwind Techniques
MUE 323: Percussion Techniques
BACHELOR OF MUSIC WITH A MUE 331: String Techniques
MUSIC EDUCATION MAJOR, CHORAL MUE 351: Fundamentals of Conducting.....2 hours
MUE 353: Intermediate Conducting:
STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES Choral Topics...........................................2 hours
1. The student will demonstrate competency in MUE 423: Choral Methods..........................3 hours
the technical fundamentals in the technical MUE 460: Student Teaching*....................12 hours
fundamental in either piano or voice. MUE 490:Music Education Senior Recital...0 hours
2. The student will use the piano and or guitar as Total Hours in Music.......................... 83 hours
a tool to effectively demonstrate musical Must include at least one year of an SATB
concepts and to effectively demonstrate ensemble.
musical concepts and to play accompaniments * Indicates a course that meets the experiential
and demonstrate music skills and concepts learning requirement
effectively with her voice. ** Piano majors substitute two years of Voice Class.
3. The student will apply her knowledge of
content, methodologies, philosophies, materials, General Education Program and other
technologies, and curriculum development in required courses:
the creation of lesson plans. EDU 360: Introduction to Education...........3 hours
4. The student will effectively lead performance EDU 425: Teaching of Reading:
based instruction in K-12 classrooms. Content Area............................................3 hours
Required courses in Music: ENG 101: Composition...............................3 hours
MEN 120-180: Ensemble (7 terms)*...........7 hours Fine Arts:
MUA 100: Performance Studies...................4 hours ATM 100: Interdisciplinary Foundations I...2 hours
MUA 200: Performance Studies...................4 hours ATM 200: Interdisciplinary Foundations lI... 1 hour
MUA 300: Performance Studies...................4 hours ***Foreign Language 101-102....................6 hours
MUA 400: Performance Studies...................2 hours HPE 255: Intro to Fitness and Wellness.......2 hours
MUA 101: Piano Class I**............................ 1 hour HPE: One 1- or 2- hour activity course
MUA 102: Piano Class II............................ 50 hour from among PE or Dance.......................... 1 hour
MUA 103: Piano Class III............................. 1 hour Humanities course.......................................3 hours
MUA 201: Piano Class IV............................. 1 hour MUA 221: Italian and English Diction 2 hours
MUA 202: Piano Class V............................ 50 hour MUH 332: Diverse Cultures and
MUA 203: Piano Class VI............................. 1 hour Their Music..............................................3 hours
MUH 100: Recital Attendance (6 terms) .....0 hours Lab Sciences................................................4 hours
MUH 125: Music History I..........................3 hours MTH 108 (or higher)...................................3 hours
MUH 103: Music History II.........................3 hours PSY 380: Human Growth and
MUH 201: Music History III.......................3 hours Development............................................3 hours
MUH 203: Music History IV........................3 hours Social Sciences (1 course)............................3 hours
MUT 101: Basic Elements of Total Hours for General Education and other
Music Theory...........................................3 hours requirements Program........................ 42 hours
MUT 103: Principles of Harmony and

160
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF MUSIC MUE 221: Introduction to Music
WITH A MUSIC EDUCATION MAJOR, Education.................................................2 hours
CHORAL........................................... 125 hours MUE 311: General Music, K-12 3 hours
***Must be a spoken language. American Sign MUE 321: Brass Techniques......................... 1 hour
Language will not satisfy this requirement. MUE 323: Percussion Techniques................. 1 hour
MUE 331: String Techniques........................ 1 hour
BACHELOR OF MUSIC WITH A MUSIC MUE 333: Woodwind Techniques................ 1 hour
EDUCATION MAJOR, INSTRUMENTAL MUE 351: Fundamentals of Conducting.....2 hours
MUE 363: Intermediate Conducting:
STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
Instrumental Topics 2 hours
1. The student will demonstrate competency in
MUE 421: Instrumental Methods 3 hours
the technical fundamentals of a principal
MUE 460: Student Teaching......................12 hours
instrument.
MUE 490: Senior Recital.............................0 hours
2. The student will use the piano and or guitar as
Total Hours in Music.............................86 hours
a tool to effectively demonstrate musical
* Piano majors substitute two years of voice class
concepts and to play accompaniments and
demonstrate music skills and concepts General Education Program and other
effectively with her voice. required Courses
3. The student will apply her knowledge of EDU 360: Introduction to Education...........3 hours
content, methodologies, philosophies, materials, EDU 425: Teaching of Reading :
technologies and curriculum development in Content Area............................................3 hours
the creation of lesson plans. Fine Arts:
4. The student will effectively lead performance ATM 100: Interdisciplinary
based instruction in K-12 classrooms. Foundations I...........................................2 hours
ATM 200: Interdisciplinary
General Education Program and
Foundations II 1 hour
Required Courses
ENG 101: Composition...............................3 hours
MEN 110-180: Ensemble (7 terms).............7 hours
*Foreign Language 101-102........................6 hours
MUA 100: Performance Studies 4 hours
HPE 255: Intro to Fitness and Wellness.......2 hours
MUA 200: Performance Studies 4 hours
HPE: One 1- or 2- hour activity course from
MUA 300: Performance Studies 4 hours
among PE or Dance................................... 1 hour
MUA 400: Performance Studies 2 hours
Humanities course.......................................3 hours
MUA 101: Piano Class I*.............................. 1 hour
MUH 332: Diverse Cultures and
MUA 102: Piano Class II............................ 50 hour
Their Music..............................................3 hours
MUA 103: Piano Class III............................. 1 hour
Lab Science.................................................4 hours
MUA 111: Voice Class.................................. 1 hour
MTH 108 (or higher) 3 hours
MUA 201: Piano Class IV............................. 1 hour
PSY 380: Human Growth and
MUA 202: Piano Class V............................ 50 hour
Development............................................3 hours
MUA 203: Piano Class VI............................. 1 hour
Social Science (1 course).............................3 hours
MUH 100: Recital Attendance (6 terms)......0 hours
Total Hours for General Education
MUH 125: Music History I..........................3 hours
Program.............................................. 39 hours
MUH 103: Music History II.........................3 hours
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF
MUH 201: Music History III.......................3 hours
MUSIC WITH A MUSIC EDUCATION MAJOR,
MUH 203: Music History IV........................3 hours
INSTRUMENTAL.............................. 125 hours
MUT 101: Basic Elements of Music Theory...3 hours
*Must be a spoken language. American Sign
MUT 103: Principles of Harmony and
Language will not satisfy this requirement
Voice-Leading...........................................3 hours
MUT 111: Musicianship I............................. 1 hour
BACHELOR OF MUSIC WITH A
MUT 113: Musicianship II........................... 1 hour
PERFORMANCE MAJOR, PIANO
MUT 201: Chromatic Harmony 3 hours
STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
MUT 203: Form and Analysis......................3 hours
1. The student will demonstrate through
MUT 211: Musicianship III.......................... 1 hour
competency in the technical fundamentals of
MUT 213: Musicianship IV.......................... 1 hour
her primary performing specialty.
MUT 353: Intro to Music Composition,
2. The student will demonstrate the ability to
Improvisation and Arranging 3 hours
read and analyze musical notation and to work
MUE 220a: Music Education
conceptually with the elements of rhythm,
Forum (4 semester) 0 hours
melody, harmony, structure, timbre and
texture.
161
 3. The student will demonstrate advanced Required Courses in General Education Program:
performance skills on a level consistent with Fine Arts:
professional aspirations. ATM 100: Interdisciplinary Foundations I...2 hours
4. The student will demonstrate collaborative ATM 200: Interdisciplinary Foundations II... 1 hour
skills, the skills necessary for working will ENG 101: Composition...............................3 hours
with other musicians in the preparation Language and culture 101, 102, 201...........9 hours
of ensembles repertoire in all genres relevant HPE 255: Intro to Fitness and Wellness.......2 hours
to her specialty. HPE: One 1- or 2- hour activity course from .
5. Students will demonstrate pedagogical ability among PE or Dance.............................. 1-2 hours
on a level commensurate with a beginning MUH 332: Diverse Cultures and their
professional teacher. Music.......................................................3 hours
6. Students will be able to advocate for their art Humanities Courses (2 different areas)........6 hours
and themselves as artists. General Education Program Electives..........3 hours
Total Hours for General Education
Required Courses in Music:
Program........................................... 30 hours
MEN 110-180: Ensemble (8 terms).............8 hours
MEN 170: Accompanying...........................2 hours TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF
MUA 100: Performance Studies-Organ........2 hours MUSIC WITH A PERFORMANCE
MUA 100: Performance Studies-Piano.........7 hours MAJOR,PIANO............................... 125 hours
MUA 200: Performance Studies-Piano.........7 hours *Indicates a course that meets the experiential
MUA 300: Performance Studies-Piano.........7 hours learning requirement
MUA 390: Junior Recital.............................0 hours
MUA 400: Performance Studies-Piano.........7 hours BACHELOR OF MUSIC WITH A
MUA 490: Senior Recital.............................0 hours PERFORMANCE MAJOR, VOICE
MUH 100: Recital Attendance (6 terms)......0 hours
MUH 125: Music History I..........................3 hours STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
MUH 103: Music History II.........................3 hours 1. Students will demonstrate thorough
MUH 201: Music History III.......................3 hours competency in the technical fundamentals of
MUH 203: Music History IV........................3 hours her primary performing specialty.
One additional 300 or 400 level 2. Students will demonstrate the ability to read
Music History Course...............................3 hours and analyze musical notation, and to work
MUH 453: Piano Literature.........................3 hours conceptually with the elements of rhythm,
MUT 101: Basic Elements of Music melody, harmony, structure, timbre and
Theory.....................................................3 hours texture
MUT 103: Principles of Harmony and 3. Students will demonstrate advanced
Voice-Leading..........................................3 hours performance skills on a level consistent with
MUT 111: Musicianship I............................. 1 hour professional aspirations
MUT 113: Musicianship II........................... 1 hour 4. Students will demonstrate collaborative skills,
MUT 201: Chromatic Harmony...................3 hours the skills necessary for working well with
MUT 203: Form and Analysis......................3 hours other musicians in the preparation of ensemble
MUT 211: Musicianship III.......................... 1 hour repertoire in all genres relevant to her specialty.
MUT 213: Musicianship IV.......................... 1 hour 5. Students will demonstrate pedagogical ability
MUT Music Theory Courses........................6 hours on a level commensurate with a beginning
MUT 353: Introduction to Music Composition professional teacher.
and Improvisation 6. Students will be able to advocate for their art
MUT 433: Counterpoint and themselves as artists
MUT 443: Advanced Harmony and 20th
Required Courses in Music:
Century Idioms
MEN 110-180: Ensemble (8 terms).............8 hours
MUT 453: Advanced Analysis
MUA 100: Performance Studies...................7 hours
MUE 211: Piano Teaching Preparation*......2 hours
MUA 101: Piano Class I............................... 1 hour
MUE 213: Elementary Methods in Piano
MUA 102: Piano Class II............................ 50 hour
Teaching*.................................................2 hours
MUA 103: Piano Class III............................. 1 hour
MUE 301: Piano Teaching Procedures I*.....3 hours
MUA 200: Performance Studies...................7 hours
MUE 303: Piano Teaching Procedures II*....3 hours
MUA 201: Piano Class IV............................. 1 hour
MUE 351: Fundamentals of Conducting.....2 hours
MUA 202: Piano Class V............................ 50 hour
Music Electives............................................3 hours
MUA 203: Piano Class VI............................. 1 hour
Total Hours in Music.......................... 95 hours
MUA 221: Italian and English Diction.........2 hours
162
MUA 223: French and German Diction.......2 hours STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
MUA 300: Performance Studies...................7 hours 1. The student will demonstrate through
MUA 390: Junior Recital.............................0 hours competency in the technical fundamentals of
MUA 400: Performance Studies...................7 hours her primary performing specialty.
MUA 401: Opera Workshop I*..................... 1 hour 2. The student will demonstrate the ability to
MUA 403: Opera Workshop II*................... 1 hour read and analyze musical notation and to work
MUA 490: Senior Recital*...........................0 hours conceptually with the elements of rhythm ,
MUH 100: Recital Attendance (6 terms)......0 hours melody, harmony, structure, timbre and
MUH 125: Music History I..........................3 hours texture.
MUH 103: Music History II.........................3 hours 3. The student will demonstrate advanced
MUH 201: Music History III.......................3 hours performance skills on a level consistent with
MUH 203: Music History IV........................3 hours professional aspirations.
MUH Music History or Music Theory elective 4. The student will demonstrate collaborative
at the 300-400 level 6 hours skills, the skills necessary for working will
MUH 451: Song Literature..........................3 hours with other musicians in the preparation of
MUH 461: Introduction to Opera History...2 hours ensembles repertoire in all genres relevant to
MUT 101: Basic Elements of Music Theory.3 hours her specialty.
MUT 103: Principles of Harmony and 5. Students will demonstrate pedagogical ability
Voice-Leading...........................................3 hours on a level commensurate with a beginning
MUT 111: Musicianship I............................. 1 hour professional teacher.
MUT 113: Musicianship II........................... 1 hour 6. Students will be able to advocate for their art
MUT 201: Chromatic Harmony...................3 hours and themselves as artists.
MUT 203: Form and Analysis......................3 hours
MUT 211: Musicianship III.......................... 1 hour Required Courses in Music:
MUT 213: Musicianship IV.......................... 1 hour MEN 110: Chamber Ensemble (4 terms).....4 hours
MUE 341: Vocal Pedagogy I *......................2 hours MEN 130: Converse Symphony Orchestra..8 hours
MUE 343: Vocal Pedagogy II*.....................2 hours MUA 101: Piano Class I............................... 1 hour
MUE 351: Fundamentals of Conducting.....2 hours MUA 102: Piano Class II............................ 50 hour
Total Hours in Music.......................... 92 hours MUA 103: Piano Class III............................. 1 hour
*Indicates a course that meets theexperiential MUA 200: Performance Studies...................7 hours
learning requirement MUA 201: Piano Class IV............................. 1 hour
MUA 202: Piano Class V............................ 50 hour
Required Courses in General Education Program: MUA 203: Piano Class VI............................. 1 hour
Fine Arts: MUA 300: Performance Studies...................7 hours
ATM 100: Interdisciplinary Foundations I...2 hours MUA 390: Junior Recital.............................0 hours
ATM 200: Interdisciplinary Foundations lI... 1 hour MUA 400: Performance Studies...................7 hours
ENG 101: Composition...............................3 hours MUA 490: Senior Recital.............................0 hours
Four (4) semesters of language credits selected MUH 100: Recital Attendance (6 terms)......0 hours
from FRN, GER, ITL (Any combination of one, MUH 125: Music History I..........................3 hours
two, or three of the above languages)... 12 hours MUH103: Music History II..........................3 hours
HPE 255: Intro to Fitness and Wellness.......2 hours MUH 201: Music History III.......................3 hours
HPE: One 1- or 2- hour activity course MUH 203 Music History IV.........................3 hours
from PE or Dance 1-2 hours One additional Music History course at the
MUH 332: Diverse Cultures and 300 or 400 level.......................................3 hours
their Music...............................................3 hours MUH 463: Orchestral Literature..................3 hours
General Education Program Electives..........6 hours MUT 101: Basic Elements of Music Theory.3 hours
Total Hours in General Education MUT 103: Principles of Harmony and
Program.............................................. 30 hours Voice-Leading...........................................3 hours
*students may exempt these courses with a MUT 111: Musicianship I............................. 1 hour
competency test MUT 113: Musicianship II........................... 1 hour
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF MUT 201: Chromatic Harmony...................3 hours
MUSIC WITH A PERFORMANCE MAJOR, MUT 203: Form and Analysis......................3 hours
VOICE............................................... 122 hours MUT 211: Musicianship III.......................... 1 hour
MUT 213: Musicianship IV.......................... 1 hour
BACHELOR OF MUSIC WITH A
MUT Music Theory Courses........................6 hours
PERFORMANCE MAJOR, STRING
MUT 353: Introduction to Music
INSTRUMENTS
Composition and Improvisation
MUT 433: Counterpoint
163
 MUT 441: Orchestration Required Courses in Music:
MUT 443: Advanced Harmony and MEN 110: Chamber Ensemble (4 terms).....4 hours
20th Century Idioms MEN 120-130: Ensemble (8 terms).............8 hours
MUT 453: Advanced Analysis MUA 100: Performance Studies...................7 hours
MUE 201: Private Applied Teaching I........... 1 hour MUA 101: Piano Class I............................... 1 hour
MUE 203: Private Applied Teaching II.......... 1 hour MUA 102: Piano Class II............................ 50 hour
MUE 351: Fundamentals of Conducting.....2 hours MUA 103: Piano Class III............................. 1 hour
Total Hours in Music.......................... 89 hours MUA 200: Performance Studies...................7 hours
*Indicates a course that meets the experiential MUA 201: Piano Class IV............................. 1 hour
learning requirement MUA 202: Piano Class V............................ 50 hour
MUA 203: Piano Class VI............................. 1 hour
Required Courses in General Education Program:
MUA 300: Performance Studies...................7 hours
Fine Arts:
MUA 390: Junior Recital.............................0 hours
ATM 100: Interdisciplinary Foundations I...2 hours
MUA 400: Performance Studies...................7 hours
ATM 200: Interdisciplinary Foundations lI..1 hour
MUA 490: Senior Recital.............................0 hours
ENG 101: Composition...............................3 hours
MUH 100: Recital Attendance (6 terms)......0 hours
Language and Culture 101, 102, 201..........9 hours
MUH 125: Music History I..........................3 hours
HPE 255: Intro to Fitness and Wellness.......2 hours
MUH 103: Music History II.........................3 hours
HPE: One 1- or 2- hour activity course
MUH 201: Music History III.......................3 hours
from PE or Dance 1-2 hours
MUH 203: Music History IV........................3 hours
MUH 332: Diverse Cultures and
One additional Music History 300
their Music...............................................3 hours
or 400 level course...................................3 hours
Humanities Courses (2 different areas)........6 hours
MUH 463: Orchestral
General Education Program Electives..........3 hours
Instruments Literature..............................3 hours
Total hours for General Education
MUT 101: Basic Elements
Program........................................... 30 hours
of Music Theory.......................................3 hours
Free Electives..............................................4 hours
MUT 103: Principles of Harmony and
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF MUSIC
Voice-Leading...........................................3 hours
WITH A PERFORMANCE MAJOR, STRING
MUT 111: Musicianship I............................. 1 hour
INSTRUMENTS................................ 123 hours
MUT 113: Musicianship II........................... 1 hour
BACHELOR OF MUSIC WITH MUT 201: Chromatic Harmony...................3 hours
A PERFORMANCE MAJOR, WIND MUT 203: Form and Analysis......................3 hours
INSTRUMENTS MUT 211: Musicianship III.......................... 1 hour
MUT 213: Musicianship IV.......................... 1 hour
STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES MUT Music Theory Courses........................6 hours
1. The student will demonstrate through MUT 353: Introduction to Music Composition
competency in the technical fundamentals of and Improvisation and Arranging
her primary performing specialty. MUT 433: Counterpoint
2. The student will demonstrate the ability to MUT 441: Orchestration
read and analyze musical notation and to work MUT 443: Advanced Harmony and 20th
conceptually with the elements of rhythm , Century Idioms
melody, harmony, structure, timbre and MUT 453: Advanced Analysis
texture. MUE 201: Private Applied Teaching I........... 1 hour
3. The student will demonstrate advanced MUE 203: Private Applied Teaching III........ 1 hour
performance skills on a level consistent with MUE 351: Fundamentals of Conducting.....2 hours
professional aspirations. Total Hours in Music.................................89 hours
4. The student will demonstrate collaborative
skills, the skills necessary for working will Required Courses in General Education Program
with other musicians in the preparation of Fine Arts:
ensembles repertoire in all genres relevant to ATM 100: Interdisciplinary Foundations I..2 hours
her specialty. ATM 200: Interdisciplinary Foundations lI..1 hour
5. Students will demonstrate pedagogical ability ENG 101:Composition................................3 hours
on a level commensurate with a beginning Language and Culture 101, 102, 201..........9 hours
professional teacher. HPE 255: Intro to Fitness
6. Students will be able to advocate for their art and Wellness............................................2 hours
and themselves as artists. HPE: One 1- or 2- hour activity course
from among PE or Dance..................... 1-2 hours
164
MUH 332: Diverse Cultures and MUH 201: Music History III.......................3 hours
Their Music..............................................3 hours MUH 203: Music History IV:.......................3 hours
General Education Program Electives..........9 hours MUT 101: Basic Elements of
Total Hours for General Music Theory...........................................3 hours
Education Program............................. 30 hours MUT 103: Principles of Harmony
Free Electives..............................................4 hours and Voice Leading....................................3 hours
TOTAL HOURS FOR A BACHELOR OF MUT 111: Musicianship I............................. 1 hour
MUSIC WITH A PERFORMANCE MAJOR, MUT 113: Musicianship II........................... 1 hour
WIND INSTRUMENTS 123 hours MUT 201: Chromatic Harmony...................3 hours
MUT 203: Form and Analysis......................3 hours
BACHELOR OF MUSIC WITH MUT 211: Musicianship III.......................... 1 hour
MUSIC THERAPY MAJOR MUT 213: Musicianship IV.......................... 1 hour
Music therapy is the systematic application of music MUE 323: Percussion Techniques................. 1 hour
elements and interventions, facilitated by a certified MUE 351: Fundamentals of Conducting.....2 hours
music therapist in a health care or educational Total Musicianship............................. 31 hours
environment, to promote therapeutic change in
clients/ students with a wide variety of disabilities Music Performance:
and challenges. This professional degree program MEN 110-190 Ensemble (4 terms)..............4 hours
prepares students to meet entry-level competencies MTY 254: Music Therapy Ensemble............. 1 hour
set by the American Music Therapy Association MTY 152: Guitar Class I............................... 1 hour
in order to prepare for professional practice in MTY 252: Guitar Class II.............................. 1 hour
music therapy. Clinical and musical competencies MUA 100: Performance Studies...................5 hours
are tracked throughout the program as part of MUA 200: Performance Studies...................5 hours
the advising process. Students who successfully MUA 101: Piano Class I............................... 1 hour
complete four years of coursework and a six-month MUA 102: Piano Class II............................ 50 hour
internship at an approved healthcare facility will MUA 103: Piano Class III............................. 1 hour
have met requirements to graduate and become MUA 111: Voice Class I................................ 1 hour
eligible to sit for the national board certification MUA 201: Piano Class IV............................. 1 hour
examination administered by the Certification MUA 202: Piano V..................................... 50 hour
Board of Music Therapists. MUA 203: Piano VI...................................... 1 hour
MTY 261: Piano Applications in Music
An audition/interview is required before acceptance Therapy...................................................... 1 hour
into the music therapy program. In order to enter Total Music Performance.................... 24 hours
into upper division coursework, and apply for the
music therapy internship, students must pass the Students with a concentration in keyboard
Functional Music Examinations I and II which are studies may substitute two long terms of study
administered prior to enrolling in practicum (MTY in another instrument or voice. Students with a
381) and the music therapy internship (MTY 484), concentration in voice will complete performance
respectively. The director will assist the student in studies requirements in voice and waive MUA
applying for the internship and serves as academic 111: Voice Class.
supervisor alongside the on-site internship
supervisor to insure that all AMTA competencies Students with a concentration in percussion
have been met. will complete performance studies requirements
in percussion and waive MUE 323: Percussion
STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES Techniques.
1. Students will demonstrate musical competence
for clinical use. Music Therapy/Clinical Foundations Courses:
2. Students will apply music psychology and MTY 151: Introduction to Music Therapy...2 hours
music therapy research to music therapy MTY 250: Clinical Process in Music
clinical work. Therapy l*................................................2 hours
3. Students will design and implement music MTY 251: Clinical Processes in Music
therapy processes for assigned field work Therapy ll*................................................ 1 hour
populations. MTY 253: Music Therapy Methods and
Materials*................................................2 hours
Musicianship: MTY 351: Music Therapy with Exceptional
MUH 100: Recital Attendance (6 terms)......0 hours Individuals...............................................3 hours
MUH 125: Music History I..........................3 hours MTY 353: Research in Music Therapy.........2 hours
MUH 103: Music History II.........................3 hours MTY 381: Music Therapy Practicum I*.......2 hours

165
 MTY 383: Music Therapy Practicum II*......2 hours These courses may be exempted by successful
MTY 451: Music Therapy with Adult completion of the Functional Music Skills exams in
Populations..............................................3 hours piano, voice, and guitar.
MTY 453: Clinical and Professional Issues in
Music Therapy.........................................3 hours Music Therapy Core Courses:
MTY 481: Music Therapy Practicum III *....2 hours MTY 151: Intro to Music Therapy
MTY 483: Music Therapy Practicum IV*.....2 hours MTY 150 Clinical Processes in Music Therapy I
MTY 484: Music Therapy Internship.*........3 hours MTY 251: Clinical Processes in Music Therapy II
BIO 305: Human & Comparative Anatomy.5 hours MTY 253: Methods and Materials in Music Therapy
PSY 204: Abnormal Psychology...................3 hours MTY 341: Psychology of Music
PSY 380: Human Growth MTY 353: Research in MT
and Development...................................3 hours MTY 381, 383, 481, 483: Music Therapy Practicum I-IV
Total Hours for Music Therapy/Clinical MTY 451: MT with Adult Populations
Foundations..................................... 43 hours MTY 453: Clinical /Professional Issues in MT
MTY 484: Music Therapy Internship
Required Courses in General Education Program:
ATM 100: Interdisciplinary Foundations I...2 hours Clinical Foundation Courses:
ATM 200: Interdisciplinary Foundations II... 1 hour MTH 113: Intro to Statistics
BIO 105: Human Biology...........................4 hours PSY 100: General Psychology
ENG 101: Composition...............................3 hours PSY 204: Abnormal Psychology
HPE Dance (Any dance class or PSY 281: PSY 380: Human Growth and Development
Yoga & Stress Management may be used to fulfill SED 300: Intro to Exceptional Children
this requirement)................................. 2-3 hours PSY 410: Counseling & Psychotherapy
HPE 255: Intro to Fitness and Wellness.......2 hours BIO 105: Human Biology
MTH 113: Introduction to Statistics........ 3-4 hours BIO 305: Human/Comparative Anatomy
or PSY 310: Statistics and Experimental Design Other Requirements:
MUH 332: Diverse Cultures and DAN: Any approved Dance course
Their Music..............................................3 hours
PSY 100: General Psychology......................3 hours BACHELOR OF MUSICAL ARTS WITH
Total Hours in General A CONTEMPORARY MUSIC (MEDIA
Education...................................23-25 hours APPLICATIONS) MAJOR
Electives......................................................9 hours This program incorporates creativity performance
(SED 385 or PSY 410 are recommended for and media applications. It consist of course
electives) work in music, a multidisciplinary core featuring
internships, courses in entrepreneurship and media
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR OF applications.
MUSIC WITH A MUSIC THERAPY
MAJOR.......................................130-132 hours STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
* Indicates experiential learning courses required 1. Students will be able to demonstrate advanced
for the degree ability to compose music in a variety of styles
and mediums.
MUSIC THERAPY EQUIVALENCY PROGRAM 2. Students will be able to demonstrate
The equivalency program in music therapy allows knowledge of relevant historical and
students who have already obtained a Bachelor promotional practices.
of Music degree in other areas to complete 3. Students will be able to demonstrate the ability
requirements in music therapy in order to be eligible to perform and work with performers towards
to sit for the Board Certification Examination performances of compositions.
administered by the Certification Board for Music
Therapists. It is not a second Bachelor degree. Required Course in Music:
Students are admitted to the program only after an MEN 115: Creative Music Ensemble
audition /interview for the Music Therapy Program. (8 terms)..................................................8 hours
Coursework for the Equivalency: MUA 100: Performance Studies...................4 hours
Music Core Courses MUA 101: Piano Class I............................... 1 hour
MUA 111: Voice I (for non-vocal students) MUA 102: Piano Class II............................ 50 hour
MTY 152: Guitar I MUA 103: Piano Class III............................1 hours
MTY 252: Guitar II MUB 101: Introduction to Music Business...3 hours
MTY 261: Piano Applications in Music Therapy MUH 201: Music History III.......................3 hours

166
MUH 203: Music History IV........................3 hours HPE: One 1- or 2-hour activity course
MUH: Music History Course in Contemporary from among PE or dance...................... 1-2 hours
Repertories .(three courses).....................9 hours Humanities elective.....................................3 hours
MUH 111: American Popular Music Non-arts elective.........................................3 hours
MUH 112: Film Music Social Science elective 3 hours
MUH 210: Special Topics MUH 332: Diverse Cultures and Their
MUT 101: Basic Elements of Music Theory.3 hours Music.......................................................3 hours
MUT 103: Principles of Harmony................3 hours
MUT 111: Musicianship I............................. 1 hour Graduation requirements but not a separate
MUT 113: Musicianship II........................... 1 hour course:
MUT 201: Chromatic Harmony...................3 hours First Year Seminar
MUT 203: Form and Analysis.....................3 hours Writing Intensive course
MUT 211: Musicianship II........................... 1 hour Non-European/non-Anglophone course
MUT 213: Musicianship IV.......................... 1 hour Capstone experience
MUT 181: Composition 1.5 hours Total Hours for General Education
MUT 183: Composition..........................1.5 hours Program........................................... 30 hours
MUT 291: Composing with Electronic Free Electives..............................................8 hours
Media.......................................................2 hours TOTAL HOURS FOR A BACHELOR
MUT 293: Composition for Video and OF MUSICAL ARTS WITH A
Games......................................................2 hours CONTEMPORARY MUSIC
MMD 301: Synthesizers, MIDI and (MEDIA APPLICATIONS) MAJOR........... 120.5
Sequencing...............................................3 hours BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MUSIC MAJOR
MMD 303: Electronic Music for Video and . STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
Performance.............................................3 hours 1. Students will demonstrate intermediate
MMD 311: Recording and Sound competency in music performance appropriate
Reinforcement..........................................3 hours to the performance area.
Total hours in Music........................ 64.5 hours 2. Students will demonstrate the understanding
of analytical, historical , and cultural issues in
Multidisciplinary Arts Core: music.
ATM 100: Interdisciplinary Foundations I...2 hours 3. Students will advocate for their art and
ATM 200: Interdisciplinary Foundations lI... 1 hour themselves as artists.
FYS 125: Arts-Based First Year Seminar......3 hours
Guided Internship(s) in the Arts Required courses in music:
Choose from the following..........................2 hours MEN 120180: Ensemble (4 terms)............4 hours
MMD 450: Music Media Internship MUA 100: Performance Studios..................5 hours
MUA 450: Internship in Performance MUA 101: Piano Class I*.............................. 1 hour
MUE 450: Internship in Music Education MUA 102: Piano Class II............................ 50 hour
MUH 450: Internship in Music History MUA 103: Piano Class III............................. 1 hour
MUT 450: Internship in Music Theory or MUA 200: Performance Studies...................5 hours
Composition MUA 300: Performance Studies...................5 hours
MUA 485: Senior Project.............................0 hours
Digital Media: Choose from the following.....6 hours MUH 100: Recital Attendance (6 terms).........hours
ART 124: Graphic Art Design I MUH 125: Music History I..........................3 hours
ART 224: Graphic Art Design II MUH 103: Music History II.........................3 hours
CSC 126: Introduction to Digital Studies MUH 201: Music History III.......................3 hours
CSC 201: Introduction to Computing MUH 203: Music History IV........................3 hours
CSC 235: Web Applications MUT 101: Basic Elements of
CSC 355: Computer Graphics Music Theory............................................3 hours
Elective in other, non-music arts field..........3 hours MUT 103: Principles of Harmony
Total Hours in Multidisciplinary core...18 hours and Voice-Leading....................................3 hours
Required courses in General Education Program: MUT 111: Musicianship I............................. 1 hour
ENG 101: Composition...............................3 hours MUT 113: Musicianship II........................... 1 hour
Language and Culture (101, 102, 201)........9 hours MUT 201: Chromatic Harmony...................3 hours
Math or Science elective..............................3 hours MUT 203: Form and Analysis......................3 hours
HPE 255: Introduction to Fitness and MUT 211: Musicianship III.......................... 1 hour
Wellness...................................................2 hours MUT 213: Musicianship IV.......................... 1 hour
Total Hours in Music....................... 49.5 hours
167
 *Students with a concentration in keyboard studies MUB 450: Music Business Internship
may substitute two long terms of study in another MMD Music Media Internship
instrument or voice. Remaining credits should be chosen from the
**MUA 221: Introduction to Italian and English following courses:
Diction or MUA 223: Introduction to French and ACC 211: Accounting Principles I...............3 hours
German Diction is strongly recommended for all ART 124: Graphic Design l..........................3 hours
voice students. ATM 265: Arts Management and Organizational
Structure..................................................3 hours
Required Courses in General Education ATM 365: Arts Leadership and Program
Program: Development............................................3 hours
ENG 101: Composition...............................3 hours BAD340: Marketing Principles....................3 hours
Language and Culture (through 201 level BAD 345: Integrated Marketing Communications
of language...............................................9 hours BAD 351: American Legal System and
MTH 108 or higher.....................................3 hours Contracts.................................................3 hours
HPE 255: Introduction to Fitness and MEN 115: Creative Music Ensemble............ 1 hour
Wellness...................................................2 hours MMD 301: Synthesizers, MIDI and
HPE: One 1- or 2-hour activity course Sequencing...............................................3 hours
from among PE or dance...................... 1-2 hours MMD 311: Recording and Sound
Humanities Courses (2 different areas)........6 hours Reinforcement..........................................3 hours
Literature.....................................................3 hours MUB 103: Music Concert Promotion and Venue
Fine Arts: Management............................................3 hours
ATM 100: Interdisciplinary Total hours for a Certificate in Music
Foundations I...........................................2 hours Business........................................... 18 hours
ATM 200: Interdisciplinary
Foundations II 1 hour PERFORMANCE CERTICFICATE FOR NON-
Natural Sciences (2 course from 2 different PERFORMANCE MUSIC MAJORS
disciplines; does not include CSC; at least Students enrolled in music majors and pursuing
1 course must be a lab science)................7 hours the Bachelor of Music degree in Music Education,
Social Sciences Music Therapy, or Music Composition as well as the
(2 courses, different areas)........................6 hours Bachelor of Arts in Music may earn a performance
MUH 332: Diverse Cultures and Their certificate by completing the following:
Music.......................................................3 hours
Take Private lessons for credit with the credit of
Graduation requirements but not a 2-1-2 on a continuous basis throughout the degree
separate course: program, whether or not those lesson are required
First Year Seminar for the chosen degree program.
Writing Intensive course
Non-European/non Anglophone course Admission to the certificate will be contingent upon
Quantitative Reasoning course the approval of the full music faculty at the time of
Capstone experience the 203 applied music exams.
Both junior and senior recitals are required with
Total Hours for General Education the same level of of recital length and repertoire
Program........................................... 46 hours as the performance majors. The recitals will be
Free Electives (A second major or a minor is adjudicated using the same standards required for a
recommended)....................................24.5 hours performance degree.
Upon successful completion of the above
TOTAL HOURS FOR A BACHELOR OF ARTS requirements a notation will be made on the
WITH A MUSIC MAJOR................ 120 hours academic transcript at the time of graduation.
MUSIC BUSINESS AND MINOR IN MUSIC
TECHNOLOGY CERTIFICATE MEN 120-190: Ensemble (2 terms).............2 hours
MUB 101: Introduction to Music Business....3 hours MUA 100: Elective Performance Studies......4 hours
MUB 102: Music Business and Technology
Practicum (two terms)..............................2 hours *Music minors must perform and pass the
ECN 201: Microeconomic Principles...........3 hours equivalent of a MUA 103 jury before exiting their
Supervised Internship (Choose One)....... 3-6 hours performance studies.
ATM 465: Professional Internship in Arts Please see the Music Handbook for jury
Management requirements.
168
MUH 100: Recital Attendance (2 terms)......0 hours 170. ACCOMPANYING/ONE CREDIT
MUH 125: Music History I..........................3 hours Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Techniques
One additional Music History Course..........3 hours of accompanying singers and instrumentalists.
MUT 101: Basic Elements of Includes practical application with student soloists.
Music Theory...........................................3 hours
MUT 103: Principles of Harmony and 175. ACCOMPANYING PRACTICUM/
Voice-Leading...........................................3 hours ONE CREDIT
MUT 111: Musicianship I............................. 1 hour Prerequisite: MEN 170.
MUT 113: Musicianship II........................... 1 hour 190. OPERA PERFORMANCE/ONE CREDIT
Electives in Music 3 hours Prerequisite: Permission of the director. An opera
Total Hours for a Music Minor........... 23 hours performance course designed for the undergraduate
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION student. Open to all Converse students by audition.
May be repeated for credit.
ENSEMBLES AND CHAMBER MUSIC (MEN)
110. CHAMBER ENSEMBLE/ONE CREDIT 270. ACCOMPANYING II/ONE CREDIT
Prerequisite: Permission of the director. Participation Prerequisite: Accompanying I. A one-hour
in small instrumental, keyboard and/or vocal lesson weekly. Advanced techniques of vocal
ensembles. May be repeated for credit. accompanying and coaching. Includes practical
application with student soloists. The instructor
115. CREATIVE MUSIC ENSEMBLE/ will also assign basic repertoire so the S student
ONE CREDIT will gain familiarity with many different styles and
Prerequisite: Approval of the School of the Arts periods. One hour credit each term (two terms
Curriculum Committee. Required for Contemporary required for collaborative track).
Music and Media application majors. A student
driven music ensemble with two or more members MUSIC MEDIA (MMD)
guided by one or more faculty mentors. Offered 301.SYNTHESIZERS MIDI AND SEQUENCING/
every term, it may be repeated for credit. THREE CREDITS
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. An
120. CONVERSE WIND ENSEMBLE/ONE CREDIT introduction to techniques in the electronic music
Prerequisite: Permission of the director. Participation studio with a focus on using it as a composition,
in rehearsals and performances of the Converse recording, and arranging tool. Offered in alternate
Wind Ensemble as scheduled. Open to all Converse years.
students by audition. May be repeated for credit.
303. ELECTRONIC MUSIC FOR VIDEO AND
130. CONVERSE SYMPHONY ORCHESTRA/ PERFORMANCE/ THREE CREDITS
ONE CREDIT Prerequisite: MMD 301. A continuation of exploring
Prerequisite: Permission of the director. Participation and mastering techniques in the electronic music
in rehearsals and performances of the Converse studio with a focus on combining music with
Symphony Orchestra as scheduled. Open to all video in recording and live performance. Offered in
Converse students by audition. May be repeated for alternate years.
credit.
311. RECORDING AND SOUND
140. CHAMBER SINGERS/ONE CREDIT REINFORCEMENT/THREE CREDITS
Prerequisites: Audition. Participation in rehearsals Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. An
and performances of the Converse Chamber Singers introduction to specific technical and artistic
as scheduled. May be repeated for credit. elements of current multitrack sound recording
and live sound reinforcement equipment. Offered
150. CONVERSE CHORALE/ONE CREDIT in alternate years.
Prerequisite: Permission of the director. Participation
in rehearsals and performances of the Converse 450. MUSIC MEDIA INTERNSHIP/
Chorale as scheduled. Open to all Converse ONE TO SIX CREDITS
students by audition. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Permission of the department and approval
of the Music Curriculum Committee. An external,
160. SPARTANBURG FESTIVAL CHORUS/ supervised internship with a business specializing
ONE CREDIT in some area(s) of music media. Pass/fail grading.
Prerequisite: Permission of the director. Participation
in rehearsals and performances of the Spartanburg 470. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY/
Festival Chorus as scheduled. Open to all Converse ONE TO THREE CREDITS
students by audition. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Approval of the Music Curriculum
169
 Committee. Projects of independent study applicable to professional music therapy practice
approved by the faculty and the Music Curriculum in different sites. Analysis and synthesis of these
Committee. observations will serve as a primary focus for this
course, illustrating a client-centered approach to
MUSIC THERAPY (MTY) treatment. Students will be asked to reflect on
151. INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC THERAPY/ their personal values, beliefs and attitudes toward
TWO HOURS client groups and begin to examine the relationship
No prerequisite; open to non-majors. This course between self and therapist role.
introduces the student to the field of music therapy
including a description of professional practice, 252. GUITAR CLASS II/ONE CREDIT
and history of the profession, and surveys music Prerequisite: MTY 152 or permission of instructor; open
therapy applications with a variety of clinical to non-majors if space is available. A continuation of
populations. The course also presents the student the development of guitar competencies including
with experiential learning opportunities that are finger- picking, blues styles, open tunings and
critical to developing clinical/self-reflective skills in development of more advanced clinical repertoire.
the profession.
253. MUSIC THERAPY METHODS AND
152. GUITAR CLASS I/ONE CREDIT MATERIALS/TWO CREDITS
No prerequisite; open to non-majors if space Develop theoretical and applied competencies
is available. A course designed to address and necessary for the implementation of therapeutic/
expand upon guitar competencies delineated in the recreational music interventions to prepare for the
American Music Therapy Association Professional practicum experiences in community facilities. One
Competencies document. Those competencies major emphasis of this course is directed towards
include: the students initial development of applied skills
5.1 Accompany self and ensembles proficiently. through exercises requiring the presentation of
5.2 Employ simple strumming and finger specific musical competencies. Course objectives
picking techniques. relate to the rationale, planning, development
5.3 Tune guitar using standard and other tunings and implementation of therapeutic musical
(Open E, Drop D, Double Drop D) activities and interventions for individuals with
5.4 Perform a basic repertoire of traditional, physical disabilities. The Functional Music Skills
folk, and popular songs with or without printed Examination I is administered after this course is
music. completed.
5.5 Harmonize and transpose simple
compositions in several keys. 254. MUSIC THERAPY ENSEMBLE/ONE CREDIT
Prerequisite: MTY 253 or by permission of the instructor.
250. CLINICAL PROCESSES I/TWO CREDITS This course was designed to 1) increase
This course is an introduction to the music therapy competencies in performance skills, specifically in
clinical process with cases that illustrate clinical the areas of accompanying, solo work, arranging
competencies contained in the AMTA Professional and group performance and to enhance the
Competencies document. Assessment, treatment acquisition of selected functional music skills
planning, clinical observation, data collection, considered essential to the practicing music
session design, evaluation and documentation will therapist; 2) to develop a personal performance
be covered. Case examples and video clips with style; 3) to increase leadership skills through
diverse clients will serve as a driving force for this planning and implementing performances, and 4)
course, illustrating a client-centered approach to to create public awareness of the music therapy
treatment. Students will be asked to reflect on their profession.
values, beliefs and attitudes toward client groups
and begin to examine the relationship between self 261. PIANO APPLICATIONS IN MUSIC THERAPY/
and therapist role. ONE CREDIT
Prerequisites: MUA 101-103, MUA 201-203. The
251. CLINICAL PROCESSES II/ ONE CREDITS focus of these weekly lessons will consist of
This course is an extension of learning about addressing AMTA piano competencies expected of
the music therapy clinical process with on-site the practicing music therapist. These lessons do not
observations that illustrate clinical competencies prepare the student for jury/recital requirements in
contained in the AMTA Professional Competencies piano. They do prepare the student for the piano
document. Assessment, treatment planning, requirement of the Level I and Level II Functional
clinical observations, data collection, session design, Music Examinations, a graduation requirement for
evaluation and documentation will be reviewed as the Music Therapy degree. Course content adheres

170
to the keyboard requirements articulated in the continued development of clinical competencies
AMTA Professional Competencies, 4.1-4.5. (delineated in the AMTA Professional Competencies
document) prepares the student for the required
341. PSYCHOLOGY OF MUSIC/THREE CREDITS six- month clinical internship. Four semesters
Prerequisite: Basic Statistics recommended; open to non- of practicum are required in four different health
majors. This course surveys the research literature care settings supervised by a Board Certified Music
and principles of the psychological foundations of Therapist.
music behavior including psychoacoustics, music
perception, affective and physiological responses 451. MUSIC THERAPY WITH ADULT
to music, music learning and measurement. Class POPULATIONS/ THREE CREDITS
evaluations will be based on reviews of journal Prerequisites: MTY 353, MTY 383 or permission
articles, oral presentations, and chapter tests. of the instructor. This senior level music therapy
course is designed to develop AMTA professional
351. MUSIC THERAPY WITH EXCEPTIONAL competencies in exceptionality (B.11.) relevant to
INDIVIDUALS/THREE CREDITS working with adults with psychiatric diagnoses.
Prerequisite: MTY 253 or by permission of the The course also addresses the relationship between
instructor. This course will cover approaches to developmental/ psychological theories and music
music therapy with children with developmental therapy practice. Ethical issues, assessment,
disabilities including autism, mental handicaps and devising appropriate treatment strategies with
learning disabilities. Clinical approaches congruent age appropriate methods and materials with
with those encountered in a special education adults and older adults will also be covered. Self-
setting will be the focus of this class, including monitored peer groups will enhance self- reflection
music therapy assessment and treatment planning and completion of experiential assignments
as part of the Individualized Education Plan complementing lectures by the instructor.
(IEP), applied behavioral analysis and behavior
modification techniques as well as data gathering 453. CLINICAL AND PROFESSIONAL ISSUES
and documentation. Offered in alternate years. IN MUSIC THERAPY/THREE CREDITS
Prerequisite: MTY 451 or permission of the instructor.
353. RESEARCH IN MUSIC THERAPY/ This is the pre-internship capstone music therapy
TWO CREDITS course, leading to acceptance to the six-month
Prerequisite: MTY 351 or permission of the instructor. internship. In addition to lectures and peer group
This course is designed to address competencies assignments, individualized sessions will be
in music therapy research as defined in the AMTA arranged with the instructor to assist in internship
Professional Competencies document (24.1-24.5). placement, and to develop the intern contract and
Student enrolled in this course will 1) become Individualized Training Plan in cooperation with
familiar with the purpose and methodology of the internship supervisor. Self-monitored peer
historical, quantitative, and qualitative research, groups will continue from MTY 451, (or groups
2) develop the ability to analyze and critique facilitated by a Board Certified Music Therapist
both qualitative and quantitative research; 3) not affiliated with the College) with assignments
develop specific techniques in the qualitative complementing lectures by the instructor.
and quantitative study of music and non-musical
behaviors; 4) continue to develop scholarly writing 470. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT
skills; 5) apply selected research findings to clinical STUDY/ONE TO FOUR CREDITS
practice. Offered in alternate years. Prerequisite: Approval of the Music Curriculum
Committee. Projects of independent study
381,383, 481, 483. MUSIC THERAPY approve by the faculty and the Music Curriculum
PRACTICUM/ TWO CREDITS Committee.
Prerequisites: MTY 253 and passing the Functional
Music Examination I. The music therapy practicum 484. MUSIC THERAPY INTERNSHIP/NO CREDIT
provides opportunities for the music therapy Prerequisites: Completion of all Music Therapy
student to apply theories, principles, concepts, coursework, passing the Functional Music Skills
and skills acquired through other aspects of Examination. The music therapy clinical internship
the music therapy curriculum in actual clinical is considered the capstone course for music
settings. Practicum helps the student develop therapy majors and is the culmination of the
greater knowledge and sensitivity to the needs of professional degree program in music therapy.
clients, develops greater self-awareness, strengthens The course constitutes a six-month (900 hours
necessary clinical and musical competencies, and or the equivalent) resident internship at a clinical
cultivates a students unique style of working. The site approved by the American Music Therapy

171
 Association. Prerequisites for the internship include 211. VOICE CLASS III/ONE CREDIT
successful completion of all other curriculum Prerequisite: MUA 113 with a grade of C- or higher.
requirements for the music therapy degree, A continued study of vocal production, technical
including the Functional Skills Examinations I, II. skills, and repertoire using more advanced methods
Learning is achieved on-site under the collaborative and materials.
supervision of a Board Certified Music Therapist
and the Director of the Music Therapy Program at 213. VOICE CLASS IV/ONE CREDIT
Converse College. Pass/fail grading. Prerequisite: MUA 211 with a grade of C- or higher. A
continuation of MUA 211. Successful completion
493. HONORS THESIS IN MUSIC THERAPY/ of MUA 213. Satisfies the voice proficiency
THREE CREDITS requirement for music degrees.
Prerequisites: Admission into the Nisbet or Music
Honors Program. Minimal GPA of 3.0. Permission 221. INTRODUCTION TO ITALIAN AND
of the students major professor, approval of the ENGLISH DICTION/TWO CREDITS
Curriculum Committee of the Petrie School of Music; The study and performance of lyric Italian and
other pre-requisites as outlined in the Nisbet Honors English diction for the stage and concert platform.
Guidelines. This course is an elective senior thesis Designed to identify the techniques of enunciation
for music therapy majors who wish to pursue and projection. Students learn to use the
Honors in Music Therapy. The Senior Honors International Phonetic Alphabet as a means toward
Thesis in Music Therapy demonstrates the students affecting accurate and idiomatic pronunciation.
ability to do sustained work, conduct systematic Open to singers and those who work with singers
research, to organize materials effectively, and to as coaches or conductors.
write in a technical style consistent with submission 223. INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH
requirements to a professional music journal. AND GERMAN DICTION/TWO CREDITS
PERFORMANCE STUDIES (MUA) The study and performance of lyric German and
101. PIANO CLASS I/ONE CREDIT French diction for the stage and concert platform.
An introduction to the rudiments of piano playing. Designed to identify the techniques of enunciation
and projection. Students learn to use the
102. PIANO CLASS II/ONE-HALF CREDIT International Phonetic Alphabet as a means toward
Prerequisite: MUA 101 with a grade of C- or higher. affecting accurate and idiomatic pronunciation.
A continuation of MUA 101. Open to singers and those who work with singers
as coaches or conductors.
103. PIANO CLASS III/ONE CREDIT
Prerequisite: MUA 102 with a grade of C- or higher. A 390. JUNIOR RECITAL/NO CREDIT
continuation of MUA 102. Prerequisite: Approval of the faculty. Pass/fail grading.
111. VOICE CLASS I/ONE CREDIT 401. OPERA WORKSHOP I/ONE CREDIT
An elementary study of vocal production and Prerequisite: Declared music major or permission of
repertoire. instructor. Includes character analysis, role analysis,
role preparation and stage management.
113. VOICE CLASS II/ONE CREDIT 403. OPERA WORKSHOP II/ONE CREDIT
Prerequisite: MUA 111 with a grade of C- or higher. Prerequisite: MUA 401 or permission of instructor.
A continuation of MUA 111, using more advanced Includes audition techniques, preparation of
repertoire and developing technical skills. audition packets, stage makeup and further stage
201. PIANO CLASS IV/ONE CREDIT movement techniques.
Prerequisite: MUA 103 with a grade of C- or higher. 450. INTERNSHIP IN PERFORMANCE
A continuation of MUA 103. ONE TO SIX CREDITS
202. PIANO CLASS V/ONE-HALF CREDIT Prerequisite: Declared music major; permission of the
Prerequisite: MUA 201 with a grade of C- or higher. department. A supervised internship which provides
A continuation of MUA 201. music majors with the opportunity to explore an
external area of interest related to Performance
203. PIANO CLASS VI/ONE CREDIT Studies. The course will serve as a music elective
Prerequisite: MUA 202 with a grade of C- or higher. A or a free elective in the students degree program.
continuation of MUA 202. Successful completion Pass/fail grading.
of MUA 203 satisfies the piano proficiency
requirement for music degrees. 470. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY/
ONE TO THREE CREDITS
Prerequisite: Approval of the Music Curriculum
172
Committee. Projects of independent study by available resources. Students should check with
approved by the faculty and the Music Curriculum the Petrie School of Music prior to registering for
Committee. elective courses.
485. SENIOR PROJECT/NO CREDIT Elective performance studies numbers are:
Prerequisite: Approval of the faculty. The project 111. One credit. Fall Term weekly half-hour
consists of a recital, lecture-recital or capstone. A lessons
$50 scheduling fee is required for both the recital 113. One credit. Spring Term weekly
and lecture-recital. half-hour lessons.
121. Two credits. Fall Term weekly one-hour
490. SENIOR RECITAL/NO CREDIT lessons.
Prerequisite: Approval of the faculty. A $50 scheduling 123. Two credits. Spring Term weekly one-
fee is required in this course. Pass/fail grading. hour lessons.
493. HONORS PROGRAM/SIX CREDITS NOTE: Elective performance studies are not offered
Prerequisite: Approval of the Music Curriculum in JanTerm.
Committee. For music performance majors only. MUSIC BUSINESS (MUB)
Program includes senior recital, a second full recital 101. INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC BUSINESS/
in the major performance area, independent written THREE CREDITS
project, and an ensemble. This course provides a general overview of the music
PRIVATE LESSONS industry, focusing on the relationship between
Two categories of private instruction are available: successful musicianship and business strategies.
1.Performance Studies numbers (to satisfy degree The goal is to help the student make informed
requirements for music majors): choices about a music vocation or avocation.
101. Two* or three credits. Fall Term with 102. MUSIC BUSINESS AND TECHNOLOGY
weekly one-hour lessons. PRACTICUM/ONE CREDIT
One credit. Jan Term with weekly Elective credit. Prerequisite: Admission to the
one-hour lessons. Music Business and Technology Certificate Program
Two* or three credits. Spring Term with or permission of the instructor. This practicum
weekly one-hour lessons. provides unique opportunities for relating musical
201. Two* or three credits. Fall Term with processes (such as composition and performance)
weekly to music business processes (such as budget
one-hour lessons. design and analysis, accounting procedures and
One credit. Jan Term with weekly legal considerations) and /or music technology
one-hour lessons. activities (such as recording, sound synthesis and
203. Two* or three credits. Spring Term with sound reinforcement) in order to increase breadth
weekly one-hour lessons. Culminates of competence. Each student is required to enroll
with full faculty jury for students in and complete two terms of the practicum while
intending to present a recital. enrolled in the Music Business and Technology
301. Two* or three credits. Fall Term with Certificate Program. The ultimate goal of the
weekly one-hour lessons. practicum is to enable the student to synthesize the
One credit. Jan Term with weekly disciplines of music, music business and/or music
one-hour lessons. technology through specific projects designed by a
Two* or three credits. Spring Term with certificate director. This course is offered for one
weekly one-hour lessons. elective credit and may be scheduled during any
401. Two* or three credits. Fall Term with term, to be determined by its content and format.
weekly one-hour lessons. Non-certificate program students may enroll for elective
One credit. Jan Term with weekly credit.
one-hour lessons.
Two* or three credits. Spring Term with 103. MUSIC CONCERT PROMOTION AND
weekly one-hour lessons. VENUE MANAGEMENT
Elective credit. Prerequisite: Admission to the Music
* for music students with a major other than Business and Technology Certificate Program or
performance. permission of the instructor. This course provides a
2. Elective Performance Studies (requires approval basic and detailed understanding of the concert/
of the appropriate performance area faculty). Open touring/live music segment of the industry. With
to all Converse students. Enrollments are limited behind-the scenes examination of concert venue

173
 management and concert promotion, students will is for music education majors to gain additional
learn in depth day to day venue operation including music education experiences through lectures,
small business demands and responsibilities, discussions, interactions, observations, guest
especially as they relate to the music business. speakers, and teaching experiences. This course
Students will also gain some competence in concert is available if the student is short on practicum
promotion, from buying talent to show promotion experience hours and must be taken in final
and production. This course fulfils an elective semester before the student teaching experience.
requirement as part of the Music Business and This course may be taken only once. Pass/fail grading
Technology Certificate Program. Non-certificate Offered Fall and Spring Terms.
program students may enroll for elective credit.
221. INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC EDUCATION/
301. MUSIC BUSINESS INTERNSHIP/ TWO CREDITS
ONE/ONE-HALF/ ONE CREDITS The philosophical, sociological, and psychological
Prerequisites: MUB 101. A three-term, external, foundations of music education.
supervised internship with a professional business,
school, or performing, arts organization specializing 301. PIANO TEACHING PROCEDURES I/
in some area(s) relating to music business. THREE CREDITS
Prerequisite: MUE 211 and MUE 213. Beginning
MUSIC EDUCATION (MUE) supervised teaching of elementary piano students.
201. PRIVATE APPLIED TEACHING I/ Includes the study of early intermediate literature
ONE CREDIT for piano teaching.
Prerequisite: Permission of the department. Instruction 303. PIANO TEACHING PROCEDURES II/
of elementary and intermediate pupils by applied THREE CREDITS
music majors in their principal field under faculty Prerequisite: MUE 301. Continued supervised
supervision. Includes methodology and materials teaching of elementary piano students. Additional
for teaching. study of intermediate literature for the piano,
203. PRIVATE APPLIED TEACHING II/ including practice techniques, learning styles,
ONE CREDIT and related teaching styles, use of recordings in
Prerequisite: MUE 201. A continuation of MUE teaching, and recital and competition preparation
for students.
211. PIANO TEACHING PREPARATION/
TWO CREDITS 311. GENERAL MUSIC, K-12/THREE CREDITS
The study of careers as a pianist, necessary Prerequisites: MUE 22 1 and EDU 360, and passing
professional preparation, the history of piano scores on the reading, writing and math portions of the
pedagogy, and learning theory as applied to piano Core I Praxis. Methods, materials, and practicum for
teaching. Observation of lessons and experiences in teaching general music in the elementary, middle
piano teaching required. and high school.

213. ELEMENTARY METHODS IN PIANO 313. PRIVATE STUDIO RESOURCES/

TEACHING/TWO CREDITS ONE CREDIT
A survey and evaluation of contemporary beginners For all music students who desire to open a private
piano methods and the application of principles of music studio. The study of studio management,
Dalcroze eurhythmics to the teaching of rhythm. pedagogical music publishing houses, organizations
Observation of lessons and experiences in piano and competitions.
teaching required. 321. BRASS TECHNIQUES/ONE CREDIT
220a. MUSIC EDUCATION FORUM/NO CREDIT Prerequisite: MUT 101. Acquisition of a basic
Major credit. Required of all music education major, working knowledge of all brass instruments.
to be taken repeatedly. This course is for music Includes methodology and materials for teaching.
education majors to gain additional music education Offered in alternate years.
experiences through lectures, discussions, 323. PERCUSSION TECHNIQUES/ONE CREDIT
interactions, observations, guest speakers, and Prerequisite: MUT 101. Acquisition of a basic working
teaching experiences. Music education majors knowledge of major percussion instruments.
must pass a minimum of 4 semesters. Pass/fail Includes methodology and materials for teaching.
grading. Offered Fall and Spring Terms. Offered in alternate years.
220b. MUSIC EDUCATION FORUM/ONE CREDIT 331. STRING TECHNIQUES/ONE CREDIT
Major credit. Advisor approval required. This course Prerequisite: MUT 101. Acquisition of a basic
174
working knowledge of all string instruments 450. INTERNSHIP IN MUSIC EDUCATION/
includes methodology and materials for teaching. ONE TO SIX CREDITS
Offered in alternate years. Prerequisite: Declared music major; permission of
the department. A supervised internship which
333. WOODWIND TECHNIQUES/ONE CREDIT provides music majors with the opportunity to
Prerequisite: MUT 101. Acquisition of a working explore an external area of interest related to Music
knowledge of all woodwind instruments. Includes Education or Pedagogy. The course will serve as
methodology and materials for teaching. Offered in a music elective or a free elective in the students
alternate years. degree program. Pass/fail grading.
341. VOCAL PEDAGOGY I/TWO CREDITS 460. STUDENT TEACHING IN MUSIC/
Prerequisite: Permission of voice faculty. The anatomy TWELVE CREDITS
and physiology of the vocal instrument and Prerequisites: Admission to the Teacher Education
application of that knowledge to teaching voice. Program in Music Education; completion of all
Includes supervised teaching of beginning voice music and music education courses required for the
students. degree: minimum GPA of 2.75; and permission of the
343. VOCAL PEDAGOGY II/TWO CREDITS department. Beginning in Fall 2017, in order to be
Prerequisite: MUE 341. A continuation of the placed for student teaching, teacher candidates
study of the anatomy and physiology of the vocal must pass the state required PRAXIS II exams
instrument and application of that knowledge to in the area of student teaching. The student
teaching voice. Includes supervised teaching of teaching of music in the public schools under
beginning voice students. the supervision of a music faculty member. This
course includes a weekly seminar and conferences
351. FUNDAMENTALS OF CONDUCTING/ with the supervising professor and the cooperating
TWO CREDITS teacher. Discussions and criticisms accompany the
Prerequisite: MUT 203. A study of the fundamental elementary and/or secondary school observation
principles of instrumental and choral conducting. and teaching. A minimum of 12 weeks of directed
Concentration on score reading. teaching is required for certification. Students must
353. INTERMEDIATE CONDUCTING:CHORAL comply with all South Carolina State Department
TOPICS/TWO CREDITS of Education requirements before student teaching.
Prerequisite: MUE 351. Intermediate choral Those requirements may be obtained from advisors,
conducting skills. Includes score reading and program directors and education department
conducting of choral ensembles. personnel. The State Department website is http://
ed.sc.gov. Pass/fail grading. Offered Fall and Spring
363. INTERMEDIATE CONDUCTING: Terms. Special fee. Meets the GEP capstone.
INSTRUMENTAL TOPICS/TWO CREDITS
Prerequisite: MUE 351. Intermediate instrumental 470. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY/
conducting skills. Includes score reading and ONE TO FOUR CREDITS
conducting of instrumental ensembles. Prerequisite: Approval of the Music Curriculum
Committee. Projects of independent study
370. MUSIC FOR THE CHILD/THREE CREDITS approved by the faculty and the Music Curriculum
Prerequisite: EDU 360 or permission of the instructor. Committee.
The fundamentals of music needed to meet South
Carolina certification requirements for classroom 493. HONORS THESIS IN MUSIC EDUCATION/
teachers. Includes basic notation, methodology THREE CREDITS
for teaching music to elementary students, and Prerequisite: MUH 501. An optional Senior Thesis
methodology for using music to teach other for Education. The thesis topic must be approved
subjects. in advance by the students major professor and the
Music Curriculum Committee.
421. INSTRUMENTAL METHODS/
THREE CREDITS 490. SENIOR RECITAL IN MUSIC EDUCATION/0
Prerequisite: MUT 203 and MUE 31. Methods, CREDITS
materials and practicum for teaching instrumental Major credit. Prerequisites: Successful completion of
music. MUS 303 and concurrent enrollment in MUA 401.
Requirement for the Bachelor of Music degree in
423. CHORAL METHODS/THREE CREDITS Music Education. Offered Fall Term. Pass/Fail
Prerequisite: MUT 203 and 311. Methods, materials grading.
and practicum for teaching choral music in grades
K-12.
175
 MUSIC HISTORY AND LITERATURE (MUH) Music History I: An Introduction to the study of
100. CONCERT ATTENDANCE/NO CREDIT music history, including terminology, acoustics
A minimum of 20 Fall Term, 20 Jan/Spring Term and research skills. The course will also include
concert/recital/special music event attendances is the development of Western music from Antiquity
required, selected from The Petrie School of Music through 1400.
Calendar of Events or outside events approved in
*201. MUSIC HISTORY III/THREE CREDITS
advance by the instructor. Six terms (a minimum of
GEP credit. Prerequisite: MUH 103 with a grade of C-
20 Fall Term, 20 Jan/Spring Term) must be passed
or higher. A survey of the development of Western
in order to graduate. Required of all undergraduate
music from 1750 to the 1900. Required of all music
music majors, all degrees. Pass/fail grading.
majors.
*103. MUSIC HISTORY II/THREE CREDITS
*203. MUSIC HISTORY IV/THREE CREDITS
GEP credit. Prerequisite: MUH 125 with a grade of C-
GEP credit. Prerequisite: MUH 201 with a grade of C-
or higher. A survey of the development of western
or higher. A survey of the development of Western
music from 1400 to 1750. Required of all music
music from 1900 to the present. Required of all
majors.
music majors. Writing intensive.
*110. MUSIC APPRECIATION/THREE CREDITS
*210. SPECIAL TOPICS IN MUSIC/
GEP credit. An introduction to the music of
THREE CREDITS
Western Civilization through a study of its history
GEP credit. Varying music topics focusing on
and literature. Partial fulfillment of the fine arts
subjects and experiences that are not part of the
requirement in the General Education Program for
standard music curriculum but of general interest
non-music majors.
to a non-musician. Possible subjects include
*111. AMERICAN POPULAR MUSIC/ popular culture, a body of work or musical style,
THREE CREDITS biographies of musicians, non-Western music,
GEP credit. A survey of American popular music etc. Partial fulfillment of the fine arts requirement
including folk, blues, jazz, rock and roll, and in the General Education Program for non-music
musical theatre. Partial fulfillment of the fine arts majors. Students who receive credit for the course as a
requirement in the General Education Program for Freshman Year Seminar may not receive credit for the
non-music majors. course as GER 314 or MUH 210.
*112. FILM MUSIC/THREE CREDITS *299H. INTERDISCIPLINARY HONORS COURSE/
GEP credit. A survey of the history, repertoire, THREE CREDITS
and techniques of composing for motion pictures GEP, Elective credit. This course is team taught by
and television. Partial fulfillment of the fine arts members in two departments and is open to Nisbet
requirement in the General Education Program for Honors Program participants and to others who
non-music majors. meet Honors Program guidelines. All students
registering for these courses must register not only
*115. THE BEATLES/ THREE CREDITS through the Honors Program but also with their
GEP, Elective credit. A survey of the history and adviser and the Registrars Office.
published body of work by The Beatles, 1957-
1970. Fulfills a GEP fine arts requirement for non- 331. MUSIC OF THE ROMANTIC ERA/
music majors. THREE CREDITS
Prerequisite:MUH 203 with a grade of C- or higher. A
*125. FIRST YEAR SEMINAR/THREE CREDITS topics seminar in Western music in the Nineteenth
GEP credit. First-Year Seminars constitutes a Century.
common and academically significant experience
in a students first year at Converse College. All *332. DIVERSE CULTURES AND THEIR MUSIC/
incoming first-year students are required to take THREE CREDITS
a 3-credit hour FYS in the fall semester, choosing GEP credit. An examination of the intersection of
from a variety of discipline specific topics. Each music and culture with special emphasis on musical
FYS carries the corresponding departmental prefix, styles other than western art music. Non-European/
but with the common course number (except for non-Anglophone.
designated honors sections). Each FYS course is
333. MUSIC OF THE TWENTIETH CENTURY/
designed to have no more than 18 students, and
THREE CREDITS
counts in some designated category of the General
Prerequisite: MUH 203 with a grade of C- or higher.
Education Program. Strong writing and speaking
A topics seminar in Western music in the 20th
components are required elements of the course.
Century. Offered in alternate years.
For music majors the First Year Seminar will be
176
441. MUSIC OF THE MIDDLE AGES 485. SENIOR PROJECT/NO CREDITS
AND RENAISSANCE/ THREE CREDITS Prerequisite: Approval of the faculty. The project
Prerequisite: MUH 203 with a grade of C- or higher. consists of a lecture-recital or capstone. A $50
A topics seminar in Western music through 1600. scheduling fee is required for the lecture-recital.
Offered in alternate years.
493. HONORS THESIS/THREE CREDITS
443. MUSIC OF THE BAROQUE AND CLASSIC Prerequisite: MUH 401. An optional Senior Thesis
ERAS/ THREE CREDITS for Music History majors pursuing Honors in
Prerequisite: MUH 203 with a grade of C- or higher. Music History. The thesis topic must be approved
A topics seminar focusing on Western music from by the students major professor and the Music
1600 through 1800. Offered in alternate years. Curriculum Committee.
450. INTERNSHIP IN MUSIC HISTORY/ MUSIC THEORY AND COMPOSITION (MUT)
ONE TO SIX CREDITS 101. BASIC ELEMENTS OF MUSIC THEORY/
Prerequisite: Declared music major; permission of the THREE CREDITS
department. A supervised internship which provides Prerequisite: Music Theory Placement Test.
music majors with the opportunity to explore an Introduction to the elements of music, including
external area of interest related to Music History. The rudiments, diatonic harmony, and score reading.
course will serve as a music elective or a free elective This course prepares the student for further music
in the students degree program. Pass/fail grading. theory study. Required of all music majors.
451. SONG LITERATURE/THREE CREDITS 103. PRINCIPLES OF HARMONY AND VOICE-
Prerequisite: MUH 203 with a grade of C- or higher. LEADING/THREE CREDITS
A survey of standard art song literature from the Prerequisite: MUT 101 with a grade of C- or higher or
16th Century to the present, with emphasis on both passing appropriate exemption test. The continuation
music and poetry. Offered in alternate years. of MUT 101. Study of the elements of music,
including rudiments, diatonic and beginning
453. PIANO LITERATURE/THREE CREDITS chromatic harmony, and score reading. This course
Prerequisite: MUH 203 with a grade of C- or higher. A prepares the student for further music theory study.
survey of piano and harpsichord literature from the Required of all music majors.
Baroque to the present. Offered in alternate years.
111. MUSICIANSHIP I/ONE CREDIT
461. INTRODUCTION TO OPERA HISTORY/ Prerequisite: Music Theory Placement Test. Introduction
TWO CREDITS to the practice of listening, as encountered through
Prerequisite: MUH 203 with a grade of C- or higher. ear training, sight-singing, and conducting. This
An undergraduate survey course which introduces course prepares the student for further aural skills
the student to opera history and its corresponding study. Required of all music majors.
literature. Offered in alternate years.
113. MUSICIANSHIP II/ONE CREDIT
463. ORCHESTRAL LITERATURE/ Prerequisite: MUT 111 with a grade of C- or higher or
THREE CREDITS passing appropriate exemption test. The continuation
Prerequisite: MUH 203 with a grade of C- or higher. A of MUT 111. Study of the practice of listening, as
survey of the literature for large and small orchestras encountered through ear training, sight-singing,
from the Baroque to the present, as well as a survey and conducting. This course prepares the student
of solo literature appropriate to the students primary for further aural skills study. Required of all music
instrument. Offered in alternate years. majors.
475. SEMINAR IN MUSICOLOGY/ 179. MUSIC COMPOSITION/ONE CREDIT
THREE CREDITS Prerequisite: Permission of the composition faculty.
Prerequisite: MUH 203 with a grade of C- or higher and Weekly half-hour private lesson for non-
MUT 203 with a grade of C- or higher or permission of composition majors desiring elective study in
Department. An intensive seminar experience in a composition. This course serves as an opportunity
special topic. for students to gain experience in the fundamental
480. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY/ skills of composing, including work with melody,
ONE TO THREE CREDITS harmony, rhythm, form, and idiomatic vocal/
Prerequisite: Approval of the Music Curriculum instrumental considerations. May be repeated for
Committee. Projects of independent study credit. Eight hour minimum weekly commitment,
approved by the faculty and the Music Curriculum including a half-hour lesson, seminar experience,
Committee. and composing.

177
 180. MUSIC COMPOSITION/ of MUT 113. Study of the practice of listening, as
ONE AND ONE-HALF CREDITS encountered through ear training, sight-singing and
Prerequisite: Permission of the composition faculty. conducting. This course prepares the student for
Weekly one-hour private lesson. For non- further aural skills study. Required of all music majors.
composition majors desiring elective study in
composition. This course serves as an opportunity 213. MUSICIANSHIP IV/ONE CREDIT
for students to gain experience in the fundamental Prerequisite: MUT 211 with a grade of C- or higher or
skills of composing, including work with melody, passing appropriate exemption test. The continuation
harmony, rhythm, form, and idiomatic vocal/ of MUT 211. Study of the practice of listening, as
instrumental considerations. May be repeated for encountered through ear training, sight-singing,
credit. Ten hour minimum weekly commitment, and conducting. This course constitutes the
including a one-hour lesson, seminar experience, culmination of the aural skills sequence. Required
and composing. of all music majors.

181. MUSIC COMPOSITION/ 281. MUSIC COMPOSITION/TWO CREDITS

ONE AND ONE-HALF CREDITS Prerequisites: MUT 183 or 353, or permission of
Prerequisite: Submission of works and permission of the composition faculty. For composition majors.
the composition faculty. For composition majors Original, appropriately competent music must be
who successfully audition before their freshman completed by the end of MUT 283 and performed
year. Along with MUT 183, this course substitutes if possible. Fourteen hour minimum weekly
for MUT 353 in the composition degree program. commitment including a one- hour lesson, seminar
Original, appropriately competent music must experience and composing.
be completed by the end of 183 and performed 283. MUSIC COMPOSITION/TWO CREDITS
if possible. Twelve hour minimum weekly Prerequisite: MUT 281. For composition majors.
commitment including a one-hour lesson, seminar Original, appropriately competent music must be
experience and composing. completed by the end of MUT 283 and performed
183. MUSIC COMPOSITION/ if possible. Fourteen hour minimum weekly
ONE AND ONE-HALF CREDITS commitment including a one-hour lesson, seminar
Prerequisite: MUT 181. For composition major. experience, and composing.
Along with MUT 181, this course substitutes for 291. COMPOSING WITH ELECTRONIC MEDIA/
MUT 353 in the composition degree program. TWO CREDITS
Original, appropriately competent music must Prerequisite: MUT 180 and MMD 303, or permission
be completed by the end of 183 and performed of instructor. Original, appropriately competent
if possible. Twelve hour minimum weekly music, utilizing electronic media, must be
commitment including a one-hour lesson, seminar completed. This music should also be performed,
experience, and composing. if possible. Weekly commitment including two
201. CHROMATIC HARMONY/THREE CREDITS half-hour lessons or one one-hour lesson, seminar
Prerequisite: MUT 103 with a grade of C- or higher or experience, and composing.
passing appropriate exemption test. The continuation 293. COMPOSING FOR FILM AND VIDEO
of MUT 103. Study of the elements of music, GAMES/TWO CREDITS
including chromatic harmony, enharmonicism and Prerequisites: MUT 183 and MUT 303 or permission
score reading. This course prepares the student for of the instructor. Original, appropriately competent
further music theory study. Required of all music music must be completed and recorded, either
majors. as electronic realization(s) or utilizing live
203. FORM AND ANALYSIS/THREE CREDITS performers, where possible. Weekly commitment
Prerequisite: MUT 201 with a grade of C- or including two half-hour lessons or one one-hour
higher or passing appropriate exemption test. An lesson, seminar experience and composing.
introduction to the principal formal structures and 353. INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC COMPOSITION
processes of the 18th and 19th centuries. Western AND IMPROVISATION/THREE CREDITS
music, including binary and ternary, rondo, Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. The basic concepts
variations, fugue and sonata forms. Required of all and procedures for creating original compositions
music majors. Quantitative GEP requirement. and arrangements-written or improvised. This
211. MUSICIANSHIP III/ONE CREDIT course serves as an introduction to the fundamental
Prerequisite: MUT 113 with a grade of C- or higher or skills of composing and arranging, including work
passing appropriate exemption test. The continuation with melody, harmony, rhythm, simple forms,

178
calligraphy ( including computer music notation) 453. ADVANCED ANALYSIS/THREE CREDITS
and basic arranging for acoustic, electric and vocal Prerequisites: MUH 203 and MUT 301 or permission
ensembles large and small. of instructor. Analysis of musical forms, harmonic
procedures, and tonal organization from 1300 to
381. MUSIC COMPOSITION/THREE CREDITS the present.
Prerequisite: MUT 283. For composition majors.
Public performances of original compositions 470. DIRECTED INDEPENDENT STUDY/
are required for the completion of MUT 383 and ONE TO THREE CREDITS
entrance to MUT 481- 83. Twenty hour minimum Prerequisite: Approval of the Music Curriculum
weekly commitment including a one-hour lesson, Committee. Projects of independent study
seminar experience and composing. approved by the faculty and the Music Curriculum
Committee.
383. MUSIC COMPOSITION/THREE CREDITS
Prerequisite: MUT 381. For composition majors. 481. MUSIC COMPOSITION/THREE CREDITS
Public performances of original compositions Prerequisite: MUT 383. For composition majors,
are required for the completion of MUT 383 and culminating in MUT 410: Senior Recital. Twenty
entrance to MUT 481- 83. Twenty hour minimum hour minimum weekly commitment including
weekly commitment including a one-hour lesson, a one-hour lesson, seminar experience and
seminar experience and composing. composing.
410. SENIOR RECITAL, MUSIC COMPOSITION/ 483. MUSIC COMPOSITION/THREE CREDITS
NO CREDIT Prerequisite: MUT 481. For composition majors,
Prerequisite: Permission of faculty. Taken in the culminating in MUT 410: Senior Recital. Twenty
semester concurrent with MUT 483, the student hour minimum weekly commitment including
will schedule and present a one-hour recital a one-hour lesson, seminar experience and
(including a ten- minute intermission) consisting composing.
entirely of original works. Must include at least one
first performance of a work composed during the 485. SENIOR PROJECT/NO CREDITS
final year of study. Pass/fail grading. Prerequisite: Approval of the faculty. The project
consists of a lecture-recital or capstone. A $50
433. COUNTERPOINT/THREE CREDITS scheduling fee is required for the lecture-recital.
Prerequisites: MUH 203 or permission of instructor.
Analysis, listening, and writing short exercises. 493. HONORS THESIS/THREE CREDITS
Includes musical styles from 1450 to the present. Prerequisite: MUH 501 for music theory majors. An
Offered in alternate years. optional scholarly research paper for music theory
majors, or an original five-minute (minimum)
441. ORCHESTRATION/TWO CREDITS composition of large proportions of advanced
Prerequisites: MUH 203 and MUT 203. Scoring for structure for composition majors, who are pursuing
instrumental ensembles and full orchestra. Includes honors in their major areas. The thesis topic must
score analysis. Offered in alternate years. be approved in advance by the students major
professor and the Music Curriculum Committee.
443. ADVANCED HARMONY AND TWENTIETH
CENTURY IDIOMS/THREE CREDITS The Petrie School of Music is no longer accepting
Prerequisites: MUT 203 or permission of instructor. majors into the Music History or Music Theory
A study of compositional techniques in western program.
concert and popular music from the late nineteenth
century to the present. Analysis supported by BACHELOR OF MUSIC WITH
listening, theory, and small compositions. Offered in A MUSIC HISTORY MAJOR
alternate years. Required courses in Music:
MEN 120-180: Ensembles (8 terms)...........8 hours
450. INTERNSHIP IN MUSIC THEORY OR MUA 100 Performance Studies....................5 hours
COMPOSITION/ ONE TO SIX CREDITS MUA 101: Piano Class I*.............................. 1 hour
Prerequisite: Declared music major; permission of the MUA 102: Piano Class II............................ 50 hour
department. A supervised internship which provides MUA 103: Piano Class III............................. 1 hour
music majors with the opportunity to explore an MUA 201: Piano Class IV............................. 1 hour
external area of interest related to music theory MUA 202: Piano Class V............................ 50 hour
or composition. The course will serve as a music MUA 203: Piano Class VI............................. 1 hour
elective or a free elective in the students degree MUH 100: Recital Attendance (6 terms)......0 hours
program. Pass/ fail grading. MUH 125: Music History I..........................3 hours
MUH 103: Music History II.........................3 hours
179
 MUH 201: Music History III.......................3 hours TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR
MUH 203: Music History IV........................3 hours OF MUSIC WITH A MUSIC
MUH 331: Music of the Romantic Era.........3 hours HISTORY MAJOR............................. 120 hours
MUH 333: Music of the
Twentieth Century....................................3 hours BACHELOR OF MUSIC WITH
MUH 441: Music of the Middle Ages A MUSIC THEORY MAJOR
and Renaissance.......................................3 hours
MUH 443: Music of the Required courses in Music:
Baroque and Classic Eras..........................3 hours MEN 120-180: Ensembles (8 terms)...........8 hours
MUH Music Literature Courses...................6 hours MUA 100 Performance Studies....................5 hours
MUH 451: Song Literature MUA 101: Piano Class I*.............................. 1 hour
MUH 453:Piano Literature MUA 102: Piano Class II............................ 50 hour
MUH 463: Orchestral Literature MUA 103: Piano Class III............................. 1 hour
MUH 401: Bibliography..............................3 hours MUA 201: Piano Class IV............................. 1 hour
MUH 485: Senior Project............................0 hours MUA 202: Piano Class V............................ 50 hour
MUH 493: Music History Honors Thesis MUA 203: Piano Class VI............................. 1 hour
(Optional: 3 credits).................................0 hours MUH 100: Recital Attendance (6 terms)......0 hours
MUT 101: Basic Elements of MUH 125: Music History I..........................3 hours
Music Theory...........................................3 hours MUH 103: Music History II.........................3 hours
MUT 103: Principles of Harmony MUH 201: Music History III.......................3 hours
and Voice-Leading....................................3 hours MUH 203: Music History IV........................3 hours
MUT 111: Musicianship I............................. 1 hour MUH Music History Courses.......................3 hours
MUT 113: Musicianship II........................... 1 hour MUH 331: Music of the Romantic Era
MUT 201: Chromatic Harmony...................3 hours MUH 333: Music of the Twentieth Century
MUT 203: Form and Analysis......................3 hours MUH 441: Music of the Middle Ages
MUT 211: Musicianship III.......................... 1 hour and Renaissance
MUT 213: Musicianship IV.......................... 1 hour MUH 443: Music of the Baroque
MUT Music Theory Courses........................3 hours and Classic Eras
MUT 353: Introduction to Music Composition MUH Music Literature Courses...................3 hours
and Improvisation (2) MUH 451: Song Literature
MUT 441: Orchestration (2) MUH 453: Piano Literature
MUT 443: Advanced Harmony and MUH 463: Orchestral Instruments Literature
Twentieth Century Idioms (3) MUT 101: Basic Elements of
MUT 453: Advanced Analysis (3) Music Theory...........................................3 hours
MUT 433: Counterpoint..............................3 hours MUT 103: Principles of Harmony
MUE 351: Fundamentals of Conducting.....2 hours and Voice-Leading....................................3 hours
Electives in Music......................................13 hours MUT 111: Musicianship I............................. 1 hour
Total Hours in Music.......................... 83 hours MUT 113: Musicianship II........................... 1 hour
MUT 201: Chromatic Harmony...................3 hours
Courses in General Education Program MUT 203: Form and Analysis......................3 hours
ART 100: Art Appreciation MUT 211: Musicianship III.......................... 1 hour
(or Art History) 3 hours MUT 213: Musicianship IV.......................... 1 hour
ENG 101: Composition...............................3 hours MUT 353: Introduction to Music
Humanities courses (2 different areas).........6 hours Composition and Improvisation...............2 hours
FRN or GER (elementary competency MUT 433: Counterpoint..............................3 hours
and 201-202)...........................................6 hours MUT 441: Orchestration.............................2 hours
Second foreign language 101-102...............6 hours MUT 443: Advanced Harmony and
HPE: One 1- or 2-hour activity Twentieth Century Idioms........................3 hours
course from PE or dance........................... 1 hour MUT 453: Advanced Analysis.....................3 hours
HPE 255: Introduction to MUT 485: Senior Project.............................0 hours
Fitness and Wellness................................2 hours MUT 493: Music Theory Honors Thesis
MUH 332: Diverse Cultures and (Optional: 3 credits).................................0 hours
their Music...............................................3 hours MUE 351: Fundamentals of Conducting.....2 hours
Total Hours in General Education Electives in Music (Recommend Music
Program Electives............................ 30 hours Media and/or Performance Studies)........13 hours
Free Electives..............................................7 hours Total Hours in Music.......................... 80 hours

180
Required Courses in General
Education Program
ART 100: Art Appreciation
(or Art History) 3 hours
ENG 101: Composition...............................3 hours
Humanities Courses (2 different areas)........6 hours
Language and Culture 101, 102, 201..........9 hours
Math or Science Elective..............................3 hours
HPE: One 1- or 2-hour activity course
from PE or dance...................................... 1 hour
HPE 255: Introduction to Fitness
and Wellness............................................2 hours
MUH 332: Diverse Cultures and
their Music...............................................3 hours
General Education Electives........................3 hours
Total Hours in General
Education Program.......................... 33 hours
Free Electives..............................................7 hours
TOTAL HOURS FOR BACHELOR
OF MUSIC WITH A MUSIC
THEORY MAJOR............................... 120 hours

181
 NISBET HONORS PROGRAM
The Nisbet Honors Program began in 2000 when COURSEWORK
Converse alumna Marian McGowan Nisbet 62 and Because the Nisbet Honors Program is
her husband Olin established an endowment to interdisciplinary and aims to give students a
support a full Honors Program. broad base of knowledge, students will not be
allowed to take all of their coursework in only one
The mission of the Nisbet Honors Program is to
department or with only one professor.
offer the academically gifted student the challenge
A student must take the following courses:
and community in which she may grow to her
Freshman Honors Seminar
full potential. The Honors Program includes
(or, if the student enters after her freshman
opportunities to do independent research with
fall, another honors course to replace it).
faculty mentors, to take honors courses with other
Interdisciplinary Honors Seminar
academically gifted students, to meet nationally
Students who successfully complete a
known visiting scholars, to receive funding for
Freshman Honors course take these small
study-travel, and to meet socially to discuss
interdisciplinary courses. Professors from
intellectually challenging topics. The program is
different fields team teach these courses.
designed to prepare academically gifted students
Recent offerings include The Politics of Energy
for strong graduate programs in their chosen fields
and The 1960s in History and Music.
and for success in professional positions.
Junior Honors Seminar (HON 399H)
An unusual feature of the Nisbet Honors Program One credit, pass/fail, open to upperclassmen,
is its emphasis on interdisciplinary learning. with priority given to juniors and seniors.
Our interdisciplinary seminars have two faculty Either a Senior Honors Thesis
from different fields in the classroom throughout (see below) or two more honors experiences
the entire course. While learning how different (such as two additional honors courses, an
disciplines approach the tasks of collecting and honors directed independent study, or some
interpreting evidence, students learn to make sense combination of the above). Generally only
of our complex world. one honors directed independent study counts
toward program completion.
Admission to the program is competitive and is
by invitation only. A select number of entering SENIOR HONORS THESIS
freshmen are invited into the program based on Completing a senior honors thesis allows a student
their outstanding high school performance and to receive honors in her major area. It is one way
their potential for success in college. Students that a student may complete the Nisbet Honors
who do well once they have begun their studies Program. Because of the distinction that honors
at Converse are also considered for the program; in field conveys and the effort required, only
freshmen and sophomores must complete at least exceptionally qualified and extremely committed
12 hours at Converse to be invited to apply. students should attempt an honors project. To
qualify, students must have an overall GPA of 3.25
REQUIREMENTS and a GPA of 3.50 in her major field by the end of
To complete the Nisbet Honors Program and be the Fall Term of her junior year.
recognized at graduation, students must satisfy
the following requirements in terms of academic The thesis enables qualified students to pursue
achievement and coursework. additional independent and intensive work within
their major area. Generally, the project will be
ACHIEVEMENT a research paper that follows the disciplines
She must continue to perform well in her academic guidelines for superior research. In creative fields,
courses. Students who consistently achieve a GPA such as music, theater, and applied art, creative
below 3.2 or who receive below a B- in two or more projects are appropriate. Interdisciplinary projects
honors courses may be asked to leave the program. are also encouraged.
Students may not graduate from the Honors
Program with a GPA below 3.2 and may not receive The project should be a substantial project planned
credit toward program completion for an honors so that it can be done in the time available using the
course for which they receive a grade below C-. resources available. The major evaluative criterion
is the quality rather than the amount of work. A
research paper should generally be from 20-40

182
pages. Departments using performance standards
should establish criteria that require a substantial
project of superior quality.
Because each department may have additional
guidelines which supplement and further define
the procedures and qualifications for honors work,
no later than Fall Term of their junior year, honors
students interested in an honors thesis must consult
a faculty adviser and a Nisbet Honors Program co-
director for additional guidance. Detailed guidelines
and deadlines must be followed and are available
from a program co-director. Music students should
also consult with Petrie School of Music faculty.

COURSES OF INSTRUCTION
*199H. FRESHMAN HONORS SEMINAR
GEP credit. A study of a selected subject within the
disciplines: topics vary from term to term. The course
is designed to encourage student participation in
the intellectual processes through class discussion,
research and writing, special projects, problem
solving, and evaluation and defense of positions.
When the subject matter duplicates that of another
course, credit toward graduation will be granted
for only one of the courses. Offered periodically in
rotation with seminars in other disciplines.
*299H. INTERDISCIPLINARY HONORS COURSE
GEP, Major, Elective credit. This course is team-
taught by faculty members in two departments and
is open to Nisbet Honors Program participants and,
when space is available, to others who meet Honors
Program guidelines.
HON 300H. HONORS DIRECTED
INDEPENDENT STUDY/THREE CREDITS
With permission of an Honors Program co-director
and permission of the mentoring professor, a
student in the Honors Program may arrange to do
an independent study with a professor. An honors
DIS generally must involve either a substantial
independent research project or the course material
from a regular honors course. These independent
studies must follow the usual Registrar procedures
for regular DIS courses. Students should submit a
copy of their HON 300H DIS contract and syllabus
to the Honors Program co-directors no later than
the last day of classes of the long term before
the term in which the student plans to do the
independent study.

183
 NON DEPARTMENTAL COURSES
*ATH 263. JANISM/THREE CREDITS arts foundations course is an introduction to
GEP, Elective credit. Pre-requisites: REL 100 or 104. the common elements that all the arts, including
This course approaches the minority Indian religion art and design, music, and theater and dance
of Jainism through anthropological textual, and share. The course introduces and explores critical
historical information concerning ethics, narratives, topics including creative process, collaboration, and
festivals, rituals, worldview, and other various roles performance, as well as professional aspects of the
and practices of men and women in different sects arts including presentation of self and networking;
and sub-sects. Non-European/non- Anglophone. it concludes with an exploration of each students
Meets GEP social science requirement. Cross-listed with personal path from training to a successful career
REL 263. in the arts.
*ATH 264. HINDU RELIGION AND CULTURE/ ATM 200.INTERDISCIPLINARY FOUNDATIONS
THREE CREDITS II/ONE CREDIT
GEP, Elective credit. This course approaches Major, Minor credit. Prerequisite for all SOA courses at
Hinduism not merely as a religion within a culture, the 400-level or above. A continuation of ATM 100.
but as coextensive with a culture of great diversity.
There will be examinations of anthropological, ATM 265. ARTS MANAGEMENT AND
textual, narrative, historical, and sociopolitical ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE/
information concerning gods and goddesses, THREE CREDITS
festivals, rituals, renunciation, the castes system, Minor credit. This course will provide students
roles within the family, and various other roles and with the practical skills required for the successful
practices of different Hindu men and women. Non- management of arts organizations. Areas covered
European/non-Anglophone. Meets GEP social science will include budgeting, marketing/publicity,
requirement. Cross-listed REL 264. fundraising, audience development, analysis of
financial statements, contracts, board governance,
*ATH 306. FIELD STUDIES IN RELIGION/ and issues associated with the founding of a non-
THREE CREDITS profit organization.
GEP, Elective credit. Field studies courses focus on
significant investigation of religious phenomena ATM 365. ARTS LEADERSHIP AND
outside as well as in the classroom. Travel may be PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT/ THREE CREDITS
involved in some field studies. May be repeated if Minor credit. Prerequisite ATM 265 or permission of
subject matter is not duplicated. Meets GEP social the instructor. This course will provide students
science requirement. Cross-listed with REL 306. with the opportunity to develop knowledge of
arts management by exploring current issues and
*ATH 330. STUDIES IN ANTHROPOLOGY/ emerging trends in technology, arts and cultural
THREE CREDITS/FOUR CREDITS IN JAN TERM policy while developing their writing for proposals,
GEP, Elective credit. Studies of significant humanistic grants, and marketing. Students will develop an
issues in anthropology. May be repeated for credit if understanding of program management and the
subject matter is not duplicated. May be cross-listed challenges facing administrative leaders of arts and
with REL 330. Meets GEP social science requirement. cultural organizations.
*ATH 406 FIELD STUDIES IN RELIGION/ ATM 465. PROFESSIONAL INTERNSHIP
THREE CREDITS IN ARTS MANAGEMENT/THREE CREDITS
GEP, Major, Minor, Elective credit. Prerequisites: REL Minor credit. Pre-requisites ATM 265 and ATM 365:
100 or REL 104 and one 200 or 300 level Religion arts management minor requirements and approval of
course. This course requires students to conduct the Arts Management minor coordinator within their
original ethnological field research with a religious specialty (Art, Theatre or Music). This internship
community in the area, teach other students in the is designed to provide experience for the student
class about these communities, and write advanced- interested in pursuing a career in arts administration
level paper about their research as well as present it at a museum, art gallery or theatre, music and arts
to the class. Cross-listed with REL 406. organizations.
ATM 100. INTERDISCIPLINARY FOUNDATIONS CLP 100. INTRODUCTION TO
I/TWO CREDITS LEADERSHIP/ THREE CREDITS
Major, Minor credit. Prerequisite for ATM 200 Elective credit. This course introduces students to
and all SOA courses at the 300-level or above. This the historical development of leadership, the skills
184
necessary for leaders, leadership styles, and will *GEO 300. WORLD GEOGRAPHY/
provide students an opportunity to function as THREE CREDITS
leaders in solving a community problem. GEP. A course in world regional geography which
emphasizes the historical, political, economic,
CIM 300. INDIVIDUALIZED MAJOR social and environmental issues of the various
CAPSTONE PROJECT/THREE CREDITS regions of the globe. Non-Western/non-Anglophone.
Major credit. The student completing an
Individualized Major is required to register for this *HUM 298. STUDIES IN BRITISH
non-departmental course in the spring or her junior CULTURE/ THREE CREDITS
year to be pursued in the fall of her senior year. This GEP or Elective credit. An introduction to the culture
course encompasses the students senior capstone of Great Britain through the study of influential
project that connects all three disciplines of her British folk icons, incorporating literature, folklore,
Individualized Major. The capstone project must history, and the fine arts. Offered on demand in the
be approved by the students Individualized Major London Term.
committee before registering. Capstone.
*IDC 125. FYS: IDEAS AND CULTURE/
CON 101. CAREER EXPLORATION THREE CREDITS
AND PLANNING/ONE CREDIT GEP. A chronological investigation of events and
Elective credit. This course is a one-credit hour course concepts that have shaped humanity until the
designed to help first-year and sophomore students 1500s. While incorporating history, art, architecture
learn how to approach career decision making. and music, the course focuses mainly upon primary
Through a process of self-discovery, students will texts of religion, philosophy and literature. Offered
explore their own capacities, skills and interests. during Fall Term. Humanities GEP.
Students will also learn to take advantage of past
experiences and current unexpected opportunities, *IDC 150. IDEAS AND CULTURE/THREE
transferring them to their future career possibilities. CREDITS
GEP. A chronological investigation of events and
CON 102. FROM STUDENT TO PROFESSIONAL: concepts that have shaped humanity until the
JOB SEARCH STRATEGIES/ONE CREDIT 1500s. While incorporating history, art, architecture
Elective credit. This course is a one-credit junior and and music, the course focuses mainly upon primary
senior level course designed to provide students texts of religion, philosophy and literature. Offered
with the necessary tools for their job search. during Fall Term. Humanities GEP.
Topics include interviewing, resume writing, and
transitioning to professional life. Students will *IDC 151. IDEAS AND CULTURE/THREE
develop a resume and other job correspondence, CREDITS
explore successful interview techniques, identify GEP. Prerequisite: IDC 150. A chronological
transferable liberal arts skills and learn basic job- investigation of event and concepts that have
search strategies as well as prepare for transitioning shaped humanity from the 1500s until the present.
to the world of work. While incorporating history, art, architecture and
music, the course focuses mainly upon primary
CON 214. EXPERIENTIAL LEARNING/ texts of religion, philosophy, science, and literature.
THREE OR SIX CREDITS Offered during Spring Term. Humanities GEP.
Elective or Major credit as determined by the
department. A course which combines academic SSS 101. STUDENT SUCCESS
study with experiential work. Emphasis is on SEMINAR/ONE CREDIT
integrating on-campus and off-campus study under This course is designed to help students in their
the supervision of departmental faculty in specially adjustment to college life. The information and
approved course offerings. This work may include experiences provided will aid the student in
selected volunteer work with given programs or developing a better understanding of academic
agencies, travel-study experiences, and approved expectations associated with higher education and
service learning experiences. No student may count will introduce the student to specific skills that
more than six semester hours of such course work promote success at the college level. The course will
in any combination of departments toward degree also provide a venue for discussion and examination
credit. Offered periodically, changing syllabus of common challenges during a students first year
in college.

185
 *WST 200. INTRODUCTION TO
WOMENS STUDIES/ THREE CREDITS
GEP, Minor or Elective credit. An interdisciplinary
introduction to Womens Studies examining
methodology, perspectives, and writings in Womens
Studies from the humanities, social sciences, and
sciences. Course offered every Fall Term. This course
satisfies humanities credit in Category II of the GEP.

*WST 201. SPECIAL TOPICS IN

WOMENS STUDIES/ THREE CREDITS
FOUR CREDITS IN JAN TERM
GEP, Minor, Elective credit. A study of particular
time periods, geographical areas, cultural milieus,
writers, artists or themes related to womens studies.
May be taken more than once if topics vary.

186
INTERDISCIPLINARY MINORS

ARTS MANAGEMENT Total hours for Arts

SUSANNE GUNTER, coordinator Management Minor...............................21 hours
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
MISSION STATEMENT DOUGLAS JENSEN, director
The at Converse College seeks to prepare students The mission of the environmental studies minor
to lead and manage arts and cultural organizations. is to prepare students for careers and/or advanced
The program will assist students to develop their study in environmental science. Completion of the
capacities as executives, fundraisers, planners, minor will:
marketers, and financial managers in the nonprofit 1. Provide an introduction to the broad based
and for-profit arts. nature of environmental studies which
includes the areas of biology, chemistry,
STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES
economics, politics and sociology
1. Evidence of basic knowledge of the visual,
2. Provide practical experience in the area of
musical, dance and theatrical arts is indicated
environmental studies through an internship
by the students successful completion of
or research program.
exams and assignments in fine arts courses.
2. Skills to organize and manage a Board and the The minor consists of a minimum of 21 credit
staff of an arts organization will be exhibited in hours of coursework, to include the following
the successful design of a Board and requirements:
demonstration of management capabilities
in course assignments, as well as during the BIO 411: Ecology........................................4 hours
internship. CHM 311: Environmental Chemistry 4 hours
3. Demonstration of fundraising ability will be GEO 300: World Geography.......................3 hours
displayed through grant writing experience Additional Electives (choose two)............ 6-7 hours
and other fundraising concepts such as donor CHM 404: Special Topics: Hazardous
campaigns in class assignments and in the Waste and Public Policy
internship. HST 491: Special Topics: Environmental History
4. Exhibition of marketing skills and community POL 308: Special Studies in the Political Process
development will be evidenced in course SOC 310: Social Problems Internship
assignments including at least one marketing or Research Experience...........................4 hours
campaign, and in an internship where Total Hours for Environmental
community involvement and marketing will Studies Minor............................21-22 hours
be practiced. Prerequisites for minor are CHM 201-202, CHM
The minor consists of 21 credit hours of coursework, 251, BIO 100 and either BIO 202 or 203. A non-
to include the following: credit work or research experience may substitute
with permission of the director.
ATM 265: Introduction to Arts
Management............................................3 hours WOMENS STUDIES
ATM 365: Advanced Arts Management 3 hours CATHY JONES, director
ATM 465: Professional Internship The womens studies minor will enhance Converse
in Arts Management................................3 hours students ability to understand themselves and their
Choose one.................................................3 hours place in the global community by encouraging them
ACC 211: Accounting Principles I to analyze the assumptions that are an essential part
OR of language and cultural symbols. This program will
BAD 345: Marketing Communications foster awareness of womens roles and the image of
Three of the following, in diverse women in various cultures.
disciplines outside the major...................9 hours
The minor consists of 21 credit hours of coursework.
ART100: Art Appreciation
WST 200 and six elective courses are required. One
HPE 190: History of Dance
elective course may be a cognate course.
THR 100: Introduction to Theatre
MUH 110: Music Appreciation Courses in art, English, French, Spanish, history,
MUH 111: American Popular Music philosophy, politics and religion that are designated
MUH 112: Film Music as womens studies will be accepted for GEP
187
 humanities credit. Law schools require no specific undergraduate
WST 200: Introduction to curriculum for admission. No particular major is
Womens Studies.....................................3 hours necessarily the best preparation for the study of
Electives (choose 6)...................................18 hours law. Law schools seek students who have strong
ART 315: Women and Art conceptual and analytical skills, high verbal facility,
BIO 270: Human Sexuality and the ability to think creatively. One means
ECN 326: Labor Economics of measuring these abilities is the Law School
ENG 370: Women Writers Admission Test (LSAT) used by all law schools to
FRN/SPN 314: Special Topics: Women in Film evaluate prospective candidates for admission.
HST 345: Women in American History These LSAT scores, college grades, and letters of
POL 317: Gender and Politics recommendation are the usual criteria for admission
PSY 302: Psychology of Women to law school. There is no better preparation for
REL 305: Women and Religion success on the LSAT and in the study of law than a
SOC 306: The Family rigorous, broad, liberal arts program.
Total Hours for Womens
Studies Minor........................................21 hours The aspiring law student should pursue a program
that requires diligent reading, analysis, critical
thought, and ample written and oral expression.
CAREER AND Pre-law students often choose majors in accounting,
PRE-PROFESSIONAL English, finance, history, politics, philosophy,
religion, sociology or economicsall of which
PROGRAMS provide strong training in the necessary skills.
The programs presented in this section of the catalog At Converse, pre-law students follow courses of
have been created to help students relate their study that meet their particular needs and interests.
liberal arts education to career goals. Their general The success of our students in gaining admission to
characteristics are explained in the chapter titled law schools verifies the soundness of this approach.
Academic Life. While it is necessary to point out Individuals interested in pre-law should consult the
that the success of students in gaining employment pre-law adviser, who, working in conjunction with
or admission to graduate school depends most of all academic advisers, helps pre-law students plan
upon their own initiative, talents, and efforts, many their programs.
of our students find these career-oriented programs
to be helpful in identifying their own objectives, The following are suggestions that have proven to
gaining practical experience, and realizing their be good preparation in the past.
career ambitions. POL 101: American Government
PHI 100: Introduction to Logic
Career programs are those that provide prerequisite or PHI 180: Problems of Philosophy
training for a particular career that may be entered POL 205: Introduction to Law and the
immediately after graduation or after further study. Judicial Process (Jan Term course offered at
They are groups of courses that do not constitute discretion of instructor; prerequisite POL
a major. Majors (such as accounting, business 101)
administration, interior design, and education) ECN 201: Microeconomic Principles and/or
that provide this kind of training are described in ECN 202: Macroeconomics Principles
the departmental courses of study. Pre-professional HST 201: American History to 1877 and/or
programs are those that provide prerequisite training HST 202: American History since 1877
for graduate study leading to a professional degree.
Internships, some of which are included in these RECOMMENDED UPPER DIVISION
programs, are described in the departmental course COURSES DURING SOPHOMORE
listings, and further information may be obtained THROUGH SENIOR YEARS
from the department. See also the Guidelines for Although none of these courses are required, we
Internships, available from the Center of Student believe that they are particularly useful both for
Development and Success. understanding the nature of the legal profession and
preparation for success in law school. Individual
PRE-PROFESSIONAL
students should make selections according to
PROGRAMS PRE-LAW her personal academic interests and the areas of
JEFFREY J. POELVOORDE, adviser law which she may be contemplating. Students
Department of History and Politics interested in international law might take more
courses in international subjects in politics, history,
188
economics, etc; those interested in environmental considering ministry have been placed in touch
issues might emphasize the several courses in this with other students who are considering the
area in the sciences, history, politics, etc.; those same profession and with religious leaders from
interested in gender issues could pursue relevant their own faith communities who are equipped
courses in womens studies, history, politics, to guide them in the particular process required
English, sociology, psychology, and religion; those by their faith community to move toward a
interested in business would emphasize work in career in ministry.
this area and should take at least two courses in 3. work with Professional Development to ensure
accounting; those interested in social welfare areas that there are opportunities for Converse
might consider psychology, sociology, or related students to meet and talk with other people,
areas. Many other concentrations exist as well. but particularly women, who are presently
POL 335: Constitutional Law engaged in ministry and to provide religion
POL 448: Public Administration internships for those who want to explore the
POL 316: American Political Thought possibility of this profession in a more in- depth
POL 465: Comparative Government and structured manner.
and Politics 4. arrange for the return to campus of ordained
HST 441: Recent US History, 1945 to present alumnae who will serve as role models for
BAD 351: American Legal System Converse students as they lead campus
and Contracts worship.
BAD 352: Business Organization, 5. work with other members of the Department of
Property and Commercial Religion, as well as representatives of various
BAD 353: Labor and Human Relations Law faith communities, to inform students about
ECN 324: Business and the Public Sector the opportunities available at various seminaries
ECN 326: Labor Economics and divinity schools.
ECN/BAD 300: Descriptive and
Inferential Statistics or PRE-HEALTH PROFESSIONS
POL 303: Social Statistics EDNA STEELE, adviser
Department of Biology, Chemistry and Physics
PRE-MINISTRY
JASON LOSCUITO, adviser Pre-Health Professions Programs are designed to
College Chaplain assist students planning to attend medical, dental,
Students who are considering careers in ministry and veterinary schools. They also assist students
are encouraged to take a broad range of courses, who have interests in physical therapy, occupational
especially within the various disciplines of the therapy, physician assistant programs and other
humanities. A major in religion is not usually a health-oriented careers. Students are provided
prerequisite for admission to a divinity school assistance in course selection so as to tailor their
or seminary. Some basic courses in the study of academic experience to the requirements of the
religion, however, may provide helpful background. various programs. Students are also encouraged to
The chaplain is available to meet with any student participate in related internship experiences.
considering such a career to discuss her own sense These programs are not majors. Although most
of calling to this vocation and to help her get in pre-health professions students major in biology,
touch both with other pre-ministry Converse chemistry, or biochemistry, these programs are
students as well as people from the community who open to students with any major. The programs
may be of help in clarifying the appropriate steps do not appear on a students academic record.
toward such a career. Students in these programs seek the advice of the
At the end of their years at Converse, students adviser or someone designated by the adviser, and
considering a vocation in ministry should have a they research the entrance requirements for specific
clearer idea regarding their own sense of calling programs.
to the ministry as well as practical guidance and CONVERSE COLLEGE AND VANDERBILT
information necessary to determine what the next UNIVERSITY SCHOOL OF NURSING 3+2
step might be for them. To accomplish this, the DUAL DEGREE PROGRAM
chaplain will: This five-year program gives Converse Biology
1. meet with individuals and groups of students majors the opportunity to pursue an advanced
to discuss the meaning of calling to ministry, nursing degree. The program results in a Bachelor
as well as the practical aspects of ministry and of Science (BS) or Bachelor of Arts (BA) degree in
the different forms that ministry may take. biology from Converse and a Masters of Science in
2. attempt to ensure that students who are Nursing (MSN) from Vanderbilt University. Students
189
 will spend their first three years at Converse prospective dental students generally include:
completing a course of study that satisfies the General Chemistry......................................8 hours
General Education Program (GEP), requirements Organic Chemistry......................................8 hours
for the biology degree, and (in the course of the Physics........................................................8 hours
first two elements) Pre-Nursing requirements for Biology or Zoology......................................8 hours
the final two years at Vanderbilt. English........................................................6 hours
Mathematics................................................6 hours
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO Science Electives..........................................8 hours
THE FINAL TWO YEARS AT VANDERBILT: (Microbiology, Biochemistry, Anatomy, Genetics,
1. Completion of 78 semester hours, including Histology, Physiology, etc.)
the GEP Science courses should include laboratory work.
2. Completion of the Vanderbilt pre-nursing
requirements: Majoring in science is not a must, but completion
Human Anatomy of pre-dental science requirements is necessary.
Human Physiology Take the DAT (http://www.ada.org/en/education-
Microbiology/Bacteriology careers/dental-admission-test) at least a year prior
Statistics to seeking admission to dental school. Completion
Nutrition of at least one year of college level courses in
Human Growth and Development biology, general chemistry and organic chemistry is
3. Cumulative grade point average of a B recommended before taking the DAT. Dental office
4. Combined Verbal and Quantitative GRE score shadowing experience is highly recommended.
of at least 1000
5. Satisfactory statement of career goals Early application to the dental school is important.
6. Three favorable letters of reference Apply for admission at least a year in advance of
7. A recommendation for admission by a member the planned enrollment date. Information on
of the Vanderbilt School of Nursing faculty application deadlines and application forms can be
based on a review of the applicants file obtained at the following website: http://www.ada.
org/en/education-careers/careers-in-dentistry/be-a-
Students who enter Converse with any form of dentist/applying-for-dental-school.
advance credit (AP, dual enrollment, language
placement above 101, GEP exemptions, etc.) will PRE-MEDICINE
find it easier to complete the program. Completing The successful pre-medical student must have a
the BA rather than the BS degree will satisfy Pre- strong foundation in biology, chemistry, physics, and
Nursing requirements and make completion easier mathematics. The required courses vary depending
for students but either degree will work. It may on the school. To find school-specific requirements,
also be necessary to urge students to take summer refer to the Medical School Requirement Website.
courses at Converse or elsewhere to facilitate Most schools require the following:
completion of certain requirements. General Chemistry......................................8 hours
Organic Chemistry......................................8 hours
The admission process to Vanderbilt is competitive, Biochemistry...............................................4 hours
not guaranteed. The senior year in absentia option Physics........................................................8 hours
provides an opportunity for students to pursue Biology or Zoology......................................8 hours
an accelerated pathway but they have to meet (Cell Biology highly recommended)
the VUSN graduate school standards and be Algebra and Calculus...................................6 hours
competitive with their classmates. Just as medical English........................................................6 hours
school admission is a competitive process, the Psychology..................................................3 hours
selection process for admission to the nursing Science courses should include laboratory work.
program is competitive as well.
PRE-DENTISTRY Honors, independent study, a well-rounded
The successful pre-dental student must have a sampling of extra curricular activities, and research
strong foundation in biology, chemistry, physics work are highly encouraged as these activities
and mathematics. Applicants should successfully demonstrate scholarly, in-depth, and lifelong
complete as many science courses as possible to learning skills. Additional upper-level biology and
prepare for the dental admission test (DAT) and chemistry coursework is recommended, as it will
dental school curriculum. Students should contact help to prepare the student for the Medical College
individual dental schools for specific prerequisite Admission Test (MCAT). It is desirable to have
information. Required prerequisite courses for the required coursework completed at the end of

190
the junior year, and to take the entrance exams Science courses should include laboratory work
during the summer between the junior and senior
year. For admission, both the GPA and MCAT Students should be familiar with the specific
scores are critical. Clinical experience through requirements of the school in which she intends
either internships or volunteer work is also highly to apply. Applicants are required to take the GRE
recommended. (Verbal, Quantitative, and Writing Components). A
minimum GPA of 3.0 is required for most programs,
Early application to medical school is important. It is also to the students advantage to research the
Information on application deadlines and field of physical therapy through internships or
application forms the following website: aamc.org/ volunteer work and have her experiences and
students/applying/requirements work hours properly documented. For specific
requirements for admission to Physical Therapy
PRE-OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY School, check the website of the institution you
Requirements for admission to the occupational wish to apply to.
therapy program vary. Students will need to contact
individual programs for their specific requirements. PRE-PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT
To apply for entry-level Master or Doctor of Requirements for admission to the physician
Occupational Therapy, the student should have assistant program vary. Students will need to
completed the following general education contact individual programs for their specific
requirements: English, Mathematics, Introductory requirements. A baccalaureate degree obtained
Biology, and Humanities courses. The following from accredited institution of higher education
prerequisite courses must be completed by the is required prior to matriculation. Health care
application deadline: experience is recommended and in some cases
Statistics......................................................3 hours required. In addition, some programs require
Human Anatomy.........................................4 hours direct patient care while others accept shadowing
Human Physiology......................................4 hours health care professionals. Applicants are required
Human Growth and Development 3 hours to take the GRE (Verbal, Quantitative, and Writing
Sociology/Anthropology..............................3 hours Components). A minimum GPA of 3.0 is required
Abnormal Psychology..................................3 hours for most programs, although most programs
Science courses should include laboratory work report 3.5 average GPA. The American Academy of
Physician Assistants maintains a website aapa.org
Applicants are required to take the GRE (Verbal, that explains the profession, career opportunities
Quantitative, and Writing Components). A and programs offered in the United States of
minimum GPA of 3.0 is required for most programs, America. Applicants to the program are generally
It is also to students advantage to research the field required to complete the following prerequisite
of occupational therapy (OT) through internships courses prior to admission:
or volunteer work. Some schools give credit to Statistics or Biostatistic................................3 hours
applicants who have completed a minimum of 30 General Chemistry......................................8 hours
hours of volunteer/work experience in OT with Organic Chemistry or Biochemistry 3 hours
proper documentation of service and performance Biology........................................................4 hours
completed and signed by the supervising OT Human Anatomy.........................................4 hours
practitioner. Human Physiology......................................4 hours
PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY Microbiology...............................................4 hours
Students interested in applying to the Doctor of Medical Terminology.................................... 1 hour
Physical Therapy (DPT) program must obtain a Human Growth and Development 3 hours
baccalaureate degree from accredited institution of Science courses should include laboratory work
higher education and must complete the following PRE-VETERINARY SCHOOL
prerequisite courses prior to enrollment: A pre-veterinary medical student can choose any
Statistics......................................................3 hours undergraduate major. However, she must fulfill
Chemistry...................................................8 hours the course requirements for admission to the
Physics........................................................8 hours veterinary schools to which she plans to submit
Biology........................................................8 hours an application. Most veterinary schools list the
Human Anatomy.........................................4 hours following requirements.
Human Physiology......................................4 hours
General Psychology.....................................3 hours REQUIRED COURSES
Human Growth and Development 3 hours Biology/Zoology..........................................8 hours

191
 Inorganic Chemistry....................................8 hours PRE-PHARMACY
Organic Chemistry......................................8 hours SHERRY STRICKLAND, adviser
Biochemistry....................................... 3 or 4 hours Department of Biology, Chemistry and Physics
Physics........................................................8 hours
English (Composition and Writing) 6 hours Pre-pharmacy is a 2-, 3- or 4-year program required
(some schools do not accept AP English credit) for admission to PharmD. Programs. The length
Humanities and Social Sciences.................18 hours of this pre-professional program will depend upon
the abilities of the individual student, the pharmacy
RECOMMENDED COURSES school of her choice, and her career goals. Pre-
Comparative Anatomy.................................4 hours pharmacy students need to show a strong aptitude
Cellular Biology (required at UT)................4 hours toward the sciences. Since pharmacy schools vary
Genetics (required at NC State)...................4 hours in their admission policies, a student should contact
Microbiology (required at NC State) 4 hours the school of her choice for its requirements.
Animal Nutrition (not Human)
(required at NC State).................................3 hours The total semester hours that must be completed
Statistics (required at NC State)...................3 hours prior to matriculation is 66 hours which includes
the following courses:
TO BE COMPETITIVE, AN APPLICANT
MUST MEET THE FOLLOWING ELIGIBILITY Biology........................................................8 hours
REQUIREMENTS General Chemistry......................................8 hours
Cumulative GPA.....................................at least 3.5 Organic Chemistry......................................8 hours
Required Course GPA.............................at least 3.5 Microbiology...............................................3 hours
Last 45 Credit hours GPA.......................at least 3.5 Human Anatomy.........................................3 hours
Human Physiology......................................3 hours
The student should also demonstrate, with
Economics...................................................3 hours
proper documentation, an understanding of the
English Composition...................................3 hours
veterinary medical profession and proper animal
English Literature........................................3 hours
care through internships or volunteer works in a
Speech/Verbal Skills/ Public Speaking 3 hours
veterinary clinic. Some students gain experience
Statistics.............................................. 3 or 4 hours
by participating in research, breeding, rearing,
Calculus.............................................. 3 or 4 hours
feeding and showing of both small and large
Physics................................................ 3 or 4 hours
animals, domestic or wildlife. Most veterinary
Psychology..................................................3 hours
schools require a minimum number of hours of
Liberal Arts Electives...................................9 hours
veterinary experience under direct supervision
Science courses should include laboratory work
of a veterinarian at the time of application. In
addition, participation in undergraduate research, Students pursuing the four-year pre-pharmacy
independent studies, athletics, honors program, program will major in chemistry or biology. Most
active involvement in extra-curricular activities, pharmacy schools require prospective students
and leadership roles in school organizations are also to take the Pharmacy College Admission Test
taken into account. Applicants are also required to which does include some questions about human
take the GRE (Verbal, Quantitative, and Writing physiology, human anatomy and basic biochemistry.
Components).
A student interested in veterinary programs should
consult with the pre-health professions adviser to
plan her curriculum to meet these requirements.
The following website provides information
about specific admission requirements at each US
Veterinary School. www.aavmc.org.
APPLYING TO VETERINARY SCHOOL:
For information on the application process,
deadlines and other requirements, please consult
the Veterinary Medical College Application Service
(VMCAS) website.

192
RESERVE OFFICERS TRAINING CORPS (ROTC)
LIEUTENANT COLONEL ALBERT F. YONKOVITZ,JR., MASTER SERGEANT THEODORE CRAIG,
MR. SIMON STRICKLEN

Military Science offers a Basic Course and an 102 INTRODUCTION TO ROTC

Advanced Course. Satisfactory completion of six AND THE U.S. ARMY/ ONE CREDIT
semester hours in the Basic Program qualifies the This course, a continuation of MIL 111, further
student for selection into the Advanced Course. introduces the student to the Army, basic military
(Satisfactory completion of a five- week Basic Camp skills, and mountaineering/rough terrain skills.
in the summer after the sophomore year, or suitable Topics include recent military operations,
prior military experience, or three years of JROTC introduction to leadership, the Soviet threat,
may substitute for a portion of the basic course and basic mountaineering techniques. Optional
as means of qualifying for the Advanced Course.) laboratory each week.
Successful completion of the Bachelor degree,
including the 12 credit hour Advanced Program, 201. ROTC BASIC MILITARY SKILLS/
a military history course and computer and TWO CREDITS
mathematics literacy courses, and the advanced Designed for sophomores who have previously
camp in the summer between the junior and senior taken MIL 111 and 112, this course introduces
years qualifies the graduate for either a National the student to the basic military skills utilized by
Guard, a Reserve or a Regular commission as a all members of the military forces. Topics include
Second Lieutenant in the United States Army. first aid, communications, nuclear, biological, and
All students are required to participate in a weekly chemical operations, and leadership techniques
leadership laboratory. Students in the Basic Course and applications. Optional laboratory each week.
are encouraged to participate in the departments 202. ROTC BASIC MILITARY SKILLS/
adventure training activities, which are held TWO CREDITS
periodically during the year. These activities Topics in this course include military map reading,
include confidence courses, ropes course, paintball army weapons, and fundamentals of physical
tactical training, and field craft. The Military training.
Science Department does not offer a major. There
is no military obligation associated with the Basic ADVANCED PROGRAM
Course. 301. MILITARY SCIENCE/THREE CREDITS
Comprehensive instruction in map reading and
Prospective Converse students may compete for land navigation, squad and platoon movement
four- year scholarships. Full-time students, already techniques, first aid, the Soviet soldier, and
on campus may compete for two- and three-year communications. There will be at least one weekend
Army scholarships. Army scholarships are totally field-exercise and a weekly leadership laboratory.
merit based and apply toward tuition and books.
302. MILITARY SCIENCE/THREE CREDITS
These are funded at 100% per year for tuition and Development of skills useful for advanced camp,
fees with $1,200 per year for books. In addition, including analysis of terrain, movement under
scholarship recipients receive a stipend of $350 fire and obstacles, squad defensive employment,
per month for sophomores (three-year scholarships adjustment of artillery fire, first aid, and the use of
only), $450 per month for juniors and $500 per various weapons. There will be at least one weekend
month for seniors. Stipends are for spending field-exercise and a weekly leadership laboratory.
money and subsistence. Contact the Scholarship
and Enrollment Officer at 597.4338 for details. 401. MILITARY SCIENCE/THREE CREDITS
A study of the officer personnel management
101 INTRODUCTION TO ROTC AND THE U.S. system, military command and staff functions,
ARMY/ ONE CREDIT military briefings, the Army training management
This course, intended primarily for freshmen, system, military correspondence, the law of
provides a basic orientation to ROTC and the U.S. war, military ethics and professionalism, and
Army. Course topics include the role and structure personnel counseling. Students plan and conduct
of the Army, military customs and courtesies and weekly leadership laboratories to include a field
basic marksmanship. Optional laboratory each training exercise for MIL 301 students. Mandatory
week. laboratory each week.

193
 402. MILITARY SCIENCE/THREE CREDITS
This is the last course in the Military Science
requirements for commissioning. Subjects include
military justice, laws of war, military logistics,
military courtesies, Army personnel management,
the role of the NCO and officer- enlisted
relationships, Army battle doctrine, the National
Defense Organization, the Army and society, Army
customs and courtesies, and the transition from
student to officer. Students plan and conduct
weekly leadership laboratories and two field
training exercises for MIL 302 students. Mandatory
laboratory each week.

194
THE REGISTER Jayne Stewart Reuben 85
Greenville, South Carolina
BOARD OF TRUSTEES 2016-2017 Michael C. Russ
Kimberly Varnadoe Kent 97, Chair Atlanta, Georgia
Greenville, South Carolina
Jane Boatwright Schwab 77
Phyllis Perrin Harris 82, Vice Chair Charlotte, North Carolina
Bentonville, Arkansas
Allen Smith
Anna Habisreutinger Converse 98, Secretary Spartanburg, South Carolina
Spartanburg, South Carolina
Julie D. Staggs 86
J. Patrick OShaughnessy, Treasurer Atlanta, Georgia
Spartanburg, South Carolina
Dwight Van Inwegen
Benjamin R. Wall, II, Past Chair Carlisle, Massachusetts
Spartanburg, South Carolina
Susanne Cole Wean 71
Ellen Lanford Asherman 85 Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
The Woodlands, Texas
LIFE TRUSTEES
Laura Chappell Bauknight 87
W. D. Bain, Jr.,
Spartanburg, South Carolina
Spartanburg, South Carolina
Mary Chapman Boyd
William Barnet, III
Columbia, South Carolina
Spartanburg, South Carolina
Suzan D. Boyd
Julia Jones Daniels 53
Columbia, South Carolina
Raleigh, North Carolina
Randall K. Chambers
Susan Phifer Johnson 65
Spartanburg, South Carolina
Spartanburg, South Carolina
Caleb C. Fort
Lucy Simpson Kuhne 66
Spartanburg, South Carolina
Greenville, South Carolina
Kenneth B. Howard
Kurt Zimmerli
Raleigh, North Carolina
Spartanburg, South Carolina
Ann Lanier Jackson 86
Jacksonville, Florida HONORARY OFFICER
Joab M. Lesesne
The Honorable Deadra L. Jefferson 85 Spartanburg, South Carolina
Charleston, South Carolina
EX-OFFICIO TRUSTEES
David G. Johnson
Krista L. Newkirk, President
Spartanburg, South Carolina
Spartanburg, South Carolina
Susanna Presnell Johnson
Kyle A. Keefer, Faculty Senate President
Denver, Colorado
Spartanburg, South Carolina
Rose Montgomery Johnston
Ariel Wingard 17, SGA President
Memphis, Tennessee
Inman, South Carolina
Lillian Montgomery Lilly
Caroline Watts Morris 64,
Hendersonville, North Carolina
President, Alumni Association
Fain Langdale McDaniel 92 Greenville, South Carolina
Honolulu, Hawaii
Wallace Davison Prestwood 89
Erica Patrice Moore 93 Chair, Board of Visitors
Atlanta, Georgia Charlotte, North Carolina
Amy Tibbals Morales 86 Helen Walker Tolar 98
Jacksonville, Florida Chair-Elect, Board of Visitors
Sandra Shearouse Morelli 78 Washington, District of Columbia
Atlanta, Georgia Haidee Clark Stith 76
Richard H. Pennell, Jr. Past President, Alumni Association
Greenville, South Carolina Lexington, South Carolina
195
 THE PRESIDENTS OF PRESIDENTS CABINET
CONVERSE COLLEGE Krista L. Newkirk, JD
President
*Benjamin F. Wilson
(18901902) Jeffrey H. Barker, BA, MA, PhD
Provost
*Robert Paine Pell
(19021932) Brant Bynum, BA, MA, PhD
Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs
*Edward Moseley Gwathmey
(19331955) Zach Corbitt, AA, BS, MBA
Chief Information Officer
*Oliver Cromwell Carmichael, Jr
Joy Couch, BA, MEd
(19561960)
Director of Intercollegiate Athletics
*Robert T. Coleman, Jr. Witney Fisher, BA, MEd
(19611989) Dean of Professional Development
Ellen Wood Hall Boone J. Hopkins, BA, MFA, PhD
(19891993) Dean of the School of the Arts

Sandra C. Thomas Dennis Hughes, BA

(19941998) Director of Human Resources

Nancy Oliver Gray Rick Jolley, BA, ACEM

(1999-2004) Sr. Director of Facility Services and Planning

Kyle Keefer, BA, MDiv, MA, PhD

Elizabeth A. Fleming
Faculty Senate President
(2005-2016)
William Johnson, BA, MBA, CPA
Krista L. Newkirk Vice President for Finance and Administration
(2016 - )
Yongmei Li, BA, MEd, PhD
*Deceased Director of Institutional Research, Assessment
and Effectiveness

Rhonda Mingo, BA, MEd

Dean of Community Life

Ann Pletcher, BA, MBA

Dean of the School of Humanities, Sciences,
and Education

Trevor Pittman, BS, MEd

Associate Vice President for Enrollment
Management and Services

Vacant
Vice President for External Affairs
and University Relations

Leslie West, BA, MEd

Staff Council President

196
GENERAL ADMINISTRATION Cathy M. Gowan, BS
Director of Internships and Corporate Relations
OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT Sabrina Wilson
Administrative Assistant to the Dean
Krista L. Newkirk, JD
and Center for Professional Development
President
Stacey Brewer
Assistant to the President OFFICE OF COMMUNITY LIFE
Rhonda L. Mingo, BA, MEd
Dean of Community Life
OFFICE OF THE PROVOST
Kimberly Seibles, BA, MEd
Jeffrey H. Barker, BA, MA, PhD
Director of Community and Inclusion/Assistant
Provost
Director of Residential Life
B. Brant Bynum, BA, MA, PhD
Kathy Hennigan, BS, MS
Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs and
Director of Residential Life and Student Conduct
Director of Student Development and Success
Tori McLean, BFA, MEd
Peter Brown, BA, MS, PhD
Director of Leadership Development and Orientation/
Director of Distance Education
Assistant Director of Residential Life
Angela M. Janulis
Clara Jane Hallar
Administrative Assistant to the Provost
Coordinator of Student Activities, Clubs
Yongmei Li, BA, MEd, PhD and Organizations
Director of Institutional Research, Assessment,
Renee Hill
and Effectiveness
Coordinator and Systems Support for
Student Development and Success
CONVERSE II
Tammy Stokes, BA, MA WELLNESS CENTER
Director of Converse II, Special Programs Bethany Garr, MSED, LPC
and Lifelong Learning Director of Counseling and Wellness
Debra C. Young, AAS Taynesha Adams, MMFT, LMFT-I
Administrative Assistant College Counselor
Jacob Parsons-Wells. MAMFT, LMFT
DIVISION OF STUDENT College Counselor
DEVELOPMENT AND SUCCESS
Denielle Haines
B. Brant Bynum, BA, MA, PhD Wellness Center Coordinator
Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs and
Director of Student Development and Success Michelle Mathis, MSN, APRN, FNP-C
Director of Health Services
Tania McDuffie, BA, MEd
Assistant Dean of Academic Support Services
OFFICE OF THE CHAPLAIN
Emily Harbin, BA, MA, PhD
Director of Writing Center Jason P. Loscuito, BA, MTS
College Chaplain and Director of Religion

CENTER FOR PROFESSIONAL

DEVELOPMENT INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
Erin Templeton, BA, MA, PhD
Witney E. Fisher, BA, MEd
Anne Morrison Chapman
Dean of Professional Development
Distinguished Professor of International Study
Leslie West, BA, MEd
Director of Professional Development
and Career Services

197
 MASTER OF FINE ARTS Paula M. Cash
Administrative Assistant
Rick Mulkey. BA.MS,MFA
Director of MFA in Creative Writing Kathryn S. Holt, BA, MEd, EdS
Administrative Assistant
Paula Cash
Administrative Assistant Andre Lancaster
Technical Director

MICKEL LIBRARY Elizabeth Flagg

Costume Shop Technician
Wade M. Woodward, BS, MLS, MA
Director of Mickel Library,
Associate Librarian PETRIE SCHOOL OF MUSIC
Wendi W. Arms, BMus, MMus Chris Vaneman, BM, MM, MMA, DMA
Music Librarian, Assistant Librarian Head of the Petrie School of Music
Mark A. Collier, AB, MA, MLIS Benny Mixon, BS
Coordinator of Reference and Collections, Piano Curator
Associate Librarian Valerie MacPhail, BA, MM, DMA
Rebecca G. Dalton, BA Director of the Lawson Academy of the Arts
Administrative Assistant and Acquisitions Supervisor Janae N. OShields, BA
Richard Dell Morgan, BA Assistant Director of the Lawson Academy of the Arts
Interlibrary Loan and Document Supervisor Director of the Fine Arts Day Camp
Sarah R. Spigner, BMus, PGDipl Mildred A. Roche, BM, MM
Cataloging Librarian Director of Accompanying
Jeffrey R. Willis, Jr, BA, MA, PhD
Director of Archives and Special Collections SCHOOL OF HUMANITIES,
SCIENCES AND EDUCATION
NISBET HONORS PROGRAM Ann Pletcher, BA, MBA, CMA
Debra C. Young, AAS Dean, School of Humanities, Sciences and Education
Administrative Assistant
DEPARTMENTOF EDUCATION
OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR Kathy Good, BA, MEd, EdD
Special Assistant to the Provost
Mary L. Brown, BS, MEd
Registrar Barbara Austin
Director of Summer School Administrative Assistant/Budget Manager
Kathy P. Flaherty Pamela Bradley
Data Entry and Customer Service Clerk/Generalist Administrative Assistant Department of Education
Elizabeth H. Wood, BA Linda Nicholls
Data Specialist/Generalist Coordinator of Field Placements and Administrative
Assistant
Pam Wylie, BS
Associate Registrar Judy Wiliford
Education Department Assistant
SCHOOL OF THE ARTS
Boone J. Hopkins, BA, MFA, PhD
OFFICE FOR ENROLLMENT
Dean of the School of the Arts MANAGEMENT AND SERVICES
Kathryn Boucher, MA Trevor Pittman, BS, MEd
Director of the Milliken Gallery, Associate Vice President for Enrollment Management
Budget Manager for School of the Arts and Services

198
OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS Wendy Baker
Accountant
Wendy Vinson
Director of Admissions Sheila C. Bishop
Accounts Payable Administrator
Kimberly Newton-Burgess, BS, MLA
Director of Post Traditional and Data Team Kimberly D. Campbell, BS
Student Billing Coordinator
Rachel Hansen, BA
Assistant Director of Enrollment Marketing and Annette S. Carswell
Communications Payroll Administrator
Leigh C. OShields, BA Pamela Greenway, BA
Assistant Director of Admissions for Guest Services Accounting and Business Office Administrative
Assistant
Janet D. Broome
Assistant Director for Operations Cindy Mason
Cash Receipts/Generalist
Vacant
Admissions Counselor Miranda Rochester, BS
Senior Accountant
Laura Griswold, BA
Admissions Counselor
FACILITY SERVICES AND PLANNING
Cymone Eldridge, BA
Admissions Counselor Richard L. Jolley, BS
Senior Director of Facility Services and Planning; Risk
Eleanor Johnson, BFA
Management
Admissions Counselor
Bridgette Hall
Leigh Lanford, BS
Mail Room/Facilities Assistant
Admissions Counselor
Jordan Moeller, BS
OFFICE OF CAMPUS TECHNOLOGY
Admissions Counselor
Zach Corbitt, AA, BS, MBA
Sharon Robbins, BA, MEd, MEd
Chief Information Officer
Admissions Counselor
Sarah Bosler, BA
Vacant
Helpdesk Support Technician
Admissions Counselor
Nancy S. Gage, BA
Jill Feist
Database Programmer
Data Specialist
Brandon Kennedy, AS
Shannon Stone, AA
Systems Administrator
Data Entry Specialist
Cori W. McClure, BA
Ann Tucker
Network Administrator
Office Manager/Data Specialist
Sonya Mode
Office Coordinator
OFFICE OF THE VICE
PRESIDENT FOR FINANCE Donna Rawls, BS
Database Programmer
AND ADMINISTRATION
Vacant
William Johnson, BA, MBA, CPA
Web Developer
Interim Vice President for Finance and Administration

OFFICE OF ACCOUNTING CAMPUS SAFETY

AND ADMINISTRATION Larry W. Jones
Director of Campus Safety
Dianne S. Crocker, BS, CPA
Controller Joseph Bradley
Campus Safety Officer

199
 Kyle Crowder Vacant
Campus Safety Officer Vice President for External Affairs
Dylan Doster and University Relations
Campus Safety Officer
Bobby R. Finch CAMPS, CONFERENCES,
Shift Sergeant EVENTS AND RENTALS
Marc Howard Kathy Worley
Shift Sergeant Director of Camps, Conferences, Events and Rentals
Brian Huckaby Anica Jerkovic, BA
Campus Safety Officer Patron Services Associate
Ken McAbee
Campus Safety Officer OFFICE OF DEVELOPMENT
Claire B. Owings Michael D. Kennedy, BS
Administrative Assistant Assistant Vice President for Philanthropy
Duane Poole-Adams Molly Inclan, BA, MAcc, CPA
Campus Safety Officer Assistant Director of the Converse Annual Fund
Lannie D. Rudicill Vacant
Shift Sergeant Director for Philanthrophy
Kimberley Willis Vacant
Campus Safety Officer Assistant Director for Philanthropy
Vacant
OFFICE OF FINANCIAL PLANNING Advancement Communications Manager
James W Kellam, MBA
Director of Financial Planning OFFICE OF
Angela K. Fowler, BS, MS ADVANCEMENT SERVICES
Associate Director of Financial Planning
Anna Robinson, BA
Rachel Hill Gift Management Coordinator
Financial Planning Counselor
Lauren Ward
Christina Shook Bequest and Research Manager
Financial Planning Generalist and
Assistant to the Director
OFFICE OF ALUMNAE
AND DONOR RELATIONS
MAILROOM
Vacant
Carol W. Gibbs Director of Alumnae and Advisory Boards
Mail Room Supervisor
Yvonne Harper
Bridgette Hall Associate Director of Donor Relations
Mail Room/Facilities Assistant and Special Events
Bethany Holloway
HUMAN RESOURCES Operations Manager
Dennis Hughes, BA
Director of Human Resources OFFICE OF COMMUNICATIONS
Marissa D. Haben Beth F. Lancaster, BA
Human Resources Specialist Director of Media and Public Relations
Glenn Abel
EXTERNAL AFFAIRS AND Online Experience Manager
UNIVERSITY RELATIONS Leah Anderson, BA
Public Relations Manager
200
Lydia Anthony, BFA
Web Content Manager FOOD SERVICES
INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETIC Steve Soweda
Director of Food Services
DEPARTMENT
Joy A. Couch, BA, MEd
Director of Intercollegiate Athletics
VALKYRIES STATION
Vacant
Mary Jo Strehl, , BA
Assistant Manager
Compliance Director
Evann Carpenter
Sports Information Director THE FACULTY
James A. Hymas, BS, MS, DA Krista L. Newkirk, president
Faculty Intercollegiate Athletic Representative BA, University of Nebraska-Lincoln; JD, Marshal
Christy Johnson Wythe School of Law, College of William and
Head Softball Coach Mary. (2016)

Brandon Morton EMERITI FACULTY

Head Cross Country and Track Coach John M. Bald, associate professor emeritus of theatre
BA, Baldwin-Wallace College; MFA, Brandeis
Katherine Mancebo University. (1982, 2015)
Head Tennis Coach
William M. Baker, associate professor emeritus of
Patti McGowan
psychology
Head Golf Coach
BA, Oberlin College; PhD, Duke University.
Kelsi Pack, BS (1967, 2012)
Administrative Assistant, Budget Manager
Nancy S. Breard, associate professor emerita of
Rick Parlow education
Head Soccer Coach BA, Newcomb College; MEd, Northeast Louisiana
Suzanne Russell University; EdD, University of Georgia. (1989,
Interim Head Equestrian Team Coach 2012)

Amy Nokes John A. Byars, Charles A. Dana professor emeritus

Head Volleyball Coach of English
AB, Furman University; MA, PhD, University of
Dean Walsh, BS North Carolina at Chapel Hill. (1965, 1994)
Head Basketball Coach
Anita P. Davis, Charles A. Dana professor emerita
Megan Smith of education
Head Lacrosse Coach BS, MA, Appalachian State University; EdD, Duke
Corey C. White, BS University. (1969, 2005)
Head Swimming Coach Janis I. Dengler, associate professor emerita of
Keegan Johnson health and physical education
Head Acrobatics and Tumbling Coach BSEd, MEd, Ohio University. (1960, 2001)
Britney Bennett Jean E. Dunbar, professor emerita of mathematics
Assistant Soccer Coach BA, Erskine College; MS, PhD, Clemson
University. (1986, 2015)
SODEXO COPY CENTER Joan L. Foss, assistant professor emerita of sociology
BA, MA, University of Missouri at Columbia.
Harold Floyd
(1974, 2009)
Site Manager
Kathy Good, assistant professor emerita of education
BA, Limestone College; MEd, EdS, University of
FACILITIES MANAGEMENT
South Carolina; PhD, Clemson University. (2007,
Robert Brown
2015)
Director of Facilities Management
201
 AB, Meredith College; M.R.E., Southwestern
Theological Seminary; MFA, University of
Jane Rolandi Gray, Mary Reynolds Babcock Pennsylvania and the Pennsylvania Academy of
professor emerita of voice Fine Arts. (1960,1989)
BMus, Salem College; studies in voice with Bair,
Martha T. Lovett, dean emerita of Graduate Studies
Verna; repertoire with Cimara, Terni, Bambosheck;
and Special Programs and associate professor emerita
lessons in scena with Yanapolous, Baccaloni, Defrere.
of education
(1964, 1989)
BA, James Madison University; MA, Cleveland
Beverly Reed Hay, Charles E. Daniel Professor State University; PhD, Bowling Green State
Emerita of Voice University. (1986, 2002)
BA, MM, University of South Carolina; DM,
John T. MacLean, Charles E. Daniel professor
Indiana University. (1989, 2014)
emeritus of music theory, composition, and strings
James G. Harrison, Jr., associate professor emeritus AB, Drew University; MA, MM, Florida State
of classics University; DM, Indiana University;
AB, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill; additional studies at Columbia University,
MA, Harvard University; MSLS, Simmons College; California Institute of the Arts. (1975,1991)
PhD, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.
Ross A. Magoulas, associate professor emeritus of
(1970, 2002)
voice and opera
Donald G. Henderson, Mary Reynolds Babcock BMus, Converse College; MMus, Florida State
professor emeritus of musicology and woodwinds University. (1982, 1992)
BME, Indiana University; MA, Western State
Gayle G. Magruder, associate professor emerita of
College of Colorado, Gunnison; PhD University
physical education
of Michigan; Fulbright Fellowship, State Academy
BS, Auburn University; MS, University of North
of Music and Dramatic Art and the University of
Carolina at Greensboro. (1967, 2001)
Vienna. (1962, 1994)
Spencer R. Mathews, Jr., associate professor
Richard L. Higgs, emeritus professor of Art
emeritus of psychology
BA, MA, University of Wisconsin; MFA, University
BA, MA, PhD, University of Virginia. (1967, 2005)
of Kentucky. (2010, 2015)
Thomas R. McDaniel, professor emeritus of
Phillip E. Highsmith, Charles A. Dana professor
education
emeritus of physics
BA, Hampton-Sydney College; MAT, MLA, PhD,
BS, East Tennessee State University; MEd,
The Johns Hopkins University. (1971, 2015)
University of Virginia; PhD, Ohio State University.
(1966, 1991) Charles H. Morgan, associate professor emeritus of
English
Jerry J. Howe, Charles A. Dana professor emeritus
AB, Princeton University; MA, Tulane
of chemistry
University. (1965, 2015)
BS, Ohio University; PhD, Michigan State
University. (1972, 2015) Robert E. Muzzy, associate professor emeritus of
sociology
William J. Kimball, professor emeritus of English
BA, University of Washington; MA, PhD, Stanford
BS, Rutgers University; MS, Middlebury College;
University. (1971, 2003)
PhD, Pennsylvania State University. (1965,1987)
Frazier S. M. Pajak, AIA, associate professor
Jeri D. King, Anne Morrison Chapman professor
emeritus of interior design
emerita of modern languages
BArch, MArch, Clemson University. (1985, 2015)
BA, George Peabody College; MA, PhD, Louisiana
State University. (1972, 2012) Robert W. Powell, Jr., Charles A. Dana professor
emeritus of biology
Sharon E. Lambert, associate professor emerita of
BS, Memphis State University; MS, University of
chemistry
Houston; PhD, Duke University. (1963,1999)
AB, Randolph-Macon Womans College; PhD,
University of Massachusetts-Mount Holyoke Teresa A. Prater, Charles A. Dana professor emerita
College. (1973, 2006) of studio art
BFA, University of Tennessee; MA, MFA,
Melba L. Long, professor emerita of art
University of New Mexico. (1990, 2016)

202
Marlene E. Preedom, assistant professor emerita of
economics and business Hatice Neval Erturk, professor of biology
BS, Southern Illinois University; PhD, University BS, MS, Hacettepe University, Turkey; PhD,
of South Carolina. (1989, 2006) Virginia Tech. (2006, 2016)
Martha E. Rogers, associate professor emerita of Patricia Solesbee Foy, professor of music education
education BM, Converse College; MME, PhD, University of
BS, MA, Furman University; PhD, University of South Carolina. (1990, 1995)
South Carolina. (2004, 2008)
Rafael E. Hernandez, Reeves Brothers professor of
Anthony S. Scavillo, associate professor emeritus of Spanish
modern languages B. Architecture, Bolivariana University; MS
BA, LaSalle College; MA, Catholic University of Planning, PhD in Spanish and Latin American
America; Doctorat de Troisi me Cycle, Universit Literatures, University of Tennessee. (1984, 1993)
de Strasbourg, France. (1979, 2007)
Keith W. Jones, professor of voice and choral activities
Alfred O. Schmitz, professor emeritus of philosophy BM, Furman University; MM, Southern Baptist
BA, Rutgers University; PhD, University of North Theological Seminary; DM, Indiana University.
Carolina at Chapel Hill. (1961, 1989) (1999, 2011)
Rosa C. Shand, Leland L. and Nell B. Larrabee Monica L. McCoy, professor of psychology
professor emerita of English BA, Grove City College; MS, Villanova University;
BA, Randolph-Macon Womans College; MA, PhD, PhD, University of Wyoming. (1997, 2014)
University of Texas at Austin. (1985, 2001)
Siegwart Reichwald, professor of musicology
Katharine Stephens Slemenda, associate professor BM, University of South Carolina; MM, PhD,
emerita of deaf education Florida State University. (2004, 2011)
BA, Converse College; MEd, Georgia State
University. (1978, 2008) Malcolm Scott Robbins, professor of musicology
and composition,
Malinda Maxfield Tulloh, Leland L. and Nell B. BA, Wake Forest University; AM, Duke University;
Larrabee professor emerita of English DMus, Florida State University. (1998, 2008)
BA, PhD, Vanderbilt University. (1976,1997)
John M. Theilmann, Andrew Helmus Distinguished
Jeffrey R. Willis, Jr., Andrew Helmus distinguished professor of history and politics, Nisbet Honors program
professor emeritus of history, Director of Archives co-director
BA, Furman University; MA, PhD, University of BA, University of Missouri, Rolla; MA, MPA, PhD,
Virginia. (1967, 2005) University of Georgia. (1985, 2010)
David C. Zacharias, associate professor emeritus of Rebecca Turner, professor of voice
art BM, Shorter College; MM, University Northern
BFA, MFA, University of South Carolina. (1990, Texas. (2007, 2015)
2016)
Melissa A. Walker, George Dean Johnson, Jr.
TEACHING FACULTY professor of history
Jeffrey H. Barker, professor of religion and BA, Maryville College; MA, Providence College;
philosophy, Provost PhD, Clark University. (1996, 2008)
BA, California State University; MA, PhD, Purdue
University (2002) Douglas Alan Weeks, Babcock professor of piano
BM, Illinois State University; MM, Indiana
PROFESSORS University; Licens deConcert,
S. David Berry, professor of music history and theory EcoleNormaledeMusique, Paris; DMus, Florida
BM, University of Maryland; MM, Converse State University. (1982, 1996)
College; DMA, University of South Carolina.
(1986, 2008) Edward C. Woodfin, professor of history
BS, Baylor University; MA, PhD, Texas A & M
Joe P. Dunn, Charles A. Dana professor of history and University. (2005, 2016)
politics
BS, Southeast Missouri State University; MA, PhD, Elizabeth York, professor of music therapy
University of MissouriColumbia. (1976, 1988) BM, University of Georgia; MM, PhD, University

203
 of Miami. (2005, 2011) University; PhD, University of Kansas. (2012,
2016)
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS Woodrow W. Hughes, Jr., associate professor of
Ruth Beals, Owings associate professor of interior economics and business
design, director of interior design BA, Furman University; MA, Clemson University;
BS, University of Massachusetts; MS, University of PhD, University of South Carolina. (1986, 1995)
North Carolina - Greensboro. (2008, 2014)
Gretchen Hurlbut, associate professor of art
Andrew Blanchard, associate professor of art BA, Arizona State; MA, MFA, Ottawa University,
BA, University of Southern Mississippi; MFA, The Arizona. (2007, 2014)
University of Mississippi. (2005, 2010)
James A. Hymas, associate professor of mathematics
Ansley H. Boggs, associate professor of special BS, MS, DA, Idaho State University. (1978, 1984)
education, director of special education
BA, Converse College; MEd, University of North Douglas Jensen, associate professor of biology
Carolina at Chapel Hill; EdD, University of South BS, University of Michigan; PhD, University of
Carolina. (1980,1993) North Carolina at Chapel Hill. (1999, 2014)

**Laura Feitzinger Brown, associate professor of Sarah J. Johnson, associate professor of violin
English, Nisbet Honors program co-director BM, Curtis Institute of Music, (2004, 2008)
BA, Williams College; MA, University of Virginia; Catherine Jones, associate professor of French and
PhD, University of North CarolinaChapel Hill. director of womens studies
(1997, 2003) BA, University of North Carolina at Asheville; MA,
B. Brant Bynum, associate professor of Spanish, PhD, University of North Carolina
associate vice president for academic affairs and at Chapel Hill. (1988, 1995)
director of student development and success Kyle Keefer, associate professor of religion
BA, Austin College; MA, University of Missouri at BA, Baylor University; MDiv, Princeton Theological
Columbia; PhD, University of North Carolina at Seminary; MA, Baylor University; PhD, Emory
Chapel Hill. (1988, 1993) University. (2006, 2010)
David W. Cheser, associate professor of education, Richard G. Keen, associate professor of psychology
director of early childhood education, and director of BA, Kent State University; PhD, Indiana University.
CAEP (2004, 2011)
BS, Campbellsville College; MA, Georgetown
College; EdS, Eastern Kentucky University; PhD, Janet R. LeFrancois, associate professor of
George Peabody College. (1979, 1985) psychology
BA, Converse College; MA, PhD, West Virginia
Amy E. Cox, associate professor of marketing University. (1985, 1991)
BA, Duke University; M.BA, University of
Michigan; PhD, University of Minnesota. (2006, Roger F. Luttrell, associate professor of accounting
2011) BA, Baldwin-Wallace College; MBA, Siedman
Graduate College, Grand Valley State College;
**Kevin DeLapp, Harold E. Fleming associate CPA; additional graduate studies, University of
professor of philosophy Akron. (1985, 2003)
BA, University of California; PhD, Duke University.
(2006, 2011) Susan Lynn Lyle, associate professor of voice and
director of choral activities
Sherry E. Fohr, associate professor of religion BA, Kalamazoo College; MM, Peabody
BA, Ithaca College; MA, PhD, University of Conservatory of Music; DMA, University of
Virginia. (2005, 2009) Oregon. (1996, 2004)
Mirko Manfred Hall, associate professor of foreign Kelly Harrison Maguire, associate professor of
languages education, director elementary education and student
BA, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. (2007, teaching
2011) BA, MEd, Converse College; PhD, Clemson
Boone J. Hopkins, associate professor of theatre University. (2000, 2006)
AA, Gainesville State College: BA, Brenau Grace Elena Mendez, associate professor of physics
University; MFA, Virginia Commonwealth BS, State University of New York; MA, PhD, Duke
204
 University. (1991,1997) Dame; PhD, Georgia State University. (1991,1996)

ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
Margaret S. Moore, associate professor of physical Peter H. Brown, assistant professor of computer
education science
AB Queens College; MEd, University of Georgia. BA, Williams College; MS, PhD, University of
(1973, 1991) North Carolina. (2003)
Richard Mulkey, associate professor of English, Mary E. Carlisle, visiting assistant professor of art
director of creative writing and MFA programs BFA, Converse College; MS, Drexel University:
BA, Bluefield College; MS, Radford University; MFA, Lesley University. (2016)
MFA, Wichita State University. (1995, 2000)
William C. Case, assistant professor of chemistry
Ann M. Pletcher, associate professor of accounting AB, BS, PhD, Duke University. (2015)
BA, Albion College; M.BA, Keller Graduate School
of Management. CMA (1984,1999) Naina Dewan, assistant professor of dance
BA, State University of New York. (2016)
Jeffrey J. Poelvoorde, associate professor of politics
BA, MA, Northern Illinois University; PhD, Reed Chewning, assistant professor of education
University of Virginia. (1986,1992) BA, Wofford College, MEd Converse College;
PhD, Clemson University. (2015)
*Anita R. Rose, associate professor of English
BA, Concord College; MEd, North Carolina State R. Lee Givens, Jr. assistant professor of education
University; MA, Western Carolina University; BS, The Citadel; MEd, Furman; EdS, PhD,
PhD, University of North Carolina at Greensboro. University of South Carolina. (2016)
(2001, 2006)
Susanne Gunter, assistant professor of art education
Suzanne Schuweiler, associate professor of art BA, Limestone; MA, EdD, University of South
history Carolina (2010, 2013)
BA, MA, Virginia Commonwealth University;
PhD, University of Illinois. (1992, 2001) Emily Harbin, assistant professor of English
BA, Converse College; MA, PhD, Vanderbilt
Edna J. Steele, associate professor of biology University. (2014)
BS, MS, University of the Philippines; PhD,
Clemson University. (1997) Jennifer Hawk, assistant professor of chemistry
BS, Hillsdale College; PhD, Duke University.
Sharon M. Smith Strickland, associate professor (2016)
of chemistry
BA, Francis Marion University; MS, PhD, Chandra Owenby Hopkins, assistant professor of
University of South Carolina. (2006, 2016) theatre
BA, Brenau University; MFA, Virginia
Susan C. Tekulve, associate professor of English Commonwealth University; PhD, University of
BA, Miami University; MFA, Wichita State Kansas. (2013)
University. (1999, 2005)
Jane Hughes, assistant professor of interior design
Erin E. Templeton, associate professor of English BS, Miami University; MA, University of Kentucky.
BA, MA, Pennsylvania State University; PhD, (2011)
University of California. (2007, 2011)
Julie Jones, assistant professor of education, director
Christopher M. Vaneman, associate professor of of student teaching
flute and musicology BA, Converse College; MA, University of South
BM, Eastman School of Music; MM, MMA, DMA, Carolina: PhD, Clemson University. (2014)
Yale University School of Music. (2001, 2009)
Kelly Kennedy, assistant professor in marriage and
Kelly A. Vaneman, associate professor of oboe and family therapy
musicology BA, Clemson University; MA, University of
BM, Baylor University; MM, MMA, DMA, Georgia Athens; PhD, University of Georgia.
Yale University School of Music; Certificate of (2012)
Performance, Koninklijk Konservatoriem Brussel.
(1997, 2006) Susana M. Lalama, assistant professor of music
BMus, MA, University of Miami. (2014)
Madelyn V. Young, associate professor of economics
AB, Indiana University; MA, University of Notre
205
 University of Hawaii- Manoa. (2015)

Marie Louise LePage, assistant professor of Terrell Tracy, assistant professor of education
psychology BA, University of North Carolina Chapel Hill;
BA, The University of Mary Washington: MA, MEd, Boston University; PhD, Clemson University.
PhD, Kent State University. (2012) (2005)

Valerie K. MacPhail, assistant professor in the Petrie Jessica Williams, assistant professor of mathematics
School of Music BA, Transylvania University; MS, PhD,University
BA, College of William and Mary; MM, Florida State of Iowa. (2015)
University; additional graduate study, University
of Illinois; DMA, University of South Carolina. INSTRUCTORS
(1994, 2000) Andrea Ezell Elliott, instructor of art education
BA, Converse College, MA, Winthrop University.
Delia G. Malone, assistant professor of education (2013)
BA, Queens College; MEd, University of South
Carolina; PhD, Georgia State University. (2008) W. Thomas Maynard, C.L.U., F.L.M.I., A.R.M.,
instructor of economics and business
Shannon Martin, assistant professor of psychology BS, University of South Carolina; JD, University of
BA, University of St. Thomas; MA, Minnesota State South Carolina Law. (1989)
University; PhD, Central Michigan University.
(2016) PROFESSIONAL LIBRARIANS
Wendi W. Arms, music librarian, assistant librarian
Greg Mueller, assistant professor of sculpture BM, MM, Converse College. (1999, 2006)
BS, St. Johns University; MFA, Montana State
University. (2013) Mark A. Collier, coordinator of reference and
collections, associate librarian
Melissa Owens, assistant professor of theatre AB, University of Georgia; MLIS, MA, Vanderbilt
AAS, Seattle Central Community College; BA, University. (1997)
Moyne College; MA, Miami University; MFA, Kent
State University. (2012) Wade M. Woodward, director of Mickel Library,
associate librarian
Margaret E. Park, assistant professor of education BS, Mississippi State University; MLS, University
BA, Hood College; MA, PhD, Northcentral of Mississippi; MA, Norwich University. (1992)
University. (2014)
*Sabbatical Leave Fall 2016
Danielle S. Robertson, assistant professor of **Sabbatical Leave Spring 2017
education
BA, Limestone College; MA, Gardner Webb
University; EdS, Converse College; PhD, Gardner
Webb University. (2016)
Jennifer L. Shields, assistant professor of accounting,
economics and business
BS, MS Appalachian State University. (2016)
Carol L. Shultis, assistant professor of music therapy
BS, Lebanon Valley College; MEd, Pennsylvania
State University; PhD, Temple University. (2012)
Amanda Szarzynski, assistant professor of marriage
and family therapy
BS, York College; MA, PhD, Texas Tech University.
(2014)
Jena Thomas, assistant professor of art
BFA, Massachusetts College of Art and Design;
MFA, University of Miami. (2016)
Meg Hanna Tominaga, assistant professor of theatre
BA, University of Wisconsin-Green Bay; MFA

206
THE ALUMNAE ASSOCIATION THE DIRECTORY FOR
The mission of the Converse College Alumnae
Office is to provide a comprehensive array of
CORRESPONDENCE
Please address inquiries as follows:
programs and services for the colleges alumnae
Admissions, Director of Recruitment
and graduate alumni. The programs and events are
Alumnae interests, Director of Alumnae
designed to serve the alumnae and keep them in
Expenses and business matters, Vice President
touch, informed, and invested in their alma mater.
for Finance & Administration
The Alumnae Office begins working with students Financial Assistance, Director of Financial
as freshmen, sponsoring events to increase their Planning
awareness of the Alumnae Association and of their General Information, Chief Communications
responsibilities as future alumnae. After graduation, Officer
the Alumnae Office serves as their link to the School of Humanities, Sciences and Education,
College, keeping them informed and involved Dean of the School of Humanities, Sciences
with the College, and recognizing them for their and Education
accomplishments. School of Music, Head of The Petrie School
of Music
The mission is accomplished by the following: School of the Arts, Dean of the School of the
Organizing and traveling to events in various Arts
regional areas Student interests, Dean of Community Life or
Organizing reunions Dean of Professional Development
Organizing on and off-campus lifelong Transcripts and academic reports, Registrar
learning opportunities for alumnae, parent, NOTE: Information concerning the Graduate
students, and friends of the College Studies program is available in the Graduate
Maintaining a network of alumnae volunteers Catalog.
who help in the areas of student recruitment,
providing internships, hosting events, and
helping with fundraising
Keeping track of alumnae careers, marriages,
births, deaths, and maintaining files on each
alumna
Informing alumnae about their friends and the
college through the alumnae section of the
Converse Magazine and the e-newsletter, A
View from the Tower.
Working with students to educate them about
their future role as alumnae

207
 Map Legend 23. Williams Hall
24. Andrews Hall
1. Wilson Hall
Wellness Center
Administration
25. Food Service/Twichell Delivery
Admission
26. Twichell Parking Lot
Gee Dining Room
27. Carnegie Parking Lot
Hazel B. Abbott/Laird Studio Theatre
28. Carnegie Building
2. Pell Hall
Office of Accounting and Administration
3. Campus Safety
Human Resources
4. Dexter Hall
29. Lawson Academy of the Arts
5. Mickel Library
30. Twichell Auditorium
Writing Center
31. Cleveland Hall/Alumnae House
6. Carmichael Hall
32. The Sally Abney Rose Physical Activity
Converse II Office
Complex and The Weisiger Center
Finance and Registration Center
Hartness Auditorium
7. Ezell Hall
School of Education & Graduate Studies
8. Kuhn Hall
Lever Auditorium
Campus Technology Services
9. Peterkin Drive Parking
10. Theatre/Converse Scene Shop
11. Facilities Management
12. Dexter Parking Lot
13. Montgomery Student Center Barnet Room
Dance Studios
Events & Information Desk
Gibbs Chapel
Mail Room
Pool
SGA Offices
Student Life Office
The Center for Student Development
and Success
Valkyries Station/Sandellas Caf
14. Phifer Science Hall
Dalton Auditorium
15. The Heath Howard Hall
Kate Hall
Zimmerli Common
16. Log Cabin
17. Amphitheatre
18. Blackman Music Hall
Daniel Recital Hall
19. Milliken Fine Arts Building
Milliken Art Gallery
20. Belk Parking Lot 21. Belk Hall
22. Cudd Hall
208
209
 INDEX Musical Theatre Major, 149
Music Major, 167
A Philosophy Major, 123
Academic Advisement, 27 Politics Major, 97
Academic Calendar, 1-2, 24 Psychology Major, 117
Academic Honors, 27 Religion Major, 126
Academic Life, 24 Spanish Major, 106
Academic Policies on Disabilities, 42 Special Education Intellectual Disabilities
Academic Regulations, 30 Major, 75
Academic Regulations for Internships, 26 Special Education Deaf and Hard of Hearing
Academic Scholarships, 19 Major, 76
Academic Standards, 33 Special Education Learning Disabilities Major, 75
Acceleration, 35 Studio Arts Major, 135
Accommodations for Students with Disabilities, 42 Theatre Major, 149
Accounting, 57 Bachelor of Fine Arts
Accounting Minor, 58 Creative and Professional Writing Major, 87
Accreditations and Affiliations, 4 Interior Design Major, 137
Additional Course Fees, 12 Studio Arts Major, 137
Administrative Withdrawal, 40 Bachelor of Music
Admission Requirements and Regulations for Composition Major, 158
International Students, 9 Music Education Major, 159
Admission, 8, 156 Music Education Major, Choral, 160
Admission to Teacher Education, 71 Music Education Major, Instrumental, 161
Advanced Placement, 35, 157 Music Therapy Major, 165
Alternate Year Courses, 36 Performance Major, Piano, 161
Alumnae Association, 207 Performance Major, String Instruments, 163
American History, 94 Performance Major, Voice, 162
Annual Scholarships, 23 Performance Major, Wind Instruments, 164
Applied Computing, Web Design Concentration, 111 Bachelor of Musical Arts
Arabic, 102 Contemporary Music (Media Application), 166
Art Education, 132, 138 Bachelor of Science
Art History, 133, 139 Accounting Major, 58
Art History Minor, 134 Biochemistry Major, 52
Arts Management Minor, 187 Biology Major, 46
Art Therapy, 134, 141 Business Administration Major, 59
Audit, 34 Chemistry Major, 51
B Economics Major, 57
Bachelor of Arts Mathematics Major, 109
Accounting Major, 57 Medical Technology Major, 47
Art Education Major, 132 Biochemistry, 52
Art History Major, 133 Biology, 46
Art Therapy Major, 134 Biology Minor, 47
Biology Major, 46 Board of Trustees, 195
Business Administration Major, 58 Brevard Music Center, 158
Chemistry Major, 51 Business Administration, 58
Comprehensive Special Education Major, 74 Business Administration Minor, 61
Early Childhood Major, 72 C
Economics Major, 56 Campus Map, 209
Elementary Education Major, 72 Campus Safety and Security, 41
English Major, 86 Career and Pre-Professional Programs, 25, 188
English Major & Concentration in Carroll McDaniel Petrie School of Music, 156
Creative Writing, 87 Center for Professional Development, 25
German Studies, 103 Changing Courses, 34
History Major, 93 Chaplains Office, 6
Interior Design Major, 137 Chemistry, 51
Mathematics Major, 109 Chemistry Minor, 51

210
Chinese, 102 Special Education, 82
Class Honors, 27 Studio Art, 142
Classification Requirements, 35 Team Sports, 122
CLEP, 35 Theatre, 150
Communting Students fees, 11 Courses of Instruction Key to the Numbering
Comparative Government and Politics, 99 System, 37
Comprehensive Special Education Major, 74 Credentials Required for Freshman Applicants, 8
Computer Science Minor, 111 Credentials Required for Transfer Applicants, 8
Concentration in Creative Writing, 87 Credit by Examination, 9
Contemporary Music (Media Application), 166 Cross Listed Courses, 33
Converse Clemson Dual-Degree Program, 38, 115 Curriculum, 24
Converse College & Vanderbilt Dual-Degree D
Program, 190 Dance, 153
Converse II Experience, 24 Dance Minor, 154
Counseling Services, 7 Deans List, 27
Courses of Instruction Degree Completion Program, 61
Accounting, 64 Delinquent Accounts, 12
Arabic, 102 Department of
Art Education, 138 Art and Design, 131
Art History, 139 Biology, Chemistry & Physics, 46
Art Therapy, 141 Economics, Accounting & Business, 56
Biology, 48 Education, 70
Business Administration, 66 English, 86
Chemistry, 52 History & Politics, 93
Chinese, 102 Languages, Cultures & Literatures, 101
Computer Science, 110 Mathematics & Computer Science, 109
Dance, 154 Petrie School of Music, 156
Economics, 62 Music, 167
Education, 77 Music Composition, 158
English, 88 Music Education, 159
Ensembles and Chamber Music, 169 Choral, 160
Finance, 65 Instrumental, 161
French, 102 Music Therapy, 165
German Studies, 103 Performance Piano, 161
History, 94 Performanc, String Instruments, 163
Individual Sports, 120 Performance, Wind Instruments, 164
Interior Design, 146 Performance, Voice, 162
Italian, 105 Psychology, 117
Japanese, 105 Religion & Philosophy, 123
Mathematics, 110 Theatre & Dance, 149
Music Business, 178 Directed Independent Study, 34
Music Education, 174 Directory for Correspondence, 207
Music History and Literature, 176
Music Media, 169 E
Music Theory and Composition, 177 Early Commencement Requirements, 31
Music Therapy, 170 Economics, 56
Nisbet Honors, 182 Economics Minor, 57
Non-Departmental, 184 Education, 70
Perfomance Studies, 172 Education of Women, 4
Philisophy, 123 Emotional Disabilities Minor, 76
Politics, 97 Endowed Scholarships, 20
Private Lessons, Music, 173 Engineering, 114
Physics, 54 English, 86
Psychology, 117 English Minor, 88
Religion, 127 Ensembles and Chamber Music (MEN), 169
Sociology, 68 Environmental Studies, 187
Spanish, 106 European History, 95
211
 F Mickel Library, 24
Faculty, 201 Minors
Federal Sources of Financial Aid, 16 Accounting Minor, 58
Fees, 11 Art History Minor, 134
Final Exams, 32 Arts Management Minor 187
Finance, 65 Biology Minor, 47
Financial Planning and Scholarships, 13-23 Business Administration Minor, 61
Foreign Policy & International Relations, 99 Chemistry Minor, 51
Founders Ideal, 3 Computer Science Minor, 111
Founding of the College, 4 Dance Minor, 154
French, 102 Economics Minor, 57
Emotional Disabilities Minor, 76
G English Minor, 88
General Administration, 197
Environmental Studies Minor, 187
General Education Program, 44
French Minor, 102
German Studies, 103
German Studies Minor, 102
Grade Reports and Transcripts, 33
History Minor, 94
Grades and Quality Points, 31
Interdisciplinary Minors, 187
Graduation Rate, 41
Languages, Cultures and Literature Minor, 102
Graduation with Honors, 27
Marketing Minor, 61
H Mathematics Minor, 109
Health and Physical Education, 120 Music Minor, 168
Health Forms, 9 Philosophy Minor, 123
Health Services, 7 Physics Minor, 54
History, 93 Politics Minor, 98
History Minor, 94 Psychology Minor, 117
Honorary Organizations, 28 Religion Minor, 127
Honors at Entrance, 27 Secondary Education Minor, 73
Human Resource Management, 59 Spanish Minor, 102
I Studio Art Minor, 136
Ideal Educator, 70 Theatre Minor, 150
Individualized Major (IM), 36 Womens Studies Minor, 187
Individual Sports, 120 Mission of the College, 4
Interdisciplinary Minors, 187 Music Business, 168
Interior Design, 146 Music Education (MUE), 174
International Baccalaureate, 35 Music Education Major, Chorale, 160
International Business, 59 Music Education Major, Instrumental, 161
Internships, 25 Music Ensemble and Chamber Music (MEN), 169
Institutional Standards, 70 Music for the Non-Major, 158
Involuntary Withdrawal Policy, 40 Music History Major, 179
Italian, 105 Music History and Literature (MUH), 176
J Music Media (MMD), 169
Japanese, 105 Music Minor, 168
Judicial Programs, 6 Musical Theatre, 149
Musicology and Composition (MUT), 177
L Music Theory Major, 180
Languages, Cultures & Literatures, 101 Music Therapy Major, 157
Lawson Academy of the Arts, 158 Music Therapy Equivalency Program, 166
Leave of Absence, 39
Location of College, 4 N
National Affairs, 98
M Nisbet Honors Program, 27, 182
Marketing, 59 Non-Degree Seeking, 9
Marketing Minor, 61 Non-Departmental Courses, 184
Mathematics, 109 Non-Western or World History, 96
Mathematics Minor, 109
Medical Technology, 47

212
O Secondary Education Minor, 73
Off-Campus Study-Travel Fees, 12 Secondary School Preparation, 8
Online Fees, 12 Second Baccalaureate Degree, 31
Other Regulations, 41 Separation from the College, 39
Overloads, 33 Sociology, 68
Sources of Financial Aid from State of
P South Carolina, 17
Pass/Fail, 32
Spanish, 106
Performance Studies (MUA), 172
Special Education, 82
Petrie School of Music Fees, 12
Special Education: Deaf and Hard of
Philosophy, 123
Hearing Major, 76
Philosophy Minor, 123
Special Education: Intellectual Disabilities
Physics Minor, 54
Major, 75
Policies and Procedures on Disabilities, 42
Special Education: Learning Disabilities Major, 75
Policy on Students Records, 41
Special Fees, 11
Political Theory, 99
Special Provisions, 12
Politics, 97
Sports Management, 59
Politics Minor, 98
Student Activities, 6
Pre-Dentistry, 190
Student Development and Success, 5
Pre-Health Professions, 189
Student Government, 5
Pre-Law, 188
Student Groups, 6
Pre-Medicine, 190
Studio Art, 135
Pre-Ministry, 189
Studio Art Minor, 136
Pre-Occupational Therapy, 191
Summer School at Converse, 36
Pre-Pharmacy, 192
Pre-Physical Therapy, 191 T
Pre-Physician Assistant, 191 Talent-Based Scholarships, 20
Pre-Professional Programs, 188 Teacher Education Fee, 12
Pre-Veterinary School, 191 Team Sports, 122
Presidents Cabinet, 196 Theatre, 149
Presidents of Converse College, 196 Theatre Minor, 150
Private Lessons in Music, 173 The College, 4
Programs for Study Abroad, 26 The Honor Tradition, 5
Psychology, 117 The Three-Year Degree, 35
Psychology Minor, 117 Transfer of Credits from Other Institutions, 35
Transportation, 39
Q Tuition and Fees, 11
Qualitative Standard, 15
Quantitative Standard, 15 U
Undergraduate Students Enrolling in Graduate
R Courses, 35
Readmission of Converse II Students, 25
Readmission of Former Students, 9 W
Refund of Fees, 12 Wellness Center, 7
Registration and Enrollment, 33 Withdrawal, 40
Religion, 126 Wofford College Cooperation Program, 37
Religion Minor, 127 Womens Studies, 187
Religious Life, 6 Writing Center, 27
Requirements for the Bachelors Degree, 30
Reserve Officers Training Corps (ROTC), 193
Residential Life, 5
Residential Students Fees, 11
Resolution Procedures for Student Complaints, 43
Retaking a Course, 32
S
Satisfactory Progress (SAP), 15
School of the Arts, 131
School of Humanities, Sciences and Education, 46

213